第一品是「佛陀品」显示巴利原文
1. Buddhavaggo
以下是「内部起因的解说」。显示巴利原文
Abbhantaranidānavaṇṇanā
现在,请以清净心聆听诸佛的传记;
圆满三十种波罗蜜、不可计数的法王们。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Atha buddhāpadānāni, suṇātha suddhamānasā; Tiṃsapāramisampuṇṇā, dhammarājā asaṅkhiyā’’ti. –
此处的“atha”是一不变词,用来表示转入另一主题。在两类不变词(带格变化与不带格变化)中,它属于带格变化的那一类。或者说——显示巴利原文
Ettha athāti adhikārantarūpadassanatthe nipātapadaṃ, vibhattiyuttāyuttanipātadvayesu vibhattiyuttanipātapadaṃ. Atha vā –
“atha”一词,用于表示主题、吉祥、完成、决定等意义;
亦用于表示无间与起始等意义。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Adhikāre maṅgale ceva, nipphannatthevadhāraṇe; Anantarepagamane, atha-saddo pavattati’’.
“Adhikiccaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, adhiatthaṃ vibhāsati”——这是以‘主题’(adhikicca)、‘决意’(adhiṭṭhāna)和‘超越的义理’(adhiattha)来阐明的。
“Seṭṭhajeṭṭhakabhāvena, adhikāro vidhīyate”ti.——通过‘最胜’与‘年长’的特性,确立了‘主题’的意义。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Adhikiccaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, adhiatthaṃ vibhāsati; Seṭṭhajeṭṭhakabhāvena, adhikāro vidhīyate’’ti. –
如前所述,就诸佛所具足的三十种波罗蜜法而言,依“增上”、“殊胜”、“最上”之义,即“主题”之义,“atha”一词便与这些本行相连接。就三种菩萨的本性而言,其本质即为“供养”与“吉祥”,据“供养应供养者,此是无上吉祥”之语,依“吉祥”之义,“atha”一词便与这些本行相连接。就佛等世尊的成就而言,乃由阿拉汉道所成办,依“已办”之义,“atha”一词便与这些本行相连接。就除佛等所证得的阿拉汉道等善法外,更无其余应行之善法而言,依“决定”与“遮止”之义,“atha”一词便与这些本行相连接。就本经是在《小诵》结集后随即结集而言,依“无间”之义,“atha”一词便与这些本行相连接。就从此《小诵》开始,进而展开后续的阐述而言,依“起始”之义,“atha”一词便与这些本行相连接。显示巴利原文
Vuttattā buddhānaṃ samattiṃsapāramidhammānaṃ adhikiccato, seṭṭhajeṭṭhato adhikāraṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti. Tividhabodhisattānaṃ pūjāmaṅgalasabhāvato ‘‘pūjā ca pūjaneyyānaṃ, etaṃ maṅgalamuttama’’nti vacanato (khu. pā. 5.3; su. ni. 262) maṅgalaṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti . Buddhādīnaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sampattikiccassa arahattamaggena nipphannato nipphannaṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti . Buddhādīnaṃ arahattamaggādikusalato aññakusalānaṃ abhāvato avadhāraṇaṭṭhena nivāraṇaṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti. Khuddakapāṭhasaṅgahānantaraṃ saṅgahitanti anantaraṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti. Ito khuddakapāṭhato paṭṭhāyāti apagamanaṭṭhena atha-saddena yuttamapadānānīti.
“佛陀”一词于此的含义如下:觉悟了真理,故称“佛陀”;令众生觉悟,故称“佛陀”;因具一切知智,故称“佛陀”;因能遍观一切,故称“佛陀”;因不须依他人引导,故称“佛陀”;因(信等诸根)已如花绽放,故称“佛陀”;因名为漏尽者,故称“佛陀”;因名为无随烦恼者,故称“佛陀”;因名为出家者,故称“佛陀”;因是独一无二的存在,故称“佛陀”;因已断除渴爱,故称“佛陀”;因已行于唯一之道,故称“佛陀”;因独自觉悟无上正等正觉,故称“佛陀”;因破除非智、获得智慧,故称“佛陀”。‘慧’、‘佛’、‘菩提’这些词的含义并无差别。犹如一块布,因被染成蓝、红等种种颜色,便被称为‘蓝布’、‘红布’;同样,因具足佛的种种功德,故称为‘佛陀’。另可作此解:‘菩提’意指四道中的智慧,以此智慧灭尽所有一千五百种烦恼怨敌,从而证得涅槃。这种智慧即称为显示巴利原文
Buddhoti ettha bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho, sabbaññutāya buddho, sabbadassāvitāya buddho, anaññaneyyatāya buddho, visavitāya buddho, khīṇāsavasaṅkhātena buddho, nirupakkilesasaṅkhātena buddho, pabbajjāsaṅkhātena buddho, adutiyaṭṭhena buddho, taṇhāpahānaṭṭhena buddho, ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti buddho, eko anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti buddho, abuddhivihatattā buddhipaṭilābhā buddho, buddhi buddhaṃ bodhoti anatthantarametaṃ. Yathā nīlādivaṇṇayogato paṭo ‘‘nīlo paṭo, ratto paṭo’’ti vuccati, evaṃ buddhaguṇayogato buddho. Atha vā ‘‘bodhi’’vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ, tena ñāṇena sakaladiyaḍḍhasahassakilesārigaṇe khepetvā nibbānādhigamanato ñāṇaṃ ‘‘bodhī’’ti vuccati. Tena sampayutto samaṅgīpuggalo buddho. Teneva ñāṇena paccekabuddhopi sabbakilese khepetvā nibbānamadhigacchati. Buddhānaṃ pana catūsu asaṅkhyeyyesu kappasatasahassesu ca pāramiyo pūretvā bodhiñāṇassādhigatattā ca indriyaparopariyattañāṇamahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇayamakapāṭihīrañāṇasabbaññutaññāṇa- anāvaraṇaāsayānusayādiasādhāraṇañāṇānaṃ samadhigatattā ca ekāyapi dhammadesanāya asaṅkhyeyyāsattanikāye dhammāmataṃ pāyetvā nibbānassa pāpanato ca tadeva ñāṇaṃ buddhānamevādhikabhāvato tesameva sambuddhānaṃ apadānaṃ kāraṇaṃ buddhāpadānaṃ. Tañhi duvidhaṃ kusalākusalavasena. Paccekabuddhā pana na tathā kātuṃ samatthā, annādipaccayadāyakānaṃ saṅgahaṃ karontāpi –
愿你心中所想、所希求的一切,速得圆满成就;
愿一切心愿悉皆圆满,犹如十五之月圆满无缺。
你心中所欲、所愿者,愿速速成就;
“愿一切内心的愿望都圆满实现,就像摩尼宝珠的光芒那样。”——(引自《长部注·前依止成就谈》、《增支部注》、《法句注·娑摩婆提事》)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Icchitaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, khippameva samijjhatu; Pūrentu cittasaṅkappā, cando pannaraso yathā. ‘‘Icchitaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, khippameva samijjhatu; Pūrentu cittasaṅkappā, maṇi jotiraso yathā’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.95 pubbūpanissayasampattikathā; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.192; dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāmāvatīvatthu) –
他们只用这两首偈颂说法。虽然说法,却无法令无量众生觉悟。因此,他们并非一切知佛,而是各自独自觉悟者,故称“独觉佛”。有关他们的本生因缘,即《独觉佛本行》。显示巴利原文
Imāhi dvīhiyeva gāthāhi dhammaṃ desenti. Desentāpi asaṅkhyeyyasattanikāye bodhetuṃ na sakkuṇanti, tasmā na sabbaññubuddhasadisā hutvā pāṭiekkaṃ visuṃ buddhāti paccekabuddhā. Tesaṃ apadānaṃ kāraṇaṃ paccekabuddhāpadānaṃ.
“长老”:指长久安住者,故称长老。或者,因为具足极坚固的戒、行、柔和等功德而称为长老。或者,因为具足极坚固的殊胜戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱知见等功德而称为长老。或者,因为证得了被称为极坚固、殊胜、无上寂静的涅槃而称为长老。诸长老的本生故事即《长老本行》。同样,具足如是功德者称为“长老尼”,诸长老尼的本生故事即《长老尼本行》。其中,《佛本行》包含五篇本行和五部经。因此,古代的长老们说:显示巴利原文
Ciraṃ ṭhitāti therā. Atha vā thiratarasīlācāramaddavādiguṇehi yuttāti therā. Atha vā thiravarasīlasamādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanaguṇehi yuttāti therā. Atha vā thiratarasaṅkhātapaṇītānuttarasantinibbānamadhigatāti therā, therānaṃ apadānāni therāpadānāni. Tathā tādiguṇehi yuttāti therī, therīnaṃ apadānāni therīpadānāni. Tesu buddhāpadāne pañceva apadānāni, pañceva suttantā. Tenāhu porāṇā –
“正有五篇本行(Pañceva apadānāni),以及五部经(pañca suttāni);”
此即《佛本行》,乃依序排列的第一篇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pañceva apadānāni, pañca suttāni yassa ca; Idaṃ buddhāpadānanti, paṭhamaṃ anulomato’’ti.
《独觉佛本行》中亦有五篇《本行》和五部经。因此,古代的长老们说:显示巴利原文
Paccekabuddhāpadānepi pañceva apadānāni, pañceva suttantā. Tenāhu porāṇā –
‘其中正有五篇《本行》,又有五部经;’
此即《独觉佛譬喻》,按顺序为第二篇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pañceva apadānāni, pañca suttāni yassa ca; Idaṃ paccekabuddhāpadānanti, dutiyaṃ anulomato’’ti.
《长老譬喻》中,有五百一十篇譬喻,分为五十一品。是故古德云:显示巴利原文
Therāpadānesu dasādhikapañcasatāpadānāni, vaggato ekapaññāsa vaggā. Tenāhu porāṇā –
“五百一十篇譬喻,五十一品所摄;
此为《长老本行》,是依序的第三篇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pañcasatadasapadānāni, ekapaññāsa vaggato; Idaṃ therāpadānanti, tatiyaṃ anulomato’’ti.
《长老尼本行》中有四十篇本行,分为四品。是故古德云:显示巴利原文
Therīapadānesu cattālīsaṃ apadānāni, vaggato caturo vaggā. Tenāhu porāṇā –
“有四十篇本行,分为四品;
这是《长老尼本行》,按次第排列之第四篇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cattālīsaṃpadānāni, catuvaggāni yassa ca; Idaṃ therīpadānanti, catutthaṃ anulomato’’ti.
此处,“本行”一词见于“原因”“执取”“离去”“次第”“呵责”等义。如在“刹帝利之本行,婆罗门之本行”等句中,取其“原因”义,意为刹帝利的原因、婆罗门的原因。在“优婆塞之本行”等句中,取其“执取”义,意为善加执取。在“商人之本行,首陀罗之本行”等句中,取其“离去”义,意为从各处离去。在“常行乞食之比丘,以次第乞食而行乞”等句中,取其“次第”义,意为挨家挨户依次而行。在“那些沙门已离去,那些婆罗门已离去,故称本行”等句中,取其“呵责”义,意为呵骂、诽谤。然于此处,则取其“原因”义。是故,诸佛之本行即《佛本行》,意为诸佛之原因。应知:如恒河沙数无量诸佛,其布施巴拉密等三十波罗蜜即是原因。复次,与“增上”等相应之本行,请以清净心谛听——此是承上启下之连接。显示巴利原文
Apadānanti ettha apadāna-saddo kāraṇagahaṇaapagamanapaṭipāṭiakkosanādīsu dissati. Tathā hi esa ‘‘khattiyānaṃ apadānaṃ, brāhmaṇānaṃ apadāna’’ntiādīsu kāraṇe dissati, khattiyānaṃ kāraṇaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ kāraṇanti attho. ‘‘Upāsakānaṃ apadāna’’ntiādīsu gahaṇe dissati, saṃsuṭṭhu gahaṇanti attho. ‘‘Vāṇijānaṃ apadānaṃ, suddānaṃ apadāna’’ntiādīsu apagamane dissati, tato tato tesaṃ apagamananti attho. ‘‘Piṇḍapātiko bhikkhu sapadānacāravasena piṇḍāya caratī’’tiādīsu paṭipāṭiyā dissati, gharapaṭipāṭiyā caratīti attho. ‘‘Apagatā ime sāmaññā, apagatā ime brahmaññāti apadānetī’’tiādīsu akkosane dissati, akkosati paribhāsatīti attho. Idha pana kāraṇe dissati. Tasmā buddhānaṃ apadānāni buddhāpadāni, buddhakāraṇānīti attho. Gaṅgāvālukūpamānaṃ anekesaṃ buddhānaṃ dānapāramitādisamattiṃsapāramitā kāraṇanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha adhikārādīsu yuttaapadānāni suddhamānasā suṇāthāti sambandho.
其中,“净意者”:由于依阿罗汉道智断尽一千五百烦恼而安住,故为“净意者”,即心清净、识清净的五百位漏尽者。他们今聚于此法堂中,请你们谛听,即请倾耳注意、用心作意——此即此句之义。显示巴利原文
Tattha suddhamānasāti arahattamaggañāṇena diyaḍḍhakilesasahassaṃ khepetvā ṭhitattā suddhamānasā parisuddhacittā suddhahadayā pañcasatā khīṇāsavā imasmiṃ dhammasabhāye sannisinnā suṇātha, ohitasotā manasi karothāti attho.
然而,此处虽然也有独觉佛本行、长老本行和长老尼本行,却未总说为“诸本行”,而是说“复次,诸佛本行”。应知:这就像在蕴双、处双、界双、谛双、行双、随眠双等存在的情况下,以主要和为首的原则而说“根本双论”;又如在有十三桑喀地谢沙、二不定和三十舍堕的情况下,以主要和为首的原则而说“波罗夷篇”一样,此处也是依主要和为首的原则而说的。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana ‘‘apadānānī’’ti avatvā paccekabuddhāpadānatherāpadānatherīapadānesu vijjamānesupi ‘‘atha buddhāpadānānī’’ti vacanaṃ khandhayamakaāyatanadhātusaccasaṅkhāraanusayayamakesu vijjamānesupi padhānavasena ādivasena ca ‘‘mūlayamaka’’nti vacanaṃ viya, terasasaṅghādisesadveaniyatatiṃsanissaggiyesu vijjamānesupi padhānavasena ādivasena ca ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍo’’ti vacanaṃ viya ca idhāpi padhānavasena ādivasena ca vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
原本应说“正自觉者本行”,但根据“增字……五种语法”的语法原则,或依“其中有增、删、词干变化、变形、替换等”的教说,省略了表第三义的不变词“sammā”和表“自己”义的前缀“saṃ”,仅取表过去分词的“buddha”一词,为便于结集偈颂而说为“佛本行”。因此,它的意思即是“正自觉者本行”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sammāsambuddhāpadānānī’’ti vattabbe ‘‘vaṇṇāgamo…pe… pañcavidhaṃ nirutta’’nti niruttinayena vā ‘‘tesu vuddhilopāgamavikāraviparītādesā cā’’ti suttena vā tatiyatthavācakassa sammātinipātapadassa, sayaṃsaddatthavācakassa sa-ntiupasaggapadassa ca lopaṃ katvā kitantavācībuddhasaddameva gahetvā gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ ‘‘buddhāpadānānī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tasmā sammāsambuddhāpadānānīti attho.
第一 佛陀本行的解说显示巴利原文
1. Buddhaapadānavaṇṇanā
现在,于内在因缘之后,欲解说《本行注疏》的论师——显示巴利原文
Idāni abbhantaranidānānantaraṃ apadānaṭṭhakathaṃ kathetukāmo –
这具有次第的《譬喻经》,宣示种种理趣的教导;
诸大仙结集在《小部》中的那部——
如今,对它进行义理解释的次第已经到来。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sapadānaṃ apadānaṃ, vicitranayadesanaṃ; Yaṃ khuddakanikāyasmiṃ, saṅgāyiṃsu mahesayo; Tassa dāni anuppatto, atthasaṃvaṇṇanākkamo’’ti.
其中,首先,这部《譬喻》因一切佛语皆说为“唯有一解脱味”,故摄于一味之分类;在依律与法的二类分类中,摄于法;在初期、中期、后期佛语中,摄于中期佛语;在律藏、论藏、经藏三藏中,摄于经藏;在长部、中部、相应部、增支部、小部五部中,摄于小部;在契经、应颂、记说、偈颂、感兴语、如是语、本生、未曾有法、方广九分教中,摄于偈颂。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaṃ apadānaṃ tāva ‘‘sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ ekavimuttirasa’’nti vuttattā ekarase saṅgahaṃ gacchati, dhammavinayavasena dvidhāsaṅgahe dhamme saṅgahaṃ gacchati, paṭhamamajjhimapacchimabuddhavacanesu majjhimabuddhavacane saṅgahaṃ gacchati, vinayābhidhammasuttantapiṭakesu suttantapiṭake saṅgahaṃ gacchati, dīghanikāyamajjhimasaṃyuttaaṅguttarakhuddakanikāyesu pañcasu khuddakanikāye saṅgahaṃ gacchati, suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallanti navasu sāsanaṅgesu gāthāya saṅgahitaṃ.
我从佛陀领受八万二千法蕴,从比丘们领受二千法蕴;
这些流传的法蕴,总计八万四千。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dvesahassāni bhikkhuto; Caturāsītisahassāni, yeme dhammā pavattino’’ti. –
如此,在所说的八万四千法蕴中,它含摄了一部分法蕴。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttacaturāsītisahassadhammakkhandhesu katipayadhammakkhandhasaṅgahitaṃ hotīti.
现在,为了显示他的本行,世尊说此颂:“三十波罗蜜圆满,法王,不可计数。”其中,“三十波罗蜜”:即十波罗蜜,依下、中、上而分,成十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十最胜义波罗蜜,合为三十波罗蜜。以这些波罗蜜极为圆满、完全具备、具足、成就、通达、相应者,即是“三十波罗蜜圆满者”。他们以慈、悲、喜、舍四梵住等至,或以果等至而住,以一心令三界一切有情欢喜、依止,故称为“王”;由于依法而成为王,故名“法王”,亦即诸佛世尊。“不可计数”(asaṅkhiyā):是指用十、百、千、万、十万、千万、亿、十亿、百亿、千亿、万亿、十万亿、阿僧祇、大阿僧祇等数都无法计量,超越了一切算计。所谓“不可计数的法王”,即指那些已经过去、已经消逝、已经灭尽、已达非有的诸法王。显示巴利原文
Idāni taṃ apadānaṃ dassento ‘‘tiṃsapāramisampuṇṇā, dhammarājā asaṅkhiyā’’ti āha. Tattha dasapāramitāva pacchimamajjhimukkaṭṭhavasena dasapāramīdasaupapāramīdasaparamatthapāramīnaṃ vasena samattiṃsapāramī. Tāhi saṃsuṭṭhu puṇṇā sampuṇṇā samannāgatā samaṅgībhūtā ajjhāpannā saṃyuttāti tiṃsapāramisampuṇṇā. Sakalalokattayavāsine sattanikāye mettākaruṇāmuditāupekkhāsaṅkhātāhi catūhi brahmavihārasamāpattīhi vā phalasamāpattivihārena vā ekacittabhāvena attano ca kāye rañjenti allīyāpentīti rājāno, dhammena rājāno dhammarājā, itthambhūtā buddhā. Dasasataṃ sahassaṃ dasasahassaṃ satasahassaṃ dasasatasahassaṃ koṭi pakoṭi koṭippakoṭi nahutaṃ ninnahutaṃ akkhobhiṇi bindu abbudaṃ nirabbudaṃ ahahaṃ ababaṃ aṭaṭaṃ sogandhikaṃ uppalaṃ kumudaṃ puṇḍarikaṃ padumaṃ kathānaṃ mahākathānaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ vasena asaṅkhiyā saṅkhārahitā dhammarājāno atītā vigatā niruddhā abbhatthaṃ gatāti adhippāyo.
6 关于过去诸佛中,自己身为菩萨时曾作转轮王所积集的资粮,以及所作之功德,被阿难尊者请问后,世尊便说出“对于最胜佛陀们的正觉……”等语。其意是:“阿难尊者,请听我的本行。阿难,我往昔于圆满菩提资粮时,曾为转轮王,对诸最上、最胜、已通达四圣谛的佛陀们的正觉——即四圣谛道智或一切知智——我以头面顶礼。”接着又说:连同有比丘僧团围绕的、世间导师、世间最胜的佛陀,我以十指合掌恭敬,以头顶、以头首敬重地作礼赞颂,如是礼敬。这就是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
6. Tesu atītabuddhesu katādhikārañca attanā bodhisattabhūtena cakkavattiraññā hutvā katasambhārañca ānandattherena puṭṭho bhagavā ‘‘sambodhiṃ buddhaseṭṭhāna’’ntiādimāha. Bho ānanda, mama apadānaṃ suṇohīti adhippāyo. Ānanda, ahaṃ pubbe bodhisambhārapūraṇakāle cakkavattirājā hutvā seṭṭhānaṃ pasaṭṭhānaṃ paṭividdhacatusaccānaṃ buddhānaṃ sambodhiṃ catusaccamaggañāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ vā sirasā abhivādayeti sambandho . Sasaṅghe sāvakasaṅghasahite lokanāyake lokajeṭṭhe buddhe dasahi aṅgulīhi ubhohi hatthapuṭehi namassitvā vanditvā sirasā sīsena abhivādaye ādarena thomanaṃ katvā paṇāmaṃ karomīti attho.
7 “诸佛刹中”(yāvatā buddhakhettesu):指一万个轮围世界中的佛刹。“空中所有”:指安住于虚空中的那些宝物;“地上所有”:指安住于大地上的那些宝物。琉璃等七宝皆“不可计数”,即无法以数目计算。“凡存在者”(yāvatā vijjanti)指一切所有之物。以心意“摄集”(samāhare):意即用心坚定决意之后,将它们全部摄来,堆聚在我宫殿的四周,成为大聚——这便是整首偈颂的义理。显示巴利原文
7.Yāvatā buddhakhettesūti dasasahassacakkavāḷesu buddhakhettesu, ākāsaṭṭhā ākāsagatā, bhūmaṭṭhā bhūmitalagatā, veḷuriyādayo satta ratanā asaṅkhiyā saṅkhārahitā, yāvatā yattakā, vijjanti. Tāni sabbāni manasā cittena samāhare, saṃ suṭṭhu cittena adhiṭṭhahitvā āharissāmīti attho, mama pāsādassa sāmantā rāsiṃ karomīti attho.
8 此处,“白银地”:意指在那多层宫殿中,化现出一片白银所成的地面。“我化出”:意指我化现出一座由七宝所成、具数百层楼的宫殿,它高耸挺拔,直入云霄,于空中熠熠生辉。显示巴利原文
8.Tattha rūpiyabhūmiyanti tasmiṃ anekabhūmimhi pāsāde rūpiyamayaṃ rajatamayaṃ bhūmiṃ nimmitanti attho. Ahaṃ ratanamayaṃ sattahi ratanehi nimmitaṃ anekasatabhūmikaṃ pāsādaṃ ubbiddhaṃ uggataṃ nabhamuggataṃ ākāse jotamānaṃ māpayinti attho.
9 为了描述那座宫殿,经文接着说“种种柱”等。“以种种众多的柱子支撑”:指由众多色泽如摩娑罗伽罗等的彩柱支撑而起;“善作”意为制作精良;“具足相”指比例匀称,在高度与周长方面分配得极为协调;“极为珍贵”是因为化现了价值数百千亿的门楼。还有何等殊胜之处?“金造椽群”:指用黄金所造的椽条聚合体;在那里,再以高竖的幢幡与伞盖作为庄严,令整座宫殿华丽壮观——这便是此段的意义。显示巴利原文
9. Tameva pāsādaṃ vaṇṇento ‘‘vicittathambha’’ntyādimāha. Vicittehi anekehi masāragallādivaṇṇehi thambhehi ussāpitaṃ sukataṃ suṭṭhu kataṃ lakkhaṇayuttaṃ ārohapariṇāhavasena suṭṭhu vibhattaṃ anekakoṭisatagghanatoraṇanimmitattā mahārahaṃ. Punapi kiṃ visiṭṭhaṃ? Kanakamayasaṅghāṭaṃ suvaṇṇehi katatulāsaṅghāṭavalayehi yuttaṃ, tattha ussāpitakontehi ca chattehi ca maṇḍitaṃ sobhitaṃ pāsādanti sambandho.
10 意思是:那座数百层宫殿的第一层地面,可爱、称心、怡人、适意,如云母、如雨云层般洁净无垢,由琉璃宝石所成,现青蓝色。这第一层地面遍布水生莲花与白莲花,并由最优胜的黄金地——金地——庄严。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
10. Punapi pāsādasseva sobhaṃ vaṇṇento ‘‘paṭhamā veḷuriyā bhūmī’’tyādimāha. Tassa anekasatabhūmipāsādassa subhā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā abbhasamā valāhakapaṭalasadisā vimalā nimmalā veḷuriyamaṇimayā nīlavaṇṇā paṭhamā bhūmi ahosīti attho. Jalajanaḷinapadumehi ākiṇṇā samaṅgībhūtā varāya uttamāya kañcanabhūmiyā suvaṇṇabhūmiyāva sobhatīti attho.
11 这座宫殿,有些楼层由珊瑚构成,呈珊瑚色;有些楼层为红色,现红色;有些楼层美丽迷人,放射出如紫胶虫色泽的光芒;有些楼层则照亮十方。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
11. Tasseva pāsādassa kāci bhūmi pavāḷaṃsā pavāḷakoṭṭhāsā pavāḷavaṇṇā, kāci bhūmi lohitakā lohitavaṇṇā, kāci bhūmi subhā manoharā indagopakavaṇṇābhā rasmiyo niccharamānā, kāci bhūmi dasa disā obhāsatīti attho.
12 就在这座宫殿内,突出的楼阁与前厅划分得极为分明,各部分独立而成;又有狮子窗与狮子门。“四重栏楯”是指由四重栏楯环与格子窗所环绕,并悬挂着令人心悦、引人入胜的香绳与花鬘。显示巴利原文
12. Tasmiṃyeva pāsāde niyyūhā niggatapamukhasālā ca suvibhattā suṭṭhu vibhattā koṭṭhāsato visuṃ visuṃ katā sīhapañjarā sīhadvārā ca. Caturo vedikāti catūhi vedikāvalayehi jālakavāṭehi ca manoramā manaallīyanakā gandhāveḷā gandhadāmā ca olambantīti attho.
13 就在这座宫殿中,有以七宝装饰、以七宝庄严的尖顶屋。它们是怎样呢?蓝色者为蓝色,黄色者呈金色,红色者呈红色,白色者呈白色,纯黑色者则呈现纯一无杂的黑色。‘为殊胜尖顶屋所严饰’,是指那座宫殿具足、拥有了殊胜的尖顶屋,以及最上的脊顶尖顶屋。显示巴利原文
13. Tasmiṃyeva pāsāde sattaratanabhūsitā sattaratanehi sobhitā kūṭāgārā. Kiṃ bhūtā? Nīlā nīlavaṇṇā, pītā pītavaṇṇā suvaṇṇavaṇṇā, lohitakā lohitakavaṇṇā rattavaṇṇā, odātā odātavaṇṇā setavaṇṇā, suddhakāḷakā amissakāḷavaṇṇā, kūṭāgāravarūpetā kūṭāgāravarehi kaṇṇikakūṭāgāravarehi upeto samannāgato so pāsādoti attho.
14 就在那座宫殿中,有仰面朝上、盛开绽放的莲花绚烂夺目;同时,也以狮子、老虎等猛兽群,以及天鹅、苍鹭、孔雀等种种鸟群而为庄严。‘因其极高而直入云霄,故为星宿群星所遍满,以日月及日月之像而装饰’,意思是正因它极为高耸、凌越虚空,所以看上去群星遍布,并以日月及类似日月的形象而作庄严。显示巴利原文
14. Tasmiṃyeva pāsāde olokamayā uddhammukhā padumā supupphitā padumā sobhanti, sīhabyagghādīhi vāḷamigagaṇehi ca haṃsakoñcamayūrādipakkhisamūhehi ca sobhito so pāsādoti attho. Atiucco hutvā nabhamuggatattā nakkhattatārakāhi ākiṇṇo candasūrehi candasūriyarūpehi ca maṇḍito so pāsādoti attho.
15 正是那位转轮王的宫殿,覆盖着金网——亦即黄金之网;它还配有金铃,所谓‘配有金铃网’,意思是具备、拥有以金铃编织成的网。那些令人心悦、能吸引心念的金色花环、金色花朵的行列,在风吹动、风力吹拂之时,便发出清脆的响声。显示巴利原文
15. So eva cakkavattissa pāsādo hemajālena suvaṇṇajālena sañchannā, soṇṇakiṅkaṇikāyuto suvaṇṇakiṅkaṇikajālehi yuto samannāgatoti attho. Manoramā manallīyanakā soṇṇamālā suvaṇṇapupphapantiyo vātavegena vātappahārena kūjanti saddaṃ karontīti attho.
16 茜草色,是指茜草的颜色;红色,是指红色;黄色,是指黄色;haripiñjara,是指阎浮河金色与笼色相杂的旗帜。这面旗帜以种种不同的色彩染成,在那座宫殿中被高高擎起。所谓“有旗环”,是因语法上性别颠倒的表述,意思是指那座宫殿配有旗环。显示巴利原文
16.Mañjeṭṭhakaṃ mañjiṭṭhavaṇṇaṃ, lohitakaṃ lohitavaṇṇaṃ, pītakaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ, haripiñjaraṃ jambonadasuvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ pañjaravaṇṇañca dhajaṃ nānāraṅgehi anekehi vaṇṇehi, sampītaṃ rañjitaṃ dhajaṃ, ussitaṃ tasmiṃ pāsāde ussāpitaṃ. Dhajamālinīti liṅgavipallāsavasena vuttaṃ, dhajamālāyutto so pāsādoti attho.
17 在描述那座宫殿里的铺设物等时,说了“na naṃ bahū”等。此处意指:那座宫殿中,所谓“缺少众多铺设物”之事是根本不存在的。种种床座,乃是以各式各样的铺设物装点、以各种覆盖物庄严的床、椅等坐卧具,有数百种、数以百计。它们是什么样的呢?有的是用水晶宝石所制,即纯以水晶制成;有的是用银所制;有的是用宝石所制,即以蓝宝石制成;有的是用赤色宝石所制,即以红色宝石制成;有的是用猫眼石所制,即以杂色宝石制成;并且都铺上了细软的迦尸布,即以细密的迦尸布铺设。显示巴利原文
17. Tasmiṃ pāsāde attharaṇādayo vaṇṇento ‘‘na naṃ bahū’’tyādimāha. Tattha naṃ pāsādaṃ bahūhi avijjamānaṃ nāma natthīti attho, nānāsayanavicittā anekehi attharaṇehi vicittā sobhitā mañcapīṭhādisayanā anekasatā anekasatasaṅkhyā, kiṃ bhūtā? Phalikā phalikamaṇimayā phalikāhi katā, rajatāmayā rajatehi katā, maṇimayā nīlamaṇīhi katā, lohitaṅgā rattajātimaṇīhi katā, masāragallamayā kabaravaṇṇamaṇīhi katā, saṇhakāsikasanthatā saṇhehi sukhumehi kāsikavatthehi atthatā.
18 Pāvurā,是指覆盖物。是什么样的呢?羊毛毯,是用毛线制成的;布匹,是以布帛制成的;中国绢,是以中国丝绸制成的;pattuṇṇa布,是用产于pattuṇṇa地区的丝绸制成的;苍白布,是苍白色的。所谓种种铺设覆盖物,即是以各种不同的铺设物与覆盖物而作庄严;一切坐卧具,“我以心、以意铺陈”——意为我是用心念将它们铺陈开来的。显示巴利原文
18.Pāvurāti pāvuraṇā. Kīdisā? Kambalā lomasuttehi katā, dukūlā dukūlapaṭehi katā, cīnā cīnapaṭehi katā, pattuṇṇā pattuṇṇadese jātapaṭehi katā, paṇḍu paṇḍuvaṇṇā, vicittattharaṇaṃ anekehi attharaṇehi pāvuraṇehi ca vicittaṃ, sabbaṃ sayanaṃ, manasā cittena, ahaṃ paññapesinti attho.
19 在进一步描绘那座宫殿时,说到“tāsu tāsveva bhūmīsū”等。此处,“以宝顶装饰”(ratanakūṭalaṅkata)意为:以宝石所造的塔尖、宝脊饰庄严而显得美丽。“宝石火炬”(maṇiverocanā ukkā)是指用放光宝石、红色宝石制成的火炬,亦即带柄的灯。“执持者善住”(dhārayantā sutiṭṭhare)意为:在虚空中稳稳执持着火炬的数百人,善能安立。显示巴利原文
19. Tadeva pāsādaṃ vaṇṇento ‘‘tāsu tāsveva bhūmīsū’’tiādimāha. Tattha ratanakūṭalaṅkatanti ratanamayakūṭehi ratanakaṇṇikāhi alaṅkataṃ sobhitanti attho. Maṇiverocanā ukkāti verocanamaṇīhi rattamaṇīhi katā, ukkā daṇḍapadīpā. Dhārayantā sutiṭṭhareti ākāse suṭṭhu dhārayantā gaṇhantā anekasatajanā suṭṭhu tiṭṭhantīti attho.
20 在再次描绘那座宫殿时,说到“sobhanti esikāthambhā”等。此处,“门柱”(esikāthambhā)是指为了城门的庄严而树立的柱子,俊美可爱。“金色的拱门”(kañcanatoraṇā)有黄金所成者,也有阎浮金所成者;还有以心材木所成、以白银所成的拱门,皆璀璨美观。这些门柱与拱门庄严着那座宫殿。显示巴利原文
20. Puna tadeva pāsādaṃ vaṇṇento ‘‘sobhanti esikāthambhā’’tiādimāha. Tattha esikāthambhā nāma nagaradvāre sobhanatthāya nikhātā thambhā, subhā iṭṭhā, kañcanatoraṇā suvaṇṇamayā, jambonadā jambonadasuvaṇṇamayā ca, sāramayā khadirarukkhasāramayā ca rajatamayā ca toraṇā sobhanti, esikā ca toraṇā ca taṃ pāsādaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
21 在那座宫殿中,妥善分隔的诸多间架(sandhi)以门扇和窗闩为饰,庄严美观;这些间架的围边(sandhiparikkhepā)令宫殿辉耀。“于两边”(ubhato)指那座宫殿的两侧;装满莲花(paduma)与青莲花(uppala)的满瓶(puṇṇaghaṭā),彼此连结而充盈,庄严着那座宫殿。显示巴利原文
21. Tasmiṃ pāsāde suvibhattā anekā sandhī kavāṭehi ca aggaḷehi ca cittitā sobhitā sandhiparikkhepā sobhayantīti attho, ubhatoti tassa pāsādassa ubhosu passesu, puṇṇaghaṭā anekehi padumehi anekehi ca uppalehi, saṃyutā puṇṇā taṃ pāsādaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
22-23 如此赞叹了宫殿的壮丽之后,为了阐明宝石所成的宫殿及恭敬供养,他说了“过去一切诸佛……”等语。其中,“过去”指已超越、已消逝的时间中所生、所存在的一切;“与僧团”指与声闻众一起。以本有的自然色泽、相貌与形体,化现一切世间导师——诸佛及随行的声闻弟子;他们从当入之门进入宫殿后,一切诸佛与声闻众就在纯金所成的宝座上就座,成为“圣众”,也就是圣者的团体。这是它的含义。显示巴利原文
22-23. Evaṃ pāsādassa sobhaṃ vaṇṇetvā ratanamayaṃ pāsādañca sakkārasammānañca pakāsento ‘‘atīte sabbabuddhe cā’’tiādimāha. Tattha atīteti atikkante vigate kāle jāte bhūte, sasaṅghe sāvakasamūhasahite, sabbe lokanāyake buddhe sabhāvena pakativaṇṇena rūpena saṇṭhānena ca, sasāvake sāvakasahite, buddhe nimminitvā yena dvārena pāsādo pavisitabbo hoti , tena dvārena pavisitvā sasāvakā sabbe buddhā sabbasoṇṇamaye sakalasuvaṇṇamaye, pīṭhe nisinnā ariyamaṇḍalā ariyasamūhā ahesunti attho.
24-25 “今时”指当前正在延续的时间。无上的、再没有更上的诸佛存在于此时。他以数百位自生者——即自生、无有其他老师、不被战胜的独觉佛,不被蕴、烦恼、行、死、天子魔所战胜——令这些获胜者得到满足,这是它的含义。我的宫殿,在过去时与现在时,一切诸佛都善加登上,也就是很好地登了上去。显示巴利原文
24-25.Etarahi vattamāne kāle anuttarā uttaravirahitā ye ca buddhāatthi saṃvijjanti, te ca paccekabuddhe anekasate sayambhū sayameva bhūte aññācariyarahite, aparājite khandhakilesābhisaṅkhāramaccudevaputtamārehi aparājite, jayamāpanne santappesinti attho. Bhavanaṃ mayhaṃ pāsādaṃ atītakāle ca vattamānakāle ca, sabbe buddhā samāruhuṃ saṃ suṭṭhu āruhiṃsūti attho.
26 “诸天”指生于天界、身为天神者,那里有许多劫树;“人间”指生于人间者,那里也有许多劫树。从他们那里收集一切布料,妥善取来,制作成三衣;再用这些三衣去覆蔽那些独觉佛——这是文句的关联。显示巴利原文
26.Ye dibbā divi bhavā dibbā devaloke jātā, ye ca bahū kapparukkhā atthi. Ye ca mānusā manusse jātā ye ca bahū kapparukkhā atthi, tato sabbaṃ dussaṃ samāhantvā saṃ suṭṭhu āharitvā tecīvarāni kāretvā te paccekabuddhe ticīvarehi acchādemīti sambandho.
27 像这样为他们覆上、披好三衣之后,对于安坐的诸位独觉佛,我将具足而甘美的嚼食——也就是饼等应咀嚼的食物,具足而甘美的啖食——应进食的饭食,具足而甘美的舔食——可以舔食之物,以及具足而甘美的饮品——也就是第八种食;将这些饮食、应吃的食物,盛满在美妙、可爱的摩尼宝与宝石所成的钵中,奉献于他们,令他们受用。这便是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
27. Evaṃ ticīvarehi acchādetvā pārupāpetvā tesaṃ nisinnānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ sampannaṃ madhuraṃ khajjaṃ khāditabbaṃ pūvādi kiñci, madhuraṃ bhojjaṃ bhuñjitabbaṃ āhārañca, madhuraṃ sāyanīyaṃ lehanīyañca, sampannaṃ madhuraṃ pivitabbaṃ aṭṭhapānañca, bhojanaṃ bhuñjitabbaṃ āhārañca, subhe sundare maṇimaye selamaye patte saṃ suṭṭhu pūretvā adāsiṃ paṭiggahāpesinti attho.
28 所有那些圣众,即所有那些圣者的团体,他们具足天眼,是为清净——意思是:具足天眼者,便是清净者,因远离烦恼而柔和、光洁且闪耀;他们系着法衣,即具足三衣。我用甘甜的糖、油、蜂蜜、糖浆,以及最上等、最殊胜的食物,令他们充分满足、充分受用,使他们完全饱足。这便是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
28.Sabbe te ariyamaṇḍalā sabbe te ariyasamūhā, dibbacakkhu samā hutvā maṭṭhāti dibbacakkhusamaṅgino hutvā maṭṭhā kilesehi rahitattā siliṭṭhā sobhamānā cīvarasaṃyutā ticīvarehi samaṅgībhūtā madhurasakkharāhi ca telena ca madhuphāṇitehi ca paramannena uttamena annena ca mayā tappitā appitā paripūritā ahesunti attho.
29 那些如此被充分满足的圣众,进入了宝室——即以七宝所造的内室之屋后,如同住在洞窟中的卧者那般卧于洞中,犹如狮子,即如同有鬃的狮子王。在那极殊胜、无价的卧具与床座上,他们作了狮子卧:恰如名为兽王的狮子,向右侧卧,双足交叠,以右手作枕,左手伸直敷于身侧,尾置腿间,纹丝不动地卧着;同样,他们采取了这样的卧姿。这便是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
29. Te evaṃ santappitā ariyamaṇḍalā ratanagabbhaṃ sattahi ratanehi nimmitagabbhaṃ gehaṃ, pavisitvā guhāsayā guhāyaṃ sayamānā, kesarīva kesarasīhā iva, mahārahamhi sayane anagghe mañce, sīhaseyyamakappayuṃ yathā sīho migarājā dakkhiṇapassena sayanto pāde pādaṃ accādhāya dakkhiṇahatthaṃ sīsūpadhānaṃ katvā vāmahatthaṃ ujukaṃ ṭhapetvā vāladhiṃ antarasatthiyaṃ katvā niccalo sayati, evaṃ seyyaṃ kappayuṃ kariṃsūti attho.
30 他们如此作狮子卧后,便具足正知,即成就念与正知。起身,即善为起身后,于卧处结跏趺坐——也就是盘起双腿而坐。这是这句话的意思。显示巴利原文
30. Te evaṃ sīhaseyyaṃ kappetvā sampajānā satisampajaññasampannā. Samuṭṭhāya saṃ suṭṭhu uṭṭhahitvā sayane pallaṅkamābhujuṃ ūrubaddhāsanaṃ kariṃsūti attho.
31 “一切诸佛的行境”:这是说,对于一切过去、未来诸佛的行境,即以禅那乐为所缘,已达等至,善入禅那乐而具足圆满。这就是此句的意思。“有些说法者”:在那些独觉佛中,有些在说法;另一些则凭借神通,以初禅等禅那游戏而嬉戏愉悦。显示巴利原文
31.Gocaraṃsabbabuddhānanti sabbesaṃ atītānāgatānaṃ buddhānaṃ gocaraṃ ārammaṇabhūtaṃ jhānaratisamappitā jhānaratiyā saṃ suṭṭhu appitā samaṅgībhūtā ahesunti attho, aññe dhammāni desentīti tesu paccekabuddhesu aññe ekacce dhamme desenti, aññe ekacce iddhiyā paṭhamādijjhānakīḷāya kīḷanti ramanti.
32 另一些则修习五神通而成就自在,也就是说,于五神通中,依转向自在、入定自在、出定自在、决意自在、观察自在这五种自在,到达并证得了神通的自在。他们投入,意即入定。另一些则示现数千种变化神通:一身化作多身,多身化作一身……他们展现这般神通变化。这就是此句的意思。显示巴利原文
32.Aññe ekacce abhiññā pañca abhiññāyo vasibhāvitā vasīkariṃsu, pañcasu abhiññāsu āvajjanasamāpajjanavuṭṭhānaadhiṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇasaṅkhātāhi pañcavasitāhi vasībhāvaṃ itā gatā pattā abhiññāyo , appenti samāpajjanti. Aññe ekacce anekasahassiyo vikubbanāni ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotīti evamādīni iddhivikubbanāni vikubbanti karontīti attho.
33 当独觉佛们如此聚集之时,佛陀们向佛陀们提出那作为一切知智行境、为其所缘的问题。这便是这句话的含义。那些佛陀,由于义理甚深的缘故,以智慧特别地、无余了知那甚深、微细、微妙的道理。显示巴利原文
33.Buddhāpi buddheti evaṃ sannipatitesu paccekabuddhesu sabbaññutaññāṇassa visayaṃ ārammaṇabhūtaṃ pañhaṃ buddhā buddhe pucchantīti attho. Te buddhā atthagambhīratāya gambhīraṃ nipuṇaṃ sukhumaṃ, ṭhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ, paññāya vinibujjhare visesena niravasesato bujjhanti.
34 那时,聚集于我宫殿中的声闻们也向佛陀提问,佛陀们也向身为弟子的声闻提问。这些佛陀与声闻互相提问之后,又互相解答、阐明。显示巴利原文
34. Tadā mama pāsāde sannipatitā sāvakāpi buddhe pañhaṃ pucchanti, buddhā sāvake sisse pañhaṃ pucchanti, te buddhā ca sāvakā ca aññamaññaṃ pañhaṃ pucchitvā aññamaññaṃ byākaronti vissajjenti.
35 接着,为了显示他们全部共聚一处,而说“诸佛、独觉佛”等。其中,“佛”指正自觉者;而独觉佛、声闻、弟子、侍者、依附者——所有这一切,各自以各自的乐而喜悦,寂静安止,在我宫殿中愉悦安住。这便是它的含义。显示巴利原文
35. Puna te sabbe ekato dassento ‘‘buddhā paccekabuddhā cā’’tiādimāha. Tattha buddhā sammāsambuddhā, paccekabuddhā ca sāvakā ca sissā paricārakā nissitakā ete sabbe, sakāya sakāya ratiyā ramamānā sallīnā mama pāsāde abhiramantīti attho.
36 如此,在展示了独觉佛们于最胜殿中的行仪成就后,为显示自己的威神力,那位征服三界的转轮王说道:“愿伞盖等宝……立住”等等。此处,“宝”指以七宝制成者;“伞盖”指以金藤为边缘、垂挂金网之伞盖,愿他们立住。凡被珍珠网遍覆、为珍珠网所环绕之一切伞盖,愿它们于我的头顶上方撑持——如意念所及,伞盖便即显现:此即其义。显示巴利原文
36. Evaṃ tasmiṃ vejayantapāsāde paccekabuddhānaṃ ācārasampattiṃ dassetvā idāni attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento so tilokavijayo cakkavattirājā ‘‘chattā tiṭṭhantu ratanā’’tiādimāha. Tattha ratanā sattaratanamayā, chattā kañcanāveḷapantikā suvaṇṇajālehi olambitā tiṭṭhantu. Muttājālaparikkhittā muttājālehi parivāritā, sabbe chattā mama matthake muddhani, dhārentūti cintitamatteyeva chattā pātubhūtā hontīti attho.
37 愿那些以金星星为饰、闪耀着金光之布幔之帐,及种种色彩斑斓之花鬘妙帐、鲜花铺展之胜幔——所有这些各式各样的帐幔,愿它们于头顶座席上方撑持:此即其义。显示巴利原文
37.Soṇṇatārakacittitā suvaṇṇatārakāhi daddallamānā celavitānā bhavantu nibbattantu . Vicittā anekavaṇṇā, malyavitatā pupphapatthaṭā, sabbe anekavitānā, matthake nisīdanaṭṭhānassa uparibhāge dhārentūti attho.
38-40 种种芳香花鬘遍撒散饰;香鬘——即旃檀、藏红花、多伽罗等妙香所成之花鬘——为之庄严;布鬘——即绢帛、支那绸等珍贵布料所成之布鬘——周匝散布;七宝鬘饰丽严净。彼池复以花朵遍撒——即占巴花、素馨、白睡莲等芳香花朵所遍撒,极其瑰丽而庄严。更且,彼池以馨香、芬芳而庄严、熏香;其周围以五指香庄严:即用五指所涂抹之香而严净;以金顶覆盖:即以金顶盖、金帷幔而覆蔽。宫殿四方的池塘,以莲花、青莲花善为铺展、遍布广阔,呈金色之相与金色光彩,愿他们显现。由莲花花粉之尘扬起,弥漫着莲花花粉与微尘的池塘,愿他们美妙:此即其义。显示巴利原文
38-40.Malyadāmehi anekasugandhapupphadāmehi vitatā parikiṇṇā, gandhadāmehi candanakuṅkumatagarādisugandhadāmehi, sobhitā pokkharaṇīti sambandho . Dussadāmehi pattuṇṇacīnādianagghadussadāmehi, parikiṇṇā sattaratanadāmehi bhūsitā alaṅkatā pokkharaṇī, pupphābhikiṇṇā campakasaḷalasogandhikādisugandhapupphehi abhikiṇṇā suṭṭhu vicittā sobhitā. Punarapi kiṃ bhūtā pokkharaṇī? Surabhigandhasugandhehi bhūsitā vāsitā. Samantato gandhapañcaṅgulalaṅkatā pañcahi aṅgulehi limpitagandhehi alaṅkatā, hemacchadanachāditā suvaṇṇachadanehi suvaṇṇavitānehi chāditā, pāsādassa cātuddisā pokkharaṇiyo padumehi ca uppalehi ca suṭṭhu santhatā patthaṭā suvaṇṇarūpe suvaṇṇavaṇṇā, khāyantu, padmareṇurajuggatā padumareṇūhi dhūlīhi ca ākiṇṇā pokkharaṇiyo sobhantūti attho.
41 在我韦迦亚塔宫殿的四周,所有的树木——占巴树等花树,愿这些花树悉数盛开。它们自己放出花来,脱落飘零,前往宫殿,散布开来;愿这些花飘落、散布,覆满宫殿上方。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
41. Mama vejayantapāsādassa samantato pādapā campakādayo rukkhā sabbe pupphantu ete puppharukkhā. Sayameva pupphā muñcitvā vigaḷitvā gantvā bhavanaṃ okiruṃ, okiṇṇā pāsādassa upari karontūti attho.
42 在那里,在我的韦迦亚塔宫殿中,愿孔雀起舞,天鹤——天界的白鹤发出鸣声,美音杜鹃——音声悦耳的杜鹃——歌唱、唱出婉转的歌声。其他种种未述及的鸟类——这些鸟群,愿它们在宫殿四周发出甜美的鸣叫。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
42.Tattha tasmiṃ mama vejayantapāsāde sikhino mayūrā naccantū, dibbahaṃsā devatāhaṃsā, pakūjare saddaṃ karontu, karavīkā ca madhurasaddā kokilā gāyantu gītavākyaṃ karontu, apare anuttā ca dijasaṅghā pakkhino samūhā pāsādassa samantato madhuraravaṃ ravantūti attho.
43 愿宫殿四周所有的皮面鼓等各类鼓皆得以奏响、击打,愿所有那些多弦的琵琶都发出音声,愿种种歌唱皆在宫殿四周流转、进行、演唱。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
43.Pāsādassa samantako sabbā ātatavitatādayo bheriyo vajjantu haññantu, sabbā tā anekatantiyo vīṇā rasantu saddaṃ karontu, sabbā anekappakārā saṅgītiyo pāsādassa samantato vattantu pavattantu gāyantūti attho.
44-5 在佛陀教化的区域内,于一万个轮围世界,乃至更远的轮围世界中,一切处所皆遍满光辉闪耀、光明遍满、相续不断的广大宝座;这些宝座由七宝所成、嵌饰黄金,愿它们全部安立。宫殿四周,愿灯树、持灯者与油树悉皆燃亮,以灯光普照一切。“一万相续”之意,即一万、一万个相续相连的轮围世界,愿它们悉成一片光明整体,如同大灯一般朗照——这便是此句之义。显示巴利原文
44-5.Yāvatā yattake ṭhāne buddhakhettamhi dasasahassicakkavāḷe tato pare cakkavāḷe, jotisampannā pabhāsampannā acchinnā mahantā samantato ratanāmayā sattahi ratanehi katā khacitā soṇṇapallaṅkā suvaṇṇapallaṅkā tiṭṭhantu, pāsādassa samantato dīparukkhā padīpadhāraṇā telarukkhā jalantu, padīpehi pajjalantu, dasasahassiparamparā dasasahassīnaṃ paramparā dasasahassiyo ekapajjotā ekapadīpā viya bhavantu ujjotantūti attho.
46 愿那些擅长歌舞的妓女、舞女们,以及舞伎和用口发声歌唱者,都在宫殿四周跳舞吧;愿那些天女之群,也就是女神之众,在宫殿四周跳舞吧;愿那些具有种种色彩、各色各样、各种彩环的舞者,都在宫殿四周跳舞吧——意思是,让她们显现出来,变得清楚可见。显示巴利原文
46. Naccagītesu chekā gaṇikā naccitthiyo ca lāsikā mukhena saddakārikā ca pāsādassa samantato naccantu, accharāgaṇā devitthisamūhā naccantu, nānāraṅgā anekavaṇṇā nānāraṅgamaṇḍalā pāsādassa samantato naccantu, padissantu pākaṭā hontūti attho.
47 那时,我成为名叫「三界胜者」的转轮王,在整个轮围世界中,无论是在树梢上、在山顶上、在雪山和轮围山等一切山的顶峰,还是在须弥山的山顶,在所有的地方,我将升起各种各样的、多色多彩的、由青黄等五种颜色构成的五彩旗帜——这就是这句话的意思。显示巴利原文
47. Tadā ahaṃ tilokavijayo nāma cakkavattirājā hutvā sakalacakkavāḷe dumagge rukkhagge pabbatagge himavantacakkavāḷapabbatādīnaṃ agge sinerūpabbatamuddhani ca sabbaṭṭhānesu vicittaṃ anekavaṇṇavicittaṃ pañcavaṇṇikaṃ nīlapītādipañcavaṇṇaṃ sabbaṃ dhajaṃ ussāpemīti attho.
48 愿人、无间地狱之人,龙、龙世界之龙,乾闼婆、天界之天,全都前来,齐聚此处;这些人、龙、乾闼婆、天等,皆尊敬我,对我行敬礼,合掌恭恭敬敬,环护着我的最胜殿——这便是此句的义涵。显示巴利原文
48.Narā lokantarā narā ca nāgalokato nāgā ca devalokato gandhabbā ca devā ca sabbe upentu upagacchantu, te narādayo namassantā mama namakkāraṃ karontā pañjalikā katahatthapuṭā mama vejayantaṃ pāsādaṃ parivārayunti attho.
49 那位名为“三界胜者”的转轮王,如此赞叹宫殿与自身威德之后,为策励由己所成之福果,便说出“任何善业”等语。其意谓:凡存在任何应作的、称为善业的行为,那一切皆是我由身、语、意三门所作,是善妙所作,足能投生三十三天界之有情。显示巴利原文
49. Evaṃ so tilokavijayo cakkavattirājā pāsādassa ca attano ca ānubhāvaṃ vaṇṇetvā idāni attanā sampattikatapuññaphalaṃ samādapento ‘‘yaṃ kiñci kusalaṃ kamma’’ntiādimāha. Yaṃ kiñci kusalakammasaṅkhātaṃ kiriyaṃ kattabbaṃ atthi, taṃ sabbaṃ mama mayā kāyena vā vācāya vā manasā vā tīhi dvārehi kataṃ tidase sukataṃ suṭṭhu kataṃ, tāvatiṃsabhavane uppajjanārahaṃ katanti attho.
50 接着,为再次策励,他说“诸有想众生”等。在此,其义为:凡有想、具想的众生——无论是人、天或梵天;以及无想的众生——即无想的无想有情;愿彼一切众生,皆得分享我所造之福果,皆成为有福者。显示巴利原文
50. Puna samādapento ‘‘ye sattā saññino’’tiādimāha. Tattha ye sattā manussā vā devā vā brahmāno vā saññino saññāsahitā atthi, ye ca sattā asaññino saññārahitā asaññā sattā santi, te sabbe sattā mayhaṃ mayā kataṃ puññaphalaṃ, bhāgī bhavantu puññavantā hontūti attho.
51 再次为作劝勉,菩萨说出“那些已知”等话语,意思是:我所造的福德,若已被人、龙、乾闼婆、天等清楚地知道和了解,我愿将福果给予他们;若有人等尚不知晓在这已造的福德中已施予福报,愿诸天前去向他们告知、宣说。显示巴利原文
51. Punapi samādapento bodhisatto ‘‘yesaṃ kata’’ntiādimāha. Mayā kataṃ puññaṃ yehi naranāgagandhabbadevehi suviditaṃ ñātaṃ, tesaṃ mayā dinnaṃ puññaphalaṃ, tasmiṃ mayā kate puññe dinnabhāvaṃ ye narādayo na jānanti, devā gantvā tesaṃ taṃ nivedayuṃ ārocayunti attho.
52 在整个世间中,那些依食而住的众生,愿所有这些众生,都通过我的心、我的意获得一切可意的食物,愿他们凭借我福德的神力而获得这一切。显示巴利原文
52.Sabbalokamhiye sattā āhāranissitā jīvanti, te sabbe sattā manuññaṃ bhojanaṃ sabbaṃ mama cetasā mama cittena labhantu, mama puññiddhiyā labhantūti attho.
53 我以清净心生起净信,做此布施;对于这布施,我于心中引生净信。一切正自觉者、独觉及胜者弟子,皆由我这位转轮王所供养。显示巴利原文
53.Manasā pasannena cittena yaṃ dānaṃ mayā dinnaṃ tasmiṃ dāne cittena pasādaṃ āvahiṃ uppādesiṃ. Sabbasambuddhā ca paccekā paṭiekkā jinasāvakā ca mayā cakkavattiraññā pūjitā.
54 因彼善行,因依信心所作之善业,及由心所发之思愿与祈愿,我舍弃人身后,往生三十三天,犹如从睡梦中醒来般,于彼处得生——此为含义。显示巴利原文
54.Sukatena tena kammena saddahitvā katena kusalakammena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca cittena katapatthanāhi ca, mānusaṃ dehaṃ manussasarīraṃ, jahitvā chaḍḍetvā, ahaṃ tāvatiṃsaṃ devalokaṃ agacchiṃ agamāsiṃ, suttappabuddho viya tattha uppajjinti attho.
55 其后,那位三界胜者转轮王命终。从此以后,对所经历的两种有、两种生,我皆能了知:于天有中之天身,及于人有中之人身。除这两种生之外的其他趣、其他结生,我不知、亦不见。此即由心意所愿求的愿果——此为含义。显示巴利原文
55. Tato tilokavijayo cakkavattirājā kālaṅkato, tato paṭṭhāya āgate duve bhave dve jātiyo pajānāmi devatte devattabhāve mānuse manussattabhāve ca, tato jātidvayato aññaṃ gatiṃ aññaṃ upapattiṃ na jānāmi na passāmi, manasā cittena patthanāphalaṃ patthitapatthanāphalanti attho.
56 “我超胜于诸天”——若生于天,则在寿命、容貌、威力、光辉方面,皆比诸天更为超胜、尊贵、殊胜,此为含义。若生于人间,则成为人主,为众人之尊主与主宰。复次,如是成为国王后,具足端严容貌之成就,亦以身量匀称等相好而圆满具足;于所生之每一生中,以智慧——即了知胜义之智——而无与伦比、无能匹敌,意谓无人可与我等齐。显示巴利原文
56.Devānaṃ adhiko homīti yadi devesu jāto, āyuvaṇṇabalatejehi devānaṃ adhiko jeṭṭho seṭṭho ahosinti attho. Yadi manussesu jāto, manujādhipo manussānaṃ adhipati issaro bhavāmi, tathā rājabhūto abhirūpena rūpasampattiyā ca lakkhaṇena ārohapariṇāhādilakkhaṇena ca sampanno sampuṇṇo uppannuppannabhave paññāya paramatthajānanapaññāya asamo samarahito, mayā sadiso koci natthīti attho.
57 由于我所积累的福德资粮与福报之果,在每一生中,最殊胜、甘美、品类繁多的种种食物,难以计量的众多七宝,以及绢帛、丝绸等各色布料,都从空中、从虚空,迅速、疾速地来到我面前,降临于我处。显示巴利原文
57. Mayā katapuññasambhārena puññaphalena uppannuppannabhave seṭṭhaṃ pasaṭṭhaṃ madhuraṃ vividhaṃ anekappakāraṃ bhojanañca anappakaṃ bahusattaratanañca vividhāni, anekappakārāni pattuṇṇakoseyyādivatthāni ca nabhā ākāsato maṃ mama santikaṃ khippaṃ sīghaṃ upenti upagacchanti.
58-66 于大地、山岳、虚空、水中及树林间,无论我于何处伸出手去,天上的可食物、天食即从彼处来到我面前,降临于我处,谓为显现。同样地,依次是:一切宝物,如栴檀等一切香,一切车乘与坐骑,如瞻波花、龙树花、般那伽花等一切花,一切庄严具与饰物,一切天女,一切蜜与糖,如糕饼等一切嚼食,皆来到我面前,降临于我处。显示巴利原文
58-66.Pathabyā pathaviyā pabbate ca ākāse ca udake ca vane ca yaṃ yaṃ yattha yattha hatthaṃ pasāremi nikkhipāmi, tato tato dibbā bhakkhā dibbā āhārā maṃ mama santikaṃ upenti upagacchanti, pātubhavantīti attho. Tathā yathākkamaṃ sabbe ratanā. Sabbe candanādayo gandhā. Sabbe yānā vāhanā. Sabbe campakanāgapunnāgādayo mālā pupphā. Sabbe alaṅkārā ābharaṇā. Sabbā dibbakaññā. Sabbe madhusakkharā. Sabbe pūpādayo khajjā khāditabbā maṃ mama santikaṃ upenti upagacchanti.
67-68 “为证殊胜正觉”:即是为了证得、为了获得最上四道智。我所做、所圆满的最上布施,以此最上布施,令那座名为“岩石”的大山,浑然发出同一种鸣响,发出浑厚、宏亮、巨大的吼声,使含天世间、乃至一切人天世间心生踊跃,皆得喜悦。于一切世间、于三界之中,我除尽一切覆障,成就了佛陀——这便是此中含义。显示巴利原文
67-68.Sambodhivarapattiyāti uttamacatumaggañāṇapattiyā pāpuṇanatthāya. Mayā yaṃ uttamadānaṃ kataṃ pūritaṃ, tena uttamadānena selasaṅkhātaṃ pabbataṃ sakalaṃ ekaninnādaṃ karonto bahalaṃ giraṃ puthulaṃ ghosaṃ gajjento, sadevakaṃ lokaṃ sakalaṃ manussadevalokaṃ hāsayanto somanassappattaṃ karonto loke sakalalokattaye vivaṭṭacchado buddho ahaṃ bhavāmīti attho.
69 “世间有十方”者:在轮围世间,方位有十种、十分。往来者于其间游行、来去,所至处无有边际——这是它的含义。在转轮王时期,于我所行至的一切处、所在之方,佛土与佛境皆不可称数,超诸算数。显示巴利原文
69.Disā dasavidhā loketi cakkavāḷaloke dasavidhā dasakoṭṭhāsā disā honti, tattha koṭṭhāse yāyato yāyantassa gacchantassa antakaṃ natthīti attho, cakkavattikāle tasmiṃ mayā gatagataṭṭhāne disābhāge vā buddhakhettā buddhavisayā asaṅkhiyā saṅkhārahitā.
70 “光明被称扬”者:谓于转轮王时期,我的光明——即轮宝、摩尼宝等的光明——成双成对地出现,放射光芒,被广为称扬,人所共知。此时,于一万轮围世间中,光网、光芒之聚与广大光明,较前更为增盛。这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
70.Pabhā pakittitāti tadā cakkavattirājakāle mayhaṃ pabhā cakkaratanamaṇiratanādīnaṃ pabhā ālokā yamakā yugaḷayugaḷā hutvā raṃsivāhanā raṃsiṃ muñcamānā pakittitā pākaṭā, etthantare dasasahassicakkavāḷantare raṃsijālaṃ raṃsisamūhaṃ, āloko vipulo bahutaro bhave ahosīti attho.
71 “在这世界界域中”者:谓于一万轮围世间之内,令一切人得见我、睹见;令所有天神,上至梵天居所、梵天界,皆随顺我、依从我。显示巴利原文
71.Ettake lokadhātumhīti dasasahassicakkavāḷesu sabbe janā maṃ passantu dakkhantūti attho. Sabbe devā yāva brahmanivesanā yāva brahmalokā maṃ anuvattantu anukūlā bhavantu.
72 “以流布的甜蜜音声”:指以流布的甜美音声。“我已击响不死鼓”:即我已擂响不死鼓——也就是天鼓。在这整个一万个轮围世界之内,一切众生,愿他们皆倾心聆听我的甘露妙音。显示巴利原文
72.Visiṭṭhamadhunādenāti visaṭṭhena madhurena nādena, amatabherimāhaninti amatabheriṃ devadundubhiṃ pahariṃ, etthantare etasmiṃ dasasahassicakkavāḷabbhantare sabbe janā mana madhuraṃ giraṃ saddaṃ suṇantu manasi karontu.
73 法云降雨之时,以说法妙音所成的、名为甚深、甘甜、微细的究竟义法雨降下、遍洒,仰仗正自觉者的威神力,愿一切比丘、比丘尼等众,皆得成为无漏、离染者。其中,“那些后位的众生”,是指在这些聚集的众生当中,也就是在四众弟子之中,那些于功德方面尚处后位的众生,愿他们皆得成为入流者。这是它的意趣。显示巴利原文
73.Dhammameghena vassante dhammadesanāmayena nādena tabbohāraparamatthagambhīramadhurasukhumatthavasse vassante vassamāne sammāsambuddhānubhāvena sabbe bhikkhubhikkhunīādayo anāsavā nikkilesā hontu bhavantu. Yettha pacchimakā sattāti ettha etesu rāsibhūtesu catūsu parisasattesu ye sattā pacchimakā guṇavasena heṭṭhimakā, te sabbe sotāpannā bhavantūti adhippāyo.
74 当时,在那威镇三界的转轮王时期,我行了应行之布施,施与了所应施与的;我无余地、毫无缺失地圆满了戒——即戒波罗蜜;于出离——即出离巴拉密中,我达到了究竟的彼岸。此后,我已证得、已成就那最上正觉——也就是四道智。显示巴利原文
74. Tadā tilokavijayacakkavattirājakāle dātabbakaṃ dātabbayuttakaṃ, dānaṃ katvā, asesato nissesena, sīlaṃ sīlapāramiṃ, pūretvā nekkhamme nekkhammapāramitāya, pāramiṃ koṭiṃ patvā, uttamaṃ sambodhiṃ catumaggañāṇaṃ, patto bhavāmi bhaveyyaṃ.
75 亲近并遍问贤者、智者、明达之人,问道:‘尊者,什么应当作?什么不应当作?什么是善?什么是不善?作了什么,便能成为天界与解脱二者的拥有者?’这样便是圆满智慧巴拉密的意思。‘修习最上精进’是指:在行、住、坐、卧等一切威仪中,持续不断地修习最上、最胜的精进,这便是圆满精进巴拉密的意思。忍受一切怨敌所作的不敬与轻蔑,以此达到忍耐巴拉密的顶点;圆满忍耐巴拉密后,便证得最上正觉,成为最上正自觉者——我已成就,亦当成就。显示巴利原文
75.Paṇḍite paññavante medhāvino paripucchitvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kattabbaṃ? Kiṃ na kattabbaṃ? Kiṃ kusalaṃ? Kiṃ akusalaṃ? Kiṃ katvā saggamokkhadvayassa bhāgī hotī’’ti pucchitvā, evaṃ paññāpāramiṃ pūretvāti attho. Katvā vīriyamuttamanti uttamaṃ seṭṭhaṃ ṭhānanisajjādīsu avicchinnaṃ vīriyaṃ katvā, vīriyapāramiṃ pūretvāti attho. Sakalaviruddhajanehi kataanādarādhivāsanākhantiyā pāramiṃ koṭiṃ gantvā khantipāramiṃ pūretvā uttamaṃ sambodhiṃ uttamaṃ sambuddhattaṃ patto bhavāmi bhaveyyaṃ.
76 ‘成就坚固决意’:即‘即使身体与生命正在坏灭,我也不从善行中退转’,以不动摇的方式修习坚固的决意波罗蜜;又,‘即使头颅被砍,我也不说妄语’,由此将真实巴拉密圆满至顶点;以‘愿一切众生快乐、无怨’等,将慈爱巴拉密修至顶点,从而证得最上正觉,这便是它的意思。显示巴利原文
76.Katvā daḷhamadhiṭṭhānanti ‘‘mama sarīrajīvitesu vinassantesupi puññakammato na viramissāmī’’ti acalavasena daḷhaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ katvā ‘‘sīse chijjamānepi musāvādaṃ na kathessāmī’’ti saccapāramitāya koṭiṃ pūriya pūretvā ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhī averā’’tiādinā mettāpāramitāya koṭiṃ patvā uttamaṃ sambodhiṃ pattoti attho.
77 面对生命与生计资具的获得与未获得,面对由恭敬者与不恭敬者所造成的身心乐与苦,面对尊敬与轻蔑,于一切境遇中,始终保持平等之心,心态平衡;圆满舍巴拉密后,证得最上正觉——这是它的意思。显示巴利原文
77. Sajīvakājīvakavatthūnaṃ lābhe ca tesaṃ alābhe ca kāyikacetasikasukhe ceva tathā dukkhe ca sādarajanehi kate, sammāne ceva omāne, ca sabbattha samako samānamānaso upekkhāpāramiṃ pūretvā uttamaṃ sambodhiṃ patto pāpuṇeyyanti attho.
78 “懈怠”即懒惰的状态,从怖畏的角度,或由怖畏之力,了知“这将承受恶趣之苦”;“不懈怠”即不懒惰的状态、不退转的行为,而“精进”则从安稳的角度,由安稳之力,了知“这能趣向涅槃”。你们应当如此看清、如此了知之后,发起精进。这便是诸佛的教说,这便是诸佛的训示。显示巴利原文
78.Kosajjaṃ kusītabhāvaṃ, bhayato bhayavasena ‘‘apāyadukkhabhāgī’’ti disvā ñatvā akosajjaṃ akusītabhāvaṃ alīnavuttiṃ, vīriyaṃ khemato khemavasena ‘‘nibbānagāmī’’ti disvā ñatvā āraddhavīriyā hotha bhavatha. Esā buddhānusāsanī esā buddhānaṃ anusiṭṭhi.
79 “见诤论为怖畏”:即见到诤论、争吵是怖畏的,了知“这会堕入恶趣”;而见到无诤、远离诤论,则了知“这能证得涅槃”,从安稳的角度来看。你们应当和合、一心、温和、融洽,以慈心为先导而相处,光耀地安住——这是这段话的涵义。这也就是诸佛的话语、论议与宣说,是教诫的授予。显示巴利原文
79.Vivādaṃ bhayato disvāti vivādaṃ kalahaṃ bhayato disvā ‘‘apāyabhāgī’’ti disvā ñatvā avivādaṃ vivādato viramaṇaṃ ‘‘nibbānappattī’’ti, khemato disvā ñatvā samaggā ekaggacittā sakhilā siliṭṭhā mettāya dhuragatāya sobhamānā hothāti attho. Esā kathā mantanā udīraṇā buddhānaṃ anusāsanī ovādadānaṃ.
80 “放逸”指在行、住、坐、卧中,以放失正念的方式而住。从怖畏的角度,了知“在辗转投生之处,它会招致痛苦、容貌丑陋、饮食不足等,并令人堕入恶趣等”;而“不放逸”指在一切行为中,皆以正念而住。从安稳、增长的角度,现量了知“这能圆满达到涅槃”。所以,你们应当修习、增长、作意八支圣道——也就是正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定,这由八支所成的、能证得正觉之道,即证悟的方法。这便是话语、宣说、宣示,是诸佛的教说,是诸佛的训示——这是它的涵义。显示巴利原文
80.Pamādaṃ ṭhānanisajjādīsu sativippavāsena viharaṇaṃ bhayato ‘‘nibbattanibbattaṭṭhānesu dukkhitadurūpaappannapānatādisaṃvattanakaṃ apāyādigamanañcā’’ti disvā ñatvā, appamādaṃ sabbakiriyāsu satiyā viharaṇaṃ, khemato vaḍḍhito ‘‘nibbānasampāpuṇana’’nti disvā paccakkhato ñatvā aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhīti aṭṭhaavayavaṃ sammāsambodhiyā maggaṃ adhigamūpāyaṃ bhāvetha vaḍḍhetha manasi karotha, esā kathā bhāsanā udīraṇā buddhānusāsanī buddhānaṃ anusiṭṭhīti attho.
81 “众多佛聚集”:数以百千计的独觉佛聚集一处,成为一群;同样,一切断尽诸漏的阿拉汉们也数以百千计地聚集一处。因此,对于这些应受礼敬的佛陀与阿拉汉们,你们应当以全身各个部分恭敬地礼敬、致敬、顶礼。显示巴利原文
81.Samāgatā bahū buddhāti anekasatasahassasaṅkhyā paccekabuddhā samāgatā rāsibhūtā, sabbaso sabbappakārena arahantā ca khīṇāsavā anekasatasahassā samāgatā rāsibhūtā. Tasmā te buddhe ca arahante ca vandamāne vandanārahe namassatha aṅgapaccaṅganamakkārena namassatha vandatha.
82 如此,依我上述的方式:诸佛是不可思议、无法思量的;诸佛法——即诸佛所宣说的四念处……乃至八圣道、五蕴,以及因缘、所缘缘等法,以及诸佛的自性,也都是不可思议、无法思量的;对于已生起净信的诸天与人,他们的果报——也就是天界成就、人间成就及涅槃成就——同样不可思议,超越一切思量计度。显示巴利原文
82.Evaṃ iminā mayā vuttappakārena acintiyā cintetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā, buddhā, buddhadhammāti buddhehi desitā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā…pe… aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, pañcakkhandhā, hetupaccayo ārammaṇapaccayotiādayo dhammā, buddhānaṃ vā sabhāvā acintiyā cintetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā, acintiye cintāvisayātikkante pasannānaṃ devamanussānaṃ vipāko devamanussasampattinibbānasampattisaṅkhāto cintetuṃ asakkuṇeyyo saṅkhyātikkanto hoti bhavati.
至此,可以作个譬喻:好比远行的人被问到“请为我们指路”,便被告知“舍弃左道,走右道”;他们沿着右道,完成在村庄、城镇、王都中应办的事情,随后又舍弃右道,踏上另一条左道,也同样能完成在各村庄、城镇等处应办的事。同样地,在借由善业传讲完佛陀的传记后,又将同样的内容依不善业传详细开演,由此便引出了这样的提问——显示巴利原文
Iti ettāvatā ca yathā addhānagāmino ‘‘maggaṃ no ācikkhā’’ti puṭṭhena ‘‘vāmaṃ muñcitvā dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vutte tena maggena gāmanigamarājadhānīsu kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā puna muñcitena aparena vāmamaggena gatāpi gāmanigamādīsu kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpenti, evameva buddhāpadānaṃ kusalāpadānavasena niṭṭhāpetvā tadeva akusalāpadānavasena vitthāretuṃ idaṃ pañhakammaṃ –
这是指:诽谤(abbhakkhānaṃ)、石击(silāvedho),以及碎石片(sakalikā)所带来的痛苦。
“那罗祇梨象的七处裂伤”是指被那罗祇梨象所伤而造成的七处裂伤;“头痛”指头部的痛楚;“食麦”指以麦为食。
“背痛”指背部疼痛,“痢疾”即腹泻,二者合称为“不善之因”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dukkarañca abbhakkhānaṃ, abbhakkhānaṃ punāparaṃ; Abbhakkhānaṃ silāvedho, sakalikāpi ca vedanā. ‘‘Nāḷāgiri sattacchedo, sīsadukkhaṃ yavakhādanaṃ; Piṭṭhidukkhamatīsāro, ime akusalakāraṇā’’ti.
“难行”指的是六年苦行。过去迦叶正自觉者时代,菩萨投生为一位名叫乔帝巴喇的婆罗门青年。由于婆罗门种姓的习性,他对教法未生净信。因往昔对彼世尊说过轻慢语的业力残余,当他听到“迦叶世尊”时,便说:“剃头的沙门哪会有菩提?菩提极为难得。”由此业的异熟,他在数百生中遭受地狱等苦之后,又凭借彼世尊的授记,不间断地耗尽轮回,最终受生为韦桑答拉之身。从那里死后投生兜率天。应天神恳请,他从兜率天殁,降生释迦族。智慧成熟后,他舍弃整个赡部洲的王权,在阿诺玛河畔以极锋利的剑将螺髻整束割下,接受了梵天带来的、劫初形成时生于莲苞中的八种神变所成资具,剃度出家。此时,菩提的如实知见尚未成熟,成佛的道与非道也还未能了知。于是他在乌汝韦喇地方,实行一日一食、一口食、一人独行、只走一条路、只坐一处受食的方式,身体消瘦得仅剩皮、肉、筋、脉,血肉干枯,犹如枯槁的人形。如《精进经》所述,他修习大精进、大苦行。后来他思惟:“这种苦行并非证得正觉之道。”便开始在村落、市镇、王都受用饮食。显示巴利原文
Attha paṭhamapañhe – dukkaranti chabbassāni dukkarakārikā. Atīte kassapasammāsambuddhakāle bodhisatto jotipālo nāma brāhmaṇamāṇavo hutvā nibbatto brāhmaṇajātivasena sāsane appasanno tassa bhagavato pilotikakammanissandena ‘‘kassapo bhagavā’’ti sutvā ‘‘kuto muṇḍakassa samaṇassa bodhi, bodhi paramadullabhā’’ti āha. So tena kammanissandena anekajātisatesu narakādidukkhamanubhavitvā tasseva bhagavato anantaraṃ teneva laddhabyākaraṇena kammena jātisaṃsāraṃ khepetvā pariyosāne vessantarattabhāvaṃ patvā tato cuto tusitabhavane nibbatto. Devatāyācanena tato cavitvā sakyakule nibbatto ñāṇassa paripākattā sakalajambudīparajjaṃ pahāya anomānadītīre sunisitenāsinā samakuṭakesakalāpaṃ chinditvā brahmunā ānīte iddhimaye kappassa saṇṭhānakāle padumagabbhe nibbatte aṭṭha parikkhāre paṭiggahetvā pabbajitvā bodhiñāṇadassanassa tāva aparipakkattā buddhabhāvāya maggāmaggaṃ ajānitvā chabbassāni uruvelajanapade ekāhāraekālopaekapuggalaekamaggaekāsanabhojanavasena aṭṭhicammanahārusesaṃ nimmaṃsarudhirapetarūpasadisasarīro padhānasutte (su. ni. 427 ādayo) vuttanayeneva padhānaṃ mahāvīriyaṃ dukkarakārikaṃ akāsi. So imaṃ dukkarakārikaṃ ‘‘sambodhiyā maggaṃ na hotī’’ti cintetvā gāmanigamarājadhānīsu paṇītāhāraṃ paribhuñjitvā pīṇindriyo paripuṇṇadvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇo kamena bodhimaṇḍamupagantvā pañca māre jinitvā buddho jātoti.
“我过去名为乔帝巴喇,曾这样对善逝迦叶说:”
剃除须发的沙门,如何能证菩提?菩提确为极难证得。
由于此业之异熟,我修习了诸多苦行;
于优楼频螺六年,从此方证菩提。
我并非由此道,证得无上菩提;
循邪道寻求,为宿业所障碍;
福德罪业已尽,远离一切热恼;
无忧悲,无苦闷,断尽烦恼者将证入涅槃。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Avacāhaṃ jotipālo, sugataṃ kassapaṃ tadā; Kuto nu bodhi muṇḍassa, bodhi paramadullabhā. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, acariṃ dukkaraṃ bahuṃ; Chabbassānuruvelāyaṃ, tato bodhimapāpuṇiṃ. ‘‘Nāhaṃ etena maggena, pāpuṇiṃ bodhimuttamaṃ; Kummaggena gavesissaṃ, pubbakammena vārito. ‘‘Puññapāpaparikkhīṇo, sabbasantāpavajjito; Asoko anupāyāso, nibbāyissamanāsavo’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.92-95);
在第二个问题中,“abbhakkhāna”(诽谤)意为诬蔑、辱骂。据传,过去菩萨生于一个低微的家庭,默默无闻,后来成为一个名叫穆纳利的赌徒,过着那样的生活。那时,有一位名叫须罗比、具大神力大威力的独觉佛,因事来到他附近。他一见到这位独觉佛,便诽谤道:‘这个沙门是破戒者、是恶行人。’他因那不善业的异熟,在地狱等恶道中经受数万年之苦。到了这一生,即他最后有身时,那些外道早在世尊还居于兜率天时就已声名远播,欺诳众人,宣扬六十二种邪见,四处游走。那时菩萨从兜率天殁,投生于释迦王族,次第修行,最终成佛。外道们便如日出时的萤火虫一般,利养与尊崇尽失,怀着对世尊的瞋恨四处活动。就在那时,王舍城有一位长者,在恒河撒网游乐时,见到一块红旃檀木,他想:‘我家中旃檀甚多,可将这块木头安在旋轮上,让旋轮匠将其制成一个钵,再用竹竿一节节连接起来,悬挂上去。’之后便令人敲鼓宣告:‘谁有能力以神通飞空取走此钵,我便做他的供养者。’显示巴利原文
Dutiyapañhe – abbhakkhānanti abhi akkhānaṃ paribhāsanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto suddakule jāto apākaṭo appasiddho munāḷi nāma dhutto hutvā paṭivasati. Tadā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo surabhi nāma paccekabuddho kenaci karaṇīyena tassa samīpaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇi. So taṃ disvāva ‘‘dussīlo pāpadhammo ayaṃ samaṇo’’tiādinā abbhācikkhi. So tena akusalanissandena narakādīsu anekavassasahassāni dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve yadā titthiyā paṭhamataraṃ bhagavato tusitabhavane vasanasamaye ca pākaṭā hutvā sakalajanaṃ vañcetvā dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhiyo dīpetvā vicaranti, tadā tusitapurā cavitvā sakyarājakule nibbattitvā kamena buddho jāto. Titthiyā sūriyuggamane khajjopanakā viya vihatalābhasakkārā bhagavati āghātaṃ bandhitvā vicaranti. Tasmiṃ samaye rājagahaseṭṭhi gaṅgāya jālaṃ bandhitvā kīḷanto rattacandanaghaṭikaṃ disvā amhākaṃ gehe candanāni bahūni, imaṃ bhamaṃ āropetvā tena bhamakārehi pattaṃ likhāpetvā veḷuparamparāya laggetvā ‘‘ye imaṃ pattaṃ iddhiyā āgantvā gaṇhanti, tesaṃ bhattiko bhavissāmī’’ti bheriṃ carāpesi.
当时,外道们商议道:‘我们完了!我们彻底完了!’尼干陀·若提子便对自己的一众徒众说:‘我将走到竹林附近,在虚空中做出飞跃的样子,你们便抓住我的肩膀阻拦我,说:“你们不要为那个由死尸般的木头制成的钵去施展神通。”’他们便依计而行,上演了这场戏。显示巴利原文
Tadā titthiyā ‘‘naṭṭhamhā dāni naṭṭhamhā dānī’’ti mantetvā nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto sakaparisaṃ evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ veḷusamīpaṃ gantvā ākāse ullaṅganākāraṃ karomi, ‘tumhe chavadārumayaṃ pattaṃ paṭicca mā iddhiṃ karothā’ti maṃ khandhe gahetvā vārethā’’ti, te tathā gantvā tathā akaṃsu.
那时,宾头卢颇罗堕与目犍连正站在三由旬高的石山顶上,为托钵取食而披着袈裟,二人听闻了那片喧哗。其中,目犍连对宾头卢颇罗堕说:“你从空中飞去取那个钵吧。”他回答:“尊者,您才是被世尊安立为神通第一者,理应由您去取。”尽管他这么说,目犍连还是吩咐道:“我让你去,你就去取。”宾头卢颇罗堕被这样吩咐后,便用脚掌将三由旬高的石山黏住提起,如同盖锅盖一般,覆盖了整个王舍城。那时,城中居民看见长老宛如被红色线绳贯穿的水晶山一般,都大声呼喊:“婆罗堕阇尊者,请保护我们!”众人惊惶恐惧,纷纷将簸箕等物顶在头上。于是,长老将石山放归原处,以神通力凌空飞去,取到了那个钵。这时,城中居民发出了一阵巨大的欢呼声。显示巴利原文
Tadā piṇḍolabhāradvājo ca moggallāno ca tigāvute selapabbatamatthake ṭhatvā piṇḍapātagaṇhanatthāya cīvaraṃ pārupantā taṃ kolāhalaṃ suṇiṃsu. Tesu moggallāno piṇḍolabhāradvājaṃ ‘‘tvaṃ ākāsena gantvā taṃ pattaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti āha. So ‘‘bhante, tumheyeva bhagavatā iddhimantānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapitā, tumheva gaṇhathā’’ti āha. Tathāpi ‘‘mayā āṇatto tvameva gaṇhāhī’’ti āṇatto attanā ṭhitaṃ tigāvutaṃ selapabbataṃ pādatale laggetvā ukkhaliyā pidhānaṃ viya sakalarājagahanagaraṃ chādesi, tadā nagaravāsino phaḷikapabbate āvutaṃ rattasuttamiva taṃ theraṃ passitvā ‘‘bhante bhāradvāja, amhe rakkhathā’’ti ugghosayiṃsu, bhītā suppādīni sīse akaṃsu. Tadā thero taṃ pabbataṃ ṭhitaṭṭhāne vissajjetvā iddhiyā gantvā taṃ pattaṃ aggahesi, tadā nagaravāsino mahākolāhalamakaṃsu.
世尊坐在竹林精舍,听到那个声音,便问阿难:“这是什么声音?”阿难回答:“尊者,因为宾头卢颇罗堕拿到了钵,满心欢喜的城中居民发出了欢呼之声。”这时,世尊为了在未来遮止毁谤,便让人取来那个钵,将其打碎并磨成眼药粉,分予比丘们。分予比丘们后,世尊便制定了此学处:“比丘们,不应于在家人前示现神通,示现者,犯恶作。”(《小品》252,文句略有出入)显示巴利原文
Bhagavā veḷuvanārāme nisinno taṃ saddaṃ sutvā ‘‘kiṃ eso saddo’’ti ānandaṃ pucchi. ‘‘Bhāradvājena, bhante, pattassa gahitattā santuṭṭhā nagaravāsino ukkuṭṭhisaddamakaṃsū’’ti āha. Tadā bhagavā āyatiṃ parūpavādamocanatthaṃ taṃ pattaṃ āharāpetvā bhedāpetvā añjanupapisanaṃ katvā bhikkhūnaṃ dāpesi, dāpetvā ca pana ‘‘na, bhikkhave, iddhivikubbanā kātabbā, yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 252 thokaṃ visadisaṃ) sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpesi.
于是,外道们四处聚集喧嚷:“听说沙门乔达摩为弟子们制定了学处,那些弟子即使为了活命也不会违犯。我们可要显现神通了。”那时,频婆娑罗王听闻此事后,来到世尊跟前,顶礼后坐在一旁,对世尊这样说:“尊者,那些外道在叫嚷着‘我们要显现神通’。”世尊说:“大王,我也会显现。”王说:“尊者,世尊不是为弟子们制定了学处吗?”世尊开示道:“大王,我正为此事问你:譬如有人在你园中偷吃芒果等果实,你为他们定下了‘要罚这么多钱’的规矩,这规矩也同样用来约束你自己吗?”王回答:“尊者,我不在罚则的约束之列。”世尊说:“正是如此,大王,我所制定的学处,于我而言并不适用。”王问:“尊者,神通将在何处示现?”世尊说:“大王,在舍卫城附近的甘达庵婆罗树下。”王说:“太好了,尊者,我们都会前往观看。”其后,外道们听闻“据说神通将在甘达庵婆罗树下示现”,便雇人将城郊附近的芒果树尽数砍伐。市民们则在大广场上搭起了层层高床与看台。整个赡部洲的居民都聚集而来,仅在东方,人群向外延伸了十二由旬。在其他方位亦是如此。显示巴利原文
Tato titthiyā ‘‘samaṇena kira gotamena sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, te jīvitahetupi taṃ nātikkamanti, mayaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissāmā’’ti tattha tattha rāsibhūtā kolāhalamakaṃsu. Atha rājā bimbisāro taṃ sutvā bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisinno bhagavantamevamāha – ‘‘titthiyā, bhante, ‘iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissāmā’ti ugghosentī’’ti. ‘‘Ahampi, mahārāja, karissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, bhante, bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññatta’’nti. ‘‘Tameva, mahārāja, pucchissāmi, tavuyyāne ambaphalādīni khādantānaṃ ‘ettako daṇḍo’ti daṇḍaṃ ṭhapento tavāpi ekato katvā ṭhapesī’’ti. ‘‘Na mayhaṃ, bhante, daṇḍo’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, mahārāja, na mayhaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ atthī’’ti. ‘‘Kattha, bhante, pāṭihāriyaṃ bhavissatī’’ti? ‘‘Sāvatthiyā samīpe kaṇḍambarukkhamūle, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante, taṃ passissāmā’’ti. Tato titthiyā ‘‘kaṇḍambarukkhamūle kira pāṭihāriyaṃ bhavissatī’’ti sutvā nagarassa sāmantā ambarukkhe chedāpesuṃ, nāgarā mahāaṅgaṇaṭṭhāne mañcātimañcaṃ aṭṭādayo bandhiṃsu, sakalajambudīpavāsino rāsibhūtā puratthimadisāyameva dvādasayojanāni pharitvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Sesadisāsupi tadanurūpenākārena sannipatiṃsu.
世尊于阿沙荼月满月日清晨,适时完成应作的义务后,便前往彼处坐下。那时,守园人名叫甘达,在蚁穴中见到一枚熟透的芒果,心想:“我若将此果献给国王,或可获得金钱等财宝;但若供养世尊,则能成就今生他世的福乐。”于是便以芒果供养世尊。世尊接受后,吩咐阿难长老道:“将此果碾一碾,滤出果汁来作饮品。”长老依言照办。世尊饮过芒果汁,将果核交给守园人,说:“把它种下去。”他便拨开沙土种下,阿难长老以水罐浇灌。就在那时,芒果幼苗刹那萌生,在众人亲眼注视下,生出枝干、枝条、花、果与嫩叶,长成茁壮繁茂的大树。整个赡部洲的民众都来取食坠落的芒果,却始终食之不尽。显示巴利原文
Bhagavāpi kāle sampatte āsāḷhipuṇṇamāsiyaṃ pātova kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā nisīdi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe kaṇḍo nāma uyyānapālo kipillikapuṭe supakkaṃ ambaphalaṃ disvā ‘‘sacāhaṃ imaṃ rañño dadeyyaṃ, kahāpaṇādisāraṃ labheyyaṃ, bhagavato upanāmite pana idhalokaparalokesu sampatti bhavissatī’’ti bhagavato upanāmesi. Bhagavā taṃ paṭiggahetvā ānandattheraṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘imaṃ phalaṃ madditvā pānaṃ dehī’’ti. Thero tathā akāsi. Bhagavā ambarasaṃ pivitvā ambaṭṭhiṃ uyyānapālassa datvā ‘‘imaṃ ropehī’’ti āha. So vālukaṃ viyūhitvā taṃ ropesi, ānandatthero kuṇḍikāya udakaṃ āsiñci. Tasmiṃ khaṇe ambaṅkuro uṭṭhahitvā mahājanassa passantasseva sākhāviṭapapupphaphalapallavabharito paññāyittha. Patitaṃ ambaphalaṃ khādantā sakalajambudīpavāsino khayaṃ pāpetuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu.
而后,世尊从东方的轮围山到西方的轮围山,在轮围之内的大须弥山顶,变现出一条宝石经行道,在诸多会众中作狮子吼,如《法句注》中所说的方法,示现大神变,摧伏外道,令其折挫。教诫神变结束后,依循过去诸佛的常行,前往三十三天,在那里入雨安居,于三个月中无间断地宣说阿毗达摩,令以母亲为首的众多天众证得入流道。出安居后作天降,由无数天众梵众围绕,从僧伽舍城的城门下降,行饶益世间之事。那时,世尊的利养与恭敬遍满赡部洲,犹如五条大河奔流之势。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā puratthimacakkavāḷato yāva pacchimacakkavāḷaṃ, tāva imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe mahāmerumuddhani ratanacaṅkamaṃ māpetvā anekaparisāhi sīhanādaṃ nadāpento dhammapadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayena mahāiddhipāṭihāriyaṃ katvā titthiye madditvā te vippakāraṃ pāpetvā pāṭihīrāvasāne purimabuddhāciṇṇavasena tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gantvā tattha vassaṃvuṭṭho nirantaraṃ temāsaṃ abhidhammaṃ desetvā mātuppamukhānaṃ anekadevatānaṃ sotāpattimaggādhigamanaṃ katvā, vuṭṭhavasso devorohanaṃ katvā anekadevabrahmagaṇaparivuto saṅkassapuradvāraṃ oruyha lokānuggahaṃ akāsi. Tadā bhagavato lābhasakkāro jambudīpamajjhottharamāno pañcamahāgaṅgā viya ahosi.
那时,外道们利养与恭敬衰减,痛苦忧恼,垂头丧气,默然低首而坐。当时,他们的一位近事女,名为金咤摩纳维,容貌极美,见他们这般坐着,便问道:“尊者,为何这样痛苦忧恼地坐着?”外道们说:“姊妹,你倒是很悠闲啊?”“尊者,怎么了?”“姊妹,自从沙门乔达摩出现以来,我们的利养与恭敬便被破坏了,城里的人根本不把我们当一回事。”“那么,我能做些什么呢?”“你应该对沙门乔达摩引起非难。”她说:“这件事交给我,不算什么难事。”于是她便积极行事,于非时进入祇园精舍,住在外道们的住处附近。第二天清晨,城民们手持香、花等物前去礼敬世尊时,她便装作从祇园精舍出来的样子走出来。有人问她:“你在哪里睡的觉?”她答道:“我在哪里睡,关你们什么事?”说完便离去。以后随着时日过去,又被人问起时,她便说:“我与沙门乔达摩在同一间香室住了一夜,刚从那里出来。”那些愚痴的凡夫信以为真,而有智慧的贤者及入流者等则不信。又有一天,她把一块圆木绑在腹部,上面穿上红衣,来到有国王及大众在场、世尊正在说法的法堂,对世尊说:“喂,沙门!你说着法,对我——因你而怀孕的我,却显示巴利原文
Atha titthiyā parihīnalābhasakkārā dukkhī dummanā pattakkhandhā adhomukhā nisīdiṃsu. Tadā tesaṃ upāsikā ciñcamāṇavikā nāma ativiya rūpaggappattā te tathā nisinne disvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, evaṃdukkhī dummanā nisinnā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, bhagini, appossukkāsī’’ti? ‘‘Kiṃ, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Bhagini, samaṇassa gotamassa uppādakālato paṭṭhāya mayaṃ hatalābhasakkārā, nagaravāsino amhe na kiñci maññantī’’ti. ‘‘Mayā ettha kiṃ kātabba’’nti? ‘‘Tayā samaṇassa gotamassa avaṇṇaṃ uppādetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Sā ‘‘na mayhaṃ bhāro’’ti vatvā tattha ussāhaṃ karontī vikāle jetavanavihāraṃ gantvā titthiyānaṃ upassaye vasitvā pāto nagaravāsīnaṃ gandhādīni gahetvā bhagavantaṃ vandanatthāya gamanasamaye jetavanā viya nikkhantā, ‘‘kattha sayitā’’ti puṭṭhā ‘‘kiṃ tumhākaṃ mama sayitaṭṭhānenā’’ti vatvā pakkāmi. Sā kamena gacchante kāle pucchitā ‘‘samaṇenāhaṃ gotamena ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ sayitvā nikkhantā’’ti āha. Taṃ bālaputhujjanā saddahiṃsu, paṇḍitā sotāpannādayo na saddahiṃsu. Ekadivasaṃ sā dārumaṇḍalaṃ udare bandhitvā upari rattapaṭaṃ paridahitvā gantvā sarājikāya parisāya dhammadesanatthāya nisinnaṃ bhagavantaṃ evamāha – ‘‘bho samaṇa, tvaṃ dhammaṃ desesi, tuyhaṃ paṭicca uppannadārakagabbhiniyā mayhaṃ lasuṇamaricādīni na vicāresī’’ti? ‘‘Tathābhāvaṃ, bhagini, tvañceva pajānāsi, ahañcā’’ti. Sā ‘‘evameva methunasaṃsaggasamayaṃ dveyeva jānanti, na aññe’’ti āha.
就在那一刻,帝释天的黄毯石座现出热相。帝释天观察后明白了缘由,便命令两位天子:“你等中一位化作鼠形,咬断她绑扎木轮的带子;另一位发起一阵旋风,将她披裹的衣布向上掀起。”两位天子便去如此而行。木轮坠下,砸碎了她的脚背。聚集在法堂中的凡夫众全都站起来说:“唉!你这恶贼!对如此三界之主的世尊,你竟作出这般诽谤!”众人各给她一拳,将她逐出法堂。大地就在她眼前裂开了缝隙。就在那时,无间地狱的火焰升腾而起,犹如用她家传的红毛毯覆盖她一般,将她投入了无间地狱。从此,世尊的利养与恭敬更为超胜。因此这么说:显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ khaṇe sakkassa paṇḍukambalasilāsanaṃ uṇhākāraṃ dassesi. Sakko āvajjento taṃ kāraṇaṃ ñatvā dve devaputte āṇāpesi – ‘‘tumhesu eko mūsikavaṇṇaṃ māpetvā tassā dārumaṇḍalassa bandhanaṃ chindatu, eko vātamaṇḍalaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pārutapaṭaṃ uddhaṃ khipatū’’ti. Te gantvā tathā akaṃsu. Dārumaṇḍalaṃ patamānaṃ tassā pādapiṭṭhiṃ bhindi. Dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatitā puthujjanā sabbe ‘‘are, duṭṭhacori, tvaṃ evarūpassa lokattayasāmino evarūpaṃ abbhakkhānaṃ akāsī’’ti uṭṭhahitvā ekekamuṭṭhipahāraṃ datvā sabhāya nīhariṃsu, dassanātikkantāya pathavī vivaramadāsi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe avīcito jālā uṭṭhahitvā kuladattikena rattakambaleneva taṃ acchādetvā avīcimhi pakkhipi, bhagavato lābhasakkāro atirekataro ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –
一切胜者佛陀有位名为难陀的声闻弟子;
我因诽谤他,于地狱中长久流转。
一万年间,我长久流转于地狱;
获得人身时,我又屡遭诽谤。
由于那残余的业力,金咤摩纳维以不实之事诽谤我,
在大众面前。”(《譬喻·长老》1.39.70-72)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbābhibhussa buddhassa, nando nāmāsi sāvako; Taṃ abbhakkhāya niraye, ciraṃ saṃsaritaṃ mayā. ‘‘Dasavassasahassāni, niraye saṃsariṃ ciraṃ; Manussabhāvaṃ laddhāhaṃ, abbhakkhānaṃ bahuṃ labhiṃ. ‘‘Tena kammāvasesena, ciñcamāṇavikā mamaṃ; Abbhācikkhi abhūtena, janakāyassa aggato’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.70-72);
第三问中,“abbhakkhāna”(诽谤)即abhi-akkhāna,意为责骂、侮辱。据说在过去,菩萨出生于一个卑微的家族,成了一个名叫Munāḷi的狡诈之人。由于结交恶友,他辱骂一位名叫Surabhi的独觉佛,说:“这位比丘是破戒者、具恶法者。”因这恶口业,他在地狱中受尽了数千年苦。到了这最后一生,藉由圆满十波罗蜜的力量成佛,获得了无上的利养与声誉。那时,外道们焦躁不安,痛苦、忧恼地聚在一起,暗自思忖:“怎样才能毁掉沙门乔达摩的名声呢?”这时,一位名叫孙陀利的游行女尼来到他们那里,行礼后站在一旁。她见众人沉默不语,便问道:“我有什么过失吗?”外道们说:“沙门乔达摩正在损害我们,你却漠不关心,这就是你的过失。”她问:“那我能为此做些什么?”他们说:“你能败坏沙门乔达摩的名声吗?”她回答:“我能,诸位贤者。”从那时起,她便按照下文所述的方式,在人人都看得见的地方放出话来:“我跟沙门乔达摩在香室里一起过夜后才出来。”这样进行诽谤与辱骂。外道们也一起诽谤辱骂道:“诸位请看,这就是沙门乔达摩的所作。”显示巴利原文
Tatiyapañhe – abbhakkhānanti abhi akkhānaṃ akkosanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto apākaṭajātiyaṃ uppanno munāḷi nāma dhutto hutvā dujjanasaṃsaggabalena surabhiṃ nāma paccekabuddhaṃ ‘‘dussīlo pāpadhammo ayaṃ bhikkhū’’ti akkosi. So tena akusalena vacīkammena bahūni vassasahassāni niraye paccitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve dasapāramitāsaṃsiddhibalena buddho jāto lābhaggayasaggappatto ahosi. Puna titthiyā ussāhajātā – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho samaṇassa gotamassa ayasaṃ uppādessāmā’’ti dukkhī dummanā nisīdiṃsu. Tadā sundarī nāmekā paribbājikā te upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā ṭhitā tuṇhībhūte kiñci avadante disvā ‘‘kiṃ mayhaṃ doso’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Samaṇena gotamena amhe viheṭhiyamāne tvaṃ appossukkā viharissasi, idaṃ tava doso’’ti. ‘‘Evamahaṃ tattha kiṃ karissāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tvaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa avaṇṇaṃ uppādetuṃ sakkhissasī’’ti? ‘‘Sakkhissāmi, ayyā’’ti vatvā tato paṭṭhāya vuttanayena diṭṭhadiṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘samaṇena gotamena ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ sayitvā nikkhantā’’ti vatvā akkosati paribhāsati. Titthiyāpi ‘‘passatha, bho, samaṇassa gotamassa kamma’’nti akkosanti paribhāsanti. Vuttañhetaṃ –
在过去其他生中,我曾是一个名叫Munāḷi的狡诈之徒;
我诽谤了无过失的独觉佛苏罗毗。
由于此业的果报,我长久流转于地狱之中;
历经数千年,我饱尝苦受的煎熬。
那残留的业力,在这最后一生中;
我因孙陀利咖之事,遭受了诽谤。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Munāḷi nāmahaṃ dhutto, pubbe aññāsu jātisu; Paccekabuddhaṃ surabhiṃ, abbhācikkhiṃ adūsakaṃ. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, niraye saṃsariṃ ciraṃ; Bahū vassasahassāni, dukkhaṃ vedesi vedanaṃ. ‘‘Tena kammāvasesena, idha pacchimake bhave; Abbhakkhānaṃ mayā laddhaṃ, sundarikāya kāraṇā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.67-69);
在第四问中:“诽谤”是指尤其严重的辱骂与责难。据说在过去,菩萨投生于婆罗门家庭,多闻广识,受众人尊敬与供养。他出家修习苦行,住于雪山,以林中根果为食,同时教导众多青年学习咒术。有一位获得五神通与八等至的苦行者来到他跟前。那位苦行者一见到他,便心生嫉妒,对这位无辜的仙人加以诽谤道:‘这个仙人是个贪图欲乐的人、是个骗子。’又对自己的弟子们说:‘这个仙人就是这样一个戒行不正之人。’那些弟子们也如此辱骂、责难他。他因那不善业的果报,在地狱中受尽数千年的痛苦,之后,于今最后一生成就正觉,在供养与声望上皆达顶峰,犹如虚空中圆满的明月,名闻四方。而如今的外道们,对诽谤仍不满足,又制造了关于孙陀利的诽谤事件。他们召来饮酒的恶棍,给予贿赂后命令道:‘你们去把孙陀利杀了,然后把她的尸体埋在祇园大门附近的垃圾堆里。’那些人依言照做。接着,外道们便去向国王报告:‘我们找不到孙陀利了。’国王说:‘去找找看。’他们便从原先抛尸之处找出尸体,放在担架上抬给国王看,然后在全城到处高声宣扬。显示巴利原文
Catutthapañhe – abbhakkhānaṃ abhi visesena akkosanaṃ paribhāsanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto brāhmaṇakule uppanno bahussuto bahūhi sakkato pūjito tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā himavante vanamūlaphalāhāro bahumāṇave mante vācento vāsaṃ kappesi. Eko pañcābhiññāaṭṭhasamāpattilābhī tāpaso tassa santikaṃ agamāsi. So taṃ disvāva issāpakato taṃ adūsakaṃ isiṃ ‘‘kāmabhogī kuhako ayaṃ isī’’ti abbhācikkhi, attano sisse ca āha – ‘‘ayaṃ isi evarūpo anācārako’’ti. Tepi tatheva akkosiṃsu paribhāsiṃsu. So tena akusalakammavipākena vassasahassāni niraye dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve buddho hutvā lābhaggayasaggappatto ākāse puṇṇacando viya pākaṭo jāto. Tatheva titthiyā abbhakkhānenapi asantuṭṭhā punapi sundariyā abbhakkhānaṃ kāretvā surādhutte pakkosāpetvā lañjaṃ datvā ‘‘tumhe sundariṃ māretvā jetavanadvārasamīpe mālākacavarena chādethā’’ti āṇāpesuṃ. Te tathā kariṃsu. Tato titthiyā ‘‘sundariṃ na passāmā’’ti rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘pariyesathā’’ti āha. Te attanā pātitaṭṭhānato gahetvā mañcakaṃ āropetvā rañño dassetvā ‘‘passatha, bho, samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakānaṃ kamma’’nti bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca sakalanagare avaṇṇaṃ ugghosentā vicariṃsu. Sundariṃ āmakasusāne aṭṭake ṭhapesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘sundarimārake pariyesathā’’ti āṇāpesi. Tadā dhuttā suraṃ pivitvā ‘‘tvaṃ sundariṃ māresi, tvaṃ māresī’’ti kalahaṃ kariṃsu. Rājapurisā te dhutte gahetvā rañño dassesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, tumhehi sundarī māritā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, devā’’ti. ‘‘Kehi āṇattā’’ti? ‘‘Titthiyehi, devā’’ti. Rājā titthiye āharāpetvā bandhāpetvā ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, ‘buddhassa avaṇṇatthāya amhehi sayameva sundarī mārāpitā, bhagavā tassa sāvakā ca akārakā’ti ugghosathā’’ti āha. Te tathā akaṃsu . Sakalanagaravāsino nikkaṅkhā ahesuṃ. Rājā titthiye ca dhutte ca mārāpetvā chaḍḍāpeti . Tato bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya lābhasakkāro vaḍḍhi. Tena vuttaṃ –
我曾投生为婆罗门,博学多闻,受人尊敬与供养;
于大林之中,教导五百青年修习明咒。
那时,来了一位威猛仙人,具足五神通与大神力;
我见他到来,却诽谤了那无辜者。
当时我对弟子们说:‘这位仙人贪着欲乐。’
我说话时,那些青年也随喜附和。
于是,所有年轻人挨家挨户乞食时,
他们对大众说:‘这位仙人是个贪著欲乐的人。’
由于那个业报,这五百位比丘,
他们都因孙陀利事件而遭诽谤。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Brāhmaṇo sutavā āsiṃ, ahaṃ sakkatapūjito; Mahāvane pañcasate, mante vācemi māṇave. ‘‘Tatthāgato isi bhīmo, pañcābhiñño mahiddhiko; Tañcāhaṃ āgataṃ disvā, abbhācikkhiṃ adūsakaṃ. ‘‘Tatohaṃ avacaṃ sisse, kāmabhogī ayaṃ isi; Mayhampi bhāsamānassa, anumodiṃsu māṇavā. ‘‘Tato māṇavakā sabbe, bhikkhamānaṃ kule kule; Mahājanassa āhaṃsu, kāmabhogī ayaṃ isi. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, pañcabhikkhusatā ime; Abbhakkhānaṃ labhuṃ sabbe, sundarikāya kāraṇā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.73-77);
第五问中,“他投出石块”,是说他为嗔心所驱使,投出石块。据说过去世,菩萨与他的弟弟是同父之子。父亲去世后,二人因奴隶之事发生争吵,彼此敌对。菩萨仗恃自己身强力壮,压制弟弟,向他投掷石块。他因此业报,在地狱等处受了许多千年的苦,在此最后身成为佛陀。提婆达多是罗睺罗王子的舅父,过去生为塞利商人时,曾与菩萨一同经商。他们到达一处港口村,说:“你走一条街,我也走一条街。”两人便分头进入。在提婆达多进入的那条街上,住着一位年老富翁的妻子和她的孙女,只有她们二人。她们有一只沾满污垢的大金碗,放在其他器皿之间。那位老妇人不知道那是金碗,说道:“请拿走这个碗,给我的孙女一些装饰品吧。”提婆达多取走碗后,用针划痕,知道是金碗,心想:“我只给一点点东西,就把它弄到手。”然后走开了。接着,他见菩萨来到门附近,便说:“孙女,尊者,请给我的龟甲筐一些装饰品吧。”那位老妇人召唤菩萨进来,请他坐下,然后把碗给了他,说:“请收下这个,给我孙女的龟甲筐一些装饰品吧。”显示巴利原文
Pañcame pañhe – silāvedhoti āhatacitto silaṃ pavijjhi. Atīte kira bodhisatto ca kaniṭṭhabhātā ca ekapituputtā ahesuṃ. Te pitu accayena dāse paṭicca kalahaṃ karontā aññamaññaṃ viruddhā ahesuṃ. Bodhisatto attano balavabhāvena kaniṭṭhabhātaraṃ ajjhottharitvā tassupari pāsāṇaṃ pavijjhesi. So tena kammavipākena narakādīsu anekavassasahassāni dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve buddho jāto. Devadatto rāhulakumārassa mātulo pubbe serivāṇijakāle bodhisattena saddhiṃ vāṇijo ahosi, te ekaṃ paṭṭanagāmaṃ patvā ‘‘tvaṃ ekavīthiṃ gaṇhāhi, ahampi ekavīthiṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti dvepi paviṭṭhā. Tesu devadattassa paviṭṭhavīthiyaṃ jiṇṇaseṭṭhibhariyā ca nattā ca dveyeva ahesuṃ, tesaṃ mahantaṃ suvaṇṇathālakaṃ malaggahitaṃ bhājanantare ṭhapitaṃ hoti, taṃ suvaṇṇathālakabhāvaṃ ajānantī ‘‘imaṃ thālakaṃ gahetvā piḷandhanaṃ dethā’’ti āha. So taṃ gahetvā sūciyā lekhaṃ kaḍḍhitvā suvaṇṇathālakabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘thokaṃ datvā gaṇhissāmī’’ti cintetvā gato. Atha bodhisattaṃ dvārasamīpaṃ āgataṃ disvā ‘‘nattā, ayye , mayhaṃ kacchapuṭaṃ piḷandhanaṃ dethā’’ti. Sā taṃ pakkosāpetvā nisīdāpetvā taṃ thālakaṃ datvā ‘‘imaṃ gahetvā mayhaṃ nattāya kacchapuṭaṃ piḷandhanaṃ dethā’’ti. Bodhisatto taṃ gahetvā suvaṇṇathālakabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘tena vañcitā’’ti ñatvā attano pasibbakāya ṭhapitaaṭṭhakahāpaṇe avasesabhaṇḍañca datvā kacchapuṭaṃ piḷandhanaṃ kumārikāya hatthe piḷandhāpetvā agamāsi. So vāṇijo punāgantvā pucchi. ‘‘Tāta, tvaṃ na gaṇhittha, mayhaṃ putto idañcidañca datvā taṃ gahetvā gato’’ti. So taṃ sutvāva hadayena phālitena viya dhāvitvā anubandhi. Bodhisatto nāvaṃ āruyha pakkhandi. So ‘‘tiṭṭha, mā palāyi mā palāyī’’ti vatvā ‘‘nibbattanibbattabhave taṃ nāsetuṃ samattho bhaveyya’’nti patthanaṃ akāsi.
他由誓愿之力,于无量百千生中彼此恼害。今生他投生于释迦族,后来当世尊证得一切知智、住于王舍城时,他与阿那律等一同前往世尊座下出家,证得禅那后声名远播。他向世尊求取特权:“尊者,请让所有比丘僧团都受持常乞食支等十三头陀支,让整个比丘僧团成为我的负担。”世尊未予允准。提婆达多因此结怨,退失禅那,一心欲杀害世尊。一日,世尊立在维巴罗山山脚时,上方的提婆达多推下一块山岩。由于世尊的威力,另一块山岩接住了落下之岩。两岩相撞所生碎片飞溅,击中了世尊的脚背。因此说:显示巴利原文
So patthanāvasena anekesu jātisatasahassesu aññamaññaṃ viheṭhetvā imasmiṃ attabhāve sakyakule nibbattitvā kamena bhagavati sabbaññutaṃ patvā rājagahe viharante anuruddhādīhi saddhiṃ bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā pabbajitvā jhānalābhī hutvā pākaṭo bhagavantaṃ varaṃ yāci – ‘‘bhante, sabbo bhikkhusaṅgho piṇḍapātikādīni terasa dhutaṅgāni samādiyatu, sakalo bhikkhusaṅgho mama bhāro hotū’’ti. Bhagavā na anujāni. Devadatto veraṃ bandhitvā parihīnajjhāno bhagavantaṃ māretukāmo ekadivasaṃ vebhārapabbatapāde ṭhitassa bhagavato upari ṭhito pabbatakūṭaṃ paviddhesi. Bhagavato ānubhāvena aparo pabbatakūṭo taṃ patamānaṃ sampaṭicchi. Tesaṃ ghaṭṭanena uṭṭhitā papaṭikā āgantvā bhagavato pādapiṭṭhiyaṃ pahari. Tena vuttaṃ –
过去,我曾为财杀害了同父异母的兄弟,
我把他抛入山间的险难之处,再用石块将他压碎。
因为那个业报,提婆达多投出了一块石头;
他用碎石片砸伤了我的脚拇趾。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vemātubhātaraṃ pubbe, dhanahetu haniṃ ahaṃ; Pakkhipiṃ giriduggasmiṃ, silāya ca apiṃsayiṃ. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, devadatto silaṃ khipi; Aṅguṭṭhaṃ piṃsayī pāde, mama pāsāṇasakkharā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.78-79);
第六问——「sakalikāvedha(碎石片击打)」是指被碎石片击打。据说,过去菩萨投生于某户人家,年少时在大街上玩耍,看见一位独觉佛正沿街托钵乞食,便说:‘这个秃头沙门要去哪里?’于是捡起一块碎石片,掷向他的脚背。碎石片划破脚背肌肤,鲜血流出。由于此恶业,他在地狱中遭受了数千年的剧苦。乃至成佛之后,因余业势力,脚背仍会因碎石片击打而流血。因此,他说:显示巴利原文
Chaṭṭhapañhe – sakalikāvedhoti sakalikāya ghaṭṭanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto ekasmiṃ kule nibbatto daharakāle mahāvīthiyaṃ kīḷamāno vīthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caramānaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ muṇḍako samaṇo kuhiṃ gacchatī’’ti pāsāṇasakalikaṃ gahetvā tassa pādapiṭṭhiyaṃ khipi . Pādapiṭṭhicammaṃ chinditvā ruhiraṃ nikkhami. So tena pāpakammena anekavassasahassāni niraye mahādukkhaṃ anubhavitvā buddhabhūtopi kammapilotikavasena pādapiṭṭhiyaṃ pāsāṇasakalikaghaṭṭanena ruhiruppādaṃ labhi. Tena vuttaṃ –
往昔我年少时,在大路上游戏玩耍;
见到独觉佛后,我便在路上朝他投掷碎石片。
由于彼业的果报,在此最后一生中;
提婆达多雇了刺客来杀我。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Purehaṃ dārako hutvā, kīḷamāno mahāpathe; Paccekabuddhaṃ disvāna, magge sakalikaṃ khipiṃ. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, idha pacchimake bhave; Vadhatthaṃ maṃ devadatto, abhimāre payyojayī’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.80-81);
第七问——「那罗祇梨(护财象)」是指那头为杀害世尊而被放出的护财象。据说,在过去世,菩萨曾投生为象夫,骑着象四处巡游,在大路上见到一位独觉佛,心中满怀恶意、冷酷地想:“这秃头是从哪里来的?”便驱象去攻击他。因为此业,他在恶趣中受苦数千年,直至最后一生才成佛。提婆达多拉拢阿阇世王为同党,劝诱他说:“大王,您弑父即可为王,我杀佛陀即可成佛。”一天,得到国王允许后,他来到象舍,命令象夫们:“明天,你们用十六坛烈酒将那罗祇梨灌醉,待世尊入城乞食时放出它。”全城顿时骚动,人们纷纷说:“我们要看佛陀龙象与象王之战!”他们在道路两旁搭起层层看台,一早就聚集起来。世尊整好法衣,由比丘僧团围绕,进入王舍城乞食。就在这时,那些人依计放出那罗祇梨。那象横冲直撞,毁坏街道、十字路口等。当时,有一位抱着男孩的妇人正从一条街走到另一条街,象看见她后便追了过去。世尊说:“那罗祇梨,你并非被派来杀她。到我这里来。”象听到声音,便转头朝显示巴利原文
Sattamapañhe – nāḷāgirīti dhanapālako hatthī māraṇatthāya pesito. Atīte kira bodhisatto hatthigopako hutvā nibbatto hatthiṃ āruyha vicaramāno mahāpathe paccekabuddhaṃ disvā ‘‘kuto āgacchati ayaṃ muṇḍako’’ti āhatacitto khilajāto hatthinā āsādesi. So tena kammena apāyesu anekavassasahassāni dukkhaṃ anubhavitvā pacchimattabhāve buddho jāto. Devadatto ajātasatturājānaṃ sahāyaṃ katvā ‘‘tvaṃ, mahārāja, pitaraṃ ghātetvā rājā hohi, ahaṃ buddhaṃ māretvā buddho bhavissāmī’’ti saññāpetvā ekadivasaṃ rañño anuññātāya hatthisālaṃ gantvā – ‘‘sve tumhe nāḷāgiriṃ soḷasasurāghaṭe pāyetvā bhagavato piṇḍāya caraṇavelāyaṃ pesethā’’ti hatthigopake āṇāpesi. Sakalanagaraṃ mahākolāhalaṃ ahosi, ‘‘buddhanāgena hatthināgassa yuddhaṃ passissāmā’’ti ubhato rājavīthiyaṃ mañcātimañcaṃ bandhitvā pātova sannipatiṃsu. Bhagavāpi katasarīrapaṭijaggano bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe vuttaniyāmeneva nāḷāgiriṃ vissajjesuṃ. So vīthicaccarādayo vidhamento āgacchati. Tadā ekā itthī dārakaṃ gahetvā vīthito vīthiṃ gacchati, hatthī taṃ itthiṃ disvā anubandhi. Bhagavā ‘‘nāḷāgiri, na taṃ hanatthāya pesito, idhāgacchāhī’’ti āha. So taṃ saddaṃ sutvā bhagavantābhimukho dhāvi. Bhagavā aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu anantasattesu pharaṇārahaṃ mettaṃ ekasmiṃyeva nāḷāgirimhi phari. So bhagavato mettāya phuṭo nibbhayo hutvā bhagavato pādamūle nipati. Bhagavā tassa matthake hatthaṃ ṭhapesi. Tadā devabrahmādayo acchariyabbhutajātacittā pupphaparāgādīhi pūjesuṃ. Sakalanagare jaṇṇukamattā dhanarāsayo ahesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘pacchimadvāre dhanāni nagaravāsīnaṃ hontu, puratthimadvāre dhanāni rājabhaṇḍāgāre hontū’’ti bheriṃ carāpesi. Sabbe tathā kariṃsu. Tadā nāḷāgiri dhanapālo nāma ahosi. Bhagavā veḷuvanārāmaṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
往昔我曾为驭象人,见到那位最胜的独觉佛,
他正次第乞食而行,我却驱象冲撞、加害于他。
由于那业的果报,狂象那罗祇梨,
在山围庄严的王舍城中,恐怖的灾祸降临于我。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Hatthāroho pure āsiṃ, paccekamunimuttamaṃ; Piṇḍāya vicarantaṃ taṃ, āsādesiṃ gajenahaṃ. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, bhanto nāḷāgirī gajo; Giribbaje puravare, dāruṇo samupāgamī’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.82-83);
第八问——「刀割」:「刀」指用利器切开肿疮,也就是以斧等利器进行切割。据说在过去世,菩萨曾是一位边地国王。他因结交恶人、久居边地而变得狡诈残暴。一日,他手持利剑,徒步于城中游荡,挥剑劈砍全无辜的百姓。由于这个恶业的果报,他在数千年中堕入地狱受苦,之后又在畜生道等恶趣中承受痛苦;凭残余的业力,到了最后这一生,虽已成为佛陀,仍如前文所述,被提婆达多掷出的石片击伤,生起肿疮。耆婆以慈心切开了那个肿疮。对心怀嗔恨的提婆达多而言,导致佛陀流血的这一行为构成了无间业;而对心怀慈心的耆婆,切开肿疮的行为则纯属福德。因此说:显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhamapañhe – satthacchedoti satthena gaṇḍaphālanaṃ kuṭhārāya satthena chedo. Atīte kira bodhisatto paccantadese rājā ahosi. So dujjanasaṃsaggavasena paccantadese vāsavasena ca dhutto sāhasiko ekadivasaṃ khaggahattho pattikova nagare vicaranto nirāparādhe jane khaggena phālento agamāsi. So tena pāpakammavipākena bahūni vassasahassāni niraye paccitvā tiracchānādīsu dukkhamanubhavitvā pakkāvasesena pacchimattabhāve buddhabhūtopi heṭṭhā vuttanayena devadattena khittapāsāṇasakkhalikapahārena uṭṭhitagaṇḍo ahosi. Jīvako mettacittena taṃ gaṇḍaṃ phālesi. Vericittassa devadattassa ruhiruppādakammaṃ anantarikaṃ ahosi, mettacittassa jīvakassa gaṇḍaphālanaṃ puññameva ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –
我曾是徒步作战的国王,用矛刺杀人;
由于那业的果报,我在地狱中饱受煎熬。
由于那业的残余,如今我整个……
脚上的皮肤破裂了;业确实不会消失。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rājāhaṃ pattiko āsiṃ, sattiyā purise haniṃ; Tena kammavipākena, niraye paccisaṃ bhusaṃ. ‘‘Kammuno tassa sesena, idāni sakalaṃ mama; Pāde chaviṃ pakappesi, na hi kammaṃ vinassatī’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.84-85);
第九问——“头痛”:「头痛」即头部疾病,即头部疼痛。据说过去世中,菩萨生于渔夫村,成为一名渔夫。某日,他与渔夫们一同前往捕鱼之处,见鱼被杀,心中生起喜悦;同行者亦皆生起喜悦。以此不善业,于四恶趣中受苦之后,于最后一生,又与他们一同投生于释迦王族。渐次成佛后,自身仍须承受头痛之果报。而彼诸释迦族人,正如《法句经注》所记载的,在维度哒跋王发起的战争中全部灭亡。是故有此偈颂:显示巴利原文
Navame pañhe – ‘‘sīsadukkhanti sīsābādho sīsavedanā. Atīte kira bodhisatto kevaṭṭagāme kevaṭṭo hutvā nibbatti. So ekadivasaṃ kevaṭṭapurisehi saddhiṃ macchamāraṇaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā macche mārente disvā tattha somanassaṃ uppādesi, sahagatāpi tatheva somanassaṃ uppādayiṃsu. So tena akusalakammena caturāpāye dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve tehi purisehi saddhiṃ sakyarājakule nibbattitvā kamena buddhattaṃ pattopi sayaṃ sīsābādhaṃ paccanubhosi. Te ca sakyarājāno dhammapadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.viḍaḍūbhavatthu) vuttanayena viḍaḍūbhasaṅgāme sabbe vināsaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
因为那业的果报,我感到头痛;
当琉璃王进行屠杀时,所有释迦族人都被杀害了。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ahaṃ kevaṭṭagāmasmiṃ, ahuṃ kevaṭṭadārako; Macchake ghātite disvā, janayiṃ somanassakaṃ. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, sīsadukkhaṃ ahū mama; Sabbe sakkā ca haññiṃsu, yadā hani viṭaṭūbho’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.86-87);
第十问的回答:“吃大麦”指的是在韦兰若以麦粒为食的经历。据说在过去世,菩萨生于某一家族。由于出身与愚痴,他看见普沙世尊的弟子们享用甘美的饮料、粳米饭等美食,便出言辱骂:“喂,你们这些剃头的沙门,去吃大麦吧!别吃粳米饭!”因为这一不善业的果报,他在四恶趣中受苦数千年。到了这最后一生,渐次成就佛果后,为利益世间而游行于各个村落、城镇与王都。一次,他来到韦兰若婆罗门村附近一棵枝繁叶茂的寂静曼陀树下。韦兰若婆罗门前來拜见世尊,尝试以种种方式与世尊论议,均无法取胜,因而证得入流者,成为居士。他禀告世尊说:“尊者,请您就在这里入雨安居吧。”世尊默然应允。然而,从第二天起,恶魔波旬便蛊惑了韦兰若婆罗门村的全体居民。当世尊入村乞食时,由于魔障的影响,竟无一人布施哪怕一丁点儿食物。世尊托着空钵,在比丘僧众的围绕下返回。见他空手而归,当地住着的一位贩马商人就在那天作了布施。从那天开始,他邀请世尊及随行的五百位比丘,将原本用作五百匹马饲料的份额分出,舂成麦粒,放入比丘钵中。显示巴利原文
Dasamapañhe – yavakhādananti verañjāyaṃ yavataṇḍulakhādanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto aññatarasmiṃ kule nibbatto jātivasena ca andhabālabhāvena ca phussassa bhagavato sāvake madhurannapāne sālibhojanādayo ca bhuñjamāne disvā ‘‘are muṇḍakasamaṇā, yavaṃ khādatha, mā sālibhojanaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti akkosi. So tena akusalakammavipākena anekavassasahassāni caturāpāye dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve kamena buddhattaṃ patvā lokasaṅgahaṃ karonto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu caritvā ekasmiṃ samaye verañjabrāhmaṇagāmasamīpe sākhāviṭapasampannaṃ pucimandarukkhamūlaṃ pāpuṇi. Verañjabrāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā anekapariyāyena bhagavantaṃ jinituṃ asakkonto sotāpanno hutvā ‘‘bhante, idheva vassaṃ upagantuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ārocesi. Bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena adhivāsesi. Atha punadivasato paṭṭhāya māro pāpimā sakalaverañjabrāhmaṇagāmavāsīnaṃ mārāvaṭṭanaṃ akāsi. Piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa bhagavato mārāvaṭṭanavasena ekopi kaṭacchubhikkhāmattaṃ dātā nāhosi. Bhagavā tucchapattova bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto punāgañchi. Tasmiṃ evaṃ āgate tattheva nivuṭṭhā assavāṇijā taṃ divasaṃ dānaṃ datvā tato paṭṭhāya bhagavantaṃ pañcasatabhikkhuparivāraṃ nimantetvā pañcannaṃ assasatānaṃ bhattato vibhāgaṃ katvā yavaṃ koṭṭetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pattesu pakkhipiṃsu . Sakalassa sahassacakkavāḷadevatā sujātāya pāyāsapacanadivase viya dibbojaṃ pakkhipiṃsu. Bhagavā paribhuñji , evaṃ temāsaṃ yavaṃ paribhuñji. Temāsaccayena mārāvaṭṭane vigate pavāraṇādivase verañjo brāhmaṇo saritvā mahāsaṃvegappatto buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā vanditvā khamāpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
由那业的果报,我吃了三个月的大麦;
那时,我受婆罗门邀请,于韦兰若安居。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Phussassāhaṃ pāvacane, sāvake paribhāsayiṃ; Yavaṃ khādatha bhuñjatha, mā ca bhuñjatha sālayo. ‘‘Tena kammavipākena, temāsaṃ khāditaṃ yavaṃ; Nimantito brāhmaṇena, verañjāyaṃ vasiṃ tadā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.88-89);
“piṭṭhidukkhanti”指背痛,即背部的病痛。据说在过去世,菩萨生于居士家,身强力壮,却身材稍显矮小。那时有一位力士,于整个赡部洲的村、镇、王都间进行角力,击败所有人而得胜,渐次来到菩萨所住的城市,又在那里打败众人,正要离去。这时菩萨击掌向他挑战:“你在我所住之处获胜,就想这样走吗?来,与我较量一番再走!”那力士笑道:“我所打倒的都是高大之人,像你这样的矮子、侏儒,我一只手便绰绰有余!”便击掌吼叫着冲上前来。两人互相捉住对方的手,菩萨却将力士举起,在空中旋转后摔向地面,使其脊椎断裂而倒下。全城居民高声欢呼,击掌并以衣物、饰品等供养菩萨。菩萨让那力士平躺下来,为他接复脊椎,然后说:“走吧,从今以后莫再做这种事!”便放他离去。由于此业的果报,菩萨在之后的每一生中,都遭受头部等身体部位的病痛。在这最后一生,即使已成佛,也仍受背痛等病苦。因此,每当背痛发作时,他便对舍利弗与目犍连说:“从今以后,由你们来说法。”然后自己铺好善逝的袈裟,躺下休息。所谓业之相续。显示巴利原文
Ekādasamapañhe – piṭṭhidukkhanti piṭṭhiābādho. Atīte kira bodhisatto gahapatikule nibbatto thāmasampanno kiñci rassadhātuko ahosi. Tena samayena eko mallayuddhayodho sakalajambudīpe gāmanigamarājadhānīsu mallayuddhe vattamāne purise pātetvā jayappatto kamena bodhisattassa vasananagaraṃ patvā tasmimpi jane pātetvā gantumāraddho. Tadā bodhisatto ‘‘mayhaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne esa jayaṃ patvā gacchatī’’ti tattha nagaramaṇḍalamāgamma appoṭetvā āgaccha mayā saddhiṃ yujjhitvā gacchāti. So hasitvā ‘‘ahaṃ mahante purise pātesiṃ, ayaṃ rassadhātuko vāmanako mama ekahatthassāpi nappahotī’’ti appoṭetvā naditvā āgacchi. Te ubhopi aññamaññaṃ hatthaṃ parāmasiṃsu, bodhisatto taṃ ukkhipitvā ākāse bhamitvā bhūmiyaṃ pātento khandhaṭṭhiṃ bhinditvā pātesi. Sakalanagaravāsino ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontā appoṭetvā vatthābharaṇādīhi bodhisattaṃ pūjesuṃ. Bodhisatto taṃ mallayodhaṃ ujuṃ sayāpetvā khandhaṭṭhiṃ ujukaṃ katvā ‘‘gaccha ito paṭṭhāya evarūpaṃ mā karosī’’ti vatvā uyyojesi. So tena kammavipākena nibbattanibbattabhave sarīrasīsādi dukkhamanubhavitvā imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve buddhabhūtopi piṭṭhirujādidukkhamanubhosi. Tasmā kadāci piṭṭhidukkhe uppanne sāriputtamoggallāne ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya dhammaṃ desethā’’ti vatvā sayaṃ sugatacīvaraṃ paññāpetvā sayati, kammapilotikaṃ nāma buddhamapi na muñcati. Vuttañhetaṃ –
当佛陀尚未出现于世间时,我曾击败一位力士之子;
由于那业的果报,我遭受了背痛之苦。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nibbuddhe vattamānamhi, mallaputtaṃ niheṭhayiṃ; Tena kammavipākena, piṭṭhidukkhaṃ ahū mamā’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.90);
「atisāro」指的是带血腹泻(lohitapakkhandikāvirecanaṃ)。据说在过去,菩萨出生于居士家庭,以行医为生。他治疗一位被疾病折磨的富家子弟,配好药为他诊治。在应施予药物时,他因疏忽而给了另一种药,导致病人上吐下泻。那位富翁给了他很多钱财。由于此业的果报,他在每一生中都遭受带血腹泻的疾苦。在此最后一世,临般涅槃时,他吃下铁匠子纯陀供养的猪肉,尽管全轮围界的天神已往食物中加入了天界滋味,依然引发了带血腹泻。千百万头大象般的力量都耗尽。世尊在毗舍佉月的月圆之日,前往拘尸那罗,入般涅槃。途中,他多次坐下休息,口渴饮水,历经巨大痛苦,抵达拘尸那罗,在破晓时分般涅槃。即使是三界之主,这样的业果也不会舍弃。因此说道:显示巴利原文
Dvādasamapañhe – atisāroti lohitapakkhandikāvirecanaṃ. Atīte kira bodhisatto gahapatikule nibbatto vejjakammena jīvikaṃ kappesi. So ekaṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ rogena vicchitaṃ tikicchanto bhesajjaṃ katvā tikicchitvā tassa deyyadhammadāne pamādamāgamma aparaṃ osadhaṃ datvā vamanavirecanaṃ akāsi. Seṭṭhi bahudhanaṃ adāsi. So tena kammavipākena nibbattanibbattabhave lohitapakkhandikābādhena vicchito ahosi. Imasmimpi pacchimattabhāve parinibbānasamaye cundena kammāraputtena pacitasūkaramaddavassa sakalacakkavāḷadevatāhi pakkhittadibbojena āhārena saha bhuttakkhaṇe lohitapakkhandikāvirecanaṃ ahosi. Koṭisatasahassānaṃ hatthīnaṃ balaṃ khayamagamāsi. Bhagavā visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ kusinārāyaṃ parinibbānatthāya gacchanto anekesu ṭhānesu nisīdanto pipāsito pānīyaṃ pivitvā mahādukkhena kusināraṃ patvā paccūsasamaye parinibbāyi. Kammapilotikaṃ evarūpaṃ lokattayasāmimpi na vijahati. Tena vuttaṃ –
我曾为医师,为一位富商之子施与泻药;
以彼业之果报,我患上了此痢疾。
如是,胜者于比丘僧团中作此解说:
证得一切神通力者,在阿耨达大湖中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tikicchako ahaṃ āsiṃ, seṭṭhiputtaṃ virecayiṃ; Tena kammavipākena, hoti pakkhandikā mamāti. ‘‘Evaṃ jino viyākāsi, bhikkhusaṅghassa aggato; Sabbābhiññābalappatto, anotatte mahāsare’’ti. (apa. thera 1.39.91, 96);
如此,对于所许诺的提问,依安立论母而成就,这〈不善业本行〉便告圆满。也就是说,即如前面所说的方法,以如是方式而宣说。“Sudanti”是不变词,此处为补足语句而用。世尊具足福德、圆满波罗蜜,为大士——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paṭiññātapañhānaṃ, mātikāṭhapanavasena akusalāpadānaṃ samattaṃ nāma hotīti vuttaṃ itthaṃ sudanti itthaṃ iminā pakārena heṭṭhā vuttanayena. Sudanti nipāto padapūraṇatthe āgato. Bhagavā bhāgyasampanno pūritapāramimahāsatto –
“具福者”:因具足福德;“已破坏者”:因已破坏烦恼等;“已具备者”:因已具备种种功德;且依种种福德而作区分。
“具食物者”,指拥有信众供养的食物;“已弃道者”,指已舍弃通往轮回之道;故于诸有之中,称为“世尊”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhāgyavā bhaggavā yutto, bhagehi ca vibhattavā; Bhattavā vantagamano, bhavesu bhagavā tato’’ti. –
具足如是功德,身为天中之天、帝释中之帝释、梵天中之梵天、佛陀中之佛陀,那位大悲悯的世尊,为使往昔的菩萨行与成佛因缘昭然彰显,令广为人知,便宣说了一部名为《佛譬喻》的、阐明成佛因缘的法门、说法、经。这便是“宣说了”“开示了”的意思。显示巴利原文
Evamādiguṇayutto devātidevo sakkātisakko brahmātibrahmā buddhātibuddho so mahākāruṇiko bhagavā attano buddhacariyaṃ buddhakāraṇaṃ sambhāvayamāno pākaṭaṃ kurumāno buddhāpadāniyaṃ nāma buddhakāraṇapakāsakaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ dhammadesanaṃ suttaṃ abhāsittha kathesīti.
以上内容,出自《清净人喜乐》——《譬喻经注疏》中。显示巴利原文
Iti visuddhajanavilāsiniyā apadāna-aṭṭhakathāya
2. 独觉佛譬喻注疏显示巴利原文
2.Paccekabuddhaapadānavaṇṇanā
为了依止生起与产生的力量阐明“请听”一词,而说出“如来在祇园静住”等。其中,在因祇陀太子而得名的那座寺院,通过四种威仪而住,或通过天住、梵住、圣住而安住其中。正如过去毗婆尸等诸佛圆满三十种波罗蜜而来,我们的世尊同样如此而来,故称“如来”。那位如来在祇园静住——这是上下文的联系。“韦提河牟尼”(vedehamuni):生于毗提诃国的女子称为“韦提希”(vedehī),韦提希的儿子即是“韦提希子”(vedehiputta)。“牟那”(mona)指智慧,藉由智慧而到达、运转,故称“牟尼”(muni)。既是韦提希子又是牟尼,应称为“韦提希子牟尼”(vedehiputtamuni),但依据“插入字母”等语源学规则,将[i]音变为[a],并省略“putta”一词,说为“韦提河牟尼”。“诸比丘,我诸比丘弟子中,凡具念者、具勤者、正行者、多闻者、侍者,即阿难,此为最上”——被安立为最上。显示巴利原文
Tato anantaraṃ apadānaṃ saṅgāyanto ‘‘paccekabuddhāpadānaṃ, āvuso ānanda, bhagavatā kattha paññatta’’nti puṭṭho ‘‘atha paccekabuddhāpadānaṃ suṇāthā’’ti āha. Tesaṃ apadānattho heṭṭhā vuttoyeva.
83 接着,为阐明其回答方式,而说“那时,一切智之最胜者、大仙”等语。“一切智”:谓于一切过去等法,了知无余,犹如掌中余甘子果。“一切智”且为“最胜”,即无上之义,故称“一切智之最胜者”。“大仙”:谓寻求广大的圣戒蕴、圣定蕴、圣慧蕴、圣解脱蕴,以及广大的圣解脱知见蕴。“那时”,即指被提问之时,以甜美之音声回答阿难之吉祥问——此为文句之承接。阿难!他们独觉佛,已于往昔诸佛、过去诸佛之所,成就佛之资粮,积集功德之具,然于胜者之教法中未得解脱、未证涅槃。这些一切贤善之独觉佛,皆于此世间,依悚惧为门径,以自身为所依而精勤修习,乃成独觉佛——此为其义涵。“极利慧”:谓具有极为锐利之智慧。纵无诸佛出现于世,亦无诸佛之教诫显示巴利原文
83. ‘‘Suṇāthā’’ti vuttapadaṃ uppattinibbattivasena pakāsento ‘‘tathāgataṃ jetavane vasanta’’ntiādimāha. Tattha jetakumārassa nāmavasena tathāsaññite vihāre catūhi iriyāpathavihārehi dibbabrahmaariyavihārehi vā vasantaṃ viharantaṃ yathā purimakā vipassiādayo buddhā samattiṃsapāramiyo pūretvā āgatā, tathā amhākampi bhagavā āgatoti tathāgato. Taṃ tathāgataṃ jetavane vasantanti sambandho. Vedehamunīti vedeharaṭṭhe jātā vedehī, vedehiyā putto vedehiputto. Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, tena ito gato pavattoti muni. Vedehiputto ca so muni ceti ‘‘vedehiputtamunī’’ti vattabbe ‘‘vaṇṇāgamo’’tiādinā niruttinayena i-kārassa attaṃ putta-saddassa ca lopaṃ katvā ‘‘vedehamunī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ satimantānaṃ dhitimantānaṃ gatimantānaṃ bahussutānaṃ upaṭṭhākānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando’’ti (a. ni. 1.219-223) etadagge ṭhapito āyasmā ānando nataṅgo namanakāyaṅgo añjaliko hutvā ‘‘bhante, paccekabuddhā nāma kīdisā hontī’’ti apucchīti sambandho. Te paccekabuddhā kehi hetubhi kehi kāraṇehi bhavanti uppajjanti. Vīrāti bhagavantaṃ ālapati.
84-85 此后,为阐明其回答方式,而说“那时,一切知者、最胜者、大仙”等颂。了知一切过去等种种法,犹如掌中余甘子果,故为“一切知者”;既是“一切知者”,又是“最胜者”、“无上者”,故称“一切知者、最胜者”。寻求、遍求大戒蕴、大定蕴、大慧蕴、大解脱蕴、大解脱知见蕴,故为“大仙”。那时,于被提问之际,佛陀以甜美之声,宣说此悦意可人之语——此为文句之连接。贤者阿难,他们独觉佛,已于过去诸佛、往昔诸佛处,所作已办,积集福德资粮,然未能于胜者教法中证得解脱、证入涅槃。他们贤善之人,此一切皆于世间,依悚惧为门径,以自身为精勤修习之所缘,而成独觉佛——此为其义涵。极利慧者,即具有极为锐利智慧者。纵无诸佛出现,即缺乏诸佛之教诫与教授,他们亦能仅凭极微少的所缘,各自证得辟支菩提。即于无正自觉者出世之时,觉证菩提、通达菩提。显示巴利原文
84-85. Tato paraṃ vissajjitākāraṃ dassento ‘‘tadāha sabbaññuvaro mahesī’’tiādimāha. Sabbaṃ atītādibhedaṃ hatthāmalakaṃ viya jānātīti sabbaññū, sabbaññū ca so varo uttamo ceti sabbaññuvaro. Mahantaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ, samādhikkhandhaṃ, paññākkhandhaṃ, vimuttikkhandhaṃ, mahantaṃ vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ esati gavesatīti mahesi. Ānandabhaddaṃ madhurena sarena tadā tasmiṃ pucchitakāle āha kathesīti sambandho. Bho ānanda, ye paccekabuddhā pubbabuddhesu pubbesu atītabuddhesu katādhikārā katapuññasambhārā jinasāsanesu aladdhamokkhā appattanibbānā. Te sabbe paccekabuddhā dhīrā idha imasmiṃ loke saṃvegamukhena ekapuggalaṃ padhānaṃ katvā paccekabuddhā jātāti attho. Sutikkhapaññā suṭṭhu tikkhapaññā. Vināpi buddhehi buddhānaṃ ovādānusāsanīhi rahitā api. Parittakenapi appamattakenapi ārammaṇenapaccekabodhiṃ paṭiekkaṃ bodhiṃ sammāsambuddhānantaraṃ bodhiṃ anupāpuṇanti paṭivijjhanti.
86 “于一切世间”:谓于整个三界之中,将我除外,舍我之外,与他们独觉佛相等、相似者,了不可得。他们大牟尼、独觉佛之这些功德、这些德性,仅为其一分、仅为概要,我将为汝等善巧地宣说——此为义涵。显示巴利原文
86.Sabbamhilokamhi sakalasmiṃ lokattaye mamaṃ ṭhapetvā maṃ vihāya pacekabuddhehi samova sadiso eva natthi, tesaṃ mahāmunīnaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ imaṃ vaṇṇaṃ imaṃ guṇaṃ padesamattaṃ saṅkhepamattaṃ ahaṃ tumhākaṃ sādhu sādhukaṃ vakkhāmi kathessāmīti attho.
87 “无师而自悟者”:即自己成为佛陀、自己通达的诸仙、诸大仙中间,如同小片蜜糖般善妙、甘美的感兴之语。你们所有渴望、希求无上之药——无上而更无上的涅槃——的人们,以极净信之心、极净信之意,听取、作意那些话语。显示巴利原文
87. Anācariyakā hutvā sayameva buddhānaṃ attanāva paṭividdhānaṃ isīnaṃ antare mahāisīnaṃ madhūvakhuddaṃ khuddakamadhupaṭalaṃ iva sādhūni madhurāni vākyāni udānavacanāni anuttaraṃ uttaravirahitaṃ bhesajaṃ osadhaṃ nibbānaṃ patthayantā icchantā sabbe tumhe supasannacittā suppasannamanā suṇātha manasi karothāti attho.
88-89 “诸独觉佛之会”:即已聚集、已出现的诸独觉佛。阿利多、乌巴利多、多伽罗尸企、耶萨西、苏达沙那、喜见佛、犍陀罗、宾头卢、优波萨巴、尼陀、他陀、苏陀婆、婆毗达多、孙婆、苏婆、眉具罗、阿他摩、苏眉陀、阿尼伽、苏达陀、因古、因苟、二位阇利诺、阿他科、拘萨罗、苏婆呼、乌巴尼弥沙、尼弥沙、安详心、真实、他陀、离尘、慧者、卡罗、优波卡罗、维吉多、吉多、盎葛、旁葛、古帝吉多、普见、遮希、近取、苦根、不可胜、萨罗旁葛、洛摩汉沙、乌瞻伽马约、阿悉多、无漏、意所成、已断慢、邦度马,以及他们志向者、无垢、凯都马、柯顿婆兰伽、马坦伽、圣者、不动、不动行、毗耶马科、善吉祥、提毗罗等——诸独觉佛的圣传,即各个次第的各个解说;以及他们如何见到了过患,什么是离染之事、不耽着之因,又如何以何因证得了菩提、现观了四道智。“于可染着事作离染想”:在可染着的事物——即所依之欲与烦恼之欲上,具有离染之想、已远离贪染之想。在有贪的世界、具有耽着自性的世间,他们生起了离染之心、不耽着之思。舍弃了“戏论”:贪是戏论,嗔是戏论,一切烦恼都是戏论。显示巴利原文
88-89.Paccekabuddhānaṃ samāgatānanti rāsibhūtānaṃ uppannānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ. Ariṭṭho, upariṭṭho, tagarasikhi, yasassī, sudassano, piyadassī, gandhāro, piṇḍolo, upāsabho, nitho, tatho, sutavā, bhāvitatto, sumbho, subho, methulo, aṭṭhamo, sumedho, anīgho, sudāṭho, hiṅgu, hiṅgo, dvejālino, aṭṭhako, kosalo, subāhu, upanemiso, nemiso, santacitto, sacco, tatho, virajo, paṇḍito, kālo, upakālo, vijito, jito, aṅgo, paṅgo, guttijjito, passī, jahī, upadhiṃ, dukkhamūlaṃ, aparājito, sarabhaṅgo, lomahaṃso , uccaṅgamāyo, asito, anāsavo, manomayo, mānacchido, bandhumā, tadādhimutto, vimalo, ketumā, kotumbaraṅgo, mātaṅgo, ariyo, accuto, accutagāmi, byāmako, sumaṅgalo, dibbilo cātiādīnaṃ paccekabuddhasatānaṃ yāni apadānāni paramparaṃ paccekaṃ byākaraṇāni yo ca ādīnavo yañca virāgavatthuṃ anallīyanakāraṇaṃ yathā ca yena kāraṇena bodhiṃ anupāpuṇiṃsu catumaggañāṇaṃ paccakkhaṃ kariṃsu. Sarāgavatthusūti suṭṭhu allīyitabbavatthūsu vatthukāmakilesakāmesu virāgasaññī virattasaññavanto rattamhi lokamhi allīyanasabhāvaloke viratacittā anallīyanamanā hitvā papañceti rāgo papañcaṃ doso papañcaṃ sabbakilesā papañcāti papañcasaṅkhāte kilese hitvā jiya phanditānīti phanditāni dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni jinitvā tatheva tena kāraṇena evaṃ bodhiṃ anupāpuṇiṃsu paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ paccakkhaṃ kariṃsūti attho.
90-91 “于一切众生中放下杖”:杖即威吓、砍劈、杀害、捆绑,放下、搁置它。对于一切众生中的任何一位,不害、不恼、不令苦,以慈心、以“愿一切众生快乐”的与慈俱行之心,利益、哀愍,即以利益而具哀愍之性。或者,“于一切众生中放下杖”:“一切”是指以一切方式、一切时、无余、无遗、遍尽之语。“众生”:众生即指“动者”与“不动者”。那些渴爱、贪爱未断者,以及那些怖畏、恐惧未断者,是“动者”。为何称为“动者”?因为他们动摇、惊惧、遍惧、害怕、生起怖畏,故称“动者”。那些渴爱、贪爱已断者,以及那些怖畏、恐惧已断者,是“不动者”。为何称为“不动者”?因为他们稳固,不动摇、不惊惧、不遍惧、不害怕、不生起怖畏,故称“不动者”。显示巴利原文
90-91.Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍanti tajjanaphālanavadhabandhanaṃ nidhāya ṭhapetvā tesaṃ sabbasattānaṃ antare aññataraṃ kañci ekampi sattaṃ aviheṭhayaṃ aviheṭhayanto adukkhāpento mettena cittena ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhitā hontū’’ti mettāsahagatena cetasā hitānukampī hitena anukampanasabhāvo. Atha vā sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍanti sabbesūti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ. Bhūtesūti bhūtā vuccanti tasā ca thāvarā ca. Yesaṃ tasiṇā taṇhā appahīnā, yesañca bhayabheravā appahīnā, te tasā. Kiṃ kāraṇā vuccanti tasā? Tasanti uttasanti paritasanti bhāyanti santāsaṃ āpajjanti, taṃ kāraṇā vuccanti tasā. Yesaṃ tasiṇā taṇhā pahīnā, yesañca bhayabheravā pahīnā, te thāvarā. Kiṃ kāraṇā vuccanti thāvarā? Thiranti na tasanti na uttasanti na paritasanti na bhāyanti na santāsaṃ āpajjanti, taṃ kāraṇā vuccanti thāvarā.
有三种杖:身杖、语杖、意杖。三种身恶行即是身杖,四种语恶行即是语杖,三种意恶行即是意杖。于一切众生、一切有情,将这三种杖放下、搁置、卸除、彻底舍离、止息,不为了伤害而执取——这便是向一切众生放下杖;不以手、土块、杖、刀、镣铐或绳索等恼害任何一个有情,也不恼害一切有情中的任何一位。‘不应希求儿子,何况同伴?’——‘不’是否定词。‘儿子’有四种:亲生儿、田生儿、给与儿、弟子儿。‘同伴’,是指与他一同来时安乐、行时安乐、立时安乐、坐时安乐、交谈安乐、对话安乐、共语安乐的人。‘不应希求儿子,何况同伴?’——不应希求儿子,不应接受、不应渴望、不应贪求、不应企求儿子,何况朋友、见交、密友、同伴,又怎会希求、接受、渴望、贪求、企求呢?‘应如犀牛角般独自游行。’那位独觉佛,以出家之义为独,以无伴侣之义为独,以断除渴爱之义为独,以一向离贪为独,以一向离嗔为独,以一向离痴为独,以一向无烦恼为独,以已行一乘道为独,以独自证悟无上辟支菩提为独。显示巴利原文
Tayo daṇḍā – kāyadaṇḍo, vacīdaṇḍo, manodaṇḍoti. Tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyadaṇḍo, catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ vacīdaṇḍo, tividhaṃ manoduccaritaṃ manodaṇḍo. Sabbesu sakalesu bhūtesu sattesu taṃ tividhaṃ daṇḍaṃ nidhāya nidahitvā oropayitvā samoropayitvā nikkhipitvā paṭippassambhetvā hiṃsanatthaṃ agahetvāti sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ. Aviheṭhayaṃ aññatarampi tesanti ekamekampi sattaṃ pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā anduyā vā rajjuyā vā aviheṭhayanto, sabbepi satte pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā anduyā vā rajjuyā vā aviheṭhayaṃ aviheṭhayanto aññatarampi tesaṃ. Na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāyanti nāti paṭikkhepo. Puttanti cattāro puttā atrajo putto, khettajo, dinnako, antevāsiko putto. Sahāyanti sahāyo vuccati yena saha āgamanaṃ phāsu, gamanaṃ phāsu, ṭhānaṃ phāsu, nisajjā phāsu, ālapanaṃ phāsu, sallapanaṃ phāsu, samullapanaṃ phāsu. Na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāyanti puttampi na iccheyya na sādiyeyya na pattheyya na pihayeyya nābhijappeyya, kuto mittaṃ vā sandiṭṭhaṃ vā sambhattaṃ vā sahāyaṃ vā iccheyya sādiyeyya pattheyya pihayeyya abhijappeyyāti na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāyaṃ. Eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti so paccekasambuddho pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko, adutiyaṭṭhena eko, taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko, ekantavītarāgoti eko, ekantavītadosoti eko, ekantavītamohoti eko, ekantanikkilesoti eko, ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko, eko anuttaraṃ paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
那位独觉佛如何以出家之义为独?因为他断除了所有居家生活的障碍,断除了儿女妻室的障碍,断除了亲属的障碍,断除了朋友、同僚的障碍,断除了积蓄的障碍;剃除须发,披上袈裟衣,从家出离,进入无家的出家状态,达到无所拥有的境地,便独自游行、安住、活动、作务、护持、延续生命、度日。如此,他以出家之义为独。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko? So hi paccekasambuddho sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā, puttadārapalibodhaṃ chinditvā, ñātipalibodhaṃ, mittāmaccapalibodhaṃ, sannidhipalibodhaṃ chinditvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā nikkhamma anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā ekova carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpetīti evaṃ so paccekasambuddho pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko.
那位独觉佛如何以无伴侣之义为独?他这样出家之后,独自依止于林野、森林深处、边远的坐卧处——那些音声稀少、喧闹轻微、无人烟、人迹罕至、适合独处禅修的地方。他独自站立,独自行走,独自坐下,独自躺卧,独自入村乞食,独自返回,独自静坐,独自经行,独自游行、安住、活动、作务、护持、延续生命、度日。如此,他以无伴侣之义为独。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho adutiyaṭṭhena eko? So evaṃ pabbajito samāno eko araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. So eko tiṭṭhati, eko gacchati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, eko paṭikkamati, eko raho nisīdati, eko caṅkamati, eko carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpetīti evaṃ so adutiyaṭṭhena eko.
那位独觉佛如何以断除渴爱之义而为独者?他独自一人,无有伴侣,不放逸,具足热忱,精勤努力,安住于大精进。他击破了拥有魔军、名为“魔罗”的黑魔——放逸者的亲族,随即将那布下渴爱之网、四处蔓延、黏着的渴爱,彻底断除、驱散、消灭,令其不复存在。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko? So eko adutiyo appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto mahāpadhānaṃ padahanto māraṃ sasenakaṃ namuciṃ kaṇhaṃ pamattabandhuṃ vidhametvā ca taṇhājāliniṃ visaritaṃ visattikaṃ pajahi vinodesi byantiṃ akāsi anabhāvaṃ gamesi.
以渴爱为第二者之人, 在漫长的轮回中流转不息,
了知此为过患,觉了渴爱正是苦的生起之因。
了知此过患,渴爱为苦集,
比丘离渴爱、无取着,具足正念,应游行四方。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhāna saṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. ‘‘Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ; Vītataṇho anādāno, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti. (itivu. 15, 105; mahāni. 191) –
这样,这位独觉佛因为断除了渴爱,所以是「独一」的。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ so paccekasambuddho taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko.
独觉佛如何是“完全离贪”的独一?因已断贪,故为“完全离贪”的独一;因已断嗔,故为“完全离嗔”的独一;因已断痴,故为“完全离痴”的独一;因已断烦恼,故为“完全无烦恼”的独一。如此,这位独觉佛便是“完全离贪”的独一。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho ekantavītarāgoti eko? Rāgassa pahīnattā ekantavītarāgoti eko, dosassa pahīnattā ekantavītadosoti eko, mohassa pahīnattā ekantavītamohoti eko, kilesānaṃ pahīnattā ekantanikkilesoti eko, evaṃ so paccekasambuddho ekantavītarāgoti eko.
独觉佛如何是“已行一乘道”的独一?所谓一乘道,即四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko? Ekāyanamaggo vuccati cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
他见到了能灭尽生的一乘道,为利益与悲悯而了知此道。
依此道,过去者渡越,未来者将渡越,现在者正渡越那瀑流。(《相应部》5.384;《大义释》191)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ekāyanaṃ jātikhayantadassī, maggaṃ pajānāti hitānukampī; Etena maggena tariṃsu pubbe, tarissanti ye ca taranti ogha’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 5.384; mahāni. 191) –
因此,他已行于一乘道,故称为「独一」。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ so ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko.
何以这位独觉佛为「独一」,即已独自证悟无上辟支菩提而为「独一」?「菩提」是指四道中的智(《大义释》191;《小义释·犀角经注》121),即慧、慧根、慧力、择法觉支、审察、观、正见。这位独觉佛以此辟支菩提智了知:「诸行无常」,了知「诸行是苦」,了知「诸法无我」;了知「无明缘行」,了知「行缘识」,了知「识缘名色」,了知「名色缘六处」,了知「六处缘触」,了知「触缘受」,了知「受缘爱」,了知「爱缘取」,了知「取缘有」,了知「有缘生」,了知「生缘老死」;了知「无明灭则行灭」,了知「行灭则识灭」……乃至……了知「有灭则生灭」,了知「生灭则老死灭」;了知「此是苦」,了知「此是苦集」,了知「此是苦灭」,了知「此是趣向苦灭之道」;了知「这些是漏」,了知「此是漏集」……乃至……了知「这些法应修习」;了知六触处的集、灭、味、过患、出离,了知五取蕴的集……乃至……出离,了知四大种的集、灭、味、过患、出离,了知「凡是集起之法,皆是灭尽之法」。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho eko anuttaraṃ paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko? Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ (mahāni. 191; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 121). Paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīmaṃsā vipassanā sammādiṭṭhi. So paccekasambuddho tena paccekabodhiñāṇena ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti bujjhi. ‘‘Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘phassapaccayā vedanā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘bhavapaccayā jātī’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti bujjhi. ‘‘Avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho’’ti bujjhi…pe… ‘‘bhavanirodhā jātinirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’ti bujjhi. ‘‘Idaṃ dukkha’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadā’’ti bujjhi. ‘‘Ime āsavā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’’ti bujjhi…pe… ‘‘paṭipadā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā abhiññeyyā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā pahātabbā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā sacchikātabbā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti bujjhi. Channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca bujjhi, pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca…pe… nissaraṇañca bujjhi, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca bujjhi, ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti bujjhi.
或者也可以这样说:凡是应当了知、应当随了知、应当彻了知、应当正了知、应当证得、应当触达、应当现证的一切,他都以那辟支菩提智一一了知、随了知、彻了知、正了知、一一证得、触达、现证。如此,这位独觉佛便是‘独一’者——因为他独自一人证悟了无上的辟支菩提,所以称为‘独一’。显示巴利原文
Atha vā yaṃ bujjhitabbaṃ anubujjhitabbaṃ paṭibujjhitabbaṃ sambujjhitabbaṃ adhigantabbaṃ phassitabbaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ tena paccekabodhiñāṇena bujjhi anubujjhi paṭibujjhi sambujjhi adhigañchi phassesi sacchākāsīti, evaṃ so paccekasambuddho eko anuttaraṃ paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
‘行’有八种(《小部·犀牛角经释》121):威仪行、处行、念行、定行、知行、道行、得行、利世间行。其中,威仪行行于四威仪;处行行于内外六处;念行行于四念处;定行行于四禅那;知行行于四圣谛;道行行于四圣道;得行行于四种沙门果;利世间行,则究竟行于诸如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者,部分行于独觉佛,部分行于声闻。显示巴利原文
Careti aṭṭha cariyāyo (cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 121) – iriyāpathacariyā, āyatanacariyā, saticariyā, samādhicariyā, ñāṇacariyā, maggacariyā, patticariyā, lokatthacariyā. Iriyāpathacariyāti catūsu iriyāpathesu, āyatanacariyāti chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu, saticariyāti catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu, samādhicariyāti catūsu jhānesu, ñāṇacariyāti catūsu ariyasaccesu, maggacariyāti catūsu ariyamaggesu, patticariyāti catūsu sāmaññaphalesu, lokatthacariyāti tathāgatesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu, padesato paccekasambuddhesu, padesato sāvakesu.
其中,威仪行属于誓愿圆满者,处行属于根门守护者,念行属于住于不放逸者,定行属于勤修增上心者,知行属于智慧成就者,道行属于正行道者,得行属于证得果位者,利世间行则属于诸如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者,部分属于独觉佛,部分属于声闻。这就是八种行。显示巴利原文
Iriyāpathacariyā ca paṇidhisampannānaṃ, āyatanacariyā ca indriyesu guttadvārānaṃ, saticariyā ca appamādavihārīnaṃ, samādhicariyā ca adhicittamanuyuttānaṃ, ñāṇacariyā ca buddhisampannānaṃ, maggacariyā ca sammāpaṭipannānaṃ, patticariyā ca adhigataphalānaṃ, lokatthacariyā ca tathāgatānaṃ arahantānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ, padesato paccekasambuddhānaṃ, padesato sāvakānaṃ. Imā aṭṭha cariyāyo.
又有八种行:以信胜解而行,即是信行;以精进策励而行,即是精进行;以念安住而行,即是念行;令心不散乱而行,即是定行;以慧了知而行,即是慧行;以识识别而行,即是识行;如此行道者善法为其依处,故是处行;如此行道者证得殊胜,故是殊胜行。这便是八种行。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi aṭṭha cariyāyo – adhimuccanto saddhāya carati, paggaṇhanto vīriyena carati, upaṭṭhapento satiyā carati, avikkhepaṃ karonto samādhinā carati, pajānanto paññāya carati, vijānanto viññāṇacariyāya carati, evaṃ paṭipannassa kusalā dhammā āyatananti āyatanacariyāya carati. Evaṃ paṭipanno visesamadhigacchatīti visesacariyāya carati. Imā aṭṭha cariyāyo.
又有八种行:见行是正见,导向行是正思惟,摄受行是正语,发动行是正业,清净行是正命,策励行是正精进,安立行是正念,不散乱行是正定。这便是八种行。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi aṭṭha cariyāyo – dassanacariyā ca sammādiṭṭhiyā, abhiniropanacariyā ca sammāsaṅkappassa, pariggahacariyā ca sammāvācāya, samuṭṭhānacariyā ca sammākammantassa, vodānacariyā ca sammāājīvassa, paggahacariyā ca sammāvāyāmassa, upaṭṭhānacariyā ca sammāsatiyā, avikkhepacariyā ca sammāsamādhissa. Imā aṭṭha cariyāyo.
“犀牛角喻”:正如犀牛的角是独一、无二的存在,同样,这位独觉佛正是那样的状态、那样的同类、那样的相似。犹如过咸称为“咸喻”,过苦称为“苦喻”,过甜称为“甜喻”,过热称为“火喻”,过冷称为“雪喻”,大水聚称为“海喻”,证得大神通的声闻称为“师喻”。同样地,这位独觉佛是“犀牛角喻”,与犀牛角相似,与犀牛角类同,独一、无二、解脱系缚,正确地于世间行、住、游、转、护、续、度。所以说应当“如犀牛角那般独自而行”。因此,独觉佛们说道:显示巴利原文
Khaggavisāṇakappoti yathā khaggassa nāma visāṇaṃ ekameva hoti, adutiyaṃ, evameva so paccekasambuddho takkappo tassadiso tappaṭibhāgo. Yathā atiloṇaṃ vuccati loṇakappo, atitittakaṃ vuccati tittakappo, atimadhuraṃ vuccati madhurakappo, atiuṇhaṃ vuccati aggikappo, atisītaṃ vuccati himakappo, mahāudakakkhandho vuccati samuddakappo, mahābhiññābalappatto sāvako vuccati satthukappoti. Evameva so paccekasambuddho khaggavisāṇakappo, khaggavisāṇasadiso khaggavisāṇapaṭibhāgo eko adutiyo muttabandhano sammā loke carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpetīti eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāhu paccekasambuddhā –
对于一切众生,放下棍棒,不伤害其中任何一个;
不期求儿子,何况同伴?当如犀牛角,独自而行。
交往生亲爱,由亲爱衍生此苦;
见由亲近所生之过患,应如犀牛角而独行。
若对朋友与密友心怀悲悯,心被系缚便会失坏义利;
见交往中有此怖畏,应如犀牛角而独行。
犹如宽广的竹林交相缠结,对子女与妻子的牵挂亦复如是;
犹如竹丛间的嫩笋不相附著,应独行如犀牛角。
犹如山林中的野鹿,无有捆缚,随心所欲逐食而去;
智者见到那自在,便应独行,如犀牛角。
在朋友间会有交谈,在住、住立、行路、游行时亦然;
见到那无所希求的自在,便应独行,如犀牛角。
友伴之间有嬉戏与欢乐,对子女亦有深广的爱;
厌离与所爱者别离,应独行如犀牛角。
于四方无碍,随缘知足,安然安住;
安忍种种危难,心无惊惧,应如犀牛角般独自游历。
有些出家之人难以护持,又有在家之人居止家中;
于他人之子少诸牵挂,应如犀牛角般独自游历。
脱去在家标志,如紫矿树落尽片叶;
勇士已断在家的系缚,应独行如犀牛角。
若能遇到一位聪慧的同伴,能同行、善共住、明智者;
战胜一切危难之后,他将以喜悦与正念而行。
若不能获得一位聪慧、能同行、善共住且明智的同伴,
犹如国王舍弃已征服的疆土,他当独自游行,如同林中的大象。
我们确实赞叹同伴的成就,最胜或同等的同伴,才值得结交;
若未得这样的同伴,他应远离过失而受用饮食,独自游行,如犀牛角。
见到金匠之子精心打造、光辉闪耀的黄金手镯;
臂上两只手镯若相碰撞,便应独行如犀牛角。
同样,若有同伴与我共处,便会有言谈与执着;
预见未来有此怖畏,便应独行如犀牛角。
诸欲实为多彩、甘甜、令人愉悦,以种种形态搅动人心;
见诸欲功德中的过患后,应独行如犀牛角。
此即灾患、痈疮、灾厄、疾病、箭刺与怖畏;
见到诸欲功德中的这种怖畏之后,当独行,如犀牛角。
寒冷、炎热、饥饿、口渴,风、日晒、牛虻、蛇;
战胜这一切之后,当独行,如犀牛角。
犹如象王远离象群,身躯魁梧、如莲花般高贵的巨象;
随心所欲地安住于森林,应独行犹如犀牛角。
乐处群聚者,能触证暂时的解脱,这是不可能的事;
听闻日种(佛陀)的言教之后,应独行如犀牛角。
已超越邪见的荆棘,到达决定位,证得圣道;
我已生起智慧,不依他人引导,应独行如犀牛角。
无贪求、无欺诳、无渴爱、无贬损,已涤除垢秽与愚痴;
于一切世间无所期求,应独行如犀牛角。
应远离恶友——那些见非义、安住于邪僻之人;
不应亲近放逸之人,当独行如犀牛角。
应当亲近多闻持法、崇高具辩才的善友;
了知诸义、断除疑惑后,当独行如犀牛角。
对世间的嬉戏、欲乐与爱乐,不事装饰,亦不贪恋;
远离妆饰之处,说真实语,应如犀牛角般独行。
儿子、妻子、父亲、母亲,以及钱财、谷物和亲属;
舍断诸欲,各如其分,应如犀牛角独行。
这是系缚,于此仅有微少快乐,乐味甚寡,而苦痛反多;
了知此为钓钩的智者,应如犀牛角独行。
粉碎诸结后,犹如水中的鱼冲破渔网,
犹如被火烧过之物不再回头,应如犀牛角一般独行。
垂下双眼,不四处游荡,守护诸根,防护心意;
无漏,不炽然,应如犀牛角,独自游行。
除去在家人的标志,犹如波利质多树叶落尽;
身着袈裟,出家之后,应如犀牛角,独自游行。
于诸味无贪着,不渴求,不养他人,依户次第乞食;
于家家心无系着,应独行,如犀牛之角。
舍离心中五盖,断除一切随烦恼;
无所依着,断除爱嗔,应独自游行,如犀牛角。
舍离乐与苦,并往昔的喜与忧;
获得清净的舍与止,应独自游行,如犀牛角。
为证得最上义,他精进策励,心不退缩,无有懈怠;
精进坚毅,具足体力,应如犀牛之角,独自游行。
不舍宴坐与禅那,于诸法中常随法而行;
于诸有中审察过患,应如犀牛角独自游行。
希求渴爱的灭尽,不放逸,虽非哑者而保持沉默,多闻,具念;
已知法者,坚定精勤,应如犀牛角独自游行。
如狮子于众声响中无所畏忌,如风在网中不被系缚;
如莲花不为水所染污,应如犀牛角般独自游行。
如狮子以齿力降伏一切,作为群兽之王,无碍而行;
应当亲近偏僻的坐卧处,犹如犀牛角独行。
修习慈、舍、悲之解脱,并于适时修习喜;
于一切世间无诤,犹如犀牛角独行。
断尽贪、嗔与痴,摧破一切结缚;
于生命灭尽之际无所怖畏,当如犀牛角而独行。
人们为了某种目的才亲近和奉承,如今没有动机的真朋友实在难得。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, aviheṭhayaṃ aññatarampi tesaṃ; Na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāyaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Saṃsaggajātassa bhavanti snehā, snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti; Ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno; Eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Mitte suhajje anukampamāno, hāpeti atthaṃ paṭibaddhacitto; Etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Vaṃso visālova yathā visatto, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā; Vaṃse kaḷīrova asajjamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Migo araññamhi yathā abaddho, yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya; Viññū naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Āmantanā hoti sahāyamajjhe, vāse ca ṭhāne gamane cārikāya; Anabhijjhitaṃ seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Khiḍḍā ratī hoti sahāyamajjhe, puttesu pemaṃ vipulañca hoti; Piyavippayogaṃ vijigucchamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Cātuddiso appaṭigho ca hoti, santussamāno itarītarena; Parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Dussaṅgahā pabbajitāpi eke, atho gahaṭṭhā gharamāvasantā; Appossukko paraputtesu hutvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Oropayitvā gihibyañjanāni, sañchinnapatto yathā koviḷāro; Chetvāna vīro gihibandhanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ; Abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni, careyya tenattamano satīmā. ‘‘No ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ; Rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya, eko care mātaṅgaraññeva nāgo. ‘‘Addhā pasaṃsāma sahāyasampadaṃ, seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyā; Ete aladdhā anavajjabhojī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Disvā suvaṇṇassa pabhassarāni, kammāraputtena suniṭṭhitāni; Saṅghaṭṭamānāni duve bhujasmiṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Evaṃ dutīyena sahā mamassa, vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā; Etaṃ bhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, virūparūpena mathenti cittaṃ; Ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Ītī ca gaṇḍo ca upaddavo ca, rogo ca sallañca bhayañca metaṃ; Etaṃ bhayaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Sītañca uṇhañca khudaṃ pipāsaṃ, vātātape ḍaṃsasarīsape ca; Sabbānipetāni abhibbhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Nāgova yūthāni vivajjayitvā, sañjātakhandho padumī uḷāro; Yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Aṭṭhānataṃ saṅgaṇikāratassa, yaṃ phassaye sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ; Ādiccabandhussa vaco nisamma, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Diṭṭhīvisūkāni upātivatto, patto niyāmaṃ paṭiladdhamaggo; Uppannañāṇomhi anaññaneyyo, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Nillolupo nikkuho nippipāso, nimmakkha niddhantakasāvamoho; Nirāsayo sabbaloke bhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha, anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ; Sayaṃ na seve pasutaṃ pamattaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha, mittaṃ uḷāraṃ paṭibhānavantaṃ; Aññāya atthāni vineyya kaṅkhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañca loke, analaṅkaritvā anapekkhamāno; Vibhūsaṭṭhānā virato saccavādī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Puttañca dāraṃ pitarañca mātaraṃ, dhanāni dhaññāni ca bandhavāni; Hitvāna kāmāni yathodhikāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Saṅgo eso parittamettha sokhyaṃ, appassādo dukkhamevettha bhiyyo; Gaḷo eso iti ñatvā matimā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni, jālaṃva bhetvā salilambucārī, Aggīva daḍḍhaṃ anivattamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Okkhittacakkhū na ca pādalolo, guttindriyo rakkhitamānasāno; Anavassuto apariḍayhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Ohārayitvā gihibyañjanāni, sañchannapatto yathā pārichatto; Kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Rasesu gedhaṃ akaraṃ alolo, anaññaposī sapadānacārī; Kule kule appaṭibaddhacitto, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Pahāya pañcāvaraṇāni cetaso, upakkilese byapanujja sabbe; Anissito chejja sinehadosaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhañca dukkhaṃ, pubbeva somanassadomanassaṃ; Laddhānupekkhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Āraddhavīriyo paramatthapattiyā, alīnacitto akusītavutti; Daḷhanikkamo thāmabalūpapanno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Paṭisallānaṃ jhānamariñcamāno, dhammesu niccaṃ anudhammacārī; Ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesu, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Taṇhakkhayaṃ patthayamappamatto, aneḷamūgo sutavā satīmā; Saṅkhātadhammo niyato padhānavā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Sīhova saddesu asantasanto, vātova jālamhi asajjamāno; Padumaṃva toyena alimpamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Sīho yathā dāṭhabalī pasayha, rājā migānaṃ abhibhuyya cārī; Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Mettaṃ upekkhaṃ karuṇaṃ vimuttiṃ, āsevamāno muditañca kāle; Sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Rāgañca dosañca pahāya mohaṃ, sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni; Asantasaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. ‘‘Bhajanti sevanti ca kāraṇatthā, nikkāraṇā dullabhā ajja mittā; Attatthapaññā asucīmanussā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里,“于一切众生中”等语句,出自《犀牛角独觉佛譬喻经》。其缘起为何?一切经典的缘起共有四种:由己意乐、由他意乐、随事而发、以请问结束。其中,《犀牛角经》总的缘起是以请问结束。但特别而言,因为此经中有些偈颂是那位独觉佛被请问后所说,有些则是未经请问,随顺自己所证悟之道而自然发出感兴语,所以有些偈颂的缘起是“以请问结束”,有些则是“由己意乐”。那总括性的“以请问结束”之缘起,应当从经文开头作如是了解——显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbesu bhūtesūti khaggavisāṇapaccekabuddhāpadānasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Sabbasuttānaṃ catubbidhā uppatti – attajjhāsayato, parajjhāsayato, aṭṭhuppattito, pucchāvasitoti. Tattha khaggavisāṇasuttassa avisesena pucchāvasito uppatti. Visesena pana yasmā ettha kāci gāthā tena tena paccekabuddhena puṭṭhena vuttā, kāci apuṭṭhena attanā adhigatamagganayānurūpaṃ udānaṃyeva udānentena, tasmā kāyaci gāthāya pucchāvasito, kāyaci attajjhāsayato uppatti. Tattha yā ayaṃ avisesena pucchāvasito uppatti, sā ādito pabhuti evaṃ veditabbā –
一时,世尊住在舍卫城。那时,尊者阿难在独自静处宴坐时,心中生起这样的思惟:“于佛与声闻弟子,可见其有发愿与出离行;而于独觉佛则不得见。我何不前往世尊处请问?”于是,他从宴坐中起定,来到世尊处,次第请问此事。当时,世尊便为他宣说了《前宿行处经》。显示巴利原文
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘buddhānaṃ patthanā ca abhinīhāro ca dissati, tathā sāvakānaṃ, paccekabuddhānaṃ na dissati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyya’’nti? So paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā yathākkamena etamatthaṃ pucchi. Athassa bhagavā pubbayogāvacarasuttaṃ abhāsi –
阿难,有五种利益:过去生曾修习的行者,若今生精勤,便能在现法中证得余法;若不能在现法中精勤证得余法,便会在命终时证得;若投生为天,也能证得;若值遇诸佛,便可速疾证知;若在最后时,则成为独觉佛。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañcime, ānanda, ānisaṃsā pubbayogāvacare diṭṭheva dhamme paṭikacceva aññaṃ ārādheti. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme paṭikacceva aññaṃ ārādheti, atha maraṇakāle aññaṃ ārādheti. Atha devaputto samāno aññaṃ ārādheti. Atha buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāve khippābhiñño hoti. Atha pacchime kāle paccekasambuddho hotī’’ti.
这样说后,又说道:“阿难,所谓独觉佛,是曾在过去诸佛面前发起誓愿、具足前宿行处的修行者。对于独觉佛的誓愿,应当了知他们的心愿与欲求。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vatvā puna āha –
阿难,所谓独觉佛,便是成就誓愿、具足前宿行处者。因此,独觉佛、佛陀与声闻的一切心愿和誓愿,都应当被希求。显示巴利原文
‘‘Paccekasambuddhā nāma, ānanda, abhinīhārasampannā pubbayogāvacarā honti, tasmā paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ sabbesaṃ patthanā ca abhinīhāro ca icchitabbo’’ti.
阿难尊者问道:“世尊,为成佛而发的誓愿,要经过多长时间才能圆满?”世尊答:“阿难,按下限而言,是四阿僧祇劫加上十万劫;按中限而言,是八阿僧祇劫加上十万劫;按上限而言,是十六阿僧祇劫加上十万劫。这三种差别,应依慧增上者、信增上者、精进增上者来理解。慧增上者,信力稍弱而慧锋锐利;信增上者,慧力中等而信锋锐利;精进增上者,信与慧稍弱而精进锋锐利。若不圆满四阿僧祇十万劫,纵使每日行如毗输安呾啰王子那样的布施,并累积与之相应的持戒等波罗蜜,也不可能中途成佛。何以故?因为智慧还未成形,未臻广大,尚未成熟。犹如需要三、四或五个月才能成熟的庄稼,若时节未至,哪怕每日百千次地抚弄浇灌,也不可能在半月或一月内提前成熟。何以故?因为庄稼还未成形,未长大,未成熟。同样,若不圆满四阿僧祇十万劫,便绝不可能中途成佛。因此,必须经过如上所说的时长,圆满一切波罗蜜,令智慧成熟。而在这漫长的时间里,求取佛果、行出离道,还需具备八种成就。如偈颂所说:显示巴利原文
So āha – ‘‘buddhānaṃ, bhante, patthanā kīva ciraṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Buddhānaṃ, ānanda, heṭṭhimaparicchedena cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca, majjhimaparicchedena aṭṭha asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca, uparimaparicchedena soḷasa asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca. Ete ca bhedā paññādhikasaddhādhikavīriyādhikānaṃ vasena ñātabbā. Paññādhikānañhi saddhā mandā hoti, paññā tikkhā. Saddhādhikānaṃ paññā majjhimā hoti, saddhā tikkhā. Vīriyādhikānaṃ saddhā paññā mandā hoti, vīriyaṃ tikkhanti. Appatvā pana cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca divase divase vessantaradānasadisaṃ dānaṃ dentopi tadanurūpe sīlādipāramidhamme ācinantopi antarā buddho bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Kasmā? Ñāṇaṃ gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti, vepullaṃ nāpajjati, paripākaṃ na gacchatīti. Yathā nāma timāsacatumāsapañcamāsaccayena nipphajjanakaṃ sassaṃ taṃ taṃ kālaṃ appatvā divase divase satakkhattuṃ sahassakkhattuṃ keḷāyantopi udakena siñcantopi antarā pakkhena vā māsena vā nipphādessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Kasmā? Sassaṃ gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti, vepullaṃ nāpajjati, paripākaṃ na gacchatīti. Evamevaṃ appatvā cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca antarā buddho bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Tasmā yathāvuttameva kālaṃ pāramipūraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ ñāṇaparipākatthāya. Ettakenāpi ca kālena buddhattaṃ patthayato abhinīhārakaraṇe aṭṭha sampattiyo icchitabbā. Ayañhi –
获得人身,具足性别,具备正因,得见导师;
出家,具足功德,有增上行与志欲。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhati’’. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59);
「Abhinīhāro」是“根本誓愿”的同义词。其中,「manussatta」指人的出生状态。因为除了人的出生,若处于其他趣——例如天趣——立愿便不会成功。若有人希望成佛,却正处于那样的状态,便应通过布施等福德善业,祈求再生为人,并在获得人身的状态中立下誓愿,这样才会成就。「Liṅgasampatti」(性别成就)指男性身份。因为女人、非男非女及双性人,即使生在人间,立愿也不会成就。因此,若有人希望成佛,便应通过布施等福德善业,祈求获得男身,并以男性身份立下誓愿,这样才会成就。「Hetu」(因)指证得阿拉汉果的资粮具足。若某人在那期生命中精勤努力,能够证得阿拉汉果,他的誓愿便会成就;否则便不会成就。正如善慧贤者,他正是在燃灯佛足下出家后,于那期生命具备了证得阿拉汉果的能力。「Satthāradassana」(见师)指当面亲见佛陀。唯有这样才行,否则便不会成就。正如善慧贤者,他当面见到燃灯佛之后,才立下了誓愿。「Pabbajjā」(出家)指舍离家宅的无家状态。而这必须是在显示巴利原文
Abhinīhāroti mūlapaṇidhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha manussattanti manussajāti. Aññatra hi manussajātiyā avasesajātīsu devajātiyampi ṭhitassa paṇidhi na ijjhati, tattha ṭhitena pana buddhattaṃ patthayantena dānādīni puññakammāni katvā manussattaṃyeva patthetabbaṃ, tattha ṭhatvā paṇidhi kātabbo. Evañhi samijjhati. Liṅgasampattīti purisabhāvo. Mātugāmanapuṃsakaubhatobyañjanakānañhi manussajātiyaṃ ṭhitānampi paṇidhi na ijjhati. Tattha ṭhitena pana buddhattaṃ patthentena dānādīni puññakammāni katvā purisabhāvoyeva patthetabbo, tattha ṭhatvā paṇidhi kātabbo. Evañhi samijjhati. Hetūti arahattassa upanissayasampatti. Yo hi tasmiṃ attabhāve vāyamanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho, tassa paṇidhi samijjhati, no itarassa yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi dīpaṅkarapādamūle pabbajitvā tenattabhāvena arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho ahosi. Satthāradassananti buddhānaṃ sammukhādassanaṃ. Evañhi ijjhati, no aññathā yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi dīpaṅkaraṃ sammukhā disvā paṇidhiṃ akāsi. Pabbajjāti anagāriyabhāvo. So ca kho sāsane vā kammavādikiriyavāditāpasaparibbājakanikāye vā vaṭṭati yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi sumedho nāma tāpaso hutvā paṇidhiṃ akāsi. Guṇasampattīti jhānādiguṇapaṭilābho . Pabbajitassapi hi guṇasampannasseva ijjhati, no itarassa yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi pañcābhiñño ca aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī ca hutvā paṇidhesi. Adhikāroti adhikakāro, pariccāgoti attho. Jīvitādipariccāgañhi katvā paṇidahatoyeva ijjhati, no itarassa yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi –
“请佛陀踩着我的身体,带领弟子们过去吧;
别让他踏入泥泞,这将对我有利益。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu; Mā naṃ kalale akkamittha, hitāya me bhavissatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.53);
像这样彻底舍离自身之后,他立下了誓愿。‘chandatā’(志欲)是指想要去做的强烈愿望。谁的志欲强,其誓愿便能成就。而这强盛的志欲应如此理解:假如有人说:‘谁愿经历四个无数劫又十万劫的地狱之苦后,去希求佛果?’听了这话,倘若还有人敢说‘我来’,那他的志欲便是强的。同样地,假如有人说:‘谁愿踏过充满整个轮围世界、已不再冒焰的炽热火炭,去希求佛果?谁愿踏着遍布整个轮围世界的锋利矛尖越过去,去希求佛果?谁愿渡过满满当当齐岸皆水的整个轮围世界,去希求佛果?谁愿踩断密密覆盖整个轮围世界的竹丛,穿越过去,去希求佛果?’听了这话,倘若还有人敢说‘我来’,那他的志欲便是强的。善慧贤者正是具足了这样强烈的、想要去做的志欲,从而立下誓愿。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ attapariccāgaṃ katvā paṇidhesi. Chandatāti kattukamyatā. Sā yassa balavatī hoti, tassa ijjhati paṇidhi. Sā ca sace koci vadeyya ‘‘ko cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca niraye paccitvā buddhattaṃ icchatī’’ti. Taṃ sutvā yo ‘‘aha’’nti vattuṃ ussahati, tassa balavatīti veditabbā. Tathā yadi koci vadeyya ‘‘ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ vītaccikānaṃ aṅgārānaṃ pūraṃ akkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ sattisūlehi ākiṇṇaṃ akkamanto atikkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ samatittikaṃ udakapuṇṇaṃ uttaritvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ nirantaraṃ veḷugumbasañchannaṃ maddanto atikkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchatī’’ti, taṃ sutvā yo ‘‘aha’’nti vattuṃ ussahati, tassa balavatīti veditabbā. Evarūpena ca kattukamyatāchandena samannāgato sumedhapaṇḍito paṇidhesīti.
如此誓愿成就的菩萨,便不会堕入这十八种不可能的情形。从那以后,他不会生来即盲,不会生来即聋,不会成为疯子,不会成为哑巴,不会成为跛子,不会投生于蛮族,不会出生于女奴之腹,不会成为决定性的邪见者,不会转变性别,不会造作五无间业,不会成为麻风病人,不会在畜生道中受生为从鹌鹑之身乃至大象之身,以及此间的任何一种生命形态,不会生于受饥渴煎熬、渴望炽盛的饿鬼中,不会生于黑绳地狱,不会生于阿鼻地狱,不会生于世界中间的地狱。在欲界,他不会成为魔;在色界,他不会生于无想有情处,不会生于净居天;他不会生于无色界;不会转生到其他轮围世界。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ samiddhābhinīhāro ca bodhisatto imāni aṭṭhārasa abhabbaṭṭhānāni na upeti. So hi tato pabhuti na jaccandho hoti na jaccapadhiro, na ummattako, na eḷamugo, na pīṭhasappi , na milakkhesu uppajjati, na dāsiyā kucchimhi nibbattati, na niyatamicchādiṭṭhiko hoti, nāssa liṅgaṃ parivattati, na pañcānantariyakammāni karoti, na kuṭṭhī hoti, na tiracchānayoniyaṃ vaṭṭakato pacchimattabhāvo hatthito adhikattabhāvo hoti, na khuppipāsikanijjhāmataṇhikapetesu uppajjati, na kālakañcikāsuresu, na avīciniraye, na lokantarikesu uppajjati. Kāmāvacaresu pana na māro hoti, rūpāvacaresu na asaññībhave, na suddhāvāsesu uppajjati, na arūpabhavesu, na aññaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ saṅkamati.
这四种特质——精进、智慧、坚定与利益行,名为四佛陀地,菩萨皆悉具足。其中——显示巴利原文
Yā cimā ussāho ca ummaṅgo ca avatthānañca hitacariyā cāti catasso buddhabhūmiyo, tāhi samannāgato hoti. Tattha –
ussāho 精进,意为勇猛精勤;ummaṅgo 智勇,意为智慧;
坚定即决意,利益行即慈心的修习。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ussāho vīriyaṃ vuttaṃ, ummaṅgo paññā pavuccati; Avatthānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, hitacariyā mettābhāvanā’’ti. –
应当知道,还有这六种志向:出离志、远离志、无贪志、无嗔志、无痴志、解脱志,这些都能令菩提成熟。菩萨由于具备这些志向,因而被称为:具出离志,故见诸欲之过患;具远离志,故见交游之过患;具无贪志,故见贪欲之过患;具无嗔志,故见嗔恚之过患;具无痴志,故见愚痴之过患;具解脱志,故见一切有之过患。菩萨正是具备了这些志向。显示巴利原文
Veditabbā. Ye ca ime nekkhammajjhāsayo, pavivekajjhāsayo, alobhajjhāsayo, adosajjhāsayo, amohajjhāsayo, nissaraṇajjhāsayoti cha ajjhāsayā bodhiparipākāya saṃvattanti, yehi samannāgatattā nekkhammajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā kāmesu dosadassāvino, pavivekajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā saṅgaṇikāya dosadassāvino, alobhajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā lobhe dosadassāvino, adosajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā dose dosadassāvino, amohajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā mohe dosadassāvino, nissaraṇajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā sabbabhavesu dosadassāvinoti vuccanti, tehi ca samannāgato hoti.
那么,独觉佛的誓愿需要多长时间才合适呢?独觉佛需要两阿僧祇劫又十万劫,少于这个数量便不能成就。其中的道理应依前述方法了知。即使是经过这样长久的时间来希求独觉佛果,在发起愿行时也需要具足五种成就。因为他们——显示巴利原文
Paccekabuddhānaṃ pana kīva ciraṃ patthanā vaṭṭatīti? Paccekabuddhānaṃ dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca, tato oraṃ na sakkā, pubbe vuttanayenevettha kāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ettakenāpi ca kālena paccekabuddhattaṃ patthayato abhinīhārakaraṇe pañca sampattiyo icchitabbā. Tesañhi –
「获得人身」:得生为人的生命;「根身具足」:性根圆满;「见无漏者」:得见已断尽诸漏的人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, vigatāsavadassanaṃ; Adhikāro ca chandatā, ete abhinīhārakāraṇā’’.
其中,“见离漏者”的释义是:得见佛陀、独觉佛或佛弟子中的任何一位。其余义如前述。显示巴利原文
Tattha vigatāsavadassananti buddhapaccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ yassa kassaci dassananti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
若问:“声闻的祈愿需多长时间方为适宜?”两位上首弟子需一阿僧祇劫与十万劫,八十位大弟子则唯需十万劫。佛陀的父母、侍者及儿子亦复如是。少于此量则不能成办,其理如前所说。然而,所有这一切,唯有具备「增上」与「意欲」此两支,方得成就其导向。显示巴利原文
Atha ‘‘sāvakānaṃ patthanā kittakaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti? Dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappasatasahassañca, asītimahāsāvakānaṃ kappasatasahassameva. Tathā buddhassa mātāpitūnaṃ upaṭṭhākassa puttassa cāti, tato oraṃ na sakkā, tattha kāraṇaṃ vuttanayameva. Imesaṃ pana sabbesampi adhikāro ca chandatāti dvaṅgasamannāgatoyeva abhinīhāro hoti.
如此,以这样的誓愿和这样的导向,在如前所说的各类时间中圆满波罗蜜后,出现于世间时,诸佛皆生于刹帝利族或婆罗门族;独觉佛生于刹帝利、婆罗门、居士三族之一;上首弟子则与诸佛一样,唯生于刹帝利或婆罗门家。一切诸佛不出现于坏劫,唯出现于成劫;独觉佛亦然,但他们在诸佛出世的时期不会出世。诸佛自悟,亦令他悟;独觉佛唯自悟,不能令他悟。他们只通达义味,不通达法味。因为他们无法将出世间法安立为教说而宣说出来,他们对法的现观,犹如哑巴所见之梦,又如在山林中品尝到城市美味之人一般。他们成就一切神通、等至与无碍解等诸类功德。由于功德殊胜,他们位于诸佛之下、声闻之上。他们不度人出家,不教授增上的行持,仅以‘应当作心的削减,不应止息’这样的教诫来做布萨,或仅说:‘今天是布萨日。’布萨时,他们聚集在香山文殊树下的宝石厅中。如是,世尊向具寿阿难讲述了独觉佛们的愿求与导向的一切圆满相之后,为了宣说依此愿求与导向而证得的他们独觉佛,便以‘于显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imāya patthanāya iminā ca abhinīhārena yathāvuttappabhedaṃ kālaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā buddhā loke uppajjantā khattiyakule vā brāhmaṇakule vā uppajjanti, paccekabuddhā khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatikulānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ, aggasāvakā pana buddhā viya khattiyabrāhmaṇakulesveva. Sabbabuddhā saṃvaṭṭamāne kappe na uppajjanti, vivaṭṭamāne kappe uppajjanti, tathā paccekabuddhā. Te pana buddhānaṃ uppajjanakāle na uppajjanti. Buddhā sayañca bujjhanti, pare ca bodhenti. Paccekabuddhā sayameva bujjhanti, na pare bodhenti. Attharasameva paṭivijjhanti, na dhammarasaṃ. Na hi te lokuttaradhammaṃ paññattiṃ āropetvā desetuṃ sakkonti, mūgena diṭṭhasupino viya vanacarakena nagare sāyitabyañjanaraso viya ca nesaṃ dhammābhisamayo hoti. Sabbaṃ iddhisamāpattipaṭisambhidāpabhedaṃ pāpuṇanti. Guṇavisiṭṭhatāya buddhānaṃ heṭṭhā sāvakānaṃ upari honti, na aññe pabbājetvā ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhāpenti, ‘‘cittasallekho kātabbo, vosānaṃ nāpajjitabba’’nti iminā uddesena uposathaṃ karonti, ajja uposathoti vacanamattena vā, uposathaṃ karontā ca gandhamādane mañjūsakarukkhamūle ratanamāḷe sannipatitvā karontīti. Evaṃ bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa paccekabuddhānaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ patthanañca abhinīhārañca kathetvā idāni imāya patthanāya iminā ca abhinīhārena samudāgate te te paccekabuddhe kathetuṃ ‘‘sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍa’’ntiādinā nayena imaṃ khaggavisāṇasuttaṃ abhāsi. Ayaṃ tāva avisesena pucchāvasito khaggavisāṇasuttassa uppatti.
今当详说。关于此偈的缘起,应如是知:据说,这位独觉佛深入辟支菩萨地时,以两阿僧祇与十万劫圆满诸波罗蜜,随后在迦叶世尊的教法中出家,成为阿兰若住者,履行‘去来义务’而勤修沙门法。据说,若未圆满此义务而欲证辟支菩提者,从未有过。那么,何为‘去来义务’?即‘持去与持回’。今当清晰解说。显示巴利原文
Idāni visesena vattabbā. Tattha imissā tāva gāthāya evaṃ uppatti veditabbā – ayaṃ kira paccekabuddho paccekabodhisattabhūmiṃ ogāhanto dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā āraññiko hutvā gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento samaṇadhammaṃ akāsi. Etaṃ kira vattaṃ aparipūretvā paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇanto nāma natthi . Kiṃ panetaṃ gatapaccāgatavattaṃ nāma? Haraṇapaccāharaṇanti. Taṃ yathā vibhūtaṃ hoti, tathā kathessāma.
于此,有些比丘持去而不持回,有些持回而不持去,有些既不持去也不持回,有些既持去又持回。其中,有比丘清晨即起,先履行塔院与菩提院的诸项义务,为菩提树浇水,将水罐装满安置于饮水棚,再完成对阿阇梨、亲教师的义务,秉持八十二种犍度义务与十四种大义务而精勤行道。此后,他整理身体,进入住所。在乞食时间之前,于静处度过;待时到,便穿好下衣,系上腰带,披上郁多罗僧,将僧伽帝搭在肩上,钵挂于肩,作意业处,前往塔院礼敬塔与菩提树。然后在村落附近整理好衣服,持钵入村乞食。入村后,那有福德的比丘得到利养,受在家信众恭敬尊重。无论在施主家还是饭堂休息时,一旦被信众问起种种问题,他便因作答说法而放下原先的业处作意,随后出村。回到寺院后,又有比丘们来问问题,他便与之谈论、说法,并应对种种事务。午后亦然,初夜、中夜皆如此。他与众比丘共度时光,被身体的粗重所压服,至后夜便唯事睡眠,不再作意业处。此即谓之‘持去而不持回’。显示巴利原文
Idha ekacco bhikkhu harati na paccāharati, ekacco paccāharati na harati, ekacco neva harati na paccāharati, ekacco harati ca paccāharati ca. Tattha yo bhikkhu pageva vuṭṭhāya cetiyaṅgaṇabodhiyaṅgaṇavattaṃ katvā bodhirukkhe udakaṃ āsiñcitvā pānīyaghaṭaṃ pūretvā pānīyamāḷe ṭhapetvā ācariyavattaṃ upajjhāyavattaṃ katvā dveasīti khandhakavattāni ca cuddasa mahāvattāni samādāya vattati. So sarīraparikammaṃ katvā senāsanaṃ pavisitvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā, tāva vivittāsane vītināmetvā velaṃ ñatvā nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiṃ khandhe karitvā pattaṃ aṃse ālaggetvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karonto cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ gantvā cetiyañca bodhiñca vanditvā gāmasamīpe cīvaraṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ ādāya gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati. Evaṃ paviṭṭho ca lābhī bhikkhu puññavā upāsakehi sakkato garukato upaṭṭhākakule vā paṭikkamanasālāyaṃ vā paṭikkamitvā upāsakehi taṃ taṃ pañhaṃ pucchiyamāno tesaṃ pañhavissajjanena dhammadesanāvikkhepena ca taṃ manasikāraṃ chaḍḍetvā nikkhamati. Vihāraṃ āgatopi bhikkhūhi pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, dhammaṃ bhaṇati, taṃ taṃ byāpārañca āpajjati. Pacchābhattampi purimayāmampi majjhimayāmampi evaṃ bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ papañcetvā kāyaduṭṭhullābhibhūto pacchimayāmepi sayati, neva kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘harati na paccāharatī’’ti.
然而,若某位比丘多病,所食之物到了破晓时分仍未能好好消化,清晨起来后,他便无力履行前述的那些义务,也无法专注作意业处,反而不由自主地期盼获得粥、嚼食、药或正餐。于是他一大早就持衣钵入村,在那里得到粥、嚼食、药或正餐之后,便取出钵,用过饮食,在铺设好的座位上坐下,开始作意业处。就在那里,他或证得殊胜境界,或未能证得,之后再回到寺院,仍依循同一个所缘而安住。这一类即称为“持回而不持去”。像这样的比丘,饮粥之后提升观智,便在佛陀的教法中证得阿拉汉果,其数之多已不可计量。仅在锡兰岛,各个村落的讲堂中,几乎没有哪个座位是不曾有比丘坐下饮粥后证得阿拉汉果的。显示巴利原文
Yo pana byādhibahulo hoti, bhuttāhāro paccūsasamaye na sammā pariṇamati. Pageva vuṭṭhāya yathāvuttaṃ vattaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti kammaṭṭhānaṃ vā manasi kātuṃ, aññadatthu yāguṃ vā khajjakaṃ vā bhesajjaṃ vā bhattaṃ vā patthayamāno kālasseva pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ pavisati. Tattha yāguṃ vā khajjakaṃ vā bhesajjaṃ vā bhattaṃ vā laddhā pattaṃ nīharitvā bhattakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā paññattāsane nisinno kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karitvā visesaṃ patvā vā apatvā vā vihāraṃ āgantvā teneva manasikārena viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘paccāharati na haratī’’ti. Edisā hi bhikkhū yāguṃ pivitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā buddhasāsane arahattaṃ pattā gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, sīhaḷadīpeyeva tesu tesu gāmesu āsanasālāyaṃ taṃ āsanaṃ natthi, yattha bhikkhū nisinnā yāguṃ pivitvā arahattaṃ appattā.
若某位比丘放逸而住,舍弃了重担,毁坏一切义务,其心被五种心荒芜与系缚所捆绑,从不致力于业处的作意,那么他入村乞食时,便与在家众闲谈戏论,被这些杂谈所缠缚,结果空空而回。这一类即称为“既不持去也不持回”。显示巴利原文
Yo pana pamādavihārī hoti nikkhittadhuro, sabbavattāni bhinditvā pañcavidhacetokhilavinibandhanabaddhacitto viharanto kammaṭṭhānamanasikāramananuyutto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā gihīhi saddhiṃ kathāpapañcena papañcito tucchakova nikkhamati. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘neva harati na paccāharatī’’ti.
若某位比丘清晨起来,就如前面所说,圆满一切义务后,在托钵时间未到之前,便结跏趺坐,作意业处。业处有两种:一切处业处与保护业处。其中,一切处业处是指慈心和死随念。因为这两种业处在一切处所都应当修习、应当希求,所以称为“一切处”。慈心的确应在住所等一切场合修习。对比丘住所修习慈心,同梵行者们便喜爱他、视他为可意,由此他能安隐无诤地安住;对诸天修习慈心,便得到诸天的守护与保护,安然度日;对国王、大臣等修习慈心,则受到他们的钟爱,安乐而住;对村落、城镇等处修习慈心,则在托钵等一切场合都受到世人恭敬尊重,安乐而住。通过修习死随念,则能舍弃对生命的爱着,从而不放逸地安住。显示巴利原文
Yo pana pageva vuṭṭhāya purimanayeneva sabbavattāni paripūretvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā, tāva pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma duvidhaṃ – sabbatthakañca pārihāriyañca. Tattha sabbatthakaṃ nāma mettā ca maraṇānussati ca. Tañhi sabbattha atthayitabbaṃ icchitabbanti ‘‘sabbatthaka’’nti vuccati. Mettā nāma āvāsādīsu sabbattha icchitabbā. Āvāsesu hi mettāvihārī bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo hoti manāpo, tena phāsu asaṅghaṭṭho viharati. Devatāsu mettāvihārī devatāhi rakkhitagopito sukhaṃ viharati. Rājarājamahāmattādīsu mettāvihārī tehi mamāyito sukhaṃ viharati. Gāmanigamādīsu mettāvihārī sabbattha bhikkhācariyādīsu manussehi sakkato garukato sukhaṃ viharati. Maraṇānussatibhāvanāya jīvitanikantiṃ pahāya appamatto viharati.
另一种则应当随顺日常行持而恒常护持。它或在十不净、十遍、十随念中任取一种,或即是四界差别。由于必须恒常护持、常加守护、恒常修习,故称之为“保护业处”,亦即根本业处。那些希求利益的善男子在圣教中出家之后,无论十人、二十人、三十人、四十人、五十人乃至百人共住一处,都会立下这样的公约而安住。他们如是说:“贤友们,你们并非为债务所逼,非为怖畏所逼,也不是为了谋生糊口而出家,你们是为了从苦中解脱才在此出家。因此,行走时生起的烦恼,就在行走时将其降伏;站立时生起的烦恼,就在站立时将其降伏;坐着时生起的烦恼,就在坐着时将其降伏;躺卧时生起的烦恼,就在躺卧时将其降伏。”显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana sadā pariharitabbaṃ cariyānukūlena gahitaṃ. Taṃ dasāsubhakasiṇānussatīsu aññataraṃ, catudhātuvavatthānameva vā, taṃ sadā pariharitabbato rakkhitabbato bhāvetabbato ca ‘‘pārihāriya’’nti vuccati, mūlakammaṭṭhānantipi tadeva. Atthakāmā hi kulaputtā sāsane pabbajitvā dasapi vīsampi tiṃsampi cattālīsampi paññāsampi satampi ekato vasantā katikavattaṃ katvā viharanti – ‘‘āvuso, tumhe na iṇaṭṭā na bhayaṭṭā na jīvikāpakatā pabbajitā, dukkhā muccitukāmā panettha pabbajitā. Tasmā gamane uppannakilese gamaneyeva niggaṇhatha, ṭhāne, nisajjāya, sayane uppannakilese sayaneyeva niggaṇhathā’’ti.
他们这样立下公约后,外出乞食时,彼此之间保持半牛距、一牛距、半牛呼距、一牛呼距的间距,依此间距,各人皆持所取的业处相持续作意,一路前行。若有人在行走时生起烦恼,便即于彼处将其降伏。若无法做到,则停住脚步;此时跟在他后面的比丘也同样站住。于是他自省:“这位比丘已经觉知你心中生起的寻思,这于你实在极不相应。”接着便增长观智,就在那里证入圣位。如果仍然不能,他就坐下;后面的比丘也跟着坐下。即便仍然未能证入圣位,他也会镇伏那个烦恼,继续以作意业处的心向前走,决不用离开业处的心提起脚。万一真的提起了脚,他便转身退回到先前的地方,就站在那里。如同那位住在经行廊道的大弗沙长老一样。显示巴利原文
Te evaṃ katikavattaṃ katvā bhikkhācāraṃ gacchantā aḍḍhausabhausabhaaḍḍhagāvutagāvutantaresu pāsāṇā honti, tāya saññāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontāva gacchanti. Sace kassaci gamane kileso uppajjati, so tattheva naṃ niggaṇhāti. Tathā asakkonto tiṭṭhati, athassa pacchato āgacchantopi tiṭṭhati. So ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu tuyhaṃ uppannaṃ vitakkaṃ jānāti, ananucchavikaṃ te eta’’nti attānaṃ paṭicodetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā tattheva ariyabhūmiṃ okkamati. Tathā asakkonto nisīdati. Athassa pacchato āgacchantopi nisīdatīti. Soyeva nayo ariyabhūmiṃ okkamituṃ asakkontopi taṃ kilesaṃ vikkhambhetvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontova gacchati , na kammaṭṭhānavippayuttena cittena pādaṃ uddharati. Uddharati ce, paṭinivattitvā purimapadeseyeva tiṭṭhati. Ālindakavāsī mahāphussadevatthero viya.
据说,这位长老十九年间一心奉行往返的常行,如此安住。人们看见长老在路上那样走走退退,正在田间耕作、播种、踩泥乃至做种种活计的人们便议论道:“这位长老频频转身折回,是迷了路呢,还是忘了什么东西?”长老对这些毫不理会,只以与业处相应的内心继续修习沙门之道。如此,他在二十年内证得了阿拉汉果。就在他证得阿拉汉果的那一天,一位住在经行道尽头的天神燃起指节般的灯光,伫立守护;四大天王、帝释天以及娑婆主梵天也都前来侍奉。住在林间的大提舍长老看见那片光明后,第二天问他说:“尊者,您住处附近夜间有光明出现,那是什么?”长老略以他语搪塞说:“所谓光明嘛,有灯光,也有珠光等等。”但大提舍坚持追问:“请您如实说吧。”长老这才承认:“是的。”然后告诉了他事情的经过。显示巴利原文
So kira ekūnavīsativassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento evaṃ vihāsi. Manussāpi sudaṃ antarāmagge kasantā ca vapantā ca maddantā ca kammāni karontā ca theraṃ tathā gacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ thero punappunaṃ nivattitvā gacchati, kiṃ nu kho maggamūḷho, udāhu kiñci pamuṭṭho’’ti samullapanti. So taṃ anādiyitvā kammaṭṭhānayuttena citteneva samaṇadhammaṃ karonto vīsativassabbhantare arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Arahattapattadivaseyevassa caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ adhivatthā devatā aṅgulīhi dīpaṃ ujjāletvā aṭṭhāsi, cattāropi mahārājāno sakko ca devānamindo brahmā ca sahampati upaṭṭhānaṃ āgamiṃsu. Tañca obhāsaṃ disvā vanavāsī mahātissatthero taṃ dutiyadivase pucchi – ‘‘rattibhāge āyasmato santike obhāso ahosi, kiṃ so’’ti? Thero vikkhepaṃ karonto ‘‘obhāso nāma dīpobhāsopi hoti maṇiobhāsopī’’ti evamādimāha. So ‘‘paṭicchādetha tumhe’’ti nibaddho ‘‘āmā’’ti paṭijānitvā ārocesi.
又如住在黑藤亭的大那伽长老那样。据说,他履行往返义务时,最初下决心:‘我将先礼敬世尊的大精进’,七年间唯立唯行;而后又用十六年履行往返义务,证得阿拉汉果。如此,他抬脚时,心与业处相应而行;若心离业处而抬脚,便退回去重来。行至村落附近,在容易令人疑惑‘是牛还是出家人?’之处停下,披上桑喀帝,持钵,行至村门口,从腋下取水含入口中,然后入村,心想:‘若有人前来布施食物或礼拜,哪怕只对我说一句“愿你们长寿”这样的话,恐怕都会令我的心偏离业处。’若有人问:‘尊者,今天是初七还是初八?’他便吞下水回答;若无人问日期,出村时便将水吐在村门口,然后离去。显示巴利原文
Kāḷavallimaṇḍapavāsī mahānāgatthero viya ca. Sopi kira gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento ‘‘paṭhamaṃ tāva bhagavato mahāpadhānaṃ pūjessāmī’’ti satta vassāni ṭhānacaṅkamameva adhiṭṭhāsi, puna soḷasa vassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Evaṃ kammaṭṭhānamanuyuttacitteneva pādaṃ uddharanto vippayuttena cittena uddhaṭe paṭinivattanto gāmasamīpaṃ gantvā ‘‘gāvī nu kho pabbajito nu kho’’ti āsaṅkanīyappadese ṭhatvā saṅghāṭiṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ gahetvā gāmadvāraṃ patvā kacchakantarato udakaṃ gahetvā gaṇḍūsaṃ katvā gāmaṃ pavisati ‘‘bhikkhaṃ vā dātuṃ vandituṃ vā upagate manusse ‘dīghāyukā hothā’ti vacanamattenāpi mā me kammaṭṭhānavikkhepo ahosī’’ti. Sace pana naṃ ‘‘ajja, bhante, kiṃ sattamī, udāhu aṭṭhamī’’ti divasaṃ pucchanti, udakaṃ gilitvā āroceti. Sace divasapucchakā na honti, nikkhamanavelāyaṃ gāmadvāre niṭṭhubhitvāva yāti.
又如斯里兰卡卡拉跋谛陀寺入雨安居的五十位比丘。据说,他们在入雨安居的布萨日立下公约:‘若未证阿拉汉果,彼此不交谈。’入村乞食时,他们在村门口含水入口;若被问及日期,便吞水回答;若无人问,则于村门口吐出,而后返回寺院。那里的人见到吐水之处,便知:‘今天来了一位,今天来了两位。’他们又想:‘这些比丘是不与我们交谈呢,还是彼此也不交谈?若彼此也不交谈,那定是起了争执。好吧,我们去让他们互相原谅吧。’于是所有人去了寺院。在寺院里,入雨安居的五十位比丘中,没有两人同在一处。这时,其中一位有眼力的人对众人说:‘诸位,起争执者的住所可不是这样。看,塔院与菩提树院扫得干干净净,扫帚摆放整齐,饮用水和日常用水都设置妥当。’众人听后便回去了。那些比丘在雨安居期间修习观,证得阿拉汉果,在大自恣日举行了清净自恣。显示巴利原文
Sīhaḷadīpe kalambatitthavihāre vassūpagatā paññāsa bhikkhū viya ca. Te kira vassūpanāyikauposathadivase katikavattaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘arahattaṃ appatvā na aññamaññaṃ ālapissāmā’’ti. Gāmañca piṇḍāya pavisantā gāmadvāre udakagaṇḍūsaṃ katvā pavisiṃsu, divase pucchite udakaṃ gilitvā ārocesuṃ, apucchite gāmadvāre niṭṭhubhitvā vihāraṃ āgamaṃsu. Tattha manussā niṭṭhubhanaṭṭhānaṃ disvā jāniṃsu – ‘‘ajja eko āgato, ajja dve’’ti . Evañca cintesuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho ete amheheva saddhiṃ na sallapanti , udāhu aññamaññampi, yadi aññamaññampi na sallapanti, addhā vivādajātā bhavissanti, handa nesaṃ aññamaññaṃ khamāpessāmā’’ti. Sabbe vihāraṃ agamaṃsu. Tattha paññāsāya bhikkhūsu vassaṃ upagatesu dve bhikkhū ekokāse nāddasaṃsu. Tato tesu yo cakkhumā puriso, so evamāha – ‘‘na, bho, kalahakārakānaṃ vasanokāso īdiso hoti, susammaṭṭhaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ bodhiyaṅgaṇaṃ, sunikkhittā sammajjaniyo, sūpaṭṭhapitaṃ pānīyaparibhojanīya’’nti, te tato nivattā. Tepi bhikkhū antovasseyeva vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ patvā mahāpavāraṇāya visuddhipavāraṇaṃ pavāresuṃ.
如此,就像住在黑藤亭的大那伽长老和卡拉跋谛陀寺入雨安居的比丘们那样,比丘抬脚时用与业处相应的心而行,到达村落附近,取水含在口中,观察街道,选择没有酒鬼、赌徒等争吵者以及凶暴的象、马等的街道行走。在那里行乞时,他不急速地、匆忙地走,因为并没有所谓‘速行乞食头陀支’这一项。遇到不平整的地面时,他像一辆运水的车那样稳重地前行。进入每一家时,他观察对方愿意或不愿意布施,等待适当的时机。取得食物后,在适当的地方坐下,将心放在业处上,对食物修习厌逆想,以车轴润滑油之喻、疮口敷药之喻、儿子肉之喻等方式进行审察,进食具足八支的饮食,不为了嬉戏,不为了骄慢……乃至食后,完成饮水等事务,用片刻时间消除饭后的疲倦,然后如同午前那样,在午后、初夜和后夜,继续将心放在业处上。这便称为‘持去又持来’。如此,这种持去和持来,就称为‘往返义务’。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kāḷavallimaṇḍapavāsī mahānāgatthero viya kalambatitthavihāre vassūpagatā bhikkhū viya ca kammaṭṭhānayutteneva cittena pādaṃ uddharanto gāmasamīpaṃ gantvā udakagaṇḍūsaṃ katvā vīthiyo sallakkhetvā yattha surāsoṇḍadhuttādayo kalahakārakā caṇḍahatthiassādayo vā natthi, taṃ vīthiṃ paṭipajjati. Tattha ca piṇḍāya caranto na turitaturito javena gacchati, javanapiṇḍapātikadhutaṅgaṃ nāma natthi, visamabhūmibhāgappattaṃ pana udakabharitasakaṭamiva niccalo hutvā gacchati. Anugharaṃ paviṭṭho ca dātukāmaṃ vā adātukāmaṃ vā sallakkhetuṃ tadanurūpaṃ kālaṃ āgamento bhikkhaṃ gahetvā patirūpe okāse nisīditvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikaronto āhāre paṭikkūlasaññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā akkhabbhañjanavaṇālepanaputtamaṃsūpamāvasena paccavekkhanto aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti neva davāya na madāya…pe… bhuttāvī ca udakakiccaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ bhattakilamathaṃ vinodetvā yathā purebhattaṃ, evaṃ pacchābhattaṃ, purimayāmaṃ pacchimayāmañca kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘harati ca paccāharati cā’’ti. Evametaṃ haraṇapaccāharaṇaṃ gatapaccāgatavattanti vuccati.
圆满此往返义务者,若具足亲近依止的条件,则在青年时即证得阿拉汉果;若青年时未能证得,则于中年时证得;若中年时未能证得,则于命终时证得;若命终时未能证得,则成为天子后证得;若成为天子后仍未能证得,则成独觉佛而入般涅槃;若成独觉佛后仍未能般涅槃,则于诸佛面前成为速通智者,如婆醯长老;或成为大智慧者,如舍利弗长老。显示巴利原文
Etaṃ pūrento yadi upanissayasampanno hoti, paṭhamavaye eva arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. No ce paṭhamavaye pāpuṇāti, atha majjhimavaye pāpuṇāti. No ce majjhimavaye pāpuṇāti, atha maraṇasamaye pāpuṇāti. No ce maraṇasamaye pāpuṇāti, atha devaputto hutvā pāpuṇāti. No ce devaputto hutvā pāpuṇāti, atha paccekasambuddho hutvā parinibbāti. No ce paccekasambuddho hutvā parinibbāti, atha buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāve khippābhiñño hoti seyyathāpi thero bāhiyo, mahāpañño vā hoti seyyathāpi thero sāriputtoti.
而这位辟支菩萨,于迦叶世尊的教法中出家,成为林栖者,在两万年中圆满此往返义务,命终后投生于欲界天。从彼处没后,结生于波罗奈王正夫人的胎中。精明的女人们当天便能知晓胎相已结,她正是那样的女人,因此也将有孕之事禀告了国王。这是一种常法:当具福德的众生入胎时,母体便能获得安胎之乐。于是,国王为她施设了安胎供养。从此,她不可受用任何过热、过冷、过酸、过咸、过辣、过苦的食物。因为母亲若食过热之物,对胎儿而言犹如居于热锅之中;若食过冷,则如住于世界中间地狱;若食过酸、过咸、过辣、过苦,则如被刀割后又浇以酸汁等物,令胎儿的肢节生起剧苦。人们也禁止她过度地经行、站立、坐卧,以免‘腹中胎儿因摇动而受苦’。为保持母体柔和舒适,她可以适度地在地上经行等,并食用具足色香等的美味、适宜之食,且由人扶持进行经行、坐下与起身。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana paccekabodhisatto kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā āraññiko hutvā vīsati vassasahassāni etaṃ gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā kālaṃ katvā kāmāvacaradevaloke uppajji. Tato cavitvā bārāṇasirañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Kusalā itthiyo tadaheva gabbhasaṇṭhānaṃ jānanti. Sā ca tāsaṃ aññatarā , tasmā esāpi taṃ gabbhapatiṭṭhānaṃ rañño nivedesi. Dhammatā esā, yaṃ puññavante satte gabbhe uppanne mātugāmo gabbhaparihāraṃ labhati. Tasmā rājā tassā gabbhaparihāraṃ adāsi. Sā tato pabhuti nāccuṇhaṃ kiñci ajjhoharituṃ labhati, nātisītaṃ nāccambilaṃ nātiloṇaṃ nātikaṭukaṃ nātitittakaṃ. Accuṇhe hi mātarā ajjhohaṭe gabbhassa lohakumbhivāso viya hoti, atisīte lokantarikavāso viya, accambilaloṇakaṭukatittakesu bhuttesu satthena phāletvā ambilādīhi sittāni viya dārakassa aṅgāni tibbavedanāni honti. Aticaṅkamanaṭṭhānanisajjasayanatopi naṃ nivārenti ‘‘kucchigatassa sañcalanadukkhaṃ mā ahosī’’ti. Mudukattharaṇatthatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamanādīni mattāya kātuṃ labhati, vaṇṇagandhādisampannaṃ sāduṃ sappāyaṃ annapānaṃ bhuñjituṃ labhati. Pariggahetvāva naṃ caṅkamāpenti nisīdāpenti vuṭṭhāpenti.
她这样被护养着,胎熟时进入产房,在破晓时生下一子,肤色如同捣练过的纯色檀香粉团,具足谷堆般的祥瑞之相。随后在第五天,人们把打扮装点好的婴儿呈现给国王。国王很欢喜,安排了六十位乳母侍奉他。这男孩具足一切美好的条件成长,不久便到了懂事的年龄。当他年方十六时,国王为他灌顶,让他登上王位,并以各种歌舞伎乐奉侍他。灌顶后的王子名叫梵授,统治着整个赡部洲的两万座城。据说,过去赡部洲曾有八万四千座城,逐渐减少到六万座,再减少到四万座,在一切都在衰退的时期,则有两万座。而这位梵授王正是出生在一切都在衰退的时期,所以他拥有两万座城、两万座殿堂、两万头象、两万匹马、两万辆战车、两万步兵、两万宫妃和舞女、两万大臣。显示巴利原文
Sā evaṃ parihariyamānā gabbhaparipākakāle sūtigharaṃ pavisitvā paccūsasamaye puttaṃ vijāyi pakkatelamadditamanosilāpiṇḍisadisaṃ dhaññapuññalakkhaṇūpetaṃ. Tato naṃ pañcamadivase alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ rañño dassesuṃ, rājā tuṭṭho chasaṭṭhiyā dhātīhi upaṭṭhāpesi. So sabbasampattīhi vaḍḍhamāno nacirasseva viññutaṃ pāpuṇi. Soḷasavassuddesikaṃ naṃ rājā rajjena abhisiñci, vividhanāṭakāhi ca upaṭṭhāpesi. Abhisitto rājaputto rajjaṃ kāresi nāmena brahmadatto, sakalajambudīpe vīsatiyā nagarasahassesu. Jambudīpe kira pubbe caturāsīti nagarasatasahassāni ahesuṃ, tāni parihāyantāni saṭṭhi ahesuṃ, tato parihāyantāni cattālīsaṃ, sabbaparihāyanakāle pana vīsatisahassāni honti. Ayañca brahmadatto sabbaparihāyanakāle uppajji, tenassa vīsati nagarasahassāni ahesuṃ vīsati pāsādasahassāni, vīsati hatthisahassāni, vīsati assasahassāni, vīsati rathasahassāni, vīsati pattisahassāni, vīsati itthisahassāni orodhā ca nāṭakitthiyo ca, vīsati amaccasahassāni.
他在治理这个广大王国的同时,修完了遍的预备行,成就了五神通与八等至。然而,身为灌顶即位的国王,毕竟必须坐镇议事厅理政,因此有一天,他清早用过早餐后,便来到处置诉讼的地方入座。当时那里一片高声喧嚷。他想:‘这喧闹声响是等至的随烦恼。’于是登上殿堂的顶层坐下,想要进入等至,却因为王国事务的纷扰而无法成就,等至已然退失。他由此思量:‘是王权更好,还是沙门法更好?’随后洞悉:‘王权之乐微小而多有过患,沙门法之乐则广大,具足众多利益,更是最上人所修行的。’他便敕令一位大臣:‘你当依法、依正来治理这个国家,切不可行非法之事。’将一切托付之后,他自己登上殿堂,以等至之乐度日。除了送来洗脸水、齿木和饭食的人之外,再无人近前。显示巴利原文
So mahārajjaṃ kārayamānoyeva kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā pañca abhiññāyo, aṭṭha samāpattiyo ca nibbattesi. Yasmā pana abhisittaraññā nāma avassaṃ aṭṭakaraṇe nisīditabbaṃ, tasmā ekadivasaṃ pageva pātarāsaṃ bhuñjitvā vinicchayaṭṭhāne nisīdi. Tattha uccāsaddamahāsaddaṃ akaṃsu, so ‘‘ayaṃ saddo samāpattiyā upakkileso’’ti pāsādatalaṃ abhiruhitvā ‘‘samāpattiṃ appemī’’ti nisinno nāsakkhi appetuṃ rajjavikkhepena samāpatti parihīnā. Tato cintesi – ‘‘kiṃ rajjaṃ varaṃ, udāhu samaṇadhammo’’ti? Tato ‘‘rajjasukhaṃ parittaṃ anekādīnavaṃ, samaṇadhammasukhaṃ pana vipulaṃ anekānisaṃsaṃ uttamapurisehi sevitañcā’’ti ñatvā aññataraṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘imaṃ rajjaṃ dhammena samena anusāsa, mā kho adhammakāraṃ kāresī’’ti sabbaṃ tassa niyyātetvā pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā samāpattisukhena vītināmesi, na koci upasaṅkamituṃ labhati aññatra mukhadhovanadantakaṭṭhadāyakabhattanīhārakādīhi.
这样经过了约半个月,王后问道:‘国王在游园、阅兵、观剧等场合都不见踪影,他去了哪里?’众人便将原委禀告了她。她派人传话给那位受命理政的大臣,说:‘既然国事对我不公开,我也同样被搁置了,让他来与我同住吧。’那位大臣捂住双耳,说道:‘此事不堪入耳。’她便一次又一次派人去说,并对那个拒不从命的人威胁道:‘你若不做,我当罢免你的官职,乃至要你的性命。’那位大臣心生恐惧,心想:‘女人心志坚定,也许会真的这么做。’就在某一天,他暗中前往,与她在御榻上共寝。她是一位有福报的女人,触感安乐,这位大臣被与她接触的贪欲所染着,自此以后,心中常怀戒备,但仍继续前往。久而久之,他便如自家主人一般,毫无顾虑地随意出入起来。显示巴利原文
Tato addhamāsamatte vītikkante mahesī pucchi – ‘‘rājā uyyānagamanabaladassananāṭakādīsu katthaci na dissati, kuhiṃ gato’’ti? Tassā tamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Sā amaccassa pāhesi – ‘‘rajje paṭicchite ahampi paṭicchitā homi, etu mayā saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappetū’’ti. So ubho kaṇṇe thaketvā ‘‘asavanīyameta’’nti paṭikkhipi. Sā punapi dvattikkhattuṃ pesetvā anicchamānaṃ santajjāpesi ‘‘yadi na karosi, ṭhānāpi taṃ cāvemi. Jīvitāpi taṃ voropemī’’ti. So bhīto ‘‘mātugāmo nāma daḷhanicchayo, kadāci evampi kārāpeyyā’’ti. Ekadivasaṃ raho gantvā tāya saddhiṃ sirisayane saṃvāsaṃ kappesi. Sā puññavatī sukhasamphassā, so tassā samphassarāgena ratto tattha abhikkhaṇaṃ saṅkitasaṅkitova agamāsi. Anukkamena attano gharasāmiko viya nibbisaṅko pavisitumāraddho.
于是,国王的侍从们把这件事禀报了国王。国王不信。他们又禀报了第二次、第三次,国王这才悄悄躲藏起来,亲眼目睹之后,便召集所有大臣,宣告了此事。大臣们说道:‘这是冒犯国王的罪行,应当砍去他的双手,应当砍去他的双脚。’他们宣判了从斩手断足直至钉桩示众的一切刑罚。国王却说:‘对他施以处刑、捆绑、鞭打,我会生起害心;夺取他的性命,便是杀生;夺取他的财物,便是不与取。不要这样做,把他从我的国土驱逐出去吧。’大臣们于是褫夺了他的领地。他便带上自己最珍贵的财物及妻儿,前往另一个国家。那个国家的国王得知后问道:‘你来所为何事?’他回答说:‘大王,我想侍奉您。’国王接纳了他。过了几天,这位大臣得到信任后,便对那位国王说道:‘大王,我看见没有苍蝇的蜜,只是无人去品尝它。’国王心想:‘他大概是想借机嘲讽什么才这样说的吧?’便没有理会。他又找到时机,更加详细地向国王作了描述。国王问:‘那究竟是什么呢?’他答道:‘波罗奈王国,大王。’国王问:‘你是想把我引去送命吗?’他说道:‘大王,千万不要这样说。如果陛下不相信,请派人前去打探。’国王于是派人前往。那些人到了那里,掘开了城门,出现在……显示巴利原文
Tato rājamanussā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā na saddahati. Dutiyampi tatiyampi ārocesuṃ, tato rājā nilīno sayameva disvā sabbe amacce sannipātāpetvā ārocesi. Te ‘‘ayaṃ rājāparādhiko hatthacchedaṃ arahati, pādacchedaṃ arahatī’’ti yāva sūle uttāsanaṃ, tāva sabbakammakāraṇāni niddisiṃsu. Rājā ‘‘etassa vadhabandhanatāḷane mayhaṃ vihiṃsā uppajjeyya, jīvitā voropane pāṇātipāto bhaveyya, dhanaharaṇe adinnādānaṃ bhaveyya, alaṃ evarūpehi katehi, imaṃ mama rajjā nikkaḍḍhathā’’ti āha. Amaccā taṃ nibbisayaṃ akaṃsu. So attano dhanasārañca puttadārañca gahetvā paravisayaṃ agamāsi. Tattha rājā sutvā ‘‘kiṃ āgatosī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Deva, icchāmi taṃ upaṭṭhātu’’nti. So taṃ sampaṭicchi. Amacco katipāhaccayena laddhavissāso taṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahārāja , amakkhikaṃ madhuṃ passāmi, taṃ khādanto natthī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ uppaṇḍetukāmo bhaṇatī’’ti na suṇāti. So antaraṃ labhitvā punapi suṭṭhutaraṃ vaṇṇetvā avoca. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ eta’’nti pucchi. ‘‘Bārāṇasirajjaṃ, devā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ maṃ netvā māretukāmosī’’ti āha. So ‘‘mā, deva, evaṃ avaca, yadi na saddahasi, manusse pesehī’’ti. So manusse pesesi. Te gantvā gopuraṃ khaṇitvā rañño sayanaghare uṭṭhahiṃsu.
国王见后问道:“你们为何而来?”他们答:“大王,我们是贼。”国王赐予他们财物后,告诫道:“以后不可再如此。”便将他们遣散。他们归来后,向那位国王禀报了此事。那位国王又如此试探了两三次,确认他“是一位持戒的国王”后,便集结四支军队,逼近边界的一座城,派使者对那位大臣说:“要么交出城,要么开战。”那位大臣便差人向梵授王禀告此事:“大王,请下令,我是应当作战,还是交出城池?”国王传话回来:“不应作战,把城交给他们,然后到我这里来。”他便照做了。敌国国王夺取那座城后,又同样向其余诸城派遣使者。那些大臣也同样向梵授王禀告,并依照他所说的“不应作战,应来此处”,回到了波罗奈。显示巴利原文
Rājā disvā ‘‘kissa āgatatthā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Corā mayaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. Rājā tesaṃ dhanaṃ dāpetvā ‘‘mā puna evaṃ akatthā’’ti ovaditvā vissajjesi. Te āgantvā tassa rañño ārocesuṃ. So punapi dvattikkhattuṃ tatheva vīmaṃsitvā ‘‘sīlavā rājā’’ti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā sīmantare ekaṃ nagaraṃ upagamma tattha amaccassa pāhesi ‘‘nagaraṃ vā me dehi, yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. So brahmadattassa rañño tamatthaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘āṇāpetu, deva, ‘kiṃ yujjhāmi, udāhu nagaraṃ demī’’’ti. Rājā ‘‘na yujjhitabbaṃ, nagaraṃ datvā idhāgacchā’’ti pesesi. So tathā akāsi. Paṭirājāpi taṃ nagaraṃ gahetvā avasesanagaresupi tatheva dūtaṃ pesesi. Tepi amaccā tatheva brahmadattassa ārocetvā tena ‘‘na yujjhitabbaṃ, idhāgantabba’’nti vuttā bārāṇasiṃ āgamaṃsu.
随后,大臣们对梵授王说:“大王,我们跟他开战吧。”国王以“那样我会犯下杀生”为由,阻止了他们。大臣们以种种方法说服国王,说道:“大王,我们会将他活捉并带到这里来。”他们说着“来吧,大王”,便准备动身。国王说:“若你们不做杀害、打击、劫掠的事,我便去。”大臣们答:“大王,我们不做。我们只是制造恐怖,把他们赶走。”他们集结四支军队,将灯盏放入陶罐中,夜晚便出发了。敌国国王那天夺取了波罗奈附近的一座城,正想着下一步如何行动,便解除了武装,夜间连同大军一起,放逸地睡着了。于是,大臣们护持着梵授王,来到敌国国王的营地,命人取出所有陶罐中的灯,会聚成一片光明,并发出了呐喊。敌国国王的大臣见到庞大的军队,惊恐地来到自己国王跟前,大声喊道:“起来,享用那没有苍蝇的蜜吧!”如此喊了第二遍、第三遍。敌国国王被这声音惊醒,陷入恐惧与颤栗。呐喊声成百上千地响起。他整夜不停地惊慌失措,心想:“因听信他人的话,我已落入敌人之手。”第二天,他思忖道:“这位是法王,应当不会加害于我,我去向他请求原谅吧。”便来到国王面前,跪地显示巴利原文
Tato amaccā brahmadattaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘mahārāja, tena saha yujjhamā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘mama pāṇātipāto bhavissatī’’ti vāresi. Amaccā ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, taṃ jīvaggāhaṃ gahetvā idheva ānessāmā’’ti nānāupāyehi rājānaṃ saññāpetvā ‘‘ehi, mahārājā’’ti gantumāraddhā. Rājā ‘‘sace sattamāraṇappaharaṇavilumpanakammaṃ na karotha, gacchāmī’’ti bhaṇati. Amaccā ‘‘na, deva, karoma, bhayaṃ dassetvā palāpemā’’ti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā ghaṭesu dīpe pakkhipitvā rattiṃ gacchiṃsu. Paṭirājā taṃ divasaṃ bārāṇasisamīpe nagaraṃ gahetvā idāni kinti rattiṃ sannāhaṃ mocāpetvā pamatto niddaṃ okkami saddhiṃ balakāyena. Tato amaccā brahmadattarājānaṃ ādāya paṭirañño khandhāvāraṃ gantvā sabbaghaṭehi dīpe nīharāpetvā ekapajjotaṃ katvā ukkuṭṭhiṃ akaṃsu. Paṭirañño amacco mahābalakāyaṃ disvā bhīto attano rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘uṭṭhehi amakkhikaṃ madhuṃ khādāhī’’ti mahāsaddaṃ akāsi. Tathā dutiyopi tatiyopi. Paṭirājā tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā bhayaṃ santāsaṃ āpajji. Ukkuṭṭhisatāni pavattiṃsu. So ‘‘paravacanaṃ saddahitvā amittahatthaṃ pattomhī’’ti sabbarattiṃ taṃ taṃ vippalapitvā dutiyadivase ‘‘dhammiko rājā, uparodhaṃ na kareyya gantvā khamāpemī’’ti cintetvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā jaṇṇukehi patiṭṭhahitvā ‘‘khama, mahārāja, mayhaṃ aparādha’’nti āha. Rājā taṃ ovaditvā ‘‘uṭṭhehi, khamāmi te’’ti āha. So raññā evaṃ vuttamatteyeva paramassāsappatto ahosi. Bārāṇasirañño samīpeyeva janapade rajjaṃ labhi. Te aññamaññaṃ sahāyakā ahesuṃ.
接着,梵授王看见两军和睦喜悦地聚集在一起,心中思惟:“仅仅为了守护我一个人的心念,在这众多人之中,连像被小苍蝇吸一口那样微小的血滴都没有生起,啊,实在太好了!实在妙极了!愿一切众生快乐,没有怨敌,没有恼害!”于是他生起了慈禅那,以那慈禅那为根本业处,观照诸行,证悟了辟支菩提智,成就了自生智。大臣们向坐在象肩之上、沉浸在道果之乐中的他顶礼后,说道:“大王,现在该是处理事务的时候了,应当尊崇得胜的军队,同时供给战败的军队食物和物资。”他说:“喂,我不是国王,我是独觉佛。”大臣们问:“大王您在说什么?独觉佛不是这般模样的。”他问:“喂,那独觉佛是什么样子?”大臣们答:“所谓独觉佛,应有两指长的头发与胡须,并具备八种资具。”他便用右手抚摸头顶,此时,在家相立即消失,出家相显现出来——他具有两指长的头发与胡须,备有八种资具,看起来就像一位持戒百年的长老。他进入第四禅那,从象肩上升至空中,坐于莲花之上。大臣们顶礼后问道:“尊者,您所用的业处是什么?您是依什么证悟的?”因为他以慈禅那作为业处,并依此显示巴利原文
Atha brahmadatto dvepi senā sammodamānā ekato ṭhitā disvā ‘‘mamevekassa cittānurakkhaṇāya asmiṃ mahājanakāye khuddakamakkhikāya pivanamattampi lohitabindu na uppannaṃ, aho sādhu, aho suṭṭhu, sabbe sattā sukhitā hontu, averā hontu, abyāpajjā hontū’’ti mettājhānaṃ uppādetvā tadeva pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasitvā paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ sacchikatvā sayambhutaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ maggaphalasukhena sukhitaṃ hatthikkhandhe nisinnaṃ amaccā paṇipātaṃ katvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘yānakālo, mahārāja, vijitabalakāyassa sakkāro kātabbo, parājitabalakāyassa bhattaparibbayo dātabbo’’ti. So āha – ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhaṇe, rājā, paccekabuddho nāmāha’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ devo bhaṇati, na edisā paccekabuddhā hontī’’ti. ‘‘Kīdisā, bhaṇe, paccekabuddhā’’ti? ‘‘Paccekabuddhā nāma dvaṅgulakesamassū aṭṭhaparikkhārayuttā bhavantī’’ti. So dakkhiṇahatthena sīsaṃ parāmasi, tāvadeva gihiliṅgaṃ antaradhāyi, pabbajitaveso pāturahosi. Dvaṅgulakesamassu aṭṭhaparikkhārasamannāgato vassasatikattherasadiso ahosi. So catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā hatthikkhandhato vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā padumapupphe nisīdi. Amaccā vanditvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kammaṭṭhānaṃ, kathaṃ adhigatosī’’ti pucchiṃsu. So yato assa mettājhānakammaṭṭhānaṃ ahosi, tañca vipassanaṃ vipassitvā adhigato, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento udānagāthañca byākaraṇagāthañca imaṃyeva gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍa’’nti.
这里,“一切”即无余、周遍之义;“众生”指有情。这是此处的简要解释,详细说明我们将在《宝经释》中阐述。“收起了”意思是放下了。“杖”指身杖、语杖、意杖,是身恶行等的同义词。因为身恶行以杖击打的方式害人——即恼害、带来不幸与灾祸,所以称为杖。语恶行、意恶行也是如此。或者,也可以直接把“杖”理解为打击用的棍杖,“收起了那杖”也是此意。“不恼害”即不作恼害。“任何一者”指无论哪一个,哪怕只是一个。“他们”指对那一切众生而言。“不希望得子”指在四种儿子——亲生子、嗣田子、给与子、弟子——之中,不希望得到任何一个儿子。“何况同伴”意为怎么可能还希望得到朋友呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbesūti anavasesesu. Bhūtesūti sattesu. Ayamettha saṅkhepo , vitthāraṃ pana ratanasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma. Nidhāyāti nikkhipitvā. Daṇḍanti kāyavacīmanodaṇḍaṃ, kāyaduccaritādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kāyaduccaritañhi daṇḍayatīti daṇḍaṃ, bādheti anayabyasanaṃ pāpetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritañca. Paharaṇadaṇḍo eva vā daṇḍo, taṃ nidhāyātipi vuttaṃ hoti. Aviheṭhayanti aviheṭhayanto. Aññatarampīti yaṃkiñci ekampi. Tesanti tesaṃ sabbabhūtānaṃ. Na puttamiccheyyāti atrajo, khettajo, dinnako, antevāsikoti imesu catūsu puttesu yaṃkiñci puttaṃ na iccheyya. Kuto sahāyanti sahāyaṃ pana iccheyyāti kuto eva etaṃ.
“独”:从出家之义而言,是独一者;从无伴侣之义而言,是独一者;从断除渴爱之义而言,是独一者;从彻底远离烦恼之义而言,是独一者;从独自证悟辟支菩提、已正觉之义而言,是独一者。即使身处千百位沙门之中,由于已断除在家生活的结缚,他依然是独一者——如此,是说出家义的“独”。他独自站立,独自行走,独自坐着,独自躺卧,于一切行住坐卧中独自而行——如此,是就无伴侣义而说“独”。显示巴利原文
Ekoti pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko, adutiyaṭṭhena eko, taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko, ekantavigatakilesoti eko, eko paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko. Samaṇasahassassāpi hi majjhe vattamāno gihisaṃyojanassa chinnattā eko, evaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko. Eko tiṭṭhati, eko gacchati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko iriyati vattatīti evaṃ adutiyaṭṭhena eko.
既知此过患——了知渴爱是苦的源头,
比丘应离渴爱、无执取,具念而游行。』(《如是语》15,105;《大义释》191;《小部·彼岸道偈义释》107)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhānasaṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. ‘‘Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ; Vītataṇho anādāno, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti. (itivu. 15, 105; mahāni. 191; cūḷani.pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 107) –
就这样,从断除渴爱的意义来说,他是独一者。他的一切烦恼都已断除,根被彻底切断,如同断顶的多罗树,不复存在,未来不再生起——如此,从完全远离烦恼的意义来说,他是独一者。他没有老师,是自生者,凭自己正确觉悟了辟支菩提——如此,从独自证得辟支菩提、已正觉的意义来说,他是独一者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ taṇhāpahānaṭṭhena eko. Sabbakilesāssa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti evaṃ ekantavigatakilesoti eko. Anācariyako hutvā sayambhū sāmaṃyeva paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti evaṃ eko paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
“行”指的是这八种行。即:具足愿求者于四威仪中的威仪行;于六内处中防护根门者的处行;安住不放逸者于四念处中的念行;致力增上心者于四禅中的定行;智慧具足者于四圣谛中的智行;正行道者于四圣谛中的道行;证果者于四沙门果中的证果行;以及为一切众生利益而行的三世诸佛的利世间行,其中一分属于独觉佛与佛弟子。如所说:“行有八种:威仪行……”(《无碍解道》1.197; 3.28)等广说。意思是:应当具足这些行。或者,另一种八行被说过:以信决意而行,以精进策励而行,以念安住而行,以定不散乱而行,以慧了知而行,以识辨别而行——如此修习者,善法增长,故以处行而行;如此修习者,证得殊胜,故以殊胜行而行(《无碍解道》1.197; 3.28)。意思也是:应当具足这些行。关于“如犀牛角”:此处“犀牛角”指犀牛的角。“劫”字的意义将在《吉祥经》注释中详细说明,而此处应如“诸位贤者,真稀奇啊!听说这位弟子在与导师几乎同等的状态下讨论”等用例(《中部》1.260)那样,理解为“类似”。说“如犀牛角”,即如同犀牛角一般。以上是显示巴利原文
Careti yā imā aṭṭha cariyāyo. Seyyathidaṃ – paṇidhisampannānaṃ catūsu iriyāpathesu iriyāpathacariyā, indriyesu guttadvārānaṃ chasu ajjhattikāyatanesu āyatanacariyā, appamādavihārīnaṃ catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu saticariyā, adhicittamanuyuttānaṃ catūsu jhānesu samādhicariyā, buddhisampannānaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu ñāṇacariyā, sammāpaṭipannānaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu maggacariyā, adhigatapphalānaṃ catūsu sāmaññaphalesu patticariyā, tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ sabbasattesu lokatthacariyā, tattha padesato paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānanti. Yathāha – ‘‘cariyāti aṭṭha cariyāyo iriyāpathacariyā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.197; 3.28) vitthāro. Tāhi cariyāhi samannāgato bhaveyyāti attho. Atha vā yā imā adhimuccanto saddhāya carati, paggaṇhanto vīriyena carati, upaṭṭhahanto satiyā carati, avikkhitto samādhinā carati, pajānanto paññāya carati, vijānanto viññāṇena carati, evaṃ paṭipannassa kusalā dhammā āyatantīti āyatanacariyāya carati, evaṃ paṭipanno visesaṃ adhigacchatīti visesacariyāya caratīti (paṭi. ma. 1.197; 3.28) evaṃ aparāpi aṭṭha cariyāyo vuttā, tāhipi samannāgato bhaveyyāti attho. Khaggavisāṇakappoti ettha khaggavisāṇaṃ nāma khaggamigasiṅgaṃ. Kappa-saddassa atthaṃ vitthārato maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ pakāsayissāma, idha panāyaṃ ‘‘satthukappena vata, bho, kira sāvakena saddhiṃ mantayamānā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.260) viya paṭibhāgo veditabbo. Khaggavisāṇakappoti khaggavisāṇasadisoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ tāvettha padato atthavaṇṇanā.
若从其意旨的连贯来理解,则应如此把握:如前所述,对众生施加刀杖是有害的。通过不对他们施加刀杖,并以与此相反的慈心利益他人,便对一切众生放下刀杖。正因已放下刀杖,故不像那些未放下刀杖的有情那样,以刀杖、刀剑、手或石块伤害众生,而是如此不加害。其中,某位行者依此慈心业处,观照其中属于受、想、行、识所摄的法,并以此为随观,进而观照其他行所摄的法,由此证得此辟支菩提。这便是它的意旨。显示巴利原文
Adhippāyānusandhito pana evaṃ veditabbo – yvāyaṃ vuttappakāro daṇḍo bhūtesu pavattiyamāno ahito hoti, taṃ tesu appavattanena tappaṭipakkhabhūtāya mettāya parahitūpasaṃhārena ca sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, nihitadaṇḍattā eva ca yathā anihitadaṇḍā sattā bhūtāni daṇḍena vā satthena vā pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā viheṭhayanti, tathā aviheṭhayaṃ, aññatarampi tesaṃ imaṃ mettākammaṭṭhānamāgamma yadeva tattha vedanāgataṃ saññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇagataṃ tañca tadanusāreneva tadaññañca saṅkhāragataṃ vipassitvā imaṃ paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti ayaṃ tāva adhippāyo.
此处的连贯是:大臣们这样问后,对尊者说:“尊者,您现在要去哪里?”于是,他作意观察:“以前的独觉佛们住在哪里?”知道后回答:“在香山。”大臣们又问:“尊者,您现在是要舍弃我们,不再需要我们了吗?”这时,独觉佛便诵出“不求子”等全部偈颂。其中的意旨是:我在此处等处,连儿子尚且都不希求,何况像你们这样的伙伴?因此,你们中若有人想与我同行、想成为如我一般的人,他应当独自修行,犹如犀牛角。又或者,当他们说“尊者,您现在要舍弃我们,不要我们了吗”时,那位独觉佛说出“不求子,何况伙伴”之后,见到如前所述独自修行的功德,心生欢喜踊跃,生起喜悦与满足,因此说出这句感兴语:“应独行,如犀牛角。”如此说后,就在大众的注视下腾空而起,前往香山。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana anusandhi – evaṃ vutte te amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘idāni, bhante, kuhiṃ gacchathā’’ti? Tato tena ‘‘pubbe paccekabuddhā kattha vasantī’’ti āvajjetvā ñatvā ‘‘gandhamādanapabbate’’ti vutte puna āhaṃsu – ‘‘amhe dāni, bhante, pajahatha na icchathā’’ti. Atha paccekasambuddho āha ‘‘na puttamiccheyyā’’ti sabbaṃ. Tatrādhippāyo – ahaṃ idāni atrajādīsu yaṃkiñci puttampi na iccheyyaṃ, kuto pana tumhādisaṃ sahāyaṃ. Tasmā tumhesupi yo mayā saddhiṃ gantuṃ mādiso vā hotuṃ icchati, so eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Atha vā tehi ‘‘amhe dāni, bhante, pajahatha na icchathā’’ti vutte so paccekasambuddho ‘‘na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāya’’nti vatvā attano yathāvuttenatthena ekacariyāya guṇaṃ disvā pamudito pītisomanassajāto imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. Evaṃ vatvā pekkhamānasseva mahājanassa ākāse uppatitvā gandhamādanaṃ agamāsi.
所谓的香山,位于雪山之中,须越过小黑山、大黑山、龙绕山、月宫山、日宫山、金胁山和雪山这七座山之后才能到达。那里有一处名为“欢喜根”的岩窟,是独觉佛们的住处,还有三座洞窟:金洞、宝洞和银洞。在宝洞的门口,有一棵名叫“末邱沙”的树,树高一由旬,树冠宽度也有一由旬。无论是水中还是陆地上所有的花,它都能开放,尤其在独觉佛到来的那一天,便会绽放。树顶上有一座用各种宝物建成的彩亭。那里有“扫风”,会把垃圾吹走;有“平风”,会把众宝所成的沙粒铺得平平整整;有“洒水风”,会从阿那跋达多湖取水来洒净;有“香风”,从雪山把一切带着芬芳的树木气味吹送过来;有“折花风”,把花朵摘下并撒落;有“铺花风”,把花铺满各处。那里的座位总是铺设得整整齐齐,在独觉佛出现的那一天,以及每个布萨日,所有的独觉佛都会集会,坐在上面。这是那里的常例。这位独觉佛到达后,也在铺设好的座位上坐下。当时,如果那里还有其他独觉佛,他们也会在那一刹那聚集过来,各自在铺设好的座位上坐下。坐下之后,他们会进入某一种定境,然后从中出定。接着,僧团中的长老……显示巴利原文
Gandhamādano nāma himavati cūḷakāḷapabbataṃ mahākāḷapabbataṃ nāgapaliveṭhanaṃ candagabbhaṃ sūriyagabbhaṃ suvaṇṇapassaṃ himavantapabbatanti satta pabbate atikkamma hoti. Tattha nandamūlakaṃ nāma pabbhāraṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ vasanokāso, tisso ca guhāyo – suvaṇṇaguhā, maṇiguhā, rajataguhāti . Tattha maṇiguhādvāre mañjūsako nāma rukkho yojanaṃ ubbedhena, yojanaṃ vitthārena. So yattakāni udake vā thale vā pupphāni, sabbāni tāni pupphayati, visesena paccekabuddhāgamanadivase. Tassūparito sabbaratanamāḷo hoti. Tattha sammajjanakavāto kacavaraṃ chaḍḍeti, samakaraṇavāto sabbaratanamayavālukaṃ samaṃ karoti, siñcanakavāto anotattadahato ānetvā udakaṃ siñcati, sugandhakaraṇavāto himavantato sabbesaṃ sugandharukkhānaṃ gandhe āneti, ocinakavāto pupphāni ocinitvā pāteti, santharakavāto sabbattha santharati. Sadā supaññattāneva cettha āsanāni honti, yesu paccekabuddhuppādadivase, uposathadivase ca sabbe paccekabuddhā sannipatitvā nisīdanti. Ayaṃ tattha pakati. Ayaṃ paccekabuddho tattha gantvā paññattāsane nisīdati. Tato sace tasmiṃ kāle aññepi paccekabuddhā saṃvijjanti, tepi taṅkhaṇeyeva sannipatitvā paññattāsanesu nisīdanti. Nisīditvā ca kiñcideva samāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahanti. Tato saṅghatthero adhunāgatapaccekabuddhaṃ sabbesaṃ anumodanatthāya ‘‘kathamadhigata’’nti evaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchati, tadāpi so tameva attano udānabyākaraṇagāthaṃ bhāsati. Puna bhagavāpi āyasmatā ānandena puṭṭho tameva gāthaṃ bhāsati. Ānandopi saṅgītiyanti evaṃ ekekā gāthā paccekasambodhiabhisambuddhaṭṭhāne, mañjūsakamāḷe, ānandena pucchitakāle, saṅgītiyanti catukkhattuṃ bhāsitā hotīti.
92 《交往生》这一偈颂是因什么因缘而产生的呢?这位辟支菩萨在迦叶世尊的教法里,依前面所说的方式,在两万年中勤修沙门法,修习遍业处,证得初禅,确立了名色,作相摄受,但未能证得圣道,投生到了梵天界。从那里死后,他入胎于波罗奈国王第一王后的腹中,也依前面所说的方式成长。自从他能分辨“这是女人,这是男人”的差别之后,就不乐意让女人搀扶,连涂油、沐浴、装饰之类的事也不肯接受,全由男人来照顾他。哺乳的时候,乳母们都要戴上面具,扮成男人的样子给他喂奶。他只要闻到女人的气味或者听到女人的声音,就会啼哭。即使成年之后,他也不愿看见女人。因此,人们便称他为“无女人气味”。显示巴利原文
92.Saṃsaggajātassāti gāthā kā uppatti? Ayampi paccekabodhisatto kassapassa bhagavato sāsane vīsati vassasahassāni purimanayeneva samaṇadhammaṃ karonto kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ nibbattetvā nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā lakkhaṇasammasanaṃ katvā ariyamaggaṃ anadhigamma brahmaloke nibbatti. So tato cuto bārāṇasirañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi uppajjitvā purimanayeneva vaḍḍhamāno yato pabhuti ‘‘ayaṃ itthī, ayaṃ puriso’’ti visesaṃ aññāsi. Tadupādāya itthīnaṃ hatthe na ramati , ucchādananhāpanamaṇḍanādimattampi na sādiyati. Taṃ purisā eva posenti. Thaññapāyanakāle dhātiyo kañcukaṃ paṭimuñcitvā purisavesena thaññaṃ pāyenti. So itthīnaṃ gandhaṃ ghāyitvā saddaṃ vā sutvā rodati, viññutaṃ pattopi itthiyo passituṃ na icchati. Tena taṃ anitthigandhotveva sañjāniṃsu.
在他年满十六岁之时,国王心想:“我将稳固家族的血脉。”于是从各家族中找来与他匹配的少女,并命令一位大臣:“让王子享乐吧!”大臣想方设法取悦他,在离他不远的地方围起布幔,演起戏剧。王子听到歌舞之声,便问:“这是什么声音?”大臣说:“王子,这是为您演出的伶人们。有福德者理当有这些戏剧。王子,尽情欢乐吧,您是具大福德之人啊!”王子却用棍杖将大臣打了出去。大臣向国王禀告。国王便与王子的母亲一同前去安抚王子,随后又再次命令大臣。王子被一再催促,便取出上等的黄金,命金匠们:“造一尊美丽的女人像。”金匠们便造出一尊犹如毗首羯磨天神所化、以一切饰品庄严的女人金像,呈给他看。王子一见,惊叹得不住摇头,派人向父母传话说:“若能得如这般的女子,我才接受。”父母心想:“我们的儿子具大福德,世间必定有一位过去与他共造福业的女子。”于是他们将金像安置于车上,交给大臣们:“去吧,去寻得这样的少女。”大臣们载着金像,巡游于十六大国。每到一处村落,便在水边等众人聚集之处,将金像如天神般供奉起来,以种种花……显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ soḷasavassuddesike jāte rājā ‘‘kulavaṃsaṃ saṇṭhapessāmī’’ti nānākulehi tassa anurūpā kaññāyo ānetvā aññataraṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘kumāraṃ ramāpehī’’ti. Amacco upāyena taṃ ramāpetukāmo tassa avidūre sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā nāṭakāni payojāpesi. Kumāro gītavāditasaddaṃ sutvā ‘‘kasseso saddo’’ti āha. Amacco ‘‘taveso, deva , nāṭakitthīnaṃ saddo, puññavantānaṃ īdisāni nāṭakāni honti. Abhirama, deva, mahāpuññosi tva’’nti āha. Kumāro amaccaṃ daṇḍena tāḷāpetvā nikkaḍḍhāpesi. So rañño ārocesi. Rājā kumārassa mātarā saha gantvā kumāraṃ khamāpetvā puna amaccaṃ āṇāpesi. Kumāro tehi atinippīḷiyamāno seṭṭhasuvaṇṇaṃ datvā suvaṇṇakāre āṇāpesi ‘‘sundaraṃ itthirūpaṃ karothā’’ti. Te vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitaṃ itthirūpaṃ karitvā dassesuṃ. Kumāro disvā vimhayena sīsaṃ cāletvā mātāpitūnaṃ pesesi – ‘‘yadi īdisiṃ itthiṃ labhissāmi, gaṇhissāmī’’ti. Mātāpitaro ‘‘amhākaṃ putto mahāpuñño, avassaṃ tena saha katapuññā kāci dārikā loke uppannā bhavissatī’’ti taṃ suvaṇṇarūpaṃ rathaṃ āropetvā amaccānaṃ appesuṃ – ‘‘gacchatha, īdisiṃ dārikaṃ gavesathā’’ti. Te taṃ gahetvā soḷasamahājanapade vicarantā taṃ taṃ gāmaṃ gantvā udakatitthādīsu yattha yattha janasamūhaṃ passanti, tattha tattha devataṃ viya suvaṇṇarūpaṃ ṭhapetvā nānāpupphavatthālaṅkārehi pūjaṃ katvā vitānaṃ bandhitvā ekamantaṃ tiṭṭhanti ‘‘yadi kenaci evarūpā diṭṭhapubbā bhavissati, so kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti? Etenupāyena aññatra maddaraṭṭhā sabbajanapade āhiṇḍitvā taṃ ‘‘khuddakaraṭṭha’’nti avamaññamānā tattha paṭhamaṃ agantvā nivattiṃsu.
这时,他们心想:“不如我们也去末罗国一趟吧,免得回到了波罗奈城,国王又派我们再出来。”于是他们前往末罗国的娑迦罗城。该城的国王名为末罗王,他的女儿年方十六,容貌端丽。她的侍女们为了取浴水而前往渡口,在那里远远望见大臣们安放的金像,便说:“我们被差来取水,怎么公主自己来了?”走近后又说:“这不是我们的主人;我们的主人比这还要美丽。”大臣们听到这话,便往见国王,以合宜的方式求娶那位少女,国王也答应了。他们即遣人禀报波罗奈王:“大王,已寻得少女。是您亲自来,还是我们送去?”国王说:“我若亲往,恐惊扰百姓;你们把她送来吧。”随即派人传话。显示巴利原文
Tato nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘maddaraṭṭhampi tāva gacchāma, mā no bārāṇasiṃ paviṭṭhepi rājā puna pesesī’’ti maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagaraṃ agamaṃsu. Sāgalanagare ca maddavo nāma rājā. Tassa dhītā soḷasavassuddesikā abhirūpā ahosi. Tassā vaṇṇadāsiyo nhānodakatthāya titthaṃ gacchanti. Tattha amaccehi ṭhapitaṃ taṃ suvaṇṇarūpaṃ dūratova disvā ‘‘amhe udakatthāya pesetvā rājaputtī sayameva āgatā’’ti bhaṇantiyo samīpaṃ gantvā ‘‘nāyaṃ sāminī, amhākaṃ sāminī ito abhirūpatarā’’ti āhaṃsu. Amaccā taṃ sutvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā anurūpena nayena dārikaṃ yāciṃsu. Sopi adāsi. Te bārāṇasirañño pāhesuṃ – ‘‘laddhā, deva, kumārikā, sāmaṃ āgacchatha, udāhu amheva ānemā’’ti. So ‘‘mayi āgacchante janapadapīḷā bhavissati, tumheva naṃ ānethā’’ti pesesi.
大臣们于是带着少女出城,遣人送信给王子:“已寻得与金像相似的少女。”王子一闻此讯,即为贪欲所覆,退失了初禅。他不断派遣使者催促:“速速带来!速速带来!”他们一路每处只停留一夜,抵达波罗奈城后,留在城外,向国王请示:“今日可否入城?”国王说:“这是从高贵家族迎请的少女。我们当先举行吉祥仪式,以盛大尊荣迎接她;先把她带到御苑去吧。”他们依言而行。那位极为娇贵的少女,因乘车颠簸、长途劳顿,患了风病,如同花环般枯萎,在夜间离世。大臣们悲叹:“我们的荣光全完了。”国王与市民也悲叹:“王族血脉断绝了!”全城喧哗一片。王子一听此讯,当下便生起了极大的忧愁。显示巴利原文
Amaccāpi dārikaṃ gahetvā nagarā nikkhamitvā kumārassa pāhesuṃ – ‘‘laddhā suvaṇṇarūpasadisā kumārikā’’ti. Kumāro sutvāva rāgena abhibhūto paṭhamajjhānā parihāyi. So dūtaparamparāya pesesi – ‘‘sīghaṃ ānetha, sīghaṃ ānethā’’ti. Te sabbattha ekarattivāsena bārāṇasiṃ patvā bahinagare ṭhitā rañño pesesuṃ – ‘‘ajjeva pavisitabbaṃ, no’’ti. Rājā ‘‘seṭṭhakulā ānītā dārikā, maṅgalakiriyaṃ katvā mahāsakkārena pavesessāma, uyyānaṃ tāva naṃ nethā’’ti āha. Te tathā akaṃsu. Sā accantasukhumālā kumārikā yānugghāṭena ubbāḷhā addhānaparissamena uppannavātarogā milātamālā viya hutvā rattibhāge kālamakāsi. Amaccā ‘‘sakkārā paribhaṭṭhamhā’’ti parideviṃsu. Rājā ca nāgarā ca ‘‘kulavaṃso vinaṭṭho’’ti parideviṃsu. Sakalanagaraṃ kolāhalaṃ ahosi. Kumārassa sutamatteyeva mahāsoko udapādi.
于是,王子开始探寻忧愁的根源。他这样思惟:“所谓忧愁,并非未生者会有,唯已生者方有。因此,忧愁缘于生。而‘生’又以何为缘?以‘有’缘生。”他依过去修行的力量如此如理作意,顺逆观缘起,再顺观诸行,即于原处安坐,证悟了辟支菩提。大臣们见其安住于道果之乐,诸根寂静,心意安止,便顶礼说道:“请大王莫再忧愁,赡部洲世界极其广大,我们会为您寻得比那位少女更加美丽的女子。”他说:“我不忧愁,我是无有忧愁的独觉佛。”从此以后,除偈颂注释的部分外,其余皆与前面所述的偈颂相同。显示巴利原文
Tato kumāro sokassa mūlaṃ khanituṃ āraddho. So evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ soko nāma na ajātassa hoti, jātassa pana hoti. Tasmā jātiṃ paṭicca soko. Jāti pana kiṃ paṭiccāti? Bhavaṃ paṭicca jātī’’ti. Evaṃ pubbabhāvanānubhāvena yoniso manasikaronto anulomapaṭilomaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ disvā puna anulomañca saṅkhāre sammasanto tattheva nisinno paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Amaccā taṃ maggaphalasukhena sukhitaṃ santindriyaṃ santamānasaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā paṇipātaṃ katvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mā soci, deva, mahanto jambudīpo, aññaṃ tato sundarataraṃ kaññaṃ ānessāmā’’ti. So āha – ‘‘na socāmi, nissoko paccekabuddho aha’’nti. Ito paraṃ sabbaṃ vuttapurimagāthāsadisameva ṭhapetvā gāthāvaṇṇanaṃ.
至于偈颂的注释,应如此理解:「saṃsaggajātassa」是指已生起交往的人。其中的交往有五种:见交往、闻交往、身交往、交谈交往、受用交往。彼此相见后,依眼识路而生起贪爱,称为见交往。于此有一例证:在锡兰岛的迦利长湖村,一位居士的女儿看见正在乞食的善见寺长诵青年比丘,心生爱慕,用尽种种方法也未能接近那位比丘,后来便去世了;那位青年比丘见到她穿过的一块衣布,心想:“穿着这般衣布的女子,我竟未能与她一起生活”,因此心碎而死。那位青年比丘便是此一例证。显示巴利原文
Gāthāvaṇṇanā pana evaṃ veditabbā – saṃsaggajātassāti jātasaṃsaggassa. Tattha dassanasavanakāyasamullapanasambhogasaṃsaggavasena pañcavidho saṃsaggo. Tattha aññamaññaṃ disvā cakkhuviññāṇavīthivasena uppannarāgo dassanasaṃsaggo nāma. Tattha sīhaḷadīpe kāḷadīghavāpī gāme piṇḍāya carantaṃ kalyāṇavihāravāsidīghabhāṇakadaharabhikkhuṃ disvā paṭibaddhacittā kenaci upāyena taṃ alabhitvā kālaṅkatā kuṭumbiyadhītā ca tassā nivāsanacoḷakhaṇḍaṃ disvā ‘‘evarūpaṃ vatthaṃ dhāriniyā nāma saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ nālabhi’’nti phalitahadayo kālaṅkato. So eva daharo ca nidassanaṃ.
由他人讲述容貌等种种美好,或自己听到嬉笑、谈话、歌声等声音之后,依耳识路而生起贪爱,称为闻交往。这里的例证是:山居村铁匠的女儿与五位少女一同前往莲花池,沐浴后戴上花环,放声高歌。一位在空中飞行的提舍青年比丘(住在五窗窟)闻其歌声,因欲贪而从殊胜的境界退失,陷入灾难。此即其例证。显示巴利原文
Parehi pana kathiyamānaṃ rūpādisampattiṃ attanā vā hasitalapitagītasaddaṃ sutvā sotaviññāṇavīthivasena uppannarāgo savanasaṃsaggo nāma. Tatrāpi girigāmavāsikammāradhītāya pañcahi kumārikāhi saddhiṃ padumassaraṃ gantvā nhatvā mālaṃ āropetvā uccāsaddena gāyantiyā saddaṃ sutvā ākāsena gacchanto kāmarāgena visesā parihāyitvā byasanaṃ patto pañcaggaḷaleṇavāsī tissadaharo nidassanaṃ.
由彼此身体接触而生的贪爱,名为身交往。说法青年比丘与国王的女儿便是此处的例证。据说,在大寺中,有一位青年比丘正在说法,众人前来听法,国王也带着王后与公主一同到来。公主因那位比丘的相貌与音声,生起强烈贪爱,青年比丘也是如此。国王看在眼里,察觉后便命人用布幔将他们围起来。于是二人相互抚摸、拥抱。后来撤去布幔,众人看见两人都已死去。显示巴利原文
Aññamaññaṃ aṅgaparāmasanena uppannarāgo kāyasaṃsaggo nāma. Dhammabhāsanadaharabhikkhu ca rājadhītā cettha nidassanaṃ. Mahāvihāre kira daharabhikkhu dhammaṃ bhāsati. Tattha mahājano āgato, rājāpi aggamahesiyā rājadhītāya ca saddhiṃ agamāsi. Tato rājadhītāya tassa rūpañca sarañca āgamma balavarāgo uppanno, tassa daharassāpi. Taṃ disvā rājā sallakkhetvā sāṇipākārena parikkhipāpesi. Te aññamaññaṃ parāmasitvā āliṅgiṃsu. Puna sāṇipākāraṃ apanetvā passantā dvepi kālaṅkateyeva addasaṃsūti.
「交谈交往」是指由彼此对话、交谈而生起的贪欲。「受用交往」则是指比丘与比丘尼共同受用时生起的贪欲。犯波罗夷的比丘与比丘尼便是这两种交往的例证。据说,在摩利迦瓦提大寺的法会中,杜他迦摩尼·阿巴耶王举办大施,供养两众僧伽。施热粥时,一位新入僧团的沙弥尼,给了一位没有靠背的新入僧团沙弥一个牙环,并与他交谈。后来两人受具足戒,一直到六十岁时往生他方;因彼此交谈回忆起前事,当下便生起爱恋,违犯学处,成为波罗夷。就这样,在这五种交往中,不论哪一种交往,生起交往的人便会有爱恋,以先前的贪为缘而生起强烈的贪欲。接着,由于追随爱恋,这苦便产生;追随那爱恋故,现见与后世的愁、悲等种种苦便发生、产生、生起。显示巴利原文
Aññamaññaṃ ālapanasamullapanavasena uppannarāgo pana samullapanasaṃsaggo nāma. Bhikkhu bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ paribhogakaraṇe uppannarāgo sambhogasaṃsaggo nāma. Dvīsupi etesu pārājikappatto bhikkhu ca bhikkhunī ca nidassanaṃ. Maricavaṭṭināmamahāvihāramahe kira duṭṭhagāmaṇiabhayarājā mahādānaṃ paṭiyādetvā ubhatosaṅghaṃ parivisati. Tattha uṇhayāguyā dinnāya saṅghanavakasāmaṇerī anādhārakassa saṅghanavakassa sāmaṇerassa dantavalayaṃ datvā samullapanamakāsi. Te ubhopi upasampajjitvā saṭṭhivassā hutvā paratīraṃ gatā aññamaññaṃ samullapanena pubbasaññaṃ paṭilabhitvā tāvadeva sañjātasinehā sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamitvā pārājikā ahesunti. Evaṃ pañcavidhe saṃsagge yena kenaci saṃsaggena jātasaṃsaggassa bhavati sneho, purimarāgapaccayo balavarāgo uppajjati. Tato snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti tameva snehaṃ anugacchantaṃ sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikaṃ sokaparidevādinānappakārakaṃ idaṃ dukkhaṃ pahoti pabhavati jāyati.
又有论者说:「心于所缘的放逸,即是交往。」由此而有爱恋,这爱恋也就是这种苦。如此阐明义理上的分判后,那位独觉佛说出这半偈:「随爱恋而起的愁等诸苦生起,我挖掘那追随爱恋之苦的根源,证得了辟支菩提。」显示巴利原文
Apare ‘‘ārammaṇe cittassa vossaggo saṃsaggo’’ti bhaṇanti. Tato sneho, snehadukkhamidanti. Evamatthappabhedaṃ imaṃ aḍḍhagāthaṃ vatvā so paccekabuddho āha – ‘‘svāyaṃ yamidaṃ snehanvayaṃ sokādidukkhaṃ pahoti, tameva snehaṃ anugatassa dukkhassa mūlaṃ khananto paccekabodhiṃ adhigato’’ti.
事已至此,那些大臣便问:“尊者,那我们现在该做什么呢?”他于是答道:“你们当中,若有人想从这苦中解脱,便应观察一切由爱著所生的过患,独自游历,如犀牛角。”此处,那句“因爱著相随,此苦乃生”所说的,正是针对“观察由爱著所生的过患”而言,应如此理解。或者,如前面解释交往时所说:“已有交往者,爱著便生起;因爱著相随,此苦乃生。”如此如实地观见由爱著所生的过患后,我证得了——像这样结合第四句,应知也是依于爱著而说,正如前面所开示的方法。此后的所有内容,皆与前一偈颂的解说相同。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vutte te amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘amhehi dāni, bhante, kiṃ kattabba’’nti? Tato so āha – ‘‘tumhe vā aññataro vā imamhā dukkhā muccitukāmo, so sabbopi ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. Ettha ca yaṃ taṃ ‘‘snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahotī’’ti vuttaṃ, tadeva sandhāya ‘‘ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno’’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Atha vā yathāvuttena saṃsaggena ‘saṃsaggajātassa bhavati sneho, snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti’, evaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno ahamadhigatoti evaṃ sambandhitvā catutthapādo pubbe vuttanayeneva snehavasena vuttoti veditabbo. Tato paraṃ sabbaṃ purimagāthāya vuttasadisamevāti.
93 93.“朋友与心友”这一偈的缘起为何?这位辟支菩萨如前偈颂所说的方式出世,在波罗奈城治理王政时,证得了初禅。他思量“是沙门法殊胜,还是王权殊胜”之后,便将王政托付给大臣们,自己修习沙门法。大臣们虽被嘱咐“应依法、公正地处事”,却收受贿赂,行不公义。他们因收受贿赂而判决物主败诉,某次让一位国王的宠臣输了官司。那宠臣便与国王的御厨们一同进宫,禀告了事情的全部经过。次日,国王亲自来到判决所。那时,群情激愤,高声喧嚷:“这些大臣,大王啊,竟把物主判成不是物主!”嘈杂之声如同战场厮杀。于是,国王从判决所起身,登上宫殿,坐下想要入定。但因那片嘈杂声,他心绪散乱,无法入定。他心想:“我要这王位何用?沙门法更为殊胜。”于是舍弃了王位之乐,重新证得禅定,并如前述那样修观,亲证了辟支菩提。当他被问及所修行的业处时,便宣说了此偈。显示巴利原文
93.Mitte suhajjeti kā uppatti? Ayaṃ paccekabodhisatto purimagāthāya vuttanayeneva uppajjitvā bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kārento paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā ‘‘kiṃ samaṇadhammo varo, rajjaṃ vara’’nti vīmaṃsitvā amaccānaṃ rajjaṃ niyyātetvā samaṇadhammaṃ akāsi. Amaccā ‘‘dhammena samena karothā’’ti vuttāpi lañjaṃ gahetvā adhammena karonti. Te lañjaṃ gahetvā sāmike parājayantā ekadā aññataraṃ rājavallabhaṃ parājesuṃ. So rañño bhattakārakehi saddhiṃ pavisitvā sabbaṃ ārocesi. Rājā dutiyadivase sayaṃ vinicchayaṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi. Tato mahājanā – ‘‘amaccā, deva, sāmike asāmike karontī’’ti uccāsaddaṃ karontā mahāyuddhaṃ viya akaṃsu. Atha rājā vinicchayaṭṭhānā vuṭṭhāya pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā samāpattiṃ appetuṃ nisinno. Tena saddena vikkhittacitto na sakkoti appetuṃ. So ‘‘kiṃ me rajjena, samaṇadhammo vara’’nti rajjasukhaṃ pahāya puna samāpattiṃ nibbattetvā pubbe vuttanayeneva vipassitvā paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Kammaṭṭhānañca pucchito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.
在此,基于慈爱故称为“朋友”;因有善意之心故称为“心友”。有些人仅是一心希望对方获益,是朋友,而非心友;有些人只是在来往、共处、同坐、交谈等事上令人心生欢喜,是心友,而非朋友;有些人则兼具二者,既是心友,也是朋友。他们又分两种:在家人与出家人。其中,在家人有三种:能提供助益的、能同甘共苦的、心怀怜悯的;出家人则特指那些开示义理者。他们被说成具备四种功德,如所说——显示巴利原文
Tattha mettāyanavasena mittā. Suhadayabhāvena suhajjā. Keci ekantahitakāmatāya mittāva honti na suhajjā. Keci gamanāgamanaṭṭhānanisajjāsamullāpādīsu, hadayasukhajananena suhajjāva honti, na mittā. Keci tadubhayavasena suhajjā ceva mittā ca honti. Te duvidhā agāriyā ca anagāriyā ca. Tattha agāriyā tividhā honti upakāro samānasukhadukkho anukampakoti. Anagāriyā visesena atthakkhāyino eva. Te catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā honti. Yathāha –
居士子,应知能助益的朋友、善心之友,可从四个方面来识别:他保护放逸者,守护放逸者的财产,是恐惧者的皈依处,当有事要做时,他会给予加倍的受用。显示巴利原文
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi upakāro mitto suhado veditabbo. Pamattaṃ rakkhati, pamattassa sāpateyyaṃ rakkhati, bhītassa saraṇaṃ hoti, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu taddiguṇaṃ bhogaṃ anuppadeti’’ (dī. ni. 3.261).
居士子,应知同甘共苦的朋友、善心之友,可从四个方面来识别:他将秘密告诉对方,守护对方的秘密,在危难中不舍弃对方,甚至为对方的利益而舍弃生命。显示巴利原文
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi samānasukhadukkho mitto suhado veditabbo. Guyhamassa ācikkhati, guyhamassa parigūhati, āpadāsu na vijahati, jīvitaṃpissa atthāya pariccattaṃ hoti’’ (dī. ni. 3.262).
“居士子,应知,具怜悯的朋友、心友,可由四种特征而知:他对朋友的衰败不欢喜,对朋友的兴盛欢喜,制止说朋友坏话的人,称赞说朋友好话的人。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi anukampako mitto suhado veditabbo. Abhavenassa na nandati, bhavenassa nandati, avaṇṇaṃ bhaṇamānaṃ nivāreti, vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇamānaṃ pasaṃsati’’ (dī. ni. 3.264).
居士子,应知宣说利益的朋友与心友,可从四个方面了知:他阻止恶行,安立于善,令闻所未闻,开示天界之道。显示巴利原文
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi atthakkhāyī mittā suhado veditabbo. Pāpā nivāreti, kalyāṇe niveseti, assutaṃ sāveti, saggassa maggaṃ ācikkhatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.263).
此处经文系指三种在家人而言,然就义理而言,一切皆可适用于出家人。“他悲悯这些朋友与心友”,就是怀有哀怜,意欲为他们带来安乐、去除痛苦。显示巴利原文
Tesvidha agāriyā adhippetā, atthato pana sabbepi yujjanti. Te mitte suhajje anukampamānoti anudayamāno, tesaṃ sukhaṃ upasaṃharitukāmo dukkhaṃ apaharitukāmo ca.
「削减利益」:从现法利益、来世利益和究竟利益来说,有三种利益;同样地,从自利、他利、自他两利来说,也有三种利益。或者,已得的利益消失、未得的利益不生起,如此也有两种意义上的削减、败坏。
「依着心」:心想“我离开此人便无法生活,他是我的归趣,他是我的归宿”,这样把自己放在低微之位,也是依着心;或者心想“他们离开我便无法生活,我是他们的归趣,我是他们的归宿”,这样把自己放在高位,也是依着心。然而这里所指的,正是这种依着心。
「这是怖畏」:指利益削减的这种怖畏,是就自己禅那退失而说的。
「亲昵」有三种:渴爱亲昵、邪见亲昵、朋友亲昵。其中,有一百零八种分类的渴爱,是渴爱亲昵;有六十二种分类的邪见,是邪见亲昵;因依着心而对朋友悲悯,则是朋友亲昵。此三者中,这里所指的正是朋友亲昵,因为由此导致禅那退失。因此说:“我观察亲昵中的这种怖畏,已证得(远离之法)。”其余所说,与前面类似。显示巴利原文
Hāpeti atthanti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthavasena tividhaṃ, tathā attatthaparatthaubhayatthavasenāpi tividhaṃ atthaṃ laddhavināsanena aladdhānuppādanenāti dvidhāpi hāpeti vināseti. Paṭibaddhacittoti ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ vinā na jīvāmi, esa me gati, esa me parāyaṇa’’nti evaṃ attānaṃ nīce ṭhāne ṭhapentopi paṭibaddhacitto hoti. ‘‘Ime maṃ vinā na jīvanti, ahaṃ tesaṃ gati, ahaṃ tesaṃ parāyaṇa’’nti evaṃ attānaṃ ucce ṭhāne ṭhapentopi paṭibaddhacitto hoti. Idha pana evaṃ paṭibaddhacitto adhippeto. Etaṃ bhayanti etaṃ atthahāpanabhayaṃ, attano samāpattihāniṃ sandhāyāha. Santhaveti tividho santhavo taṇhādiṭṭhimittasanthavavasena. Tattha aṭṭhasatapabhedāpi taṇhā taṇhāsanthavo, dvāsaṭṭhibhedāpi diṭṭhi diṭṭhisanthavo, paṭibaddhacittatāya mittānukampanā mittasanthavo. Tesu so idha adhippeto. Tena hissa samāpatti parihīnā. Tenāha – ‘‘etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno ahaṃ adhigato’’ti. Sesaṃ vuttasadisamevāti.
94 “竹与广”(Vaṃso visālo)——此事的缘起为何?据说,往昔于迦叶世尊的教法中,有三位辟支菩萨出家。在两万年的漫长岁月里,他们圆满履行了去而复返的义务,命终后投生于天界。从天界殁后,其中最年长者投生为波罗奈城的王族,另外两位则生于边地的王族。那两位各自修习了业处,舍弃王位而出家,渐次证悟为独觉佛,住在欢喜根山窟中。一日,他们从等至出定,心想:“我们过去造作了什么业,而能证得如此出世间之乐?”当他们观察时,便见到各自往昔在迦叶佛教法时期的修行。他们又想:“那第三位同伴如今在何处?”继续观察,便看见那位同伴正在治理波罗奈王国。忆念起他的功德,他们心想:“他本就具足少欲等功德,能够教导我们,话语易于领受,还能呵责恶行。来吧,我们为他指示所缘,告知于他。”于是便寻找恰当的时机。一天,他们见这位国王装扮得光彩夺目,正要前往王苑,便从空中飞来,停驻在王苑门口的竹林丛根部。大众因对国王百看不厌,纷纷仰头注视着他。此时国王心想:“此处可有人对见到我全然无动于衷?”他向四周扫视,便看见了那几位独觉佛。仅仅一瞥之间,国王便对他们生起亲切之感。显示巴利原文
94.Vaṃso visāloti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane tayo paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasirājakule nibbatto, itare dve paccantarājakulesu. Te ubhopi kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā anukkamena paccekabuddhā hutvā nandamūlakapabbhāre vasantā ekadivasaṃ samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ‘‘mayaṃ kiṃ kammaṃ katvā imaṃ lokuttarasukhaṃ anuppattā’’ti āvajjetvā paccavekkhamānā kassapabuddhakāle attano attano cariyaṃ addasaṃsu. Tato ‘‘tatiyo kuhi’’nti āvajjentā bārāṇasirajjaṃ kārentaṃ disvā tassa guṇe saritvā ‘‘so pakatiyāva appicchatādiguṇasamannāgato hoti, amhākaṃyeva ovādako vattā vacanakkhamo pāpagarahī, handa, naṃ ārammaṇaṃ dassetvā ārocemā’’ti okāsaṃ gavesantā taṃ ekadivasaṃ sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchantaṃ disvā ākāsenāgantvā uyyānadvāre veḷugumbamūle aṭṭhaṃsu. Mahājano atitto rājadassanena rājānaṃ ulloketi. Tato rājā ‘‘atthi nu kho koci mama dassane byāpāraṃ na karotī’’ti olokento paccekabuddhe addakkhi. Saha dassaneneva cassa tesu sineho uppajji. So hatthikkhandhā oruyha santena ācārena upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘bhante, kiṃ nāma tumhe’’ti pucchi. Te ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, asajjamānā nāmā’’ti āhaṃsu . ‘‘Bhante, asajjamānāti etassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Alagganattho, mahārājā’’ti. Tato veḷugumbaṃ dassetvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘seyyathāpi, mahārāja, imaṃ veḷugumbaṃ sabbaso mūlakhandhasākhānusākhāhi saṃsibbitvā ṭhitaṃ asihattho puriso mūle chetvā āviñchanto na sakkuṇeyya uddharituṃ, evameva tvaṃ anto ca bahi ca jaṭāya jaṭito āsattavisatto tattha vilaggo. Seyyathāpi vā panassa vemajjhagatopi ayaṃ vaṃsakaḷīro asañjātasākhattā kenaci alaggova ṭhito, sakkā ca pana agge vā mūle vā chetvā uddharituṃ, evameva mayaṃ katthaci asajjamānā sabbā disā gacchāmā’’ti tāvadeva catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā passato eva rañño ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamaṃsu. Tato rājā cintesi – ‘‘kadā nu kho ahampi evaṃ asajjamāno bhaveyya’’nti tattheva ṭhito vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Purimanayeneva kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.
此处的“竹”(vaṃso),即竹子。“广”(visālo),即广阔、蔓延之意。其中“va”音是强调限定的虚词,或即“eva”(就、正是)之义,因连音规则,此处的“e”音消失了。该词与后文相关联,我们将在后面一并解释。“如”(yathā),指譬喻、如同。“执著”(visatto),即粘着、纠结、紧密缠结的意思。“于儿女、妻子”(puttesu dāresu ca),是指对儿女与妻子的执取。“那份爱恋”(yā apekkhā),即是那种渴爱,那种情感上的粘着。“犹如竹笋,无所粘着”(vaṃsakkaḷīrova asajjamāno),即是像竹笋那样不依附于任何事物。这究竟在说什么呢?譬如竹丛蔓延广布、相互缠结,那便是执著;而对儿女妻子的爱恋,也同样如同竹丛一般,在所缘对象上紧密缠结,因其纠结在一起,故也称为执著。我(国王)往昔正是带着那样一份爱恋,如同蔓延的竹丛一般执著——当他如此彻见了爱恋的过患后,便以道智斩断此爱恋。这位就如同一株竹笋,对于色法等、利养恭敬等、欲有等、邪见等,不再依凭贪爱、慢心与邪见而生起执取。显示巴利原文
Tattha vaṃsoti veḷu. Visāloti vitthiṇṇo. Va-kāro avadhāraṇattho, eva-kāro vā ayaṃ, sandhivasena ettha e-kāro naṭṭhā. Tassa parapadena sambandho. Taṃ pacchā yojessāma. Yathāti paṭibhāge. Visattoti laggo jaṭito saṃsibbito. Puttesu dāresu cāti puttadhītubhariyāsu. Yā apekkhāti yā taṇhā yo sineho. Vaṃsakkaḷīrova asajjamānoti vaṃsakaḷīro viya alaggamāno. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā vaṃso visālo visatto eva hoti, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā, sāpi evaṃ tāni vatthūni, saṃsibbitvā ṭhitattā visattā eva. Svāhaṃ tāya apekkhāya apekkhavā visālo vaṃso viya visattoti evaṃ apekkhāya ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ apekkhaṃ maggañāṇena chindanto ayaṃ vaṃsakaḷīrova rūpādīsu vā lābhādīsu vā kāmabhavādīsu vā diṭṭhādīsu vā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena asajjamāno paccekabodhiṃ adhigatoti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
95 “林中鹿”(Migoaraññamhīti)——此事的缘起为何?据说,有一位比丘,曾在迦叶世尊的教法中修习瑜伽行。命终之后,他投生到波罗奈城一个巨富、家财极盛、受用丰足的长者家中。他容貌端正,后来却与有夫之妇私通。命终后,他堕入地狱,在那里遭受了相应的果报。靠着剩余的业力,他以女身投生于那位长者妻子的腹中。由于从地狱投生的有情,其身体都是炽热的,因此长者妻怀着他时,腹部炽热如被火焚,艰难辛苦地度过孕期,足月生下了一个女孩。这女孩从出生之日起,就遭到父母乃至所有亲族眷属的厌恶。成年以后,无论嫁入哪个家族,丈夫与公婆也都厌弃她,觉得她不称心、不喜爱。一次,正值宣布要庆祝星宿节,长者子不想与她一同游乐,便召请妓女前来寻欢。她从婢女处听到这个消息,便来到长者子面前,用种种方式恳求后,说道:“夫君啊,女子的命运,就算是十位国王的妹妹,或者转轮圣王的爱女,也终究要在丈夫面前殷勤承事。若不得与丈夫交谈,其痛苦就如同被钉在桩上一般。若我还值得您摄受,请您垂怜摄受;若已不值得,便请放我离开,我将返回娘家。”长者子说道:“显示巴利原文
95.Migoaraññamhīti kā uppatti? Eko kira bhikkhu kassapassa bhagavato sāsane yogāvacaro kālaṃ katvā bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhikule uppanno aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge. So subhago ahosi, tato paradāriko hutvā kālaṅkato niraye nibbatto tattha paccitvā pakkāvasesena seṭṭhibhariyāya kucchimhi itthī hutvā paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Nirayato āgatānaṃ sattānaṃ gattāni uṇhāni honti. Tena seṭṭhibhariyā ḍayhamānena udarena kicchena kasirena taṃ gabbhaṃ dhāretvā kālena dārikaṃ vijāyi. Sā jātadivasato pabhuti mātāpitūnaṃ sesabandhuparijanānañca dessā ahosi. Vayappattā ca yamhi kule dinnā, tatthāpi sāmikasassusasurānaṃ dessāva ahosi appiyā amanāpā. Atha nakkhatte ghosite seṭṭhiputto tāya saddhiṃ kīḷituṃ anicchanto vesiṃ ānetvā kīḷati. Sā taṃ dāsīnaṃ santikā sutvā seṭṭhiputtaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nānappakārehi anunayitvā ca āha – ‘‘ayyaputta, itthī nāma sacepi dasannaṃ rājūnaṃ kaniṭṭhā hoti, cakkavattino vā dhītā, tathāpi sāmikassa pesanakarā hoti. Sāmike anālapante sūle āropitā viya dukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Sace ahaṃ anuggahārahā anuggahetabbā, no ce, vissajjetabbā. Attano ñātikulaṃ gamissāmī’’ti. Seṭṭhiputto – ‘‘hotu, bhadde, mā soci kīḷanasajjā hohi, nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmā’’ti āha. Seṭṭhidhītā tāvattakena sallāpamattena ussāhajātā ‘‘sve nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmī’’ti bahuṃ khajjabhojjaṃ paṭiyādeti. Seṭṭhiputto dutiyadivase anārocetvāva kīḷanaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Sā ‘‘idāni pesessati, idāni pesessatī’’ti maggaṃ olokentī nisinnā ussūraṃ disvā manusse pesesi. Te paccāgantvā ‘‘seṭṭhiputto gato’’ti ārocesuṃ. Sā taṃ sabbaṃ paṭiyāditaṃ ādāya yānaṃ abhiruhitvā uyyānaṃ gantuṃ āraddhā.
那时,欢喜根山窟有一位独觉佛,入定至第七日从灭尽定出定,嚼了龙藤齿木,于阿耨达池洗了面,思惟:“今日应往何处乞食?”他以神通观察,看见那位长者女,了知:“若能令她对我生起净信,她的恶业便会除灭。”于是,在石窟附近六十由旬的殊胜红石板上,持钵与衣,入于神通根本禅那,从空中飞至长者女前来的路上,面向波罗奈城方向而行。婢女们望见独觉佛,便禀告长者女。长者女立刻下车,恭恭敬敬地礼拜,用种种胜妙的嚼食、啖食盛满其钵,上面以青莲花覆盖,下面也垫了青莲花,自己手持一束花。她将钵奉到独觉佛手中,顶礼之后,手持花束发愿:“尊者,如同此花,无论我投生何处,愿我在那里为人所爱敬,令人悦意。”发完第一愿后,又发第二愿:“尊者,住胎极为剧苦,愿我不复经历住胎,唯于青莲花中化生。”接着发第三愿:“尊者,女身极为可厌,纵是转轮圣王之女,也要受人支配。因此,愿我不再得女身,得成男子。”再发第四愿:“尊者,愿我超越此轮回”显示巴利原文
Atha nandamūlakapabbhāre paccekasambuddho sattame divase nirodhā vuṭṭhāya nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā anotattadahe mukhaṃ dhovitvā ‘‘kattha ajja bhikkhaṃ carissāmā’’ti āvajjento taṃ seṭṭhidhītaraṃ disvā ‘‘mayi imissā saddhākāraṃ kāretvā taṃ kammaṃ parikkhayaṃ gamissatī’’ti ñatvā pabbhārasamīpe saṭṭhiyojanamanosilātale ṭhatvā pattacīvaramādāya abhiññāpādakaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā ākāsenāgantvā tassā paṭipathe oruyha bārāṇasiṃ abhimukho agamāsi. Taṃ disvāva dāsiyo seṭṭhidhītāya ārocesuṃ. Sā yānā oruyha sakkaccaṃ vanditvā pattaṃ sabbarasasampannena khādanīyena bhojanīyena pūretvā padumapupphena paṭicchādetvā heṭṭhāpi padumapupphaṃ katvā pupphakalāpaṃ hatthena gahetvā paccekabuddhassa hatthe pattaṃ datvā vanditvā pupphakalāpahatthā patthanaṃ akāsi – ‘‘bhante, yathā idaṃ pupphaṃ, evāhaṃ yattha yattha upapajjāmi, tattha tattha mahājanassa piyā bhaveyyaṃ manāpā’’ti. Evaṃ patthetvā dutiyampi patthesi – ‘‘bhante, dukkho gabbhavāso , taṃ anupagamma padumapupphe eva paṭisandhi bhaveyyā’’ti. Tatiyampi patthesi – ‘‘bhante, jeguccho mātugāmo, cakkavattidhītāpi paravasaṃ gacchati. Tasmā ahaṃ itthibhāvaṃ anupagamma puriso bhaveyya’’nti. Catutthampi patthesi – ‘‘bhante, imaṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ atikkamma pariyosāne tumhehi pattaṃ amataṃ pāpuṇeyya’’nti. Evaṃ caturo paṇidhī katvā taṃ padumapupphakalāpaṃ pūjetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā ‘‘pupphasadiso eva me gandho ceva vaṇṇo ca hotū’’ti imaṃ pañcamaṃ paṇidhiṃ akāsi.
那时,独觉佛一手托钵,一手持着花束,腾身安住于空中,显示巴利原文
Tato paccekabuddho pattañca pupphakalāpañca gahetvā ākāse ṭhatvā –
说此偈颂:“你所欲求、所愿者,愿你速获成就;愿你一切心愿圆满成就,犹如十五的满月。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Icchitaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, khippameva samijjhatu; Sabbe pūrentu saṅkappā, cando pannaraso yathā’’ti. –
以此偈为长者女作随喜已,他便决意道:‘愿长者女见我离去’,遂从空中前往欢喜根山窟。长者女见他离去,心生大喜悦。她在轮回中所造的不善业,因不再有机会成熟而耗尽,犹如以酸粥洗净的铜器,变得清净。就在那一刻,无论是夫家还是娘家,所有人都变得欢喜,纷纷说着‘我们能做些什么呢’,并送来亲切的话语与礼物。她的丈夫也派人来说:‘快将长者女接回,我是忘了她,才独自前往王苑的。’从此以后,丈夫珍爱她,如同珍爱涂于胸前的栴檀香、佩戴的珍珠项链与花鬘一般地照料她。她于彼处终其一生,享尽自在、财富与合意的快乐,命终之后以男子身化生于天界的青莲花中。那位天子不论是来、是站、是坐、是卧,皆在青莲花苞之中。人们称他为‘大莲花天子’。他便以那种威神力,顺次、逆次地仅在六欲天中轮回。显示巴利原文
Imāya gāthāya seṭṭhidhītāya anumodanaṃ katvā ‘‘seṭṭhidhītā maṃ gacchantaṃ passatū’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Seṭṭhidhītāya taṃ passantiyā mahatī pīti uppajji. Bhavantare kataṃ akusalaṃ kammaṃ anokāsatāya parikkhīṇaṃ ciñcambiladhotatambalohabhājanamiva suddhā jātā. Tāvadevassā patikule ñātikule ca sabbo jano tuṭṭho. ‘‘Kiṃ karomā’’ti piyavacanāni ca paṇṇākārāni ca pesesi. Sāmikopi manusse pesesi – ‘‘seṭṭhidhītaraṃ sīghaṃ ānetha, ahaṃ vissaritvā uyyānaṃ āgato’’ti. Tato pabhuti ca naṃ ure vilittacandanaṃ viya āmuttamuttāhāraṃ viya pupphamālā viya ca piyāyanto parihari. Sā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ issariyabhogayuttasukhaṃ anubhavitvā kālaṃ katvā purisabhāvena devaloke padumapupphe uppajji. So devaputto gacchantopi padumapupphagabbhe eva gacchati, tiṭṭhantopi nisīdantopi sayantopi padumapupphagabbheyeva sayati. ‘‘Mahāpadumadevaputto’’ti ca naṃ vohariṃsu. Evaṃ so tena iddhānubhāvena anulomapaṭilomaṃ cha devaloke eva saṃsarati.
那时,波罗奈王有两万名嫔妃,其中竟无一人能生下儿子。大臣们禀告国王:‘大王,为延续家族血统,理应有个儿子。若无亲生儿子,庶出之子亦能承袭家族血脉。’于是国王说:‘除了王后之外,其余的嫔妃在七天之内,随其所欲,行法乐之戏,任她们与外人交游。’即便如此,仍未能得到儿子。大臣们又禀告:‘大王,王后实在是所有女子中福德与智慧最上者,或许大王能让王后怀上儿子?’国王便将此事告知了王后。王后说:‘大王,唯有具足戒行、言语真实的女人才生得出儿子。一个舍弃了惭与愧的女人,从哪里得儿子呢?’她登上宫殿,受持了五戒,并一遍又一遍地思惟。当这位持戒的王后心中甫生求子之愿时,帝释天的宝座便震动了。显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena bārāṇasirañño vīsati itthisahassāni honti. Tāsu ekāpi puttaṃ na labhati. Amaccā rājānaṃ viññāpesuṃ – ‘‘deva, kulavaṃsānupālako putto icchitabbo, atraje avijjamāne khettajopi kulavaṃsadharo hotī’’ti. Atha rājā ‘‘ṭhapetvā mahesiṃ avasesā itthiyo sattāhaṃ dhammanāṭakaṃ karothā’’ti yathākāmaṃ bahi carāpesi, tathāpi puttaṃ nālattha. Puna amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mahārāja, mahesī nāma puññena ca paññāya ca sabbaitthīnaṃ aggā, appeva nāma devo mahesiyā kucchimhi puttaṃ labheyyā’’ti. Rājā mahesiyā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Sā āha – ‘‘mahārāja, yā itthī sīlavatī saccavādinī, sā puttaṃ labheyya, hirottapparahitāya kuto putto’’ti pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā pañca sīlāni samādiyitvā punappunaṃ āvajjesi, sīlavatiyā rājadhītāya pañca sīlāni āvajjentiyā puttapatthanācitte uppannamatte sakkassa āsanaṃ saṃkampi.
于是,帝释天观察并了知此事,心想:“我要赐予这位持戒的王女一个儿子作为胜愿。”便自天界降临,立于王后面前,问道:“王后,你祈求什么?”她答:“大王,我祈求一个儿子。”帝释天说:“王后,我赐你一个儿子,不必忧虑。”说罢便返回天界,观察道:“这里有寿尽的天子吗?”他知晓:“这位大莲华天子想往生到更高处的天界。”于是便前往他的天宫,劝请道:“贤者大莲华,请你去人界投生吧。”大莲华天子说:“大王,请别这样说,人界是可厌的。”帝释天说:“贤者,你正是凭借过去在人界所修的福德才生到这里,更应住于彼处圆满种种波罗蜜。去吧,贤者。”大莲华天子说:“大王,住胎太过痛苦,我无法安住其中。”帝释天说:“贤者,你不会经历住胎之苦,由于你所造的业,你将只降生于莲花苞中。去吧,贤者。”经如此反复劝说,大莲华天子便答应了。显示巴利原文
Atha sakko āvajjento etamatthaṃ viditvā – ‘‘sīlavatiyā rājadhītāya puttavaraṃ demī’’ti ākāsenāgantvā deviyā sammukhe ṭhito ‘‘kiṃ varesi, devī’’ti? ‘‘Puttaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Dammi te, devi, puttaṃ, mā cintayī’’ti vatvā devalokaṃ gantvā ‘‘atthi nu kho ettha khīṇāyuko’’ti āvajjento ‘‘ayaṃ mahāpadumo uparidevalokaṃ gantukāmo ca bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā tassa vimānaṃ gantvā ‘‘tāta mahāpaduma, manussalokaṃ gacchāhī’’ti yāci. So ‘‘mā evaṃ, mahārāja, bhaṇa, jegucchito manussaloko’’ti . ‘‘Tāta, tvaṃ manussaloke puññaṃ katvā idhūpapanno, tattheva ṭhatvā pāramiyo pūretabbā, gaccha, tātā’’ti. ‘‘Dukkho, mahārāja, gabbhavāso, na sakkomi tattha vasitu’’nti. ‘‘Tāta, te gabbhavāso natthi, tathā hi tvaṃ kammamakāsi, yathā padumagabbheyeva nibbattissasi, gaccha, tātā’’ti punappunaṃ vuccamāno adhivāsesi.
他从天界命终,降生于波罗奈王园林中那石板池的莲花苞内。当夜破晓时分,王后梦见自己在两万宫女的簇拥下游园,并于石板池的莲花苞中得到一个儿子。天亮后,持戒护身的王后来到此处,看见一朵非在岸边、非在深水处的莲花。见到那花的瞬间,她心中便对儿子生起了强烈的爱念。她亲自走入水中,摘下莲花;花刚被摘下,花瓣便绽放开来。她看见花中有一个宛如金像的男童,当即高声喊道:“我得到儿子了!”一时大众齐声赞叹,欢声雷动,并派人禀告国王。国王问:“从何处得来?”得知详情后,说道:“园林、池塘与莲花皆属于我,故这孩子是生于我的领地,就唤他‘田生’吧。”于是将王子迎入城中,命令所有两万名宫女都做他的乳母。但凡有哪位乳母懂得王子的喜好,能喂给他想吃的东西,便赏金千两。此事轰动了整个波罗奈城,所有百姓都为王子送来了千百种礼物。王子被众人连连催促饮食:“吃这个,吃这个,喝那个”,因饮食过量而心生厌倦,便走到城门口,独自玩起了紫胶球。显示巴利原文
So devalokā cavitvā bārāṇasirañño uyyāne silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ padumagabbhe nibbatto. Tañca rattiṃ paccūsasamaye mahesī supinantena vīsatiitthisahassaparivutā uyyānaṃ gantvā silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ padumagabbhe puttaṃ laddhā viya ahosi. Sā pabhātāya rattiyā sīlāni rakkhamānā tattha gantvā ekaṃ padumapupphaṃ addasa, taṃ neva tīre hoti na gambhīre. Saha dassaneneva cassā tattha puttasineho uppajji. Sā sayaṃ eva otaritvā taṃ pupphaṃ aggahesi, pupphe gahitamatteyeva pattāni vikasiṃsu. Tattha suvaṇṇapaṭimaṃ viya dārakaṃ addasa, disvāva ‘‘putto me laddho’’ti saddaṃ nicchāresi. Mahājano sādhukārasahassāni pavattesi. Rañño ca pesesi. Rājā sutvā ‘‘kattha laddho’’ti pucchitvā laddhokāsaṃ sutvā ‘‘uyyānañca pokkharaṇiyaṃ padumañca amhākaṃyeva, tasmā amhākaṃ khette jātattā khettajo nāmāyaṃ putto’’ti vatvā nagaraṃ pavesetvā vīsatisahassaitthiyo dhātikiccaṃ kāresi. Yā yā kumārassa ruciṃ ñatvā patthitaṃ patthitaṃ khādanīyaṃ khādāpeti, sā sā sahassaṃ labhati. Sakalabārāṇasī calitā, sabbo jano kumārassa paṇṇākārasahassāni pesesi. Kumāro taṃ taṃ atinetvā ‘‘imaṃ khāda, imaṃ bhuñjā’’ti vuccamāno bhojanena ubbāḷho ukkaṇṭhito hutvā gopuradvāraṃ gantvā lākhāguḷakena kīḷati.
那时,有一位独觉佛依止波罗奈城,住于仙人堕处。他清晨起来,完成住处义务、身体清洁及作意等所有事务后,从宴坐中出定,观察道:“今日我应往何处乞食?”他见到了王子的殊胜果报,便审察道:“此人过去曾造何等业?”进一步探察后,知晓:“他曾布施食物予像我这样的独觉佛,并发下四个愿,其中三个已得成就,尚有一愿至今未圆。我应以善巧方便,为他开示所缘。”于是,他便为乞食故,前往王子处。王子望见他,说道:“沙门,别过来,这里的人也会对你嚷嚷‘吃这个、吃这个’的。”那位独觉佛听了仅此一言,便从那里返回自己的住处。王子便对随从说:“这位沙门被我说了一句就走了,莫不是生我的气了?”随从们禀告:“出家之人并非心怀嗔恚之流,他们是依靠他人净信所施之物维生的。”尽管他们这样说,王子仍认为:“这样的沙门必定是生气了,我要去向他求忏悔。”于是禀明父母,乘上大象,仰仗大王的威势前往仙人堕处。途中,他看见一群鹿,便问:“这些是什么?”随从答道:“主人,这些是鹿。”王子又问:“可有人会对它们说‘吃这个、吃这个’地强行喂食吗?”显示巴利原文
Tadā aññataro paccekabuddho bārāṇasiṃ nissāya isipatane vasati. So kālasseva vuṭṭhāya senāsanavattasarīraparikammamanasikārādīni sabbakiccāni katvā paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito ‘‘ajja kattha bhikkhaṃ gahessāmī’’ti āvajjento kumārassa sampattiṃ disvā ‘‘esa pubbe kiṃ kammaṃ karī’’ti vīmaṃsanto ‘‘mādisassa piṇḍapātaṃ datvā catasso patthanā patthesi, tattha tisso siddhā, ekā tāva na sijjhati, tassa upāyena ārammaṇaṃ dassemī’’ti bhikkhācāravasena kumārassa santikaṃ agamāsi. Kumāro taṃ disvā ‘‘samaṇa, mā idha āgacchi, ime hi tampi ‘imaṃ khāda, imaṃ bhuñjā’ti vadeyyu’’nti āha. So ekavacaneneva tato nivattitvā attano senāsanaṃ agamāsi. Kumāro parijanaṃ āha – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo mayā vuttamattova nivatto, kuddho nu kho mamā’’ti. So tehi ‘‘pabbajitā nāma na kodhaparāyaṇā honti, parena pasannamanena yaṃ dinnaṃ, tena yāpentī’’ti vuccamānepi ‘‘duṭṭho evarūpo nāma samaṇo, khamāpessāmi na’’nti mātāpitūnaṃ ārocetvā hatthiṃ abhiruhitvā mahatā rājānubhāvena isipatanaṃ gantvā migayūthaṃ disvā pucchi – ‘‘kinnāmete’’ti? ‘‘Ete, sāmi, migā nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Etesaṃ ‘imaṃ khādatha, imaṃ bhuñjatha, imaṃ sāyathā’ti vatvā paṭijaggantā atthī’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, sāmi, yattha tiṇodakaṃ sulabhaṃ tattha vasantī’’ti.
王子心想:「正如这些鹿无有守护,随心所欲而住,我何时也能像这样安住呢?」便将此景取为所缘。那位独觉佛知道王子要来,就把通往住处和经行处的道路都清扫平整,自己在上面经行了一两遍或三遍,留下足迹;又将昼间休息处与树叶屋打扫平整,只留下进入时的足迹,不留下离去的足迹,随后去了别处。王子到了那里,见到那片地方被打扫得极为平整,听到随从说:「那位独觉佛想必就住在这里。」便说:「今天早上那位沙门就已不悦,现在若是见到自己的地方被象、马等践踏,定会更加不悦。你们就停在此处吧。」他从象背下来,独自走进住处,见到那些依规仪清扫平整之处留有足迹,心想:「啊,这位沙门在此经行时,心中所思惟的并非商贾之类的事,他必定是一心只思惟着自己的利益吧。」他心生净信,便登上经行道,舍弃了种种散漫的寻思,走到一块石板处坐下,内心变得专注;随后进入树叶屋,修观证得了辟支菩提。如同前例,当被国师问及业处时,他坐于虚空中,说出了此偈。显示巴利原文
Kumāro ‘‘yathā ime arakkhiyamānāva yattha icchanti, tattha vasanti, kadā nu kho ahampi evaṃ vaseyya’’nti etaṃ ārammaṇaṃ aggahesi. Paccekabuddhopi tassa āgamanaṃ ñatvā senāsanamaggañca caṅkamanañca sammajjitvā maṭṭhaṃ katvā ekadvattikkhattuṃ caṅkamitvā padanikkhepaṃ dassetvā divāvihārokāsañca paṇṇasālañca sammajjitvā maṭṭhaṃ katvā pavisanapadanikkhepaṃ dassetvā nikkhamanapadanikkhepaṃ adassetvā aññatra agamāsi. Kumāro tattha gantvā taṃ padesaṃ sammajjitvā maṭṭhakataṃ disvā ‘‘vasati maññe ettha so paccekabuddho’’ti parijanena bhāsitaṃ sutvā āha – ‘‘pātopi so samaṇo dussati, idāni hatthiassādīhi attano okāsaṃ akkantaṃ disvā suṭṭhutaraṃ dusseyya, idheva tumhe tiṭṭhathā’’ti hatthikkhandhā oruyha ekakova senāsanaṃ paviṭṭho vattasīsena susammaṭṭhokāse padanikkhepaṃ disvā ‘‘so dānāyaṃ samaṇo ettha caṅkamanto na vaṇijjādikammaṃ cintesi, addhāyaṃ attano hitameva cintesi maññe’’ti pasannamānaso caṅkamaṃ abhiruhitvā dūrīkataputhuvitakko gantvā pāsāṇaphalake nisīditvā sañjātaekaggo hutvā paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ adhigantvā purimanayeneva purohitena kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchito gaganatale nisinno imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
此处,「鹿」指两种鹿:黑羚羊与花斑鹿。此外,这也是一切林中四足众生的通称。但此处,注释者说指的是花斑鹿。「在林中」是指除去村落及村落近郊之外的山林,但这里意指园林,故也就是「在园林中」之义。「犹如」是比喻词。「无束缚」指不被绳索等所束缚,以此显示其行动自在。「随意而行,为觅食故」是指,欲往何方,便往何方去觅食。关于这一点,世尊也曾说过:显示巴利原文
Tattha migoti dve migā – eṇīmigo ca pasadamigo ca. Apica sabbesaṃ āraññikānaṃ catuppadānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana pasadamigo adhippetoti vadanti. Araññamhīti gāmañca gāmūpacārañca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ araññaṃ, idha pana uyyānaṃ adhippetaṃ, tasmā ‘‘uyyānamhī’’ti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathāti paṭibhāge. Abaddhoti rajjubandhanādīhi abaddho, etena vissatthacariyaṃ dīpeti. Yenicchakaṃ gacchati vocarāyāti yena yena disābhāgena gantumicchati, tena tena disābhāgena gocarāya gacchati. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā –
「诸比丘,譬如林中一鹿,在旷野森林中活动,自在地行走,自在地站立,自在地坐下,自在地躺卧。何以故?诸比丘,因其不在猎人的攻击范围之内。正是如此,诸比丘,比丘离欲……乃至……具足初禅而住。诸比丘,此即称为比丘令魔罗无迹可寻,摧毁魔眼,使波旬不能看见他。」(《中部·第一册》287;《小部·义释·犀角经释义》125)广说如经文。显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, āraññako migo araññe pavane caramāno vissattho gacchati, vissattho tiṭṭhati, vissattho nisīdati, vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Anāpāthagato, bhikkhave, luddassa, evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu antamakāsi māraṃ apadaṃ, vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’’ti (ma. ni. 1.287; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 125) vitthāro.
「独行自在」:指随自己的心意而行,或不倚赖他人。这句话的意思是:犹如林中野鹿,无拘无束,想去何处觅食便去何处;何时我也能斩断渴爱的束缚,如此自由自在地行走?智者、贤明之人,见到这种自在而行的状态,便应当独自修行。显示巴利原文
Seritanti sacchandavuttitaṃ aparāyattataṃ vā, idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā migo araññamhi abaddho yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya, tathā kadā nu kho ahampi taṇhābandhanaṃ chinditvā evaṃ gaccheyyanti. Viññū paṇḍito naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno eko careti.
96 那么,这段“召唤”的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,在波罗奈,有一次国王举行大朝会,大臣们都来觐见。其中一位大臣说:“大王,有件事您应当听一听。”并请求国王单独到一旁说话。国王便从座位上起身,跟他去了。后来又有一位大臣,趁国王在大朝会上坐着时请他说话;一位在国王坐在象背上时请他说话;一位在国王骑在马背上时请他说话;一位在国王乘坐金车时请他说话;一位在国王坐着轿子前往游园时请他说话。国王都答应了他们,从各自的坐骑上下来。还有一位大臣,趁国王巡视地方时请他说话;国王听了他的话,也从象背上下来,单独到一边去了。国王就这样被他们烦扰,心生厌离,于是出家了。那些大臣们仗着权势,野心日益膨胀。其中一人去对国王说:“大王,请把某某地方封给我。”国王答复说:“那个地方现在是某甲在管理使用。”那位大臣不接受国王的话,声称:“我自己去把那个地方夺过来享用!”于是便去了那个地方,挑起了纷争。之后,双方都跑到国王面前,互相指责对方的过错。国王心想:“我不可能让这些人都满意。”他看清了这些人因贪欲而生的过患,修习观,依照前述的方式最终证悟了辟支菩提。显示巴利原文
96.Āmantanā hotīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira mahāupaṭṭhānasamaye amaccā upasaṅkamiṃsu. Tesu eko amacco ‘‘deva, sotabbaṃ atthī’’ti ekamantaṃ gamanaṃ yāci. So uṭṭhāyāsanā agamāsi. Puna eko mahāupaṭṭhāne nisinnaṃ yāci, eko hatthikkhandhe nisinnaṃ, eko assapiṭṭhiyaṃ nisinnaṃ, eko suvaṇṇarathe nisinnaṃ, eko sivikāya nisīditvā uyyānaṃ gacchantaṃ yāci. Rājā tato orohitvā agamāsi. Aparo janapadacārikaṃ gacchantaṃ yāci, tassapi vacanaṃ sutvā hatthikkhandhato oruyha ekamantaṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ so tehi nibbinno hutvā pabbaji. Amaccā issariyena vaḍḍhanti. Tesu eko gantvā rājānaṃ āha – ‘‘asukaṃ nāma, mahārāja, janapadaṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti. Rājā taṃ ‘‘itthannāmo bhuñjatī’’ti bhaṇati. So rañño vacanaṃ anādiyitvā ‘‘gacchāmahaṃ taṃ janapadaṃ gahetvā bhuñjāmī’’ti tattha gantvā kalahaṃ katvā puna ubhopi rañño santikaṃ āgantvā aññamaññassa dosaṃ ārocenti. Rājā ‘‘na sakkā ime tosetu’’nti tesaṃ lobhe ādīnavaṃ disvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. So purimanayena imaṃ udānaṃ abhāsi.
这段的含义如下:当置身于朋友中间时,在称为“午休”的住处;在称为“大朝会”的场所;在称为“游园”的外出中;在称为“地方巡行”的游历中,总会以“你听听我这事,你给我那东西”等方式,产生种种这样的“召唤”。因此,我对这些事情感到厌离。而那种为圣者们所亲近实践、具有种种利益、纯然安乐的出家生活,虽然确实存在,却被那些被贪欲所制伏的卑劣之人所不希求。我并非贪求那种出家生活,而是观察那是不倚赖他人、全凭有潜能者自己作主的自在之道,于是开始修观,次第证得了辟支菩提。其余的义理如前所述。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – sahāyamajjhe ṭhitassa divāseyyasaṅkhāte vāse ca, mahāupaṭṭhānasaṅkhāte ṭhāne ca, uyyānagamanasaṅkhāte gamane ca, janapadacārikasaṅkhātāya cārikāya ca, ‘‘idaṃ me suṇa, idaṃ me dehī’’tiādinā nayena tathā tathā āmantanā hoti, tasmā ahaṃ tattha nibbijjitvā yāyaṃ ariyajanasevitā anekānisaṃsā ekantasukhā, evaṃ santepi lobhābhibhūtehi sabbakāpurisehi anabhipatthitā pabbajjā, taṃ anabhijjhitaṃ paresaṃ avasavattanena bhabbapuggalavasena seritañca pekkhamāno vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā anukkamena paccekabodhiṃ adhigatosmi. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
97 「嬉戏乐」这一偈的缘起是什么?据说在波罗奈,有一位名叫独子梵授的国王。他有一个独子,十分可爱,合他心意,爱如性命。国王在行住坐卧一切威仪中,都带着这位王子。一日,国王前往园林游观,未携王子同行。王子恰于当日突患疾病而亡。大臣们心想:「国王如此疼爱儿子,恐会心碎。」便未禀报,径自将王子火化了。国王在园林中耽饮沉醉,丝毫未念及王子,次日沐浴用餐时亦复如是。后来,饭毕落座,他忽然想起,说道:「把我儿子带来!」大臣们以委婉的方式禀报了此事。被忧愁击倒的国王,便那样坐着,如理作意:「因为有了这个,所以才有那个;因为这个生起了,那个才生起。」他就这样次第顺观、逆观缘起,现证了辟支菩提。至于偈颂词句的解释,其余部分与「交往偈」注释中所说相类似。显示巴利原文
97.Khiḍḍāratīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira ekaputtakabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So tassa ekaputtako piyo ahosi manāpo pāṇasamo, rājā sabbairiyāpathesu puttakaṃ gahetvāva vattati. So ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchanto taṃ ṭhapetvā gato. Kumāropi taṃ divasaṃyeva uppannena byādhinā mato. Amaccā ‘‘puttasinehena rañño hadayampi phaleyyā’’ti anārocetvāva naṃ jhāpesuṃ. Rājā uyyāne surāmadena matto puttaṃ neva sarati, tathā dutiyadivasepi nhānabhojanavelāsu. Atha bhuttāvī nisinno saritvā ‘‘puttaṃ me ānethā’’ti āha. Tassa anurūpena vidhānena taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesuṃ. Tato sokābhibhūto nisinno evaṃ yoniso manasākāsi – ‘‘imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjatī’’ti. Evaṃ anukkamena anulomapaṭilomaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ sammasanto paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Sesaṃ saṃsaggagāthāvaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttasadisameva ṭhapetvā gāthāyatthavaṇṇanaṃ.
词句释义如下:「嬉戏」指玩耍,分为身体上的游戏和语言上的游戏两种。其中,身体上的游戏指象戏、马戏、车戏、弓戏、刀戏等诸如此类的活动;语言上的游戏指唱歌、诵诗、口作鼓声、击打小鼓等诸如此类的活动。「乐」指五种欲乐。「广大」指遍满全身,乃至透彻骨髓。余义易知。至于此处与偈颂主题的连结应用,亦应依「交往偈」所述之法理解,此后诸偈亦然。显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanā pana – khiḍḍāti kīḷanā. Sā duvidhā hoti kāyikā ca vācasikā ca. Tattha kāyikā nāma hatthīhipi kīḷanti, assehipi rathehipi dhanūhipi tharūhipīti evamādi. Vācasikā nāma gītaṃ silokabhaṇanaṃ mukhabheriālambarabherīti evamādi. Ratīti pañcakāmaguṇarati. Vipulanti yāva aṭṭhimiñjaṃ ahacca ṭhānena sakalattabhāvabyāpakaṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva . Anusandhiyojanāpi cettha saṃsaggagāthāya vuttanayeneva veditabbā, tato parañca sabbaṃ.
98 「四方」这一偈的缘起是什么?据说过去在迦叶世尊的教法中,有五位辟支菩萨出家,于二万年中履行去而复返的义务后,投生天界。从天界死后,其中最年长者成为波罗奈王,其余四位成为一方小国王。那四人也学得业处,舍弃王位出家,次第证得独觉佛,住于欢喜窟山麓。一日,他们从等至出定,依「竹楔偈」中所说之法观察自业及同伴,了知后,为方便向波罗奈王显示所缘而等待时机。那位国王于一夜之间三度生起大恐怖,惊恐惨叫,逃至大平台之上。清晨,国师早起前往问安:「大王睡得可安稳?」国王答道:「老师,我哪有什么安稳!」便将一切情形告诉了他。国师心想:「此病非催吐、泻下等药疗所能治愈,不过我已有了欺诳之计。」于是进一步恐吓国王:「大王,这是失位、丧命等灾祸的前兆。」并教唆举行祭祀:「为平息此难,应布施如是数量的象、马、车等及金钱作为祭品,举行祭祀。」显示巴利原文
98.Cātuddisoti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pañca paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke nibbattā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasirājā ahosi, sesā pākatikarājāno. Te cattāropi kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhitvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā anukkamena paccekabuddhā hutvā nandamūlakapabbhāre vasantā ekadivasaṃ samāpattito vuṭṭhāya vaṃsakkaḷīragāthāyaṃ vuttanayeneva attano kammañca sahāyañca āvajjetvā ñatvā bārāṇasirañño upāyena ārammaṇaṃ dassetuṃ okāsaṃ gavesanti. So ca rājā tikkhattuṃ rattiyā ubbijjati, bhīto vissaraṃ karoti, mahātale dhāvati. Purohitena kālasseva vuṭṭhāya sukhaseyyaṃ pucchitopi ‘‘kuto me, ācariya, sukha’’nti sabbaṃ taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Purohitopi ‘‘ayaṃ rogo na sakkā yena kenaci uddhaṃ virecanādinā bhesajjakammena vinetuṃ, mayhaṃ pana khādanūpāyo uppanno’’ti cintetvā ‘‘rajjahānijīvitantarāyādīnaṃ pubbanimittaṃ etaṃ, mahārājā’’ti rājānaṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ ubbejetvā ‘‘tassa vūpasamanatthaṃ ettake ca ettake ca hatthiassarathādayo hiraññasuvaṇṇañca dakkhiṇaṃ datvā yañño yajitabbo’’ti yaññayajane samādapesi.
那时,独觉佛们看见成千上万的众生正被聚集起来用作祭祀,心想:“若造下此业,他将难以觉悟,我们应事先去见见他。”便如《竹楔偈》中所说的方法前来,为托钵乞食而依次行至王宫庭院。国王正站在狮子窗边眺望庭院,见到独觉佛们,顿时生起亲切感。于是迎请他们,在空中敷设座位请他们就坐,恭敬供养食物。食毕,国王问:“诸位是谁?”他们回答:“大王,我们是四方者。”“尊者,何为四方者?”“大王,无论四方何处、任何方位,我们皆无有恐惧,亦不心惊。”“尊者为何无有恐惧?”“大王,我们修习慈、悲、喜、舍四梵住,因此无有恐惧。”说完,他们从座而起,返回自己的住处。显示巴利原文
Tato paccekabuddhā anekāni pāṇasahassāni yaññatthāya sampiṇḍiyamānāni disvā ‘‘etasmiṃ kamme kate dubbodhaneyyo bhavissati, handa naṃ paṭikacceva gantvā pekkhāmā’’ti vaṃsakkaḷīragāthāyaṃ vuttanayena āgantvā piṇḍāya caramānā rājaṅgaṇe paṭipāṭiyā agamaṃsu. Rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito rājaṅgaṇaṃ olokayamāno te addakkhi, saha dassaneneva cassa sineho uppajji. Tato te pakkosāpetvā ākāsatale paññattāsane nisīdāpetvā sakkaccaṃ bhojetvā katabhattakicce ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Mayaṃ, mahārāja, cātuddisā nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, cātuddisāti imassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Catūsu disāsu katthaci kutoci bhayaṃ vā cittutrāso vā amhākaṃ natthi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, tumhākaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ kiṃ kāraṇā na hotī’’ti? ‘‘Mayaṃ, mahārāja, mettaṃ bhāvema, karuṇaṃ bhāvema, muditaṃ bhāvema, upekkhaṃ bhāvema. Tena no taṃ bhayaṃ na hotī’’ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ agamaṃsu.
那时,国王心想:“这些沙门说‘修习慈等则无恐惧’,婆罗门却赞许杀害成千上万的生命,到底谁的话是真实的?”随即如此思惟:“沙门以清净法洗除不净,婆罗门却以不净对治不净。以不净必定无法洗净不净,唯有出家者的言语才是真实。”他便以“愿一切众生快乐”等修习慈、悲、喜、舍四梵住,以遍满利益之心命令大臣们:“释放一切众生,让他们饮清凉之水,食青绿之草,让凉风吹拂其身。”大臣们依令照办。显示巴利原文
Tato rājā cintesi – ‘‘ime samaṇā ‘mettādibhāvanāya bhayaṃ na hotī’ti bhaṇanti, brāhmaṇā pana anekasahassapāṇavadhaṃ vaṇṇayanti, kesaṃ nu kho vacanaṃ sacca’’nti? Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘samaṇā suddhena asuddhaṃ dhovanti, brāhmaṇā pana asuddhena asuddhaṃ. Na sakkā kho pana asuddhena asuddhaṃ dhovituṃ, pabbajitānaṃ eva vacanaṃ sacca’’nti. So ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhitā hontū’’tiādinā nayena mettādayo cattāropi brahmavihāre bhāvetvā hitapharaṇena cittena amacce āṇāpesi – ‘‘sabbe pāṇe muñcatha, sītāni pānīyāni pivantu, haritāni tiṇāni khādantu, sīto ca vāto tesaṃ upavāyatū’’ti . Te tathā akaṃsu.
于是,国王心想:“依善友之言,我已从恶业中解脱。”便就地坐下修观,现证了辟支菩提。到了饭食之时,大臣们对他说:“请用饭,大王,正是时候。”他说:“我非国王。”并如前所说那样说明了一切,诵出这首感兴偈颂。显示巴利原文
Tato rājā ‘‘kalyāṇamittānaṃ vacanena pāpakammato muttomhī’’ti tattheva nisinno vipassitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Amaccehi ca bhojanavelāyaṃ ‘‘bhuñja, mahārāja, kālo’’ti vutte ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’ti purimanayeneva sabbaṃ vatvā imaṃ udānabyākaraṇagāthaṃ abhāsi.
这其中,“四方者”:即随意安乐而住于四方的人;或依“遍满一方而住”等方法修习梵住,他拥有遍满四方的修习,故称“四方者”。于四方之中,无论何处,对众生或诸行,不因恐惧而生嗔恼,故称“无嗔”。“满足者”:指依十二种知足而安住者。“于任何所得的资具”:无论粗、妙资具。“能忍诸难,无畏者”:此处,“难”指折磨身心、令成就退失,或依之而存留的灾患,故称诸难。这是对诸如外的虎、狮等,内的欲贪等身心逼恼的称呼。以安忍的堪忍与精进等法战胜那些诸难者,即“能忍诸难”。由于没有能导致僵硬恐惧的怖畏,因此是“无畏”。究竟说什么呢?正如那四位沙门,如此,我对于任何所得的资具皆能知足,立足于这修行处的知足,并依慈等遍满四方修习,而成四方者;因对众生诸行无嗔恼、无恐惧,而成无嗔。因为是四方者,故能忍上述诸难;因为是无嗔,故成无畏。我如此见到修行的功德,如理修行,证得辟支菩提。或了知:“如同那些沙门,满足于任何所得,依前显示巴利原文
Tattha cātuddisoti catūsu disāsu yathāsukhavihārī, ‘‘ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādinā vā nayena brahmavihārabhāvanāya pharitā catasso disā assa santīti cātuddiso. Tāsu catūsu disāsu katthaci satte vā saṅkhāre vā bhayena na paṭihanatīti appaṭigho. Santussamānoti dvādasavidhassa santosassa vasena santussako ca. Itarītarenāti uccāvacena paccayena. Parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhīti ettha parissayanti kāyacittāni, parihāpenti vā tesaṃ sampattiṃ, tāni vā paṭicca sayantīti parissayā, bāhirānaṃ sīhabyagghādīnaṃ abbhantarānañca kāmacchandādīnaṃ kāyacittupaddavānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Te parissaye adhivāsanakhantiyā ca vīriyādīhi dhammehi ca sahatīti parissayānaṃ sahitā. Thaddhabhāvakarabhayābhāvena achambhī. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā te cattāro samaṇā, evaṃ itarītarena paccayena santussamāno ettha paṭipattipadaṭṭhāne santose ṭhito catūsu disāsu mettādibhāvanāya cātuddiso, sattasaṅkhāresu paṭihananabhayābhāvena appaṭigho ca hoti. So cātuddisattā vuttappakārānaṃ parissayānaṃ sahitā, appaṭighattā achambhī ca hotīti evaṃ paṭipattiguṇaṃ disvā yoniso paṭipajjitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Atha vā te samaṇā viya santussamāno itarītarena vuttanayena cātuddiso hotīti ñatvā evaṃ cātuddisabhāvaṃ patthayanto yoniso paṭipajjitvā adhigatomhi. Tasmā aññopi īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ patthayanto cātuddisatāya parissayānaṃ sahitā appaṭighatāya ca achambhī hutvā eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
99 “难摄护”的起源为何?据说,波罗奈王的王后去世了。度过悲伤的日子后,某日,大臣们请求道:“国王在各种事务中,王后必不可少,请大王再迎娶一位王后吧。”国王说:“既然如此,你们去操办吧。”他们四处寻觅,在邻国,国王去世,王后执政,且怀有身孕。大臣们知悉此人堪配国王,便向她求婚。她说:“怀孕的女人往往不讨人喜欢。若你们肯等我生产,那便好;若不愿,便另寻他人吧。”他们将此事禀告国王。国王说:“即便有孕也无妨,带她来。”他们便把她带来。国王为她举行灌顶,授与王后的一切荣禄,并以种种赠礼摄护她的随从。后来她诞下一子。国王待此子如己出,于一切威仪中,常抱在膝上或怀中养育。那时,王后的随从们心想:“国王过于宠爱,对王子过分亲近了。来吧,我们去离间他们。”显示巴利原文
99.Dussaṅgahāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira aggamahesī kālamakāsi. Tato vītivattesu sokadivasesu ekadivasaṃ amaccā ‘‘rājūnaṃ nāma tesu tesu kiccesu aggamahesī avassaṃ icchitabbā, sādhu devo aññampi deviṃ ānetū’’ti yāciṃsu. Rājā ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, jānāthā’’ti āha. Te pariyesantā sāmantarajje rājā mato , tassa devī rajjaṃ anusāsati, sā ca gabbhinī ahosi, amaccā ‘‘ayaṃ rañño anurūpā’’ti ñatvā taṃ yāciṃsu. Sā ‘‘gabbhinī nāma manussānaṃ amanāpā hoti. Sace āgametha, yāva vijāyāmi, evaṃ sādhu. No ce, aññaṃ pariyesathā’’ti āha. Te raññopi etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘gabbhinīpi hotu, ānethā’’ti āha. Te ānesuṃ. Rājā taṃ abhisiñcitvā sabbaṃ mahesiyā bhogaṃ adāsi, tassā parijanānañca nānāvidhehi paṇṇākārehi saṅgaṇhāti. Sā kālena puttaṃ vijāyi. Rājā taṃ attano puttaṃ viya sabbiriyāpathesu aṅke ca ure ca katvā viharati. Tadā deviyā parijanā cintesuṃ – ‘‘rājā ativiya saṅgaṇhāti, kumāre ativissāsaṃ karoti, handa, naṃ paribhindissāmā’’ti.
于是他们对王子说:“孩子,你是我们国王的儿子,不是这位国王的儿子。不要对他生起信任。”此后,即便国王唤“来,孩子”,用手拉他,王子也不如往日那般亲近国王。国王探究原因,得知此事,心想:“这些随从虽受我恩摄,却如此忘恩负义。”心生厌离,便舍弃王位而出家。消息传开:“国王出家了。”众大臣与随从亦多有出家者。国王携徒众出家后,人们仍供养殊胜资具,国王按年资分配给他们。其中,得到美好资具者满意,其他人则抱怨:“我们打扫住所等,操持一切杂务,却得粗劣饭食和破旧衣服。”国王闻知,心想:“即便按年资分配,这些人依然抱怨。啊,这真是难摄护的徒众!”于是持钵与衣,独自进入山林,修观而证辟支菩提。后来有来者向他请问业处,便说出此偈。其义明晰。这里的连结如下:难摄护者,即出家人中被不满足所压倒者,亦包括居家之在家人。我厌患此难摄护的状态,故开始修观而证得。其余如前所述应知。显示巴利原文
Tato kumāraṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘tvaṃ, tāta, amhākaṃ rañño putto, na imassa rañño putto. Mā ettha vissāsaṃ āpajjī’’ti. Atha kumāro ‘‘ehi puttā’’ti raññā vuccamānopi hatthena ākaḍḍhiyamānopi pubbe viya rājānaṃ na allīyati. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ kāraṇa’’nti vīmaṃsanto taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā ‘‘ete mayā saṅgahitāpi paṭikkūlavuttino evā’’ti nibbijjitvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito. ‘‘Rājā pabbajito’’ti amaccaparijanāpi bahū pabbajiṃsu. Saparijano rājā pabbajitopi manussā paṇīte paccaye upanenti, rājā paṇīte paccaye yathāvuḍḍhaṃ dāpesi. Tattha ye sundaraṃ labhanti, te tussanti. Itare ujjhāyanti ‘‘mayaṃ pariveṇādīni sammajjantā sabbakiccāni karonti, lūkhabhattaṃ jiṇṇavatthañca labhāmā’’ti. So tampi ñatvā ‘‘ime yathāvuḍḍhaṃ dīyamānāpi ujjhāyanti, aho dussaṅgahā parisā’’ti pattacīvaramādāya ekova araññaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tattha āgatehi ca kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchito imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Sā atthato pākaṭā eva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – dussaṅgahā pabbajitāpi eke, ye asantosābhibhūtā, tathāvidhā eva ca atho gahaṭṭhā gharamāvasantā. Etāhaṃ dussaṅgahabhāvaṃ jigucchanto vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā adhigatoti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbanti.
100 「放下」一词的由来是怎样的?相传,波罗奈有一位名为四月梵授的国王。夏季的第一个月,他前往园林,在一处宜人之地,看到一棵枝叶浓密翠绿的羊蹄甲树,便吩咐道:“在羊蹄甲树下为我铺设卧具。”随后在园中游玩,傍晚时分便在那里躺卧休息。夏季的第二个月,他再去园林时,那棵羊蹄甲树正值花开,他同样在那里休息。夏季的最后一个月,他再去时,羊蹄甲树枝叶尽落,犹如枯树。国王这次并未留意那棵树,只是出于先前的习惯,命令在那里铺设卧具。大臣们虽知树的状况,但秉承王命,依旧铺好卧具。国王在园中游玩之后,傍晚前去休息时,望见那棵树,心中思惟:“唉!此前这树枝叶成荫,犹如宝石所成,极为庄严;随后在宝石般的枝叶间,开出宛如珊瑚嫩芽的花朵,光彩照人;树下铺满如珍珠网的细沙,又有枝头飘落的花朵覆盖其上,仿佛铺了一层红毯。如今却只剩枝条,形同枯木。唉,这棵羊蹄甲树已被衰老摧残!”随即又想:“这棵无执取的无情之物尚且被衰老所摧,何况是有所执取的有情呢?”显示巴利原文
100.Oropayitvāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira cātumāsikabrahmadatto nāma rājā gimhānaṃ paṭhame māse uyyānaṃ gato. Tattha ramaṇīye bhūmibhāge nīlaghanapattasañchannaṃ koviḷārarukkhaṃ disvā ‘‘koviḷāramūle mama sayanaṃ paññāpethā’’ti vatvā uyyāne kīḷitvā sāyanhasamayaṃ tattha seyyaṃ kappesi. Puna gimhānaṃ majjhime māse uyyānaṃ gato, tadā koviḷāro pupphito hoti, tadāpi tatheva akāsi. Punapi gimhānaṃ pacchime māse gato, tadā koviḷāro sañchinnapatto sukkharukkho viya hoti, tadāpi rājā adisvāva taṃ rukkhaṃ pubbaparicayena tattheva seyyaṃ āṇāpesi. Amaccā jānantāpi rañño āṇattiyā tattha sayanaṃ paññāpesuṃ. So uyyāne kīḷitvā sāyanhasamaye tattha seyyaṃ kappento taṃ rukkhaṃ disvā ‘‘are, ayaṃ pubbe sañchannapatto maṇimayo viya abhirūpadassano ahosi, tato maṇivaṇṇasākhantare ṭhapitapavāḷaṅkurasadisehi pupphehi sassirikadassano ahosi, muttajālasadisavālikākiṇṇo cassa heṭṭhābhūmibhāgo bandhanā pavuttapupphasañchanno rattakambalasanthato viya ahosi. So nāmajja sukkharukkho viya sākhāmattāvaseso ṭhito, aho jarāya upahato koviḷāro’’ti cintetvā ‘‘anupādiṇṇampi tāya jarāya haññati, kimaṅgaṃ pana upādiṇṇa’’nti aniccasaññaṃ paṭilabhi. Tadanusāreneva sabbasaṅkhāre dukkhato anattato ca vipassantova ‘‘aho vatāhampi sañchinnapatto koviḷāro viya apagatagihibyañjano bhaveyya’’nti patthayamāno anupubbena tasmiṃ sayanatale dakkhiṇena passena nipannoyeva vipassitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tato gamanakāle amaccehi ‘‘kālo, deva, gantu’’nti vutte ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’tiādīni vatvā purimanayeneva imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
此处,「放下」即除去、舍弃之意。「在家相」指须发、白衣、装饰品、花鬘、香、涂香、妻儿、奴婢等,这些是昭示在家身份的标志,故称为「在家相」。「叶子落尽」指树叶已脱落。「已断除」是指以道智斩断。「英雄」指具足道上精进的人。「在家缚」即欲贪的束缚,因为欲贪正是令在家人受束缚者。以上是字面意思。这首偈颂的用意在于:他心中如是思惟——‘啊,愿我亦能舍离家相,犹如那叶已落尽的羊蹄甲树。’依此心念修观,便证得辟支菩提。其余如前所述应当了知。显示巴利原文
Tattha oropayitvāti apanetvā. Gihibyañjanānīti kesamassuodātavatthālaṅkāramālāgandhavilepanaputtadāradāsidāsādīni. Etāni gihibhāvaṃ byañjayanti, tasmā ‘‘gihibyañjanānī’’ti vuccanti. Sañchinnapattoti patitapatto. Chetvānāti maggañāṇena chinditvā. Vīroti maggavīriyena samannāgato. Gihibandhanānīti kāmabandhanāni. Kāmā hi gihīnaṃ bandhanāni. Ayaṃ tāva padattho. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyo – ‘‘aho vatāhampi oropayitvā gihibyañjanāni sañchinnapatto yathā koviḷāro bhaveyya’’nti evaṃ cintayamāno vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā adhigatoti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbanti.
101-2 「若得」这一偈的起源是什么?相传,过去在迦叶世尊的教法时期,有两位辟支菩提萨埵出家,圆满履行了两万年的往返义务之后,投生到了天界。从那里死后,年长的那位做了波罗奈王的儿子,年少的那位做了国师的儿子。他们在同一天结生,同一天从母胎出生,成了从小一起玩泥沙游戏的伙伴。国师的儿子很有智慧,他对王子说:“朋友,你父王去世后,你将得到王位,而我将得到国师之位。要治理好国家必须善于学习,我们一起去学些技艺吧。”于是两人都精通了祭祀,之后在村落城镇中行乞,来到了边境的一个村庄。当时,有五位独觉佛在托钵的时候走进了那个村子。村里的人们见到独觉佛,生起了恭敬心,铺设座位,供养上好的嚼食和软食。那两人心想:“人们对我们这样出身高贵的人并无特别的恭敬,愿意就给一点布施,不愿意就不给;可是对这些出家人却如此供养尊重。这些出家人一定懂得什么技艺吧。来,我们向他们学习技艺。”等村民们都离开后,他们得到机会,便请求道:“尊者,您们所知的技艺,请教导我们。”独觉佛说:“不出家是无法学的。”于是他们请求出家,便出家了。随后,独觉佛教导他们:“应该这样穿下衣,应该这样披上衣”等等,说明了出家人的行为准则,然后说:“这项技艺的成就,在于乐于独处,所以你们应当各自单独地坐、单独地经行、单独地站立、单独地躺卧。”并且分给他们每人一间单独的茅屋。他们便各自进入自己的茅屋坐下。国师之子从坐下那一刻起,心就安定下来,证得了禅那。而王子才过了一会儿就感到厌倦,来到国师之子那里。国师之子见到他,问:“怎么了,朋友?”他说:“我厌倦了。”国师之子说:“那么,你坐在这里吧。”王子在那里坐了一会儿,问:“朋友,听说这项技艺的成就在于乐于独处,是吗?”国师之子说:“是的,朋友。所以你还是回到你自己坐的地方去吧,我要成就这项技艺。”王子回去了,但过了片刻又厌倦了,就这样按照前面同样的方式,前后一共来了三次。显示巴利原文
101-2.Sacelabhethāti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane dve paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasirañño putto, kaniṭṭho purohitassa putto ahosi. Te ekadivasaṃyeva paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā ekadivasameva mātu kucchito nikkhamitvā sahapaṃsukīḷakā sahāyakā ahesuṃ. Purohitaputto paññavā ahosi. So rājaputtaṃ āha – ‘‘samma, tvaṃ tava pituno accayena rajjaṃ labhissasi, ahaṃ purohitaṭṭhānaṃ, susikkhitena ca rajjaṃ anusāsituṃ sakkā, ehi sippaṃ uggaṇhissāmā’’ti. Tato ubhopi yaññopacitā hutvā gāmanigamādīsu bhikkhaṃ caramānā paccantajanapadagāmaṃ gatā. Tañca gāmaṃ pañca paccekabuddhā bhikkhācāravelāya pavisiṃsu. Tattha manussā paccekabuddhe disvā ussāhajātā āsanāni paññāpetvā paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā upanāmetvā pūjenti. Tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘amhehi sadisā uccākulikā nāma natthi, api ca panime manussā yadi icchanti, amhākaṃ bhikkhaṃ denti, yadi nicchanti, na denti, imesaṃ pana pabbajitānaṃ evarūpaṃ sakkāraṃ karonti, addhā ete kiñci sippaṃ jānanti, handa, nesaṃ santike sippaṃ uggaṇhāmā’’ti. Te manussesu paṭikkantesu okāsaṃ labhitvā ‘‘yaṃ, bhante, tumhe sippaṃ jānātha, taṃ amhehi sikkhāpethā’’ti yāciṃsu. Paccekabuddhā ‘‘na sakkā apabbajitena sikkhitu’’nti āhaṃsu. Te pabbajjaṃ yācitvā pabbajiṃsu. Tato nesaṃ paccekabuddhā ‘‘evaṃ vo nivāsetabbaṃ, evaṃ pārupitabba’’ntiādinā nayena ābhisamācārikaṃ ācikkhitvā ‘‘imassa sippassa ekībhāvābhirati nipphatti, tasmā ekeneva nisīditabbaṃ, ekena caṅkamitabbaṃ, ekena ṭhātabbaṃ, ekena sayitabba’’nti pāṭiyekkaṃ paṇṇasālaṃ adaṃsu, tato te attano attano paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nisīdiṃsu. Purohitaputto nisinnakālato pabhuti cittasamādhānaṃ laddhā jhānaṃ paṭilabhi. Rājaputto muhutteneva ukkaṇṭhito tassa santikaṃ āgato. So taṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ, sammā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Ukkaṇṭhitomhī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tena hi idha nisīdā’’ti. So tattha muhuttaṃ nisīditvā āha – ‘‘imassa kira, samma, sippassa ekībhāvābhirati nipphattī’’ti? Purohitaputto ‘‘evaṃ, samma, tena hi tvaṃ attano nisinnokāsaṃ eva gaccha, uggaṇhissāmi imassa sippassa nipphatti’’nti āha. So gantvā punapi muhuttakeneva ukkaṇṭhito purimanayeneva tikkhattuṃ āgato.
此后,国师之子又像之前那样打发他离去。待他走后,便心想:“此人不仅荒废了自己的修行,也荒废了我的,还频繁地跑到这里来。”于是,他走出茅屋,进入了森林。而那位王子,独自坐在自己的茅屋里,没过多久又感到厌烦,于是再次前往国师之子的住处,四下寻找,却不见其踪影。他便心想:“从前我在家时,他人即使携带礼物前来,要见我一面也极为困难。如今我来寻他,他却对我避而不见,径自离去。啊,心啊,你真是恬不知耻,竟让我四次奔波于此。从今往后,我决不再听从你,相反,我要让你听从我的指挥。”于是,他进入自己的坐卧处,着手修观,证得了独觉菩提,随后从空中前往难陀姆罗窟。另一位进入森林后,也同样修观,证得独觉菩提,前往了同一地点。他们二人同坐于摩尼石板上,各自诵出了这些优陀那偈颂。显示巴利原文
Tato naṃ purohitaputto tatheva uyyojetvā tasmiṃ gate cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ attano ca kammaṃ hāpeti mama ca, idhābhikkhaṇaṃ āgacchatī’’ti. So paṇṇasālato nikkhamma araññaṃ paviṭṭho. Itaro attano paṇṇasālāyeva nisinno punapi muhuttakeneva ukkaṇṭhito tassa santikaṃ āgantvā ito cito ca maggantopi taṃ adisvā cintesi – ‘‘yo gahaṭṭhakāle paṇṇākāraṃ ādāya āgatopi maṃ daṭṭhuṃ na labhati, so dāni mayi āgate dassanampi adātukāmo apakkami. Aho are, citta, na lajjasi, yaṃ maṃ catukkhattuṃ idhānesi, na so dāni te vase vattissāmi, aññadatthu taṃyeva mama vase vattāpessāmī’’ti attano senāsanaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Itaropi araññaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā tattheva agamāsi. Te ubhopi manosilātale nisīditvā pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ imā udānagāthāyo abhāsiṃsu.
在此处,“贤善者”指的是本性贤善、聪慧,且善于遍处预备修行等业处的人。“善住者”指的是具备安止定或近行定的人。“坚忍者”是指具足坚忍的人。此处以“贤善者”来说明坚忍的成就,而在本偈中,其意即为“具足坚忍者”。所谓坚忍,是指那种不懈怠的精进力,这个词就是用来称呼那种即使“仅剩皮、筋……”也持续精进不懈的人。此外,“坚忍者”也可指对恶法怀有惭耻心的人。至于“就像国王舍弃他已征服的国土”这一句,意思是如同一位世间国王,了知“所征服的国土必带来祸患”,因而舍弃王位,独自游走;同样地,也应当舍弃愚昧的同伴,独自游走。或者,也可以这样理解:如同须陀素摩王那样,舍弃已征服的国土,独自游走;又如大阎浮王那样,独自游走。这也是此句的含意。其余未详细解释的部分,依前文所述,已容易理解,故不再赘述。显示巴利原文
Tattha nipakanti pakatinipakaṃ paṇḍitaṃ kasiṇaparikammādikusalaṃ. Sādhuvihārinti appanāvihārena vā upacārena vā samannāgataṃ. Dhīranti dhitisampannaṃ. Tattha nipakattena dhitisampadā vuttā. Idha pana dhitisampannamevāti attho. Dhiti nāma asithilaparakkamatā, ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru cā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.184; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196) evaṃ pavattavīriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Apica dhikkatapāpotipi dhīro. Rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāyāti yathā pakatirājā ‘‘vijitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ anatthāvaha’’nti ñatvā rajjaṃ pahāya eko carati, evaṃ bālasahāyaṃ pahāya eko care. Atha vā rājāva raṭṭhanti yathā sutasomo rājā raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya eko cari, yathā ca mahājanako rājā, evaṃ eko carīti ayampi tassa attho. Sesaṃ vuttānusārena sakkā jānitunti na vitthāritanti.
103 “我们确实称赞”这首偈的缘起,乃至独觉佛们坐于虚空中所敷设的座位上,都与《四方偈》的缘起相似。然而,此处有一不同之处:那位国王是于夜间三次惊醒,而这位国王并非如此,他眼前也未曾筹备祭祀。他请独觉佛们坐于虚空中所敷设的座位上后,询问道:“诸位是谁?”他们回答:“大王,我们是‘无过失食者’。”“尊者,‘无过失食者’是何意?”“大王,无论得到好的食物还是不好的食物,我们都毫无挑剔地受用。”国王听后,心中想道:“我何不检验一下,看他们是否果真如此?”当日,他便以带糠的酸粥作为副食供养。独觉佛们如食甘露一般,毫无分别地吃下。国王心想:“因为他们已表明了身份,或许一日之内能做到毫无挑剔,我明日再试一试。”于是便邀请他们次日应供。第二日,他仍旧以粗劣的食物供养,他们依旧毫无分别地受用。随后,国王又想:“我要用精美的食物来考验他们。”于是再次邀请,连续两日以精致、极为殊胜的嚼食和啖食隆重供养。他们同样毫无分别地受用之后,为国王作了祝福,便离去了。显示巴利原文
103.Addhā pasaṃsāmāti imissā gāthāya yāva ākāsatale paññattāsane paccekabuddhānaṃ nisajjā, tāva cātuddisagāthāya uppattisadisā eva uppatti. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yathā so rājā rattiyā tikkhattuṃ ubbijji, na tathā ayaṃ, nevassa yañño paccupaṭṭhito ahosi. So ākāsatale paññattesu āsanesu paccekabuddhe nisīdāpetvā ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Mayaṃ, mahārāja, anavajjabhojino nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante , anavajjabhojinoti imassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ vā laddhā nibbikārā bhuñjāma, mahārājā’’ti. Taṃ sutvā rañño etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ime upaparikkheyyaṃ ‘edisā vā no vā’’’ti? Taṃ divasaṃ kaṇājakena bilaṅgadutiyena parivisi. Taṃ paccekabuddhā amataṃ viya nibbikārā bhuñjiṃsu. Rājā ‘‘ime paṭiññātattā ekadivasaṃ nibbikārā honti, puna sve jānissāmī’’ti svātanāya nimantesi. Dutiyadivasepi tathevākāsi. Tepi tatheva paribhuñjiṃsu. Atha rājā ‘‘sundaraṃ datvā vīmaṃsissāmī’’ti punapi nimantetvā dve divase mahāsakkāraṃ katvā paṇītena ativicitrena khādanīyena bhojanīyena parivisi. Tepi tatheva nibbikārā paribhuñjitvā rañño maṅgalaṃ vatvā pakkamiṃsu. Rājā acirapakkantesu tesu ‘‘anavajjabhojino ete, aho vatāhampi anavajjabhojī bhaveyya’’nti cintetvā mahārajjaṃ pahāya pabbajjaṃ samādāya vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabuddho hutvā mañjūsakarukkhamūle paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe attano ārammaṇaṃ vibhāvento imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Sā padatthato uttānameva. Kevalaṃ pana sahāyasampadanti ettha asekhehi sīlādikkhandhehi sampannā sahāyā eva sahāyasampadāti veditabbā.
此处的义趣为:前面所说的那种“同伴具足”,我们确实称叹,即决定地赞叹它。何以故?因为应当亲近胜过自己或与自己相等的同伴。原因在于:亲近在戒行等方面胜过自己的人时,那些尚未生起的戒等善法便会生起,已生起的则会增长、广大、达到圆满。亲近与自己相等的人时,彼此能共除追悔,已得的善法便不会退失。然而,如果得不到这样最胜或相等的同伴,就应舍弃诡诈等邪命,以正当、公平的方式受用所得的食物,对食物不生厌恶与贪恋,成为“无过失食者”。这样的善男子,怀着希求真舍利益的心,应当如“犀牛角喻者”一般独自游行。我也是这样修行,才获得了这样的成就。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha yojanā – yā ayaṃ vuttā sahāyasampadā, taṃ sahāyasampadaṃ addhā pasaṃsāma, ekaṃseneva thomemāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? Seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyāti. Kasmā? Attano sīlādīhi seṭṭhe sevamānassa sīlādayo dhammā anuppannā uppajjanti, uppannā ca vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇanti. Same sevamānassa aññamaññaṃ sādhāraṇena kukkuccassa vinodanena ca laddhā na parihāyanti. Ete pana sahāyake seṭṭhe ca same ca aladdhā kuhanādimicchājīvaṃ pahāya dhammena samena uppannaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjanto tattha ca paṭighānunayaṃ anuppādento anavajjabhojī hutvā atthakāmo kulaputto eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Ahampi evaṃ caranto imaṃ sampattiṃ adhigatomhīti.
104 “见金”(disvā suvaṇṇassa)此偈的缘起:据说,波罗奈有位国王,在热季的白日休歇。他身边有一位容貌美丽的侍女,正在研磨清凉的栴檀香。她的一只手臂上戴着一个金镯,另一只手臂上戴着两个金镯。那两个镯子互相碰撞发出声响,而单独的那一只则寂静无声。国王看见后,心想:“正如这样,在团体生活中便有碰撞摩擦,独处时则没有碰撞。”于是他频频注视那位侍女。那时,盛装严饰的王后正站在一旁为国王扇扇子。她心想:“国王大概是对那个侍女动心了吧。”于是便命侍女起身,自己来研磨栴檀。由于她两臂上戴了许多金镯,互相碰撞,发出了很大的响声。国王由此更增厌离,便右侧而卧,开始修观,亲证了辟支菩提。他安住于无上的安乐中躺着。此时,手执栴檀的王后走来说:“大王,我为您涂香。”国王说:“走开,不必涂。”王后问:“这是为何,大王?”国王回答:“我已不是国王了。”侍臣们听到这番对话后赶来,也以“大王”称呼他,国王说:“喂,我已非王。”其余部分与第一首偈的解说相同。显示巴利原文
104.Disvā suvaṇṇassāti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasiyaṃ rājā gimhasamaye divāseyyaṃ upagato ahosi, santike cassa vaṇṇadāsī gosītacandanaṃ pisati. Tassā ekabāhāya ekaṃ suvaṇṇavalayaṃ, ekabāhāya dve. Tāni saṅghaṭṭenti, itaraṃ na saṅghaṭṭati. Rājā taṃ disvā ‘‘evameva gaṇavāse saṅghaṭṭanā, ekavāse asaṅghaṭṭanā’’ti cintetvā punappunaṃ dāsiṃ olokesi. Tena ca samayena sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitā devī taṃ bījayantī ṭhitā hoti. Sā ‘‘vaṇṇadāsiyā paṭibaddhacitto maññe rājā’’ti cintetvā taṃ dāsiṃ uṭṭhāpetvā sayameva pisitumāraddhā. Athassā ca ubhosu bāhāsu aneke suvaṇṇavalayā, te saṅghaṭṭayantā mahāsaddaṃ janayiṃsu. Rājā atisuṭṭhutaraṃ nibbindo dakkhiṇapassena nipannoyeva vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Taṃ anuttarasukhena sukhitaṃ nipannaṃ candanahatthā devī upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ālimpāmi , mahārājā’’ti āha. So ‘‘apehi, mā ālimpāhī’’ti āha. Sā ‘‘kissa, mahārājā’’ti? So ‘‘nāhaṃ, rājā’’ti. Evametesaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ sutvā amaccā upasaṅkamiṃsu, tehipi mahārājavādena ālapito ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhaṇe, rājā’’ti āha. Sesaṃ paṭhamagāthāya vuttasadisameva.
这首偈的注释:于此,“看见”即观察。“金”指黄金。“镯”是省略而需补足之词,因此处省略了剩余的字义。“光耀的”是说具有照耀的性质,即具有光泽。其余字义都很浅显。此处的义趣为:看见手臂上的金镯后,心想:“聚众同居则有碰撞摩擦,独居无侣则无碰撞摩擦。”这样想后,便修观而证悟。这是所说的意思。其余部分容易了解。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana gāthāvaṇṇanā – tattha disvāti oloketvā. Suvaṇṇassāti kañcanassa. ‘‘Valayānī’’ti pāṭhaseso. Sāvasesapadattho hi ayaṃ attho. Pabhassarānīti pabhāsanasīlāni, jutimantānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ uttānapadatthameva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – disvā bhujasmiṃ suvaṇṇassa valayāni ‘‘gaṇavāse sati saṅghaṭṭanā, ekavāse asaṅghaṭṭanā’’ti evaṃ cintetvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyamevāti.
105 关于“如是,由第二”这首偈的缘起:据传,波罗奈曾有一位国王,年少时即欲出家,便命令大臣们:“你等扶持王后摄理国政,我要出家了。”大臣们劝谏道:“大王,无君之国我等难以守护,邻国诸王必来掠夺。恳请大王稍待,直至有一位王子降生。”心性柔和的国王同意了。后来,王后便怀了孕。国王又命令说:“王后已有身孕,待王子出生后,为他灌顶即位,你们治理国家,我要出家。”大臣们又劝道:“大王,此事尚未可知,不知王后将生王子还是公主,请待她分娩之时再说吧。”他们再次说服了国王。不久,她生下一位王子。那时,国王又同样命令大臣。大臣们又以种种理由劝说:“大王,请等到王子有能力的时候吧。”乃至王子长大成人、有能力了,国王召集大臣,不给他们任何劝阻的机会,便从市集取来袈裟等一切出家资具,即在王宫中出家,然后如大阎浮王一般出城而去。所有眷属皆以种种方式悲哭追赶。国王走到国界边上,用竹杖划了一道线,说道:“此线不可越过。”大众以线为界,仆倒在地,悲泣不已。显示巴利原文
105.Evaṃ dutiyenāti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā daharova pabbajitukāmo amacce āṇāpesi – ‘‘deviṃ gahetvā rajjaṃ pariharatha, ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. Amaccā – ‘‘mahārāja, arājakaṃ rajjaṃ amhehi na sakkā rakkhituṃ sāmantarājāno āgamma vilumpissanti, yāva ekopi putto uppajjati, tāva āgamehī’’ti saññāpesuṃ. Muducitto rājā adhivāsesi. Atha devī gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Rājā puna te āṇāpesi – ‘‘devī gabbhinī, puttaṃ jātaṃ rajje abhisiñcitvā rajjaṃ pariharatha, ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. Amaccā ‘‘dujjānaṃ, mahārāja, etaṃ, yaṃ devī puttaṃ vā vijāyissati, dhītaraṃ vāti, tāva vijāyanakālaṃ āgamehī’’ti punapi rājānaṃ saññāpesuṃ. Atha sā puttaṃ vijāyi. Tadāpi rājā tatheva amacce āṇāpesi. Amaccā punapi rājānaṃ – ‘‘āgamehi, mahārāja, yāva paṭibalo hotī’’ti bahūhi kāraṇehi saññāpesuṃ. Tato kumāre paṭibale jāte amacce sannipātāpetvā ‘‘paṭibalo dāni ayaṃ, taṃ rajje abhisiñcitvā paṭipajjathā’’ti amaccānaṃ okāsaṃ adatvā antarāpaṇato kāsāyavatthādayo sabbaparikkhāre āharāpetvā antepure eva pabbajitvā mahājanako viya nikkhamitvā gato. Sabbaparijano nānappakāraṃ paridevamāno rājānaṃ anubandhi. So rājā yāva attano rajjasīmā, tāva gantvā kattaradaṇḍena lekhaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā – ‘‘ayaṃ lekhā nātikkamitabbā’’ti āha . Mahājano lekhāya sīsaṃ katvā bhūmiyaṃ nipanno paridevamāno ‘‘tuyhaṃ dāni, tāta, rañño āṇā, kiṃ karissatī’’ti kumāraṃ lekhaṃ atikkamāpesi. Kumāro ‘‘tāta, tātā’’ti dhāvitvā rājānaṃ sampāpuṇi. Rājā kumāraṃ disvā ‘‘etaṃ mahājanaṃ pariharanto rajjaṃ kāresiṃ, kiṃ dāni ekaṃ dārakaṃ pariharituṃ na sakkhissa’’nti kumāraṃ gahetvā araññaṃ paviṭṭho, tattha pubbapaccekabuddhehi vasitapaṇṇasālaṃ disvā vāsaṃ kappesi saddhiṃ puttena.
王子原本习惯了上等床铺等舒适生活,如今睡在草席或绳床上,便啼哭不止。被寒风等所侵时,他便说:“父亲,我冷;父亲,我热;父亲,蚊虫叮我。父亲,我饿了;父亲,我渴了。”国王就这样照料着他度过夜晚。白天,国王托钵乞食,带回饭食给他。王子所吃的食物掺有大量穀物、野豆等杂粮,起初因饥饿而进食,过了几天,就如烈日下的莲花般枯萎了。然而,国王凭借如理思维的力量,毫无厌弃地进食。为了劝慰王子,他说:“孩子,在城里能获得精美的食物,我们去那里吧。”王子回答:“好的,父亲。”国王便带着他,沿原路返回。王子的母亲——那位王后心想:“如今国王带着王子,不会在森林中久住,不久便会回宫。”于是,她在国王用竹杖划线的地方筑墙而住。国王站在离墙不远处,说:“孩子,你的母亲就坐在那里,去吧。”他目送着王子,直到王子到达那里,心中想:“但愿无人伤害他。”王子便奔跑着来到母亲身边。显示巴利原文
Tato kumāro varasayanādīsu kataparicayo tiṇasanthārake vā rajjumañcake vā sayamāno rodati. Sītavātādīhi phuṭṭho samāno – ‘‘sītaṃ tāta uṇhaṃ tāta makasā tāta ḍaṃsanti. Chātomhi tāta, pipāsitomhi tātā’’ti vadati. Rājā taṃ saññāpentoyeva rattiṃ vītināmesi. Divāpissa piṇḍāya caritvā bhattaṃ upanāmesi, kumāro missakabhattaṃ kaṅguvarakamuggādibahulaṃ acchādentampi taṃ jighacchāvasena bhuñjamāno katipāhaccayena uṇhe ṭhapitapadumaṃ viya milāyi. Rājā pana paṭisaṅkhānabalena nibbikāro bhuñjati. Tato so kumāraṃ saññāpento āha – ‘‘nagare, tāta, paṇītāhāro labbhati, tattha gacchāmā’’ti. Kumāro ‘‘āma, tātā’’ti. Tato naṃ purakkhatvā āgatamaggeneva nivatti. Kumāramātāpi devī ‘‘na dāni rājā kumāraṃ gaṇhitvā araññe ciraṃ vasissati, katipāheneva nivattissatī’’ti cintetvā raññā kattaradaṇḍena likhitaṭṭhāneyeva vatiṃ kārāpetvā vāsaṃ kappesi. Rājā tassā vatiyā avidūre ṭhatvā ‘‘ettha te, tāta, mātā nisinnā, gacchāhī’’ti pesesi. Yāva so taṃ ṭhānaṃ pāpuṇāti, tāva udikkhanto aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘mā heva naṃ koci viheṭheyyā’’ti. Kumāro mātu santikaṃ dhāvanto agamāsi.
守护者们见到王子前来,便向王后禀告。王后由两万舞女围绕,出迎接引了王子,并询问国王的情形。听闻“随后便来”后,她便派人前去接迎。而国王此时也已立即回到自己的住处。派去的人未见到国王,便折返回来。于是王后心生绝望,带着王子入城,为他灌顶立为国王。国王则在自己的住处坐下,修习观禅,证得辟支菩提,在宝匣树下的独觉佛众中,唱出了这首优陀那偈。其含义显而易见。显示巴利原文
Ārakkhapurisā kumāraṃ āgacchantaṃ disvā deviyā ārocesi. Devī vīsatināṭakitthisahassaparivutā paccuggantvā paṭiggahesi. Rañño ca pavattiṃ pucchi. ‘‘Pacchato āgacchatī’’ti sutvā manusse pesesi. Rājāpi tāvadeva sakavasanaṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi. Manussā rājānaṃ adisvā nivattiṃsu. Tato devī nirāsāva hutvā puttaṃ gahetvā nagaraṃ gantvā rajje abhisiñci. Rājāpi attano vasanaṭṭhāne nisinno vipassitvā paccekabodhiṃ patvā mañjūsakarukkhamūle paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi. Sā atthato uttānā eva.
不过,此处的内在含义是:与那位第二个儿子相伴——他以冷热等感受来告知,与我共同生活——为了使儿子理解,我便会生起“言语表达”;由于那份父爱,也会产生“言语执著”,即对与他交谈的黏着。如果我舍不得放下与儿子共同生活的状态,那么未来也必然如同现在一样,会因第二个生命相伴而生起言语表达或言语执著。我看到了这两种状况对我证得殊胜成就都是障碍的怖畏,因此舍弃了那份牵挂,如理修行,证得了辟支菩提。其余内容,可按前面的方法去理解。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panetthādhippāyo – yvāyaṃ ekena dutiyena kumārena sītuṇhādīhi nivedentena sahavāsena taṃ saññāpentassa mama vācābhilāpo tasmiṃ sinehavasena abhisajjanā vā jātā. Sacāhaṃ imaṃ na pariccajāmi, tato āyatimpi tatheva hessati, yathā idāni, evaṃ dutiyena saha mamassa vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā. ‘‘Ubhayampetaṃ antarāyakaraṃ visesādhigamassā’’ti etaṃbhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno taṃ chaḍḍetvā yoniso paṭipajjitvā paccekabodhimadhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
106 106.“诸欲实缤纷”这偈颂是怎么来的呢?据说,在波罗奈,有一位长者之子,年纪轻轻就继承了长者之位。他有对应三个季节的三座宫殿,具足一切享乐,犹如天子一般受用。后来,他还年轻的时候,就向父母请求:“我要出家。”父母劝阻他,他仍一再坚持。父母又用种种方式劝阻道:“孩子啊,你身体娇贵,出家生活很艰难,就如同在刀刃上行走一样。”他还是坚持。父母心想:“如果这孩子出家,我们会心生忧恼;如果我们硬要阻拦他,他也会心生忧恼。再说,宁愿我们两个忧恼,也不要让他忧恼。”便答应了他。于是,他不顾所有哭泣悲叹的眷属,前往仙人堕处,在独觉佛座下出家了。他没有得到上好的坐卧具,只是在床上铺了草席睡觉。习惯了华贵卧具的他,整晚极度痛苦。天亮后,他做完身体的清洁,拿起钵与衣,与独觉佛们一起入城乞食。在那里,长老们得到上座和上等的食物,而像他这样的新学比丘则得到凑合着用的简陋座位和食物。他也因为粗劣的食物而极度痛苦。仅仅几天,他就消瘦憔悴下来,对这尚未成熟的沙门法心生厌离。于是,他派人捎信给父母后,就还俗了。仅仅几显示巴利原文
106.Kāmā hi citrāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira seṭṭhiputto daharova seṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ labhi. Tassa tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. So sabbasampattīhi devakumāro viya paricāreti. Atha so daharova samāno ‘‘pabbajissāmī’’ti mātāpitaro āpucchi, te naṃ nivārenti. So tatheva nibandhati. Punapi naṃ mātāpitaro ‘‘tvaṃ, tāta, sukhumālo, dukkarā pabbajjā, khuradhārāya upari caṅkamanasadisā’’ti nānappakārehi nivārenti. So tatheva nibandhati. Te cintesuṃ – ‘‘sacāyaṃ pabbajati, amhākaṃ domanassaṃ hoti. Sace naṃ nivārema, etassa domanassaṃ hoti. Apica amhākaṃ domanassaṃ hotu, mā ca etassā’’ti anujāniṃsu. Tato so sabbaṃ parijanaṃ paridevamānaṃ anādiyitvā isipatanaṃ gantvā paccekabuddhānaṃ santike pabbaji. Tassa uḷārasenāsanaṃ na pāpuṇāti, mañcake taṭṭikaṃ attharitvā sayi. So varasayane kataparicayo sabbarattiṃ atidukkhito ahosi. Pabhāte sarīraparikammaṃ katvā pattacīvaramādāya paccekabuddhehi saddhiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tattha vuḍḍhā aggāsanañca aggapiṇḍañca labhanti, navakā yaṃkiñcideva āsanalūkhaṃ bhojanañca. So tena lūkhabhojanenāpi atidukkhito ahosi. So katipāhaṃyeva kiso dubbaṇṇo hutvā nibbijji, yathā taṃ aparipakkagate samaṇadhamme. Tato mātāpitūnaṃ dūtaṃ pesetvā uppabbaji. So katipāhaṃyeva balaṃ gahetvā punapi pabbajitukāmo ahosi, tato dutiyampi pabbajitvā punapi uppabbaji. Tatiyavāre pana pabbajitvā sammā paṭipanno vipassitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ vatvā puna paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe imameva byākaraṇagāthampi abhāsi.
其中,“诸欲”是指:有两种欲,即事欲和烦恼欲。其中,“事欲”指令人欢喜等可爱的所缘法;“烦恼欲”指所有类别的贪爱。但此处指的是事欲。由于它们以色、声等种种方式呈现,所以说“缤纷”。因为含有世间味著,所以说“甘甜”。由于它们令愚痴凡夫的心喜悦,所以称为“令人愉悦的”。“以种种形色”,即是以种种不同的形态、多种多样的自性而言。因为那些欲乐以色等方式缤纷呈现,而色等之中又以青、黄等不同方式而有种种形色。如此,它们以这一个个不同的形色,处处展现味著,搅动心识,不令心乐于出离。此处的其余含义显而易见。其结语部分,也应按照前面诸偈所指点的道理,结合两三个要点去理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāmāti dve kāmā vatthukāmo ca kilesakāmo ca. Tattha vatthukāmo nāma piyarūpādiārammaṇadhammo, kilesakāmo nāma sabbo rāgappabhedo. Idha pana vatthukāmo adhippeto. Rūpādianekappakāravasena citrā. Lokassādavasena madhurā. Bālaputhujjanānaṃ manaṃ ramāpentīti manoramā. Virūparūpenāti vividhena rūpena, anekavidhena sabhāvenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Te hi rūpādivasena citrā, rūpādīsupi nīlādivasena vividharūpā. Evaṃ tena tena virūparūpena tathā tathā assādaṃ dassetvā mathenti cittaṃ, pabbajjāya abhiramituṃ na dentīti. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Nigamanampi dvīhi tīhi vā padehi yojetvā purimagāthāsu vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
107 107.这首‘灾祸’偈是如何产生的呢?据说,过去在波罗奈,有一位国王身上长了痈疮,剧痛不断加剧。医师们说:‘若不做外科切开手术,便无法痊愈。’国王赐予他们无畏,令他们为他施行手术。医师们切开痈疮,放净脓血,处理好之后,用碎布包扎了伤口,并嘱咐他应食用粗劣的肉类等食物。国王因饮食粗劣,身体变得消瘦,痈疮也随之干瘪。他自以为痊愈,便吃了油腻的食物,借以恢复体力后,又沉溺于欲乐。结果,他的痈疮又恢复到之前的状态。就这样,他前后让人做了三次手术,最终被医师们放弃。国王生起厌离心,舍弃王位出家,进入森林后开始修习观禅。历经七年,他亲证辟支菩提,唱出这首优陀那偈后,便前往欢喜根本窟。显示巴利原文
107.Ītī cāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira rañño gaṇḍo udapādi, bāḷhā vedanā vaḍḍhanti. Vejjā ‘‘satthakammena vinā phāsu na hotī’’ti bhaṇanti . Rājā tesaṃ abhayaṃ datvā satthakammaṃ kārāpesi. Te taṃ phāletvā pubbalohitaṃ nīharitvā nivedanaṃ katvā vaṇaṃ pilotikena bandhiṃsu. Lūkhamaṃsāhāresu ca naṃ sammā ovadiṃsu. Rājā lūkhabhojanena kisasarīro ahosi, gaṇḍo cassa milāyi. So phāsukasaññī hutvā siniddhāhāraṃ bhuñji, tena sañjātabalo visayeyeva paṭisevi, tassa gaṇḍo purimasabhāvameva sampāpuṇi. Evaṃ yāva tikkhattuṃ satthakammaṃ kārāpetvā vejjehi parivajjito nibbinditvā mahārajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā araññaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā sattahi vassehi paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ bhāsitvā nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi.
此处,‘来’即是‘灾祸’,是对外来不善分、及导致毁灭之因的称谓。因此,这些五欲功德也会带来种种不幸,并且是种种无益之事的汇聚处,所以也称为‘灾祸’。而‘痈疮’则是不停流出不净之物,并呈现肿胀、成熟与溃烂的状态。因此,由于这些烦恼不断流出不净,并以生、老、坏灭而呈现肿胀、成熟与溃烂之相,故称为‘痈疮’。带来危难,故称为‘危难’,意指它能生起种种无益之事,征服并迫恼于人,这是对贪欲之痈等的代称。因此,这些五欲由于能令人无法了知涅槃的利益,并成为一切危难之业围绕之所,故是‘危难’。然而,这些欲贪能制造烦恼逼迫的状态,去劫夺名为戒的健康,或是引生贪求而劫夺原有的健康,就此劫夺‘健康’的角度而言,它被称为‘疾病’。以钻入内部、在深处刺痛、并且难以拔除的角度来说,它被称为‘箭’。因为它能带来现世与来世的怖畏,故称为‘怖畏’。‘我这些’即是‘此于我’的意思。其余的内……显示巴利原文
Tattha etīti īti, āgantukānaṃ akusalabhāgīnaṃ byasanahetūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā kāmaguṇāpi ete anekabyasanāvahaṭṭhena anatthānaṃ sannipātaṭṭhena ca īti. Gaṇḍopi asuciṃ paggharati, uddhumātaparipakkaparibhinno hoti. Tasmā ete kilesāsucipaggharaṇato uppādajarābhaṅgehi uddhumātaparipakkaparibhinnabhāvato ca gaṇḍo. Upaddavatīti upaddavo, anatthaṃ janento abhibhavati ajjhottharatīti attho, rāgagaṇḍādīnametamadhivacanaṃ. Tasmā kāmaguṇāpete aviditanibbānatthāvahahetutāya sabbupaddavakammaparivatthutāya ca upaddavo. Yasmā panete kilesāturabhāvaṃ janentā sīlasaṅkhātaṃ ārogyaṃ loluppaṃ vā uppādentā pākatikameva ārogyaṃ vilumpanti, tasmā iminā ārogyavilumpanaṭṭhena rogo. Abbhantaramanupaviṭṭhaṭṭhena pana antotudanaṭṭhena ca dunnīharaṇīyaṭṭhena ca sallaṃ. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikabhayāvahanato bhayaṃ. Me etanti metaṃ. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Nigamanampi vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
108 108.这首‘寒冷’偈是如何产生的呢?据说,过去在波罗奈,有一位名叫清凉梵授的国王。他出家之后,在森林中的一间草屋里安住。由于地处露天,那里寒冷时极为寒冷,炎热时又酷热难当。在托钵的村落中,他得不到足量的食物,饮用水也极为难得,风、热、蚊虻、蛇虫等也常来侵扰。他生起这样的念头:‘离这里大约半由旬的地方,有一个十分适宜的区域,完全没有这一切危险,我何不去那里呢?若能安适地住下来,应该能证得安乐吧。’然而,他随后又省思:‘出家人不应贪著资具,应当让心处于自己的掌控之下,而非随顺心的支配去行事,我不该前去。’他这样省察思惟后,便打消了念头。如此,他接连三次生起想离开的念头,都通过省察思惟而将念头调伏。此后,他就在那里安住了七年,如理修行,亲证了辟支菩提,唱出这首优陀那偈后,便前往欢喜根本窟了。显示巴利原文
108.Sītañcāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira sītālukabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So pabbajitvā araññe tiṇakuṭikāya viharati. Tasmiñca padese sīte sītaṃ, uṇhe daṇhameva hoti abbhokāsattā padesassa. Gocaragāme bhikkhā yāvadatthaṃ na labbhati, pānīyampi dullabhaṃ, vātātapaḍaṃsasarīsapāpi bādhenti. Tassa etadahosi – ‘‘ito aḍḍhayojanamatte sampanno padeso, tattha sabbepi ete parissayā natthi, yaṃnūnāhaṃ tattha gaccheyyaṃ, phāsukaṃ viharantena sakkā sukhamadhigantu’’nti? Tassa puna ahosi – ‘‘pabbajitā nāma na paccayagiddhā honti, evarūpañca cittaṃ attano vase vattāpenti, na cittassa vase vattanti, nāhaṃ gamissāmī’’ti evaṃ paccavekkhitvā na agamāsi. Evaṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ uppannacittaṃ paccavekkhitvā nivattesi. Tato tattheva satta vassāni vasitvā sammā paṭipajjamāno paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ bhāsitvā nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi.
其中,「冷」有两种:一种由内在界扰动所引生,一种由外界扰动所引生;热也是如此。「牛虻」指的是黄苍蝇。「爬虫」指的是任何体型细长、爬行移动的生物。其余的意义都很清楚。结语部分也应当依照前述的道理来理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha sītañcāti sītaṃ duvidhaṃ abbhantaradhātukkhobhapaccayañca bāhiradhātukkhobhapaccayañca, tathā uṇhampi. Ḍaṃsāti piṅgalamakkhikā. Sarīsapāti ye keci dīghajātikā sarantā gacchanti. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Nigamanampi vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
109 「如象」等偈的起源是什么?据说在波罗奈,有位国王执政了二十年之后命终,在地狱里整整煎熬了二十年,随后在雪山地区投生到了象胎中。他出生时便已身躯完整,全身色泽如莲花,成为一头气宇轩昂、统领象群的大象王。小象们啃咬他折断的枝叶,母象们入水时又用污泥涂抹他,这一切遭遇就像那巴利雷亚象一样。因此他厌倦了象群的生活,独自离去。象群顺着足迹追随而来,如此再三,当他第三次离开时,它们仍然紧追不舍。他便思惟:‘现在我的孙子在波罗奈治理国家,我何不前往自己前生时的皇家园林呢?他定会在那里保护我。’于是,在夜晚象群入睡时,他舍弃象群,独自进入了那座园林。守园人看见后报告了国王。国王说:‘我要捕捉这头象!’便率领军队将象包围。大象径直朝着国王走去。国王心想:‘他正向我冲过来。’便装好了箭矢,严阵以待。这时大象心想:‘他可能会射我’,便用人类的语言说道:‘梵授王,不要射我,我是你的祖父。’国王诧异地问:‘你说什么?’并询问了一切。大象便将自己治理王国、堕入地狱以及投生象道的全部经历告诉了他。显示巴利原文
109.Nāgovāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā vīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāretvā kālaṅkato niraye vīsati vassāni eva paccitvā, himavantappadese hatthiyoniyaṃ uppajjitvā sañjātakkhandho padumavaṇṇasakalasarīro uḷāro yūthapati mahānāgo ahosi. Tassa obhaggobhaggasākhābhaṅgāni hatthichāpāva khādanti, ogāhepi naṃ hatthiniyo kaddamena vilimpiṃsu, sabbaṃ pālileyyakanāgasseva ahosi. So yūthā nibbijjitvā pakkāmi. Tato naṃ padānusārena yūthā anubandhanti, evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ pakkantampi anubandhiṃsuyeva. Tato cintesi ‘‘idāni mayhaṃ nattako bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti, yaṃnūnāhaṃ attano purimajātiyā uyyānaṃ gaccheyyaṃ. Tatra so maṃ rakkhissatī’’ti. Tato rattiyaṃ niddupagate yūthe yūthaṃ pahāya tameva uyyānaṃ pāvisi. Uyyānapālo disvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘hatthiṃ gahessāmī’’ti senāya parivāresi. Hatthī rājānameva abhimukho gacchati. Rājā ‘‘maṃ abhimukho etī’’ti khurappaṃ sannayhitvā aṭṭhāsi. Tato hatthī ‘‘vijjheyyāpi maṃ eso’’ti mānusikāya vācāya ‘‘brahmadatta, mā maṃ vijjha, ahaṃ te ayyako’’ti āha. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ bhaṇasī’’ti sabbaṃ pucchi. Hatthīpi rajje ca narake ca hatthiyoniyañca pavattiṃ sabbaṃ ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘sundaraṃ mā bhāyi, mā kañci bhiṃsāpehī’’ti hatthino vaṭṭañca ārakkhake ca hatthibhaṇḍe ca upaṭṭhāpesi.
后来有一天,国王坐在大象的尊贵背上,心里思惟:‘这位治理王国二十年,随后堕入地狱受苦,再由残余业力投生于畜生道,在那里也忍受不了群体共处带来的冲突与摩擦而来到这里。啊,群体共处真是苦,唯有独处才是真正的安乐!’他就在大象背上开始修观,证悟了辟支菩提。他因出世间的安乐而喜悦充满,这时大臣们上前顶礼,禀告说:‘大王,启程的时间到了!’于是他回答:‘我不是王。’然后便依照之前的方式宣说了这一首偈。就词义而言,这首偈颂十分明了。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ rājā hatthikkhandhavaragato ‘‘ayaṃ vīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāretvā niraye paccitvā pakkāvasesena tiracchānayoniyaṃ uppanno, tatthāpi gaṇasaṃvāsasaṅghaṭṭanaṃ asahanto idhāgatosi, aho dukkhova gaṇasaṃvāso, ekībhāvo eva pana sukho’’ti cintetvā tattheva vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Taṃ lokuttarasukhena sukhitaṃ amaccā upasaṅkamitvā paṇipātaṃ katvā ‘‘yānakālo, mahārājā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato ‘‘nāhaṃ, rājā’’ti vatvā purimanayeneva imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Sā padatthato pākaṭā eva.
于此,其义理之结合,全凭正理而非依于传闻。正如这头象,因调伏于圣者所爱之戒,故称调伏者,不再堕入未调伏处;或因体躯硕大而名为龙象。如是,我何时方得因调伏于圣者所爱之戒,由能不堕未调伏处、不造诸恶、不复受此有,成就功德身之硕大,亦成龙象?又如这头象,舍离象群,以独行为乐,随意而住,林间独行,犹如犀牛角。如是,我何时方可弃舍众聚,乐住独处,随心所适,于林中随自所愿,欲住即住,独步林间,犹如犀牛角般独行游化?又如这头象,因安立完好之蕴身巨大,得名具足蕴身。如是,我何时能以无学戒蕴之巨大,而为具足蕴身?又如这头象,身若莲花,或生于莲华之族,故名有莲者。如是,我何时得以如莲之正直,或生于圣者种姓之莲,而成有莲者?又如这头象,以力显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyayojanā – sā ca kho yuttivaseneva, na anussavavasena. Yathā ayaṃ hatthī ariyakantesu sīlesu dantattā adantabhūmiṃ nāgacchatīti vā, sarīramahantatāya vā nāgo, evaṃ kudāssu nāmāhampi ariyakantesu sīlesu dantattā adantabhūmiṃ nāgamanena, āgumakaraṇena, puna itthattaṃ anāgamanena ca guṇasarīramahantatāya vā nāgo bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa yūthāni vivajjayitvā ekacariyasukhena yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe eko care khaggavisāṇakappo, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ gaṇaṃ vivajjetvā ekavihārasukhena yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe attano yathā yathā sukhaṃ, tathā tathā yattakaṃ vā icchāmi, tattakaṃ araññe nivāsaṃ eko care khaggavisāṇakappo eko careyyanti attho. Yathā cesa susaṇṭhitakkhandhamahantatāya sañjātakkhandho, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ asekhasīlakkhandhamahantatāya sañjātakkhandho bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa padumasadisagattatāya vā, padumakule uppannatāya vā padumī, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ padumasadisaujukatāya vā, ariyajātipadume uppannatāya vā padumī bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa thāmabalādīhi uḷāro, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ parisuddhakāyasamācāratādīhi sīlasamādhinibbedhikapaññādīhi vā uḷāro bhaveyyanti. Evaṃ cintento vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti.
110 “非处”等偈的缘起:据说,波罗奈国王之子年少即欲出家,便向父母请求。父母不许,他虽遭劝阻,仍坚持道:“我定要出家。”随后,如前所说长者子之事,他将缘由一一陈明,父母方予应允。父母令其承诺:出家后唯住于园苑。他便依言而行。其母清晨即由两万舞女围绕,来到园苑,让王子喝粥,期间奉上种种点心,并与其叙谈,直至正午方才进城。父亲亦于正午前来,令他进餐,自己亦同食,白昼与子交谈,至暮留下守护之人,便回城去。他日夜皆处众人相伴、不得独处的状态。显示巴利原文
110.Aṭṭhānatanti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira putto daharo eva samāno pabbajitukāmo mātāpitaro yāci. Mātāpitaro naṃ nivārenti. So nivāriyamānopi nibandhatiyeva ‘‘pabbajissāmī’’ti. Tato pubbe vuttaseṭṭhiputtaṃ viya sabbaṃ vatvā anujāniṃsu. ‘‘Pabbajitvā ca uyyāneyeva vasitabba’’nti paṭijānāpesuṃ, so tathā akāsi. Tassa mātā pātova vīsatisahassanāṭakitthiparivutā uyyānaṃ gantvā puttaṃ yāguṃ pāyetvā antarā khajjakādīni ca khādāpetvā yāva majjhanhikasamayā tena saddhiṃ samullapitvā nagaraṃ pavisati. Pitāpi majjhanhike āgantvā taṃ bhojetvā attanāpi bhuñjitvā divasaṃ tena saddhiṃ samullapitvā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭijagganakapurise ṭhapetvā nagaraṃ pavisati. So evaṃ rattindivaṃ avivitto viharati.
那时,有位名为日种姓的独觉佛,正住于欢喜根窟。他入定观察,见彼王子:“此王子虽已出家,却未能断除烦恼之结。”复更观察:“他依自性,可会生出厌离?抑或不能?”既知“若唯任自性而生厌离,将历时过久”,乃思:“我应为彼示现一所缘以资启发。”于是,如前所述之方式,从黄石坪飞至,立于园苑中。随行王众遥见,禀告:“大王!独觉佛来!”国王心想:“今我儿有独觉佛为伴,必不致无聊。”便心生欢喜,殷重承事独觉佛,恳请安住园苑,并为他建造叶屋、住处、经行处等一切所需,安顿其住。独觉佛居此,一日得机问王子:“汝是何人?”“我是出家者。”“出家者不应似汝这般。”王子问:“尊者,出家者应为如何?我有什么不当之处吗?”独觉佛答:“你自不见其不当。你母于午前率两万女人来此,令园苑喧闹不静;你父于傍晚携大军至,夜间复有护卫守更。出家者不可似你,当如斯。”便于其处,运用神通,示现显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena ādiccabandhu nāma paccekabuddho nandamūlakapabbhāre viharati. So āvajjento taṃ addasa – ‘‘ayaṃ kumāro pabbajituṃ asakkhi, jaṭaṃ chindituṃ na sakkotī’’ti. Tato paraṃ āvajji – ‘‘attano dhammatāya nibbijjissati nu kho, no’’ti. Atha ‘‘dhammatāya nibbindanto aticiraṃ bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘tassa ārammaṇaṃ dassessāmī’’ti purimanayeneva manosilātalato āgantvā uyyāne aṭṭhāsi. Rājaparisā disvā ‘‘paccekabuddho āgato, mahārājā’’ti ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘idāni me putto paccekabuddhena saddhiṃ anukkaṇṭhito vasissatī’’ti pamuditamano hutvā paccekabuddhaṃ sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahitvā tattheva vāsaṃ yācitvā paṇṇasālādivāvihāracaṅkamādisabbaṃ kāretvā vāsesi. So tattha vasanto ekadivasaṃ okāsaṃ labhitvā kumāraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kosi tva’’nti? ‘‘Ahaṃ pabbajito’’ti. ‘‘Pabbajitā nāma na īdisā hontī’’ti. Atha ‘‘bhante, kīdisā honti, kiṃ mayhaṃ ananucchavika’’nti vutte ‘‘tvaṃ attano ananucchavikaṃ na pekkhasi, nanu te mātā vīsatisahassitthīti saddhiṃ pubbaṇhasamaye āgacchantī uyyānaṃ avivittaṃ karoti, pitā cassa mahatā balakāyena sāyanhasamaye jagganakaparisā sakalaṃ rattiṃ, pabbajitā nāma tava sadisā na honti, īdisā pana hontī’’ti tattha ṭhitasseva iddhiyā himavante aññataraṃ vihāraṃ dassesi. So tattha paccekabuddhe ālambanaphalakaṃ nissāya ṭhite ca caṅkamante ca rajanakakammasūcikammādīni karonte ca disvā āha – ‘‘tumhe idha nāgacchatha, pabbajjā ca tumhehi anuññātā’’ti ? ‘‘Āma, pabbajjā anuññātā, pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya samaṇā nāma attano nissaraṇaṃ kātuṃ, padesañca icchitaṃ patthitaṃ gantuṃ labhanti, ettakaṃva vaṭṭatī’’ti vatvā ākāse ṭhatvā aṭṭhāna taṃ saṅgaṇikāratassa, yaṃ phassaye sāmayikaṃ vimuttinti imaṃ upaḍḍhugāthaṃ vatvā dissamānoyeva ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ gate paccekabuddhe so attano paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nipajji. Ārakkhapurisopi ‘‘sayito kumāro, idāni kuhiṃ gamissatī’’ti pamatto niddaṃ okkami. So tassa pamattabhāvaṃ ñatvā pattacīvaramādāya araññaṃ pāvisi. Tatra ca ṭhito vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā paccekabuddhaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Tatra ca ‘‘kathamadhigata’’nti pucchito ādiccabandhunā vuttaṃ upaḍḍhagāthaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā abhāsi.
它的意思是:「非处」(aṭṭhānaṃ),指那是不可能的事,是没有道理的事。这里省略了鼻音,正如“见诸圣谛”(ariyasaccāna dassana)等语中一般。「乐于众聚者」(saṅgaṇikāratassa),就是指喜欢与群体相处的人。「那」(yaṃ),是一个表原因的虚词,正如“以应惭而惭”(yaṃ hirīyati hirīyitabbenā)等语中的用法。「能触证」(phassaye),就是获得、证得的意思。「暂时解脱」(sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ),指的是世间定。因为这种定只是在入定与安住的时段里暂时摆脱了对立之敌,所以称为“暂时解脱”。那一分暂时解脱,对于一个乐于群体生活的人来说,是不可能存在的道理;没有任何理据能让他触证解脱。正是如此,他仔细审察了日种姓独觉佛的这番话,舍离了对群体生活的喜爱,如理作意而修行,证得了究竟的解脱——他是这样说明此意的。其余的解释,就依前面所说的方法去理解。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – aṭṭhāna tanti aṭṭhānaṃ taṃ, akāraṇaṃ tanti vuttaṃ hoti. Anunāsikalopo kato ‘‘ariyasaccāna dassana’’ntiādīsu (khu. pā. 5.11; su. ni. 270) viya. Saṅgaṇikāratassāti gaṇābhiratassa. Yanti kāraṇavacanametaṃ ‘‘yaṃ hirīyati hirīyitabbenā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 30) viya. Phassayeti adhigacche. Sāmayikaṃ vimuttinti lokiyasamāpattiṃ. Sā hi appitappitasamaye eva paccatthikehi vimuccanato ‘‘sāmayikā vimuttī’’ti vuccati. Taṃ sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ. Aṭṭhānaṃ taṃ, na taṃ kāraṇaṃ vijjati saṅgaṇikāratassa, yena kāraṇena vimuttiṃ phassaye iti etaṃ ādiccabandhussa paccekabuddhassa vaco nisamma saṅgaṇikāratiṃ pahāya yoniso paṭipajjanto adhigatomhīti āha. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
111 111. 「诸见曲」这一颂的起源是怎样的?据说,波罗奈城有一位国王,一次独自静处时心中思量:“就像对于冷等有暖等作为对治一样,是否也存在一种能对治轮回的逆转呢?”他问大臣们:“你们知道逆转吗?”大臣们回答:“我们知道,大王。”国王问:“那是什么?”于是,他们便以“世间是有限的”等方式,讲说了一些常见和断见。国王心想:“这些人并不懂,他们全都是陷在错误见解里的人。”他亲自看透了这些见解的乖违与不合理,转而思惟:“对治轮回的逆转是存在的,应当去探寻它。”于是他舍弃了王位,出家修行,修观之后亲证了辟支菩提。他在独觉佛众中,诵出了这首优陀那偈,也诵出了记别偈。显示巴利原文
111.Diṭṭhīvisūkānīti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā rahogato cintesi – ‘‘yathā sītādīnaṃ paṭighātakāni uṇhādīni atthi, atthi nu kho evaṃ vaṭṭapaṭighātakaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ, no’’ti? So amacce pucchi – ‘‘vivaṭṭaṃ jānāthā’’ti? Te ‘‘jānāma, mahārājā’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ ta’’nti? Tato ‘‘antavā loko’’tiādinā nayena sassatucchedaṃ kathesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘ime na jānanti, sabbepime diṭṭhigatikā’’ti sayameva tesaṃ vilomatañca ayuttatañca disvā ‘‘vaṭṭapaṭighātakaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ atthi, taṃ gavesitabba’’nti cintetvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Imañca udānagāthaṃ abhāsi paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe byākaraṇagāthañca.
它的意思是:「诸见曲」(diṭṭhīvisūkāni),指的是六十二种恶见。这些恶见相对于道正见而言,具有扭曲、刺入以及乖违的特质,所以称为“曲”(visūkāni)。如此,由种种见所构成的曲,或者这些见本身就是曲,便叫做「诸见曲」。「已超越」(Upātivatto),是指依见道而超越了它们。「已达决定」(Patto niyāmanti),是指由于拥有了不退堕法和导向菩提道的性质,从而证得了确定不动的状态;或者说,证得了那个名为正性决定的第一道。到此为止,讲的是第一道作用的完成与它的获得。接着,「已得道」(paṭiladdhamaggo)这一句,开示的是其余诸道的获得。「我是生起智者」(Uppannaññāṇomhīti),意思是“我已是生起辟支菩提智的人”,以这一句来显示果的证得。「非他可导」(Anaññaneyyoti),是指不会再被其他任何人引导着说“这才是真实的”,以这句话来显示独觉的特质;或者说,因为证得辟支菩提智时,便不再有被他人引导的可能,所以能够自在安住。或者说,显示巴利原文
Tassattho – diṭṭhīvisūkānīti dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni. Tāni hi maggasammādiṭṭhiyā visūkaṭṭhena vijjhanaṭṭhena vilomaṭṭhena ca visūkāni, evaṃ diṭṭhiyā visūkāni, diṭṭhi eva vā visūkāni diṭṭhivisūkāni. Upātivattoti dassanamaggena atikkanto. Patto niyāmanti avinipātadhammatāya sambodhiparāyaṇatāya ca niyatabhāvaṃ adhigato, sammattaniyāmasaṅkhātaṃ vā paṭhamamagganti. Ettāvatā paṭhamamaggakiccanipphatti ca tassa paṭilābho ca vutto. Idāni paṭiladdhamaggoti iminā sesamaggapaṭilābhaṃ dasseti. Uppannañāṇomhīti uppannapaccekabodhiñāṇo amhi. Etena phalaṃ dasseti. Anaññaneyyoti aññehi idaṃ saccanti na netabbo. Etena sayambhutaṃ dasseti, patte vā paccekabodhiñāṇe aññaneyyatāya abhāvā sayaṃvasitaṃ. Samathavipassanāya vā diṭṭhivisūkāni upātivatto, ādimaggena niyāmaṃ patto, sesehi paṭiladdhamaggo, phalañāṇena uppannañāṇo, taṃ sabbaṃ attanāva adhigatoti anaññaneyyoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
112 「无贪」等事的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,波罗奈国王的厨师,在正餐之间备好了一顿膳食,呈奉给国王。那食物赏心悦目、味道美妙,厨师心想:「但愿国王会因此赏我些财物。」那食物的香气单单闻到,就勾起了国王的食欲,让他满口生津。然而,当第一口食物刚送进嘴里,七千条味觉神经便如同被甘露浸润了一般。厨师心里一直盘算着:「现在该赏我了,现在该赏我了。」国王也心想:「这厨师值得嘉奖。」但转念又想:「我若一尝到美味就去嘉奖他,关于我的恶名便会传开:『这位国王贪图滋味,是个只重口腹之欲的人。』」于是,他什么也没说。就这样,直到这顿饭用完,厨师都在想:「现在会赏,现在会赏。」而国王因为害怕落人口实,也一直沉默不语。于是厨师心想:「我猜这国王根本尝不出味道,没有舌识吧。」第二天,厨师就端上了不可口的食物。国王一边吃,一边心里清楚:「唉,今天这厨师该受责备了。」但跟先前一样,他审视之后,因为怕名声不好,仍旧什么都没说。这下厨师心想:「这国王既分不出好吃,也分不出难吃。」于是他便将所有的开销用度都中饱私囊,随便做些东西拿给国王。显示巴利原文
112.Nillolupoti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira sūdo antarabhattaṃ pacitvā upanāmesi manuññadassanaṃ sādurasaṃ ‘‘appeva nāma me rājā dhanamanuppādeyyā’’ti. Taṃ rañño gandheneva bhottukamyataṃ janesi, mukhe kheḷaṃ uppādeti. Paṭhamakabaḷe pana mukhe pakkhittamatte sattarasaharaṇisahassāni amateneva phusitāni ahesuṃ. Sūdo ‘‘idāni me dassati, idāni me dassatī’’ti cintesi. Rājāpi ‘‘sakkārāraho sūdo’’ti cintesi, ‘‘rasaṃ sāyitvā pana sakkarontaṃ maṃ pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggaccheyya ‘lolo ayaṃ rājā rasagaruko’’’ti na kiñci abhaṇi. Evaṃ yāva bhojanapariyosānaṃ, tāva sūdo ‘‘idāni dassati, idāni dassatī’’ti cintesi. Rājāpi avaṇṇabhayena na kiñci abhaṇi. Tato sūdo ‘‘natthi maññe imassa rañño jivhāviññāṇa’’nti. Dutiyadivase asādurasaṃ upanāmesi. Rājā bhuñjanto ‘‘niggahāraho vata, bho, ajja sūdo’’ti jānantopi pubbe viya paccavekkhitvā avaṇṇabhayena na kiñci abhaṇi. Tato sūdo ‘‘rājā neva sundaraṃ nāsundaraṃ jānātī’’ti cintetvā sabbaṃ paribbayaṃ attanāva gahetvā kiñcideva pacitvā rañño deti. Rājā ‘‘aho vata lobho, ahaṃ nāma vīsati nagarasahassāni bhuñjanto imassa lobhena bhattamattampi na labhāmī’’ti nibbijjitvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Purimanayeneva imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,「无贪」即是不贪。凡是那被味爱所制伏的人,他会极度地贪取、一再地贪取,因此被称为「贪者」。所以,为了否定那种状态而说「无贪」。关于「无诡诈」:在此,虽说一般情况下,没有那三种诡诈事的人被称为「无诡诈」,但在这首偈颂中,其用意是指面对悦意的食物等时,不生惊奇、不现得意之色,故为「无诡诈」。关于「无渴」:在此,「渴」是想喝的欲望,由于没有那种欲望而成为「无渴」,意思是,脱离了对妙味的贪著而产生的想吃想喝之欲求。关于「无贬损」:在此,「贬损」的特征是破坏他人的功德,由于没有它而成为「无贬损」。这是针对自己在在家时,不抹杀厨师的功德而说的。关于「已荡除垢秽与愚痴」:在此,贪等三垢以及身恶行等三种,这六种法,据其具体情况,因为具有不清净的意义——即舍弃自性而执取他性——显示巴利原文
Tattha nillolupoti alolupo. Yo hi rasataṇhābhibhūto hoti, so bhusaṃ luppati punappunaṃ luppati, tena ‘‘lolupo’’ti vuccati. Tasmā esa taṃ paṭikkhipanto ‘‘nillolupo’’ti āha. Nikkuhoti ettha kiñcāpi yassa tividhaṃ kuhanavatthu natthi, so ‘‘nikkuho’’ti vuccati. Imissā pana gāthāya manuññabhojanādīsu vimhayamanāpajjanato nikkuhoti ayamadhippāyo. Nippipāsoti ettha pātumicchā pipāsā, tassā abhāvena nippipāso, sādurasalobhena bhottukamyatāvirahitoti attho. Nimmakkhoti ettha paraguṇavināsanalakkhaṇo makkho, tassa abhāvena nimmakkho. Attano gihikāle sūdassa guṇamakkhanābhāvaṃ sandhāyāha. Niddhantakasāvamohoti ettha rāgādayo tayo kāyaduccaritādīni ca tīṇīti cha dhammā yathāsambhavaṃ appasannaṭṭhena sakabhāvaṃ vijahāpetvā parabhāvaṃ gaṇhāpanaṭṭhena kasaṭaṭṭhena ca ‘‘kasāvā’’ti veditabbā. Yathāha –
「其中,哪三种是垢秽?即贪垢秽、瞋垢秽、痴垢秽,这是三种垢秽。其中,另外哪三种也是垢秽?即身垢秽、语垢秽、意垢秽。」(《分别论》924)显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katame tayo kasāvā? Rāgakasāvo, dosakasāvo, mohakasāvo. Ime tayo kasāvā. Tattha katame aparepi tayo kasāvā? Kāyakasāvo, vacīkasāvo, manokasāvo’’ti (vibha. 924).
在那些垢秽中,除愚痴外,已荡除了五种垢秽以及作为其一切之根本的愚痴,故为“已荡除垢秽与愚痴”。或说,已荡除了身、语、意三种垢秽及愚痴,故为“已荡除垢秽与愚痴”。其余方面,由“无贪”等,贪垢秽已荡除;由“无贬损”,瞋垢秽已荡除,此义自然成立。“无希求”即无渴爱。“于一切世间无有”,意指于一切世间——即于三有或十二处中,成为无有有爱及非有爱者。其余应依前说之理了知。又或可作如是连接:宣说前三句后,“应独行”即能独行。显示巴利原文
Tesu mohaṃ ṭhapetvā pañcannaṃ kasāvānaṃ tesañca sabbesaṃ mūlabhūtassa mohassa niddhantattā niddhantakasāvamoho. Tiṇṇaṃ eva vā kāyavacīmanokasāvānaṃ mohassa ca niddhantattā niddhantakasāvamoho. Itaresu nillolupatādīhi rāgakasāvassa, nimmakkhatāya dosakasāvassa niddhantabhāvo siddho eva. Nirāsayoti nittaṇho. Sabbaloke bhavitvāti sakalaloke, tīsu bhavesu dvādasasu vā āyatanesu bhavavibhavataṇhāvirahito hutvāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Atha vā tayopi pāde vatvā eko careti eko carituṃ sakkuṇeyyāti evampettha sambandho kātabbo.
113 “恶友”等的缘起如何?据说,在波罗奈城,有位国王以极盛的王威绕城巡视,见人们正从仓库中搬出陈粮等弃之于外,便问大臣:“喂,这是为何?”大臣答道:“大王,新粮等即将产出,为给新粮腾出空间,这些人正在丢弃陈粮等。”国王问:“后宫、军队等所需都充足否?”“是的,大王,充足。”“那么,喂,去建造布施堂吧,我要行布施,勿令这些粮食无益毁坏。”此时,一位持邪见的大臣,从“大王,布施无有果报”说起,乃至说“愚者与智者流转轮回后,终须尽苦边际”,以此劝阻国王。国王第二、第三次见仓库被清空时,复下同样的命令,那位大臣第三次亦以“大王,关于布施的教令,即所谓布施……”等语劝阻。国王心想:“唉!我连属于自己的财物都无法用以布施,要这些恶友何用?”因此厌离,舍弃王位而出家,修习观禅,亲证辟支菩提。他在呵责彼恶友时,诵出了这首感兴偈。显示巴利原文
113.Pāpaṃ sahāyanti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā mahaccarājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karonto manusse koṭṭhāgārato purāṇadhaññādīni bahiddhā nīharante disvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, ida’’nti amacce pucchi. Amaccā ‘‘idāni, mahārāja, navadhaññādīni uppajjissanti, tesaṃ okāsaṃ kātuṃ ime manussā purāṇadhaññādīni chaḍḍentī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, itthāgārabalakāyādīnaṃ vattaṃ paripuṇṇa’’nti āha. ‘‘Āma, mahārāja, paripuṇṇa’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe, dānasālaṃ kāretha, dānaṃ dassāmi, mā imāni dhaññāni anupakārāni vinassantū’’ti. Tato naṃ aññataro diṭṭhigatiko amacco ‘‘mahārāja, natthi dinna’’nti ārabbha yāva ‘‘bāle ca paṇḍite ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissantī’’ti vatvā nivāresi. Rājā dutiyampi tatiyampi koṭṭhāgāre vilumpante disvā tatheva āṇāpesi. Sopi tatiyampi naṃ ‘‘mahārāja, dattupaññattaṃ yadidaṃ dāna’’ntiādīni vatvā nivāresi. So ‘‘are, ahaṃ attano santakampi na labhāmi dātuṃ, kiṃ me imehi pāpasahāyehī’’ti nibbinno rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tañca pāpasahāyaṃ garahanto imaṃ udānagāthamāha.
此偈略义如下:凡因具足十事邪见而为恶者,且见他人为无义,故称“见无义者”;又安住于身恶行等非平等中。希求义利的善男子,应当远离如是恶友——即见无义、安住非平等者。“自己不亲近”者,若自作得主,则不应亲近彼;若受制于他人,又能何为?此即是说。“执取”即热衷,谓依邪见而于诸处耽著。“放逸”者,指心沉溺于五种欲功德中,或于善法之修习有所缺乏。对于如是之友,不应亲近、不应交往、不应承事,唯应如犀牛角而独行。显示巴利原文
Tassāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – yvāyaṃ dasavatthukāya pāpadiṭṭhiyā samannāgatattā pāpo, paresampi anatthaṃ passatīti anatthadassī, kāyaduccaritādimhi ca visame niviṭṭho, taṃ atthakāmo kulaputto pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha, anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ. Sayaṃ na seveti attano vasena taṃ na seveyya. Yadi pana parassa vaso hoti, kiṃ sakkā kātunti vuttaṃ hoti. Pasutanti pasaṭaṃ, diṭṭhivasena tattha tattha lagganti attho. Pamattanti kāmaguṇesu vossaṭṭhacittaṃ, kusalabhāvanārahitaṃ vā. Taṃ evarūpaṃ sahāyaṃ na seve na bhaje na payirupāse, aññadatthu eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
114 「多闻」这一颂的起源是怎样的呢?据说过去迦叶世尊的教法中,有八位志求辟支菩提的菩萨出家,履行了去而复返的义务之后,生到了天界。这些前情都与「无过失食者」一偈中所说的情况相同。但此处有一不同之处:国王请这些独觉佛就座后,问道:「你们是什么人?」他们回答:「大王,我们是多闻者。」国王心想:「我名叫『闻梵授』,对听闻从来没有满足过。好,我就来听听他们以种种善巧所宣说的法。」他心生欢喜,供养了净手水,亲自侍奉饮食;用完餐后,他在僧团上座面前坐下,说道:「尊者,请您说法。」那位上座只说了句「大王,祝您安乐,愿贪欲灭尽」,便起身离去了。国王又想:「这人不是多闻者,第二位应该是多闻的吧。明天我去听他宣说种种善巧的法。」于是便邀请他第二天应供。就这样,他依次邀请了全部八位。这些独觉佛也各自说了一句「愿嗔恚灭尽」「愿愚痴灭尽」「愿趣灭尽」「愿有灭尽」「愿轮回灭尽」「愿依着灭尽」「愿渴爱灭尽」,只是各自的一句话略有不同,其余部分都与第一位所说相同,然后也都起身离去了。显示巴利原文
114.Bahussutanti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane aṭṭha paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannātiādi sabbaṃ anavajjabhojīgāthāya vuttasadisameva. Ayaṃ pana viseso – paccekabuddhe nisīdāpetvā rājā āha – ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, bahussutā nāmā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘ahaṃ sutabrahmadatto nāma, sutena tittiṃ na gacchāmi, handa, nesaṃ santike vicitranayadhammadesanaṃ sossāmī’’ti attamano dakkhiṇodakaṃ datvā parivisitvā bhattakiccapariyosāne saṅghattherassa santike nisīditvā ‘‘dhammakathaṃ, bhante, kathethā’’ti āha. So ‘‘sukhito hotu, mahārāja, rāgakkhayo hotū’’ti vatvā uṭṭhito. Rājā ‘‘ayaṃ na bahussuto, dutiyo bahussuto bhavissati, sve tassa vicitradhammadesanaṃ sossāmī’’ti svātanāya nimantesi. Evaṃ yāva sabbesaṃ paṭipāṭi gacchati, tāva nimantesi, te sabbepi ‘‘dosakkhayo hotu, mohakkhayo, gatikkhayo, bhavakkhayo, vaṭṭakkhayo, upadhikkhayo, taṇhakkhayo hotū’’ti evaṃ ekekapadaṃ visesetvā sesaṃ paṭhamasadisameva vatvā uṭṭhahiṃsu.
之后,国王心想:「这些人自称『我们是多闻者』,却没有什么丰富的说法,他们说的这些话是何意?」他便开始仔细思惟这些话语的含义。当他思惟「愿贪欲灭尽」时,认识到「当贪欲灭尽时,嗔恚、愚痴,乃至其他种种烦恼也都会随之灭尽」,于是他满心欢喜地想:「这些沙门才是真正了义的多闻者啊。就好比有人用手指向大地或虚空,所指之处并非仅限指尖所及的那一小块,而是整个大地、虚空全都被指出了。同样,他们每指出一个义理时,实际上已指出了无量无边的义理。」于是,国王生起了这样的渴望:「何时我也能成为这样的多闻者呢?」他渴望着这样的多闻境界,便舍弃了王位,出家修行,通过修观而亲证了辟支菩提,然后说出了这首优陀那偈。显示巴利原文
Tato rājā – ‘‘ime ‘bahussutā maya’nti bhaṇanti, na ca tesaṃ vicitrakathā, kimetehi vutta’’nti tesaṃ vacanatthaṃ upaparikkhitumāraddho. Atha ‘‘rāgakkhayo hotū’’ti upaparikkhanto ‘‘rāge khīṇe dosopi mohopi aññataraññatarepi kilesā khīṇā hontī’’ti ñatvā attamano ahosi ‘‘nippariyāyabahussutā ime samaṇā. Yathāpi hi purisena mahāpathaviṃ vā ākāsaṃ vā aṅguliyā niddisantena na aṅgulimattova padeso niddiṭṭho hoti. Api ca kho pana sakalapathavī ākāsā eva niddiṭṭhā honti. Evaṃ imehi ekekaṃ atthaṃ niddisantehi aparimāṇā atthā niddiṭṭhā hontī’’ti. Tato so ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ bahussuto bhavissāmī’’ti tathārūpaṃ bahussutabhāvaṃ patthento rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthamabhāsi.
在此,其简要义理如下:所谓「多闻」,有两种多闻者——对于三藏及其义理完全通晓无余的,是「教理多闻者」;通达道果、明与神通的,是「证悟多闻者」。(偈中的多闻)是指通达圣典、持守佛法者。又因具足崇高的身业、语业和意业,故称为「崇高」。(偈中的这位多闻者)具备应辩、无碍辩以及兼具应辩与无碍辩的才能,故称为「具辩才者」。或者,也可依据教理、问难、证得三方面来了解三种具辩才者:若有人对教理本身能明辩无碍,他就是「教理辩才者」;若有人在向他人反复探问义理、智、特相以及合理与不合理之处等问题时能应对无碍,他就是「问难辩才者」;若有人已通达道果等证悟,他就是「证得辩才者」。应当去亲近这样的多闻者、持法者、崇高的具辩才之善友。依靠他的威德力,便能了知种种不同的义利——或分为自利、他利、自他二利,或分为现法利益、来世利益、究竟义——然后,在诸如「我于过去时是否存在」等(《中部·根本五十经》第18经;《相应部·因缘相应》第20经)这些应当生起疑惑之处,便能调伏疑惑,断除犹豫,彻底断尽显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – bahussutanti duvidho bahussuto tīsu piṭakesu atthato nikhilo pariyattibahussuto ca, maggaphalavijjābhiññāpaṭivedhako paṭivedhabahussuto ca. Āgatāgamo dhammadharo. Uḷārehi pana kāyavacīmanokammehi samannāgato uḷāro. Yuttapaṭibhāno ca muttapaṭibhāno ca yuttamuttapaṭibhāno ca paṭibhānavā. Pariyattiparipucchādhigamavasena vā tividho paṭibhānavā veditabbo. Yassa hi pariyatti paṭibhāti, so pariyattipaṭibhānavā. Yassa atthañca ñāṇañca lakkhaṇañca ṭhānāṭṭhānañca paripucchantassa paripucchā paṭibhāti, so paripucchāpaṭibhānavā. Yassa maggādayo paṭividdhā honti, so adhigamapaṭibhānavā. Taṃ evarūpaṃ bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha mittaṃ uḷāraṃ paṭibhānavantaṃ. Tato tassānubhāvena attatthaparatthaubhayatthabhedato vā diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthabhedato vā anekappakārāni aññāya atthāni, tato ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhāna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20) kaṅkhāṭṭhāniyesu vineyya kaṅkhaṃ vicikicchaṃ vinetvā vināsetvā evaṃ katasabbakicco eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
115 「嬉戏、喜乐」这一颂的起源如何?据说在波罗奈城,有一位名为「装饰梵授」的国王。他清晨用过粥或饭,便以种种饰具装扮自身,随后在大镜中照见全身,若见有不如意处,便将其除去,再以其他饰物重作庄严。一日,他正如此忙着,已到正午进食时分。装饰尚未完成,他便仅以布缠头,先进食毕,随即午歇。起身后,依然如此装扮,直至日落。第二日、第三日亦是如此。后来,他因长时耽溺于装饰,背上生了一处疮。此时他心中思惟:「唉!我费尽气力来装扮,却对这无常的饰物不曾满足,生起贪欲。而此贪欲,听说正是能令堕入恶趣之法。好,今日我便调伏这贪欲。」于是,他舍弃了王位,出家修行,修观而亲证辟支菩提,然后诵出了这首优陀那偈。显示巴利原文
115.Khiḍḍaṃ ratinti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira vibhūsakabrahmadatto nāma rājā pātova yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā bhuñjitvā nānāvidhavibhūsanehi attānaṃ vibhūsāpetvā mahāādāse sakalaṃ sarīraṃ disvā yaṃ na icchati, taṃ apanetvā aññena vibhūsanena vibhūsāpeti. Tassa ekadivasaṃ evaṃ karontassa bhattavelā majjhanhikā sampattā. Vippakatavibhūsitova dussapaṭṭena sīsaṃ veṭhetvā bhuñjitvā divāseyyaṃ upagañchi. Punapi uṭṭhahitvā tatheva karoto sūriyo oggato. Evaṃ dutiyadivasepi tatiyadivasepi. Athassa evaṃ maṇḍanappasutassa piṭṭhirogo udapādi. Tassa etadahosi – ‘‘aho re, ahaṃ sabbathāmena vibhūsantopi imasmiṃ kappake vibhūsane asantuṭṭho lobhaṃ uppādesiṃ, lobho ca nāmesa apāyagamanīyo dhammo, handāhaṃ lobhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthamabhāsi.
其中,「嬉戏」与「喜乐」如前已说。「欲乐」指事欲之乐。因为事欲作为乐的所缘等,也被称为「乐」。正如经中所言:「有色之乐,随顺于乐。」(《相应部·六处相应》第60经)如是,对于嬉戏、喜乐与欲乐,于此世间不以为庄严,不持作庄严,即不执取此为圆满、此为核心。所谓「不期求者」,便是由于不从事那种庄严,恒常不期待、不希求、无有渴爱。所谓「远离装饰处,说真实语」:此处,装饰有两种——在家者的装饰与出家者的装饰。缠头之布、花鬘、香等,名为在家者的装饰。打磨钵等,名为出家者的装饰。装饰本身即是装饰处,因此以三种远离而远离装饰处。由于所说非虚妄语,故为「说真实语者」。当如此了知其义。显示巴利原文
Tattha khiḍḍā ca rati ca pubbe vuttāva. Kāmasukhanti vatthukāmasukhaṃ. Vatthukāmāpi hi sukhassa visayādibhāvena ‘‘sukha’’nti vuccanti. Yathāha – ‘‘atthi rūpaṃ sukhaṃ sukhānupatita’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.60). Evametaṃ khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañca imasmiṃ okāsaloke analaṅkaritvā alanti akatvā, etaṃ tappakanti vā sārabhūtanti vā evaṃ aggahetvā. Anapekkhamānoti tena analaṅkaraṇena anapekkhaṇasīlo apihāluko nittaṇho. Vibhūsaṭṭhānā virato saccavādīti tattha vibhūtā duvidhā – agārikavibhūsā ca anagārikavibhūsā ca. Sāṭakaveṭhanamālāgandhādivibhūsā agārikavibhūsā nāma. Pattamaṇḍanādivibhūsā anagārikavibhūsā. Vibhūsā eva vibhūsaṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā vibhūsaṭṭhānā tividhāya viratiyā virato. Avitathavacanato saccavādīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
116 「子与妻」这一偈的缘起:据说在波罗奈城,国王之子年幼时便受灌顶,执掌国政。他正如第一偈中所说的辟支菩萨那样,受用着王权的荣耀。一日,他思惟道:「我治理国政,令众多有情受苦。我何必为维持一餐之食而造作这些恶业?来,让我生起安乐吧。」于是,他舍弃王位,出家修行,修观而亲证辟支菩提,并诵出了这首优陀那偈。显示巴利原文
116.Puttañcadāranti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira rañño putto daharakāleyeva abhisitto rajjaṃ kāresi. So paṭhamagāthāya vuttapaccekabodhisatto viya rajjasiriṃ anubhavanto ekadivasaṃ cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ rajjaṃ kārento bahūnaṃ dukkhaṃ karomi, kiṃ me ekabhattatthāya iminā pāpena, handa, sukhamuppādemī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,“财”指珍珠、摩尼珠、琉璃、螺贝、宝石、珊瑚、银、金等宝物。“谷”指稻、米、大麦、小麦、稗、黍、豆等七种谷物,以及其他蔬菜。“亲”指亲戚、同族、朋友、技艺伙伴这四种亲属关系。“如分”指各自依其本分而存在的事物。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhanānīti muttāmaṇiveḷuriyasaṅkhasilāpavāḷarajatajātarūpādīni ratanāni. Dhaññānīti sālivīhiyavagodhumakaṅguvarakakudrūsakappabhedāni satta sesāparaṇṇāni ca. Bandhavānīti ñātibandhugottabandhumittabandhusippabandhuvasena catubbidhabandhave. Yathodhikānīti sakasakaodhivasena ṭhitāniyeva. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
117 「此为结缚」这一偈的缘起:据说在波罗奈城,有一位名叫帕达娄罗梵授的国王。他早晨喝过粥或用过饭后,便在三座宫殿里观赏三种表演。所谓的三种表演,是指从前代国王流传下来的、从邻国国王那里传来的,以及他自己当朝兴起的。有一天早晨,他先去了年轻舞者的宫殿。那些舞女心想:「我们要让国王欢喜。」便像帝释的天女一般,使出浑身解数,表演了极其迷人的歌舞音乐。国王看了之后并不满足,心想:「对年轻人来说这没什么稀奇的。」于是他又去了中年舞者的宫殿,那里的舞女也同样表演。他仍然不满足,又去了老年舞者的宫殿,那些舞女也如法表演。国王看到那些已经过了两三代国王的老舞女们,因为年老而舞姿如同骨戏,歌声也不再甜美,便又回到年轻舞者宫殿,接着又去中年舞者宫殿,这样来回往返,却始终没有得到满足。于是他心想:「这些舞女像对待帝释的天女一样,想让我欢喜,用尽全力表演歌舞。而我却处处不满足,徒然增长贪欲。这贪欲就是导向恶趣的法,我要抑制它。」于是,他舍弃王位出家,修习观禅而证辟支菩提,并诵出了这首优陀那偈。显示巴利原文
117.Saṅgo esoti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira pādalolabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So pātova yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā bhuñjitvā tīsu pāsādesu tividhāni nāṭakāni passati. Tividhā nāma nāṭakā pubbarājato āgataṃ, anantararājato āgataṃ, attano kāle uṭṭhitanti. So ekadivasaṃ pātova daharanāṭakapāsādaṃ gato. Tā nāṭakitthiyo ‘‘rājānaṃ ramāpessāmā’’ti sakkassa devānamindassa accharāyo viya atimanoharaṃ naccagītavāditaṃ payojesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘anacchariyametaṃ daharāna’’nti asantuṭṭho hutvā majjhimanāṭakapāsādaṃ gato, tāpi nāṭakitthiyo tatheva akaṃsu. So tatthapi tatheva asantuṭṭho hutvā mahallakanāṭakapāsādaṃ gato , tāpi tatheva akaṃsu. Rājā dve tayo rājaparivaṭṭe atītānaṃ tāsaṃ mahallakabhāvena aṭṭhikīḷanasadisaṃ naccaṃ disvā gītañca amadhuraṃ sutvā punadeva daharanāṭakapāsādaṃ, puna majjhimanāṭakapāsādanti evampi vicaritvā katthaci asantuṭṭho cintesi – ‘‘imā nāṭakitthiyo sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ accharāyo viya maṃ ramāpetukāmā sabbathāmena naccagītavāditaṃ payojesuṃ. Svāhaṃ katthaci asantuṭṭho lobhaṃ vaḍḍhemi. Lobho ca nāmesa apāyagamanīyo dhammo, handāhaṃ lobhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其义为:「此为结缚」:指自己所享受的对象。因为有情在那里产生执着,如同陷入泥沼的大象,故称为「结缚」。「其中乐微小」:在享受五欲快乐时,由于需以颠倒想生起,或因其属于欲界法,从低劣义而言,此乐微小;如同被闪电照亮时所见的舞蹈之乐,是短暂的,即所谓暂时之乐。「味少而苦多」:其中,所谓「味」,如世尊所说:「比丘们,缘此五欲而生起的快乐与喜悦,此即欲之味」(《中部》1.166)。而此处所说的苦,则是以《中部》1.167等经文中所述的方式:「比丘们,何为欲之过患?在此,善男子以某种技能维生,无论是书写还是计算……」与此苦相比,那味仅如一滴水般微小,而苦却更多,如同四大海洋之水。因此说「味少而苦多」。「此为钩」:它先示以味而牵引,如同钓钩,此即五欲。「如是知已,有智者」:如此了知后,有智慧的人、贤明者,舍弃这一切,如犀牛角般独自游行。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – saṅgo esoti attano upabhogaṃ niddisati. So hi sajjanti tattha pāṇino kaddame paviṭṭho hatthī viyāti saṅgo. Parittamettha sokhyanti ettha pañcakāmaguṇūpabhogakāle viparītasaññāya uppādetabbato kāmāvacaradhammapariyāpannato vā lāmakaṭṭhena sokhyaṃ parittaṃ, vijjuppabhāya obhāsitanaccadassanasukhaṃ iva ittaraṃ, tāvakālikanti vuttaṃ hoti. Appassādo dukkhamevettha bhiyyoti ettha ca yvāyaṃ ‘‘yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, ayaṃ kāmānaṃ assādo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.166) vutto, so yamidaṃ ‘‘ko ca, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo, idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yena sippaṭṭhānena jīvikaṃ kappeti, yadi muddāya yadi gaṇanāyā’’ti evamādinā (ma. ni. 1.167) nayenettha dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ upanidhāya appo udakabindumatto hoti, atha kho dukkhameva bhiyyo bahu, catūsu samuddesu udakasadisaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘appassādo dukkhamevettha bhiyyo’’ti. Gaḷo esoti assādaṃ dassetvā ākaḍḍhanavasena baḷiso viya eso, yadidaṃ pañcakāmaguṇā. Iti ñatvā matimāti evaṃ jānitvā buddhimā paṇḍito puriso sabbametaṃ pahāya eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
118 「破已」这一偈的缘起:据说在波罗奈城,有一位名叫阿尼瓦陀梵授的国王。他一旦投入战斗,不获胜绝不退回;着手其他事务,不完成也绝不罢休,因此人们这样称呼他。有一天,他前往御花园。那时,恰逢森林大火。大火焚烧一切枯草、青草等,毫不停歇地向前燃烧。国王见此,便以这景象作为禅修的所缘,生起如是念头:“如同这场森林大火一般,十一种火燃烧着一切有情,毫不回转地向前烧灼,带来极大痛苦。我何时才能为了止息这些痛苦,像这大火一样,以圣道智火焚烧烦恼,永不回转地前进呢?”又走了一阵,他看见渔夫们在河中捕鱼。一条大鱼钻进网中,却破网而逃。渔夫们喊道:“鱼破网跑了!”国王听到此言,又以此作为禅修的所缘,心想:“我何时才能以圣道智冲破爱欲与邪见之网,无执无著地前行呢?”于是,他舍弃王位出家,观修,证得辟支菩提,并诵出这首优陀那偈。显示巴利原文
118.Sandālayitvānāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira anivattabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So saṅgāmaṃ otiṇṇo ajinitvā aññaṃ vā kiccaṃ āraddho aniṭṭhapetvā na nivattati, tasmā naṃ evaṃ sañjāniṃsu. So ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchati. Tena ca samayena davaḍāho uṭṭhāsi. So aggi sukkhāni ceva haritāni ca tiṇādīni dahanto anivattamāno eva gacchati. Rājā taṃ disvā tappaṭibhāganimittaṃ uppādesi. ‘‘Yathāyaṃ davaḍāho, evameva ekādasavidho aggi sabbe satte dahanto anivattamāno gacchati mahādukkhaṃ uppādento, kudāssu nāmāhampi imassa dukkhassa nivattanatthaṃ ayaṃ aggi viya ariyamaggañāṇagginā kilese dahanto anivattamāno gaccheyya’’nti? Tato muhuttaṃ gantvā kevaṭṭe addasa nadiyaṃ macche gaṇhante. Tesaṃ jālantare paviṭṭho eko mahāmaccho jālaṃ bhetvā palāyi. Te ‘‘maccho jālaṃ bhetvā gato’’ti saddamakaṃsu. Rājā tampi vacanaṃ sutvā tappaṭibhāganimittaṃ uppādesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi ariyamaggañāṇena taṇhādiṭṭhijālaṃ bhetvā asajjamāno gaccheyya’’nti? So rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi, imañca udānagāthamabhāsi.
在第二句偈中,“jālanti”指线制成的网。“ambūti”指水,在水中游走的便称为ambucārī(水行者),是鱼的别名。水中的游行者,即salilambucārī。因此,偈中“salilambucārī”所指的,便是那在河水中破网而逃的鱼。在第三句偈中,“daḍḍhanti”指被火烧过之处。如同大火不会再返回已被烧过的地方,也不会再烧及彼处;同样地,以圣道智火烧毁五种欲的领域之后,便永不回转,也不会再去往那里了,这便是所要表达的意思。其余部分,依前述的道理来理解。显示巴利原文
Tassā dutiyapāde jālanti suttamayaṃ vuccati. Ambūti udakaṃ, tattha caratīti ambucārī, macchassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Salile ambucārī salilambucārī. Tasmiṃ nadīsalile jālaṃ bhetvā gataambucārīvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatiyapāde daḍḍhanti daḍḍhaṭṭhānaṃ vuccati. Yathā aggi daḍḍhaṭṭhānaṃ puna na nivattati, na tattha bhiyyo āgacchati, evaṃ maggañāṇagginā daḍḍhakāmaguṇaṭṭhānaṃ anivattamāno tattha bhiyyo anāgacchantoti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
119 「眼下垂」这一颂的缘起:据说在波罗奈,有位名叫查克胡娄罗·梵授的国王,如同帕达娄罗·梵授一样热衷于看戏。不同的是:那位国王是因不满足而各处游走;这位国王则是看完一出戏便极度欢喜,以不断观看戏剧来增长渴爱,四处游荡。据说,他看到一位为看戏而来的居士之妻,便生起贪欲。由此他心生悚惧,思惟道:“唉,我这样增长渴爱,必将成为充满恶趣之人。我要克制它。”于是他出家,修观,证得辟支菩提。他自责过去所为,宣说了这首彰显对治功德的优陀那颂。显示巴利原文
119.Okkhittacakkhūti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira cakkhulolabrahmadatto nāma rājā pādalolabrahmadatto viya nāṭakadassanaṃ anuyutto hoti. Ayaṃ pana viseso – so asantuṭṭho tattha tattha gacchati. Ayaṃ taṃ taṃ nāṭakaṃ disvā atīva abhinanditvā nāṭakadassanaparivattanena taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhento vicarati. So kira nāṭakadassanatthaṃ āgataṃ aññataraṃ kuṭumbiyabhariyaṃ disvā rāgaṃ uppādesi. Tato saṃvegaṃ āpajjitvā puna ‘‘are, ahaṃ imaṃ taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhento apāyaparipūrako bhavissāmi, handa, naṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano purimapaṭipattiṃ garahanto tappaṭipakkhaguṇadīpikaṃ imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,“威仪低垂”意思是眼下垂:即将七节颈椎骨顺次安立,为了避开不应看的事物而只取应看的事物,目光仅注视前方一轭之远;并非让下巴压住胸骨,因为这样低垂其目并非沙门应有的威仪。“不摇足”是指不像脚痒的人那样,不生起“在一个人中欲为第二人,在两人中欲为第三人”那种想挤进人群的渴望,他远离了长途漫游与不必要的往返。“守护根门”:在六根当中,因为意根已另作说明,故此处就其余诸根说为“守护根”,即如法防护根门。“善护意”:“意”即指心意本身,能守护此心的,就是“善护意者”。也就是说,能不被烦恼劫夺心意,便是护心。“无漏”:由于这样的行持,他在种种所缘上皆无烦恼的漏泄,故称“无漏”。“不烧燃”:即不被烦恼之火所烧燃。或者说,对外无漏泄,于内不燃烧。其余内容如前所述。显示巴利原文
Tattha okkhittacakkhūti heṭṭhākhittacakkhu, sattagīvaṭṭhikāni paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapetvā parivajjanagahetabbadassanatthaṃ yugamattaṃ pekkhamānoti vuttaṃ hoti. Na tu hanukaṭṭhinā hadayaṭṭhiṃ saṅghaṭṭento. Evañhi okkhittacakkhutā na samaṇasāruppā hoti. Na ca pādaloloti ekassa dutiyo, dvinnaṃ tatiyoti evaṃ gaṇamajjhaṃ pavisitukāmatāya kaṇḍūyamānapādo viya abhavanto, dīghacārikaanivattacārikavirato. Guttindriyoti chasu indriyesu idha manindriyassa visuṃ vuttattā vuttāvasesavasena ca gopitindriyo. Rakkhitamānasānoti mānasaṃ eva mānasānaṃ, taṃ rakkhitamassāti rakkhitamānasāno. Yathā kilesehi na viluppati, evaṃ rakkhitacittoti vuttaṃ hoti. Anavassutoti imāya paṭipattiyā tesu tesu ārammaṇesu kilesaanvassavavirahito. Apariḍayhamānoti kilesaggīhi apariḍayhamāno. Bahiddhā vā anavassuto, ajjhattaṃ apariḍayhamāno. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
120 “放下之后”这一颂的缘起是什么?据说在波罗奈,有一位名叫梵授的国王,他每隔四个月就要到园林去游乐一番。一天,正值盛夏仲月,他前往园林,在园林门口看到一棵枝叶扶疏、繁花点缀枝梢的巴利恰答咖黑檀树,便摘下一朵花,进了园林。随后,一位大臣心想:“国王摘了最顶上的一朵花。”便站在象背上,也摘下一朵。以此方式,所有随行人员都去摘花。而那些人当中,觉得摘花不过瘾的,连树叶也一并摘了。那棵树很快就花叶全无,只剩光秃秃的树干。傍晚时分,国王从园林出来,看到那棵树,心想:‘这棵树怎么变成这样了?我刚来的时候,它那些宝石般色泽的枝条间还点缀着珊瑚似的花朵,现在却花叶全无了。’这样想着,他看见不远处有一棵没有开花但枝繁叶茂的树。看到以后,他心里便生起了这样的念头:‘这棵树因为枝条上开满了花,对许多人来说都很可爱,结果转瞬之间便遭受了灾难。而另一棵树,正因为它不令人贪著,所以依然如故。这王权就像那棵开花的树一样,令人贪著;而出家作比丘的生活,则像那棵不开花的树,不令人贪著。因此,趁着这王权还没有'显示巴利原文
120.Ohārayitvāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññopi cātumāsikabrahmadatto nāma rājā catumāse catumāse uyyānakīḷaṃ gacchati. So ekadivasaṃ gimhānaṃ majjhimamāse uyyānaṃ pavisanto uyyānadvāre pattasañchannaṃ pupphālaṅkatasākhāviṭapaṃ pāricchattakakoviḷāraṃ disvā ekaṃ pupphaṃ gahetvā uyyānaṃ pāvisi. Tato ‘‘raññā aggapupphaṃ gahita’’nti aññataropi amacco hatthikkhandhe ṭhito ekameva pupphaṃ aggahesi. Etenevupāyena sabbo balakāyo aggahesi. Pupphehi anassādentā pattampi gaṇhiṃsu. So rukkho nippattapuppho khandhamattova ahosi. Rājā sāyanhasamaye uyyānā nikkhamanto taṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ kato ayaṃ rukkho, mamāgamanavelāya maṇivaṇṇasākhantaresu pavāḷasadisapupphālaṅkato ahosi, idāni nippattapuppho jāto’’ti cintento tasseva avidūre apupphitarukkhaṃ sañchannapalāsaṃ addasa. Disvā cassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ rukkho pupphabharitasākhattā bahujanassa lobhanīyo ahosi, tena muhutteneva byasanaṃ patto. Ayaṃ panañño alobhanīyattā tatheva ṭhito. Idañcāpi rajjaṃ pupphitarukkho viya lobhanīyaṃ, bhikkhubhāvo pana apupphitarukkho viya alobhanīyo. Tasmā yāva idampi ayaṃ rukkho viya na viluppati, tāva ayamañño sañchannapatto yathā pāricchattako, evaṃ kāsāvena sañchanno hutvā pabbajeyya’’nti. So rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
此处,“披上袈裟而出家”这半颂,意思是:从家中出离之后,披上了袈裟衣。应当这样理解。后面的内容依照前文所述的方法即可明了,故不再详细展开。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvāti imassa pādassa gehā nikkhamitvā kāsāyavatthanivattho hutvāti evamattho veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva sakkā viññātunti na vitthāritanti.
121 这首与「味」有关的偈颂,其由来如何?据说,从前波罗奈国王由大臣之子们簇拥着,在园林中石板铺砌的池塘里戏水。他的厨师取诸肉之精华,精心烹制了一顿极为精致、如不死之药般的午膳,呈给国王。国王对此膳食生起强烈的贪著,丝毫不分与他人,独自全部享用了。他戏水至很晚方出,于是匆忙进食,昔日曾与他共食的任何人,竟一个也未能想起。随后,他内心生起反省:‘唉!我造了恶业,被对味道的贪爱所征服,把所有人都忘光了,只顾自己一个人吃。好吧,我要调伏这味爱!’于是,他舍弃王位,出家修行,通过修观而亲证辟支菩提。为了呵责自己过去的行为,并开示与之相反的功德,他诵出了这首自说偈。显示巴利原文
121.Rasesūti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā uyyāne amaccaputtehi parivuto silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ kīḷati. Tassa sūdo sabbamaṃsānaṃ rasaṃ gahetvā atīva susaṅkhataṃ amatakappaṃ antarabhattaṃ pacitvā upanāmesi. So tattha gedhamāpanno kassaci kiñci adatvā attanāva bhuñji. Udakaṃ kīḷanto ativikāle nikkhanto sīghaṃ sīghaṃ bhuñji. Yehi saddhiṃ pubbe bhuñjati, na tesaṃ kañci sari. Atha pacchā paṭisaṅkhānaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘aho! Mayā pāpaṃ kataṃ, yvāyaṃ rasataṇhābhibhūto sabbajanaṃ vissaritvā ekakova bhuñjiṃ, handa, naṃ rasataṇhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano purimapaṭipattiṃ garahanto tappaṭipakkhaguṇadīpikaṃ imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这里,「于诸味」指的是在酸、甜、苦、辣、咸、涩等各种可尝的滋味当中。「不贪著」的意思是,不生贪婪,也就是不令渴爱生起。「不馋」是指在种种不同的味道中不感到纷乱,没有‘我要尝这个,我要尝那个’的想法。「不养他」是指没有需要抚养的同住比丘等依止者,意即唯依维持身体所需而满足。或者,如同先前在园林中那样,对诸味有着贪著的行为,并养活他人;而今不再如此。因此,由于他舍弃了因馋渴而对诸味生起贪著的渴爱,也由此不再让未来另一个以渴爱为根本的‘有身’生起,故称「不养他」。又据另一种解释:从破坏义的角度,烦恼被称为‘其他’(aññe);因为不养育那些烦恼,所以称为「不养他」,这是此处的含义。「次第行乞」是指不跳跃式地乞食、按次第顺序乞食,不舍弃挨家挨户的次第,不分富户贫户,不间断地入户乞食,这就是它的意思。「于家家心不系缚」是指在刹帝利家族等各种人家,无论在哪里,心都不以烦恼的势力去执著,如同月亮一般,恒常犹如新来的客人,这就是它的意思。其余的内容,依照前面所说。显示巴利原文
Tattha rasesūti ambilamadhuratittakakaṭukaloṇakhārikakasāvādibhedesu sāyanīyesu. Gedhaṃ akaranti giddhiṃ akaronto, taṇhaṃ anuppādentoti vuttaṃ hoti. Aloloti ‘‘idaṃ sāyissāmi, idaṃ sāyissāmī’’ti evaṃ rasavisesesu anākulo. Anaññaposīti posetabbakasaddhivihārikādivirahito. Kāyasandhāraṇamattena santuṭṭhoti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathā vā pubbe uyyāne rasesu gedhakaraṇasīlo aññaposī āsiṃ, evaṃ ahutvā yāya taṇhāya lolo hutvā rasesu gedhaṃ karoti, taṃ taṇhaṃ hitvā āyatiṃ taṇhāmūlakassa aññassa attabhāvassānibbattāpanena anaññaposīti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā atthabhañjanakaṭṭhena kilesā ‘‘aññe’’ti vuccanti, tesaṃ aposanena anaññaposīti ayamettha attho. Sapadānacārīti avokkammacārī anupubbacārī, gharapaṭipāṭiṃ achaḍḍetvā aḍḍhakulañca daliddakulañca nirantaraṃ piṇḍāya pavisamānoti attho. Kule kule appaṭibaddhacittoti khattiyakulādīsu yattha katthaci kilesavasena alaggacitto, candopamo niccanavako hutvāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
122 这首与「断除五盖」有关的偈颂,其由来如何?据说在波罗奈,有一位国王证得了初禅。他为了守护禅那,舍弃王位,出家修行,修习观禅,证得辟支菩提。为了彰显自己的行道成就,他诵出了这首自说偈。显示巴利原文
122.Pahāya pañcāvaraṇānīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā paṭhamajjhānalābhī ahosi. So jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ patvā attano paṭipattisampadaṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
这里的“五盖”即是五种盖,其在《蛇经》等经中已从义理上被详细解说过。然而,由于这些盖如同云雾障碍日月一般障碍于心,故说为“心的遮蔽”。“断除”五盖,是指依近行定或安止定而将其舍弃、消除,这是此处之义。“随烦恼”指那些逼近并逼迫内心的不善法,亦即《中部·念处分别品》等经中所说的贪欲等烦恼。“悉断除”意为全部驱除,也就是通过观道智予以断除,这是其义。“一切”即毫无剩余。如此,止观圆满之人,以最初的道智断除了见的依著而成为“无所依者”;以其余的道智彻底切断了对三界中情爱的染着,这里说的即是“渴爱与贪染”。在此,情爱(sineha)本身由于与功德相违,故被称为“爱著之过患”。其余内容,可依前文所述之方式了知。显示巴利原文
Tattha pañcāvaraṇānīti pañca nīvaraṇāni eva, tāni uragasutte (su. ni. 1 ādayo) atthato vuttāni. Tāni pana yasmā abbhādayo viya candasūriye ceto āvaranti, tasmā ‘‘āvaraṇāni cetaso’’ti vuttāni. Tāni upacārena vā appanāya vā pahāya vijahitvāti attho . Upakkileseti upagamma cittaṃ vibādhente akusaladhamme, vatthopamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.70 ādayo) vutte abhijjhādayo vā. Byapanujjāti panuditvā, vipassanāmaggena pajahitvāti attho. Sabbeti anavasese. Evaṃ samathavipassanāsampanno paṭhamamaggena diṭṭhinissayassa pahīnattā anissito, sesamaggehi chetvā tedhātukaṃ sinehadosaṃ, taṇhārāganti vuttaṃ hoti. Sineho eva hi guṇapaṭipakkhato sinehadosoti vutto. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
123 关于这首“将之置于背后”的偈颂,其缘起是怎样的?据说,在波罗奈城,有一位国王证得了第四禅。他为了守护禅那,舍弃王位而出家,修观之后现证了辟支菩提。为了彰显自己行道成就的圆满,他诵出了这首自说偈。显示巴利原文
123.Vipiṭṭhikatvānāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā catutthajjhānalābhī ahosi. Sopi jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano paṭipattisampadaṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这里,“将之置于背后”的意思是放在背后,也就是抛弃、远离。“乐与苦”指身体上的舒适与不舒适的感受。“喜与忧”指心所层面愉悦与不愉悦的感受。“舍”特指第四禅的舍。“止”即第四禅的定。“清净”意为:由于从五盖、寻、伺、喜、乐这九种对立法的系缚中完全解脱出来,故而极其清净,犹如经过精炼提纯的黄金,远离了一切杂质与随烦恼,此即其义。显示巴利原文
Tattha vipiṭṭhikatvānāti piṭṭhito katvā, chaḍḍetvā vijahitvāti attho . Sukhañca dukkhanti kāyikaṃ sātāsātaṃ. Somanassadomanassanti cetasikaṃ sātāsātaṃ. Upekkhanti catutthajjhānupekkhaṃ. Samathanti catutthajjhānasamādhiṃ eva. Visuddhanti pañcanīvaraṇavitakkavicārapītisukhasaṅkhātehi navahi paccanīkadhammehi vimuttattā atisuddhaṃ, niddhantasuvaṇṇamiva vigatūpakkilesanti attho.
此处义解如下:“将乐与苦先前已置于背后”——意思是苦在初禅的近行处、乐在第三禅的近行处,即已置于背后。再将前面的“ca”字移后,理解为“喜悦与忧先前也已置于背后”。由此显示:喜悦在第四禅的近行处,忧在第二禅的近行处。这些确是它们次第断除之处。若就非次第的彻底断除而言,则苦的断除处在初禅,忧在第二禅,乐在第三禅,喜悦在第四禅。正如经中所说:“入初禅而住时,彼处所生之苦根无余灭尽……”等一切,在《法集论注释》(Dha. sa. aṭṭha. 165)中有说明。如同先前在初禅、第二禅、第三禅中,已将苦、忧、乐置于背后;同样,在这第四禅中,将喜悦置于背后,依此行道所获得的舍、止与清净,便独行自在。其余解释如前所述。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana yojanā – vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhañca dukkhañca pubbeva, paṭhamajjhānūpacāreyeva dukkhaṃ tatiyajjhānūpacāreyeva sukhanti adhippāyo. Puna ādito vuttaṃ ca-kāraṃ parato netvā ‘‘somanassaṃ domanassañca vipiṭṭhikatvāna pubbevā’’ti adhikāro. Tena somanassaṃ catutthajjhānūpacāre, domanassañca dutiyajjhānūpacāreyevāti dīpeti. Etāni hi etesaṃ pariyāyato pahānaṭṭhānāni. Nippariyāyato pana dukkhassa paṭhamajjhānaṃ, domanassassa dutiyajjhānaṃ, sukhassa tatiyajjhānaṃ, somanassassa catutthajjhānaṃ pahānaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī’’tiādikaṃ (saṃ. ni. 5.510) sabbaṃ aṭṭhasāliniyā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 165) vuttaṃ. Yathā pubbevāti tīsu paṭhamajjhānādīsu dukkhadomanassasukhāni vipiṭṭhikatvā evamettha catutthajjhāne somanassaṃ vipiṭṭhikatvā imāya paṭipadāya laddhānupekkhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ eko careti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
124 124.“精进已发”的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,有一位边地国王,拥有一千名战士的军队,国土虽小,智慧却极为广大。一天,他想:“我虽国土狭小,但凭智慧完全能统治整个赡部洲。”于是,他派使者到邻国国王那里,说:“七日之内,要么交出王位,要么开战。”之后,他召集大臣们说:“我没与你们商量就做了这件轻率之事,向某国王发出了这样的消息,现在该怎么办?”大臣们回答:“大王,可以把使者追回来。”国王说:“已追不回来了,他必已出发。”大臣们说:“既然如此,大王,您等于把我们全毁了。与其被别人用武器杀死受苦,不如我们互相击杀而死,或是自尽,或是上吊,或是服毒。”就这样,这些人一个个都只推崇死亡。国王便说:“我要这些建议何用?喂,我的战士们何在?”这时,一千名战士挺身而出,说:“大王,我是战士,我是战士。”显示巴利原文
124.Āraddhavīriyoti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira paccantarājā sahassayodhabalakāyo rajjena khuddako, paññāya mahanto ahosi. So ekadivasaṃ ‘‘kiñcāpi ahaṃ khuddako rajjena, paññavatā pana sakkā sakalajambudīpaṃ gahetu’’nti cintetvā sāmantarañño dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘sattāhabbhantare me rajjaṃ vā detu yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. Tato so attano amacce sannipātāpetvā āha – ‘‘mayā tumhe anāpucchāyeva sāhasaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ, amukassa rañño evaṃ pesitaṃ, kiṃ kātabba’’nti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘sakkā, mahārāja, so dūto nivattetu’’nti. ‘‘Na sakkā, gato bhavissatī’’ti. ‘‘Yadi evaṃ vināsitamhā tayā, tena hi dukkhaṃ aññassa satthena marituṃ, handa, mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ paharitvā marāma, attānaṃ paharitvā marāma, ubbandhāma, visaṃ khādāmā’’ti. Evaṃ etesu ekameko maraṇameva saṃvaṇṇeti. Tato rājā ‘‘kiṃ me imehi, atthi, bhaṇe, mayhaṃ yodhā’’ti āha. Atha ‘‘ahaṃ mahārāja yodho, ahaṃ mahārāja yodho’’ti yodhasahassaṃ uṭṭhahi.
国王心想:“我要考验他们。”便命人堆起一个大火堆,然后说:“喂,这件事是我轻率所为,我的大臣们反对。现在我要投身这火堆,有谁愿与我一同进入?有谁愿为我舍命?”话音刚落,五百名战士站起,说道:“大王,我们愿入。”接着,国王又对另外五百名战士说:“孩子们,你们现在打算怎么做?”他们回答:“大王,那算不上大丈夫所为,那是妇人之行。况且大王已向敌国国王派出使者,我们定与那位国王战斗,直至战死。”于是国王说:“你们已为我舍弃生命。”便集合四支军队,由那一千名战士围绕,前往边境扎营。显示巴利原文
Rājā ‘‘ete upaparikkhissāmī’’ti mahantaṃ citakaṃ sajjāpetvā āha – ‘‘mayā, bhaṇe, idaṃ sāhasaṃ kataṃ, taṃ me amaccā paṭikkosanti, svāhaṃ citakaṃ pavisissāmi. Ko mayā saddhiṃ pavisissati, kena mayhaṃ jīvitaṃ pariccatta’’nti? Evaṃ vutte pañcasatā yodhā uṭṭhahiṃsu ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, pavisissāmā’’ti. Tato rājā itare pañcasate āha – ‘‘tumhe dāni, tātā, kiṃ karissathā’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘nāyaṃ, mahārāja, purisakāro, itthicariyā esā, apica mahārājena paṭirañño dūto pesito, te mayaṃ tena raññā saddhiṃ yujjhitvā marissāmā’’ti. Tato rājā ‘‘pariccattaṃ tumhehi mama jīvita’’nti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā tena yodhasahassena parivuto gantvā rajjasīmāya nisīdi.
那个敌国国王听说这件事后,心生骄慢,说:“哼!那个小国王连做我的奴仆都不配。”随即率领全部军队前来作战。小国王见对方来势汹汹,便对部队说:“诸位,你们人数不多。全体集中,持剑与盾,迅速径直朝那位国王面前冲去。”众人依令而行,敌军霎时被截成两半,让出通路。战士们生擒了那位国王,将他押回。此时,这边的国王口称“我要处死他”,敌国国王乞求无畏,国王便给予他无畏,令他起誓,将其置于自己的掌控之下。随后,他带着这位国王,又出兵征讨另一位国王,驻兵边境,派人传话:“要么交出王国,要么开战。”那位国王说:“我连一战也应付不了。”便交出了王国。他用这种策略,降伏了所有的国王,最后连波罗奈城的国王也捉住了。显示巴利原文
Sopi paṭirājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā ‘‘are, so khuddakarājā mama dāsassāpi nappahotī’’ti dussitvā sabbaṃ balakāyaṃ ādāya yujjhituṃ nikkhami. Khuddakarājā taṃ abbhuyyātaṃ disvā balakāyaṃ āha – ‘‘tātā, tumhe na bahukā, sabbe sampiṇḍitvā asicammaṃ gahetvā sīghaṃ imassa rañño purato ujukaṃ eva gacchathā’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu. Athassa sā senā dvidhā bhinditvā antaramadāsi. Te taṃ rājānaṃ jīvaggāhaṃ gahetvā attano rañño ‘‘taṃ māressāmī’’ti āgacchantassa adaṃsu. Paṭirājā taṃ abhayaṃ yāci. Rājā tassa abhayaṃ datvā sapathaṃ kārāpetvā attano vase katvā tena saha aññaṃ rājānaṃ abbhuggantvā tassa rajjasīmāya ṭhatvā pesesi – ‘‘rajjaṃ vā me detu yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. So ‘‘ahaṃ ekayuddhampi na sahāmī’’ti rajjaṃ niyyādesi. Etenupāyena sabbe rājāno gahetvā ante bārāṇasirājānampi aggahesi.
他由一百多位国王围绕着,统治整个赡部洲的王国时,心中思惟:“我从前只是个小人物,如今凭借自己的智慧成就,成了整个赡部洲洲的大自在转轮王。然而,我这智慧只是与世间精进相联系的,既不能导向厌离,也不能导向离欲。我何不用这智慧来寻求出世间法呢?”于是,他把王国交给了波罗奈王,将妻子儿女安顿在自己的故国中,舍弃一切而出家,着手修观,最终现证了独觉佛菩提。为了彰显自己的精进成就,他说出了这首感兴之偈。显示巴利原文
So ekasatarājaparivuto sakalajambudīparajjaṃ anusāsanto cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ pubbe khuddako ahosiṃ, somhi idāni attano ñāṇasampattiyā sakalajambudīpamaṇḍalassa issaro rājā jāto. Taṃ kho pana me ñāṇaṃ lokiyavīriyasampayuttaṃ, neva nibbidāya na virāgāya saṃvattati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ iminā ñāṇena lokuttaradhammaṃ gaveseyya’’nti. Tato bārāṇasirañño rajjaṃ datvā puttadārañca sakajanapadeyeva ṭhapetvā sabbaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano vīriyasampattiṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,“精进已发”是指他的精进已经发起了,由此显示他自己大精进的状态。“究竟义”指的是涅槃。“究竟义之得”即对究竟义的证得。“于究竟义证得”是指对于此究竟义之证得,由此显示通过发起精进所应证得的果。“心不怯弱”以此显示那些被精进所策励的心与心所法,处于不怯弱的状态。“无懈怠行”以此显示在站立、经行等一切活动中,身体不会陷入疲乏。“坚固精勤”以此显示如所说的“纵使仅剩皮肤与筋脉……”那般,所生起的昂扬精进。修习次第学等而如此奋发的人,被称为“由此身现证究竟谛”。或者,以此显示与圣道相应的精进。这种精进因修习圆满而达至坚固,又因从一切对立中出离而称为真正的“精勤”,因此,具足此精进的人也称为“坚固精勤”。“具足体力与智力”是指在道刹那,具备了身体的力量和智慧的力量。或者说,具足了显示巴利原文
Tattha āraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ assāti āraddhavīriyo. Etena attano mahāvīriyataṃ dasseti. Paramattho vuccati nibbānaṃ, paramatthassa patti paramatthapatti, tassā paramatthapattiyā. Etena vīriyārambhena pattabbaṃ phalaṃ dasseti. Alīnacittoti etena vīriyūpatthambhānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ alīnataṃ dasseti. Akusītavuttīti etena ṭhānacaṅkamādīsu kāyassa anavasīdanaṃ dasseti. Daḷhanikkamoti etena ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru cā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.184; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196) evaṃ pavattaṃ padahanavīriyaṃ dasseti, yaṃ taṃ anupubbasikkhādīsu padahanto ‘‘kāyena ceva paramatthasaccaṃ sacchikarotī’’ti vuccati. Atha vā etena maggasampayuttaṃ vīriyaṃ dasseti. Tampi daḷhañca bhāvanāpāripūrigatattā, nikkamo ca sabbaso paṭipakkhā nikkhantattā, tasmā taṃsamaṅgīpuggalopi daḷho nikkamo assāti ‘‘daḷhanikkamo’’ti vuccati. Thāmabalūpapannoti maggakkhaṇe kāyathāmena ca ñāṇabalena ca upapanno. Atha vā thāmabhūtena balena upapanno, thirañāṇabalūpapannoti vuttaṃ hoti. Etena tassa vīriyassa vipassanāñāṇasampayogaṃ dīpento yogapadhānabhāvaṃ sādheti. Pubbabhāgamajjhimaukkaṭṭhavīriyavasena vā tayopi pādā yojetabbā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
125 「隐居」(Paṭisallānaṃ)的起因是什么呢?这首偈的缘起和前面的护偈类似,没有什么特别之处。至于意思的解释:「隐居」指从各种众生行(sattasaṅkhāra)中回转、隐退,意思是独自隐居、独处的状态,也就是身体远离(kāyaviveka)。「禅那」(Jhāna)因为能烧尽敌对法(paccanīkajhāpana)和专注审查所缘的相(ārammaṇalakkhaṇūpanijjhāna),所以称为心远离(cittaviveka)。其中,证得八种等至时,因为烧尽五盖等敌对法,也因为对遍(kasiṇa)等所缘进行专注审查,所以称为「禅那」。观(vipassanā)、圣道、圣果则因为烧尽有想(sattasaññā)等敌对法,也因为对诸行的相(lakkhaṇa)进行专注审查,所以也称为「禅那」。但在这里,只是指对所缘的专注审查这层意思。像这样,不舍弃、不离弃、不抛弃这样的隐居和禅那。「于诸法」(Dhammesu)指在观所亲近的那些法当中,也就是五蕴等法。「常」(Niccaṃ)指恒常、连续、没有间断地。「随法而行者」(anudhammacārī)指以那些法为所缘,生起随顺的观法,这样去实践的人。或者,这里的「法」(dhammā)指九种出世间法,随顺那些法的法称为「随法」(anudhammo),这是观的代名词。在这里,本来应该说「于诸法常为随法而行者」,为了作偈的方便而用了「Dhammesu」(于诸法)这样的语法形式。「已察觉诸有之过患」(Ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesu):藉由这个称为「随法行」的观,在三种有当中,如理地审查无常等相的过患。像这样,通过成就了身远离和心远离、称为观的这条修行之道,就可以说他是一位证得者,应当独自游方。应当这样来理解其中的关联。显示巴利原文
125.Paṭisallānanti kā uppatti? Imissā gāthāya āvaraṇagāthāya viya uppatti, natthi koci viseso. Atthavaṇṇanāya panassā paṭisallānanti tehi tehi sattasaṅkhārehi paṭinivattitvā sallānaṃ, ekamantasevitā ekībhāvo kāyavivekoti attho. Jhānanti paccanīkajhāpanato ārammaṇalakkhaṇūpanijjhānato ca cittaviveko vuccati. Tattha aṭṭha samāpattiyo nīvaraṇādipaccanīkajhāpanato kasiṇādiārammaṇūpanijjhānato ca ‘‘jhāna’’nti vuccati. Vipassanāmaggaphalāni sattasaññādipaccanīkajhāpanato lakkhaṇūpanijjhānato ca ‘‘jhāna’’ni vuccati. Idha pana ārammaṇūpanijjhānameva adhippetaṃ. Evametaṃ paṭisallānañca jhānañca ariñcamāno ajahamāno anissajjamāno. Dhammesūti vipassanūpagesu pañcakkhandhādidhammesu. Niccanti satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ. Anudhammacārīti te dhamme ārabbha pavattanena anugataṃ vipassanādhammaṃ caramāno. Atha vā dhammesūti ettha dhammāti navalokuttaradhammā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ anulomo dhammoti anudhammo, vipassanāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha ‘‘dhammānaṃ niccaṃ anudhammacārī’’ti vattabbe gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ vibhattibyattayena ‘‘dhammesū’’ti vuttaṃ siyā. Ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesūti tāya anudhammacāritāsaṅkhātāya vipassanāya aniccākārādidosaṃ tīsu bhavesu samanupassanto evaṃ imāya kāyacittavivekasikhāpattavipassanāsaṅkhātāya paṭipadāya adhigatoti vattabbo eko careti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.
126 「爱尽」的缘起为何?据说,昔时波罗奈有一国王,以极盛王威于城中右绕巡视。以其身相庄严,众人倾心,走在前面的转过身来注视他,走在后面与两旁者也无不如此。实则世间本就连睹见佛陀、满月与大海之王亦恒看不足。那时,一居士妻立于高楼,打开狮子窗向下眺望。国王见而心生爱着,即命一大臣:「去探知那女子是有夫还是无夫。」大臣查后回禀:「有夫,陛下。」国王于是思量:「我这有二万舞女如天女般,唯我一人受用,我竟犹不满足,而对他人妻室生起爱欲。这种爱欲才一生起,便只会将人拖入恶趣。」他看到了爱欲的过患,心想:「我当降伏它!」遂舍弃王位出家,修观而证辟支菩提,随后说出这首优陀那偈。显示巴利原文
126.Taṇhakkhayanti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā mahaccarājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karoti. Tassa sarīrasobhāya āvajjitahadayā sattā purato gacchantāpi nivattitvā tameva ullokenti, pacchato gacchantāpi, ubhohi passehi gacchantāpi. Pakatiyā eva hi buddhadassane puṇṇacandasamuddarājadassane ca atitto loko. Atha aññatarā kuṭumbiyabhariyāpi uparipāsādagatā sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā olokayamānā aṭṭhāsi. Rājā taṃ disvā paṭibaddhacitto hutvā amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘jānāhi tāva, bhaṇe, ‘ayaṃ itthī sasāmikā vā asāmikā vā’’’ti? So ñatvā ‘‘sasāmikā, devā’’ti ārocesi. Atha rājā cintesi – ‘‘imā vīsatisahassanāṭakitthiyo devaccharāyo viya maṃ eva ekaṃ abhiramāpenti, so dānāhaṃ etāpi atussitvā parassa itthiyā taṇhaṃ uppādesiṃ. Sā uppannā apāyameva ākaḍḍhatī’’ti taṇhāya ādīnavaṃ disvā ‘‘handa, naṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,「爱尽」即涅槃,亦即如是见其过患后,爱欲的不再转起。「不放逸者」指持续精勤、恭敬行事之人。「不哑不愚者」即非口吃不清之人;或亦可解为「不哑亦不愚」,即聪敏善巧之人。「多闻者」指具备能带来利益安乐的所闻,亦即成就圣教者。「具念者」指于久远所作等事皆能忆念者。「已遍知法者」指由审法而全然了知诸法者。「决定者」指依圣道达于决定性者。「有精进者」指具足正勤精进者。这些词应如此依序连贯读诵:即,具足不放逸等,以能导向决定性的精进而成为有精进者;由此精进圆成决定,故为决定者;由此证得阿拉汉果,故为已遍知法者。因为阿拉汉再无可遍知者,所以称为「已遍知法者」,正如经中所说:「哪些是已遍知法者,哪些又是这世间的众多有学?」(《经集》1044;《小部·阿耆多青年问义释》7)其余义理,准前所说当可了知。显示巴利原文
Tattha taṇhakkhayanti nibbānaṃ, evaṃ diṭṭhādīnavāya vā taṇhāya appavattiṃ. Appamattoti sātaccakārī, sakkaccakārī. Aneḷamūgoti alālāmukho. Atha vā aneḷo ca amūgo ca, paṇḍito byattoti vuttaṃ hoti. Hitasukhasampāpakaṃ sutamassa atthīti sutavā, āgamasampannoti vuttaṃ hoti. Satīmāti cirakatādīnaṃ anussaritā. Saṅkhātadhammoti dhammūpaparikkhāya pariññātadhammo. Niyatoti ariyamaggena niyatabhāvappatto. Padhānavāti sammappadhānavīriyasampanno. Uppaṭipāṭiyā esa pāṭho yojetabbo. Evameva tehi appamādādīhi samannāgato niyāmasampāpakena padhānena padhānavā, tena padhānena sampattaniyāmato niyato, tato arahattappattiyā saṅkhātadhammo. Arahā hi puna saṅkhātabbābhāvato ‘‘saṅkhātadhammo’’ti vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idhā’’ti (su. ni. 1044; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 7). Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
127 「犹如狮子」的起因是什么?据说,有一位波罗奈国王,他的花园在很远的地方。一天清晨,他前往花园,途中下了车,走到一处水边,心想:“我洗把脸。”就在那里,一头母狮产下幼狮后便外出觅食。国王的侍从看见了幼狮,禀报说:“陛下,有只幼狮。”国王心想:“据说狮子无所畏惧。”为了检验,他便命人敲响大鼓等乐器。幼狮听到声音,依然躺着不动。接着又命人敲了三次,到第三次时,幼狮抬起头,环视了一遍众人,然后又照旧躺下。于是国王说:“趁它母亲还没回来,我们走吧。”离开时,他思惟道:“这刚出生的幼狮尚且不惊不怖,我何时才能断除由爱欲与邪见所生的怖畏,不再惊恐、不再畏惧呢?”他将此事作为所缘,继续前行。又看见渔夫们捕了鱼,绑在树枝上,张网晾晒,风吹过网时毫无滞着。由此他生起一个观想:“我何时才能破除爱欲、邪见、愚痴之网,如此毫无滞着地生活呢?”显示巴利原文
127.Sīhovāti kā uppatti? Aññatarassa kira bārāṇasirañño dūre uyyānaṃ hoti, so pageva uṭṭhāya uyyānaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge yānā oruyha udakaṭṭhānaṃ upagato ‘‘mukhaṃ dhovissāmī’’ti. Tasmiñca padese sīhī sīhapotakaṃ janetvā gocarāya gatā. Rājapuriso taṃ disvā ‘‘sīhapotako, devā’’ti ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘sīho kira kassaci na bhāyatī’’ti taṃ upaparikkhituṃ bheriādīni ākoṭāpesi, sīhapotako taṃ saddaṃ sutvāpi tatheva sayi. Atha yāvatatiyaṃ ākoṭāpesi. So tatiyavāre sīsaṃ ukkhipitvā sabbaṃ parisaṃ oloketvā tatheva sayi. Atha rājā ‘‘yāvassa mātā nāgacchati, tāva gacchāmā’’ti vatvā gacchanto cintesi – ‘‘tadahujātopi sīhapotako na santasati na bhāyati, kudāssu nāmāhampi taṇhādiṭṭhiparitāsaṃ chaḍḍetvā na santaseyyaṃ na bhāyeyya’’nti? So taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā gacchanto puna kevaṭṭehi macche gahetvā sākhāsu bandhitvā pasārite jāle vātaṃ asaṅgaṃyeva gacchamānaṃ disvā tasmiṃ nimittaṃ aggahesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi taṇhādiṭṭhimohajālaṃ phāletvā evaṃ asajjamāno gaccheyya’’nti?
随后他到了花园,坐在石板池塘边,看见风吹来时,莲花俯身触到水面,风停后又挺立回原位,不被水所染污。他从中又得到一个观想:“这些莲花生长于水中,却不被水染污而挺立。我何时才能生于世间,却不被世间染污而安立呢?”他反复思惟:“应如狮子、如风、如莲花一般,不惊恐、不滞着、不染污。”于是他舍弃王位出家,修习观而亲证辟支菩提,随后诵出这首优陀那偈。显示巴利原文
Atha uyyānaṃ gantvā silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyā tīre nisinno vātabbhāhatāni padumāni onamitvā udakaṃ phusitvā vātavigame puna yathāṭhāne ṭhitāni udakena anupalittāni disvā tasmiṃ nimittaṃ aggahesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi yathā etāni udake jātāni udakena anupalittāni tiṭṭhanti. Evaṃ loke jāto lokena anupalitto tiṭṭheyya’’nti. So punappunaṃ ‘‘yathā sīho vāto padumāni, evaṃ asantasantena asajjamānena anupalittena bhavitabba’’nti cintetvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
这里所说的「狮子」共有四种:草狮、黄狮、黑狮、鬃狮。其中鬃狮最为殊胜,此处即指鬃狮。「风」则有东风等多种。「莲花」也有红莲、白莲等种类。任何一种风与任何一种莲花,都可用作譬喻。其中,所谓惊恐,实源于对自我的执著;这种对自己的执著名为爱染,其本质是与邪见相应或不与邪见相应的贪,归根结底即是爱欲。而滞着,则是对事物缺乏审察的人由愚痴所生,愚痴即是无明。在此二者中,依止而断爱欲,依观而断无明。因此,以止断除我执之后,便能如狮子在听到种种声音、面对无常与苦等现象时,不惊不怖;以观断除愚痴之后,便能如风对于网,面对诸蕴、诸处、诸界等法时,毫无滞着;同样,以止断除贪及与贪相应的邪见,便能如莲花不染水一般,不沾染任何于有、于享乐的贪爱。在此,止以戒为立足处,止属于定,定属于观。当此二法(止与观)修成时,圣戒蕴、圣定蕴、圣慧蕴这三蕴便同时成就。以圣戒蕴,他成为勇者,恰如狮子在听到种种声音、遇到令人愤慨之事时,不会因欲起嗔而惊恐;以圣慧蕴,他成就通达万法本质的殊胜特性。显示巴利原文
Tattha sīhoti cattāro sīhā – tiṇasīho, paṇḍusīho, kāḷasīho, kesarasīhoti. Tesaṃ kesarasīho aggamakkhāyati. So idha adhippeto. Vāto puratthimādivasena anekavidho. Padumaṃ rattasetādivasena. Tesu yo koci vāto yaṃ kiñci padumañca vaṭṭatiyeva. Tattha yasmā santāso nāma attasinehena hoti, attasineho ca nāma taṇhālepo, sopi diṭṭhisampayuttena vā diṭṭhivippayuttena vā lobhena hoti, sopi ca taṇhāyeva. Sajjanaṃ pana tattha upaparikkhādivirahitassa mohena hoti, moho ca avijjā. Tattha samathena taṇhāya pahānaṃ, vipassanāya avijjāya. Tasmā samathena attasinehaṃ pahāya sīhova saddesu aniccadukkhādīsu asantasanto, vipassanāya mohaṃ pahāya vātova jālamhi khandhāyatanādīsu asajjamāno, samatheneva lobhaṃ lobhasampayuttadiṭṭhiñca pahāya, padumaṃva toyena sabbabhavabhogalobhena alippamāno. Ettha ca samathassa sīlaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, samatho samādhissa, samādhi vipassanāyāti evaṃ dvīsu dhammesu siddhesu tayo khandhā siddhāva honti. Tattha sīlakkhandhena sūro hoti. So sīhova saddesu āghātavatthūsu kujjhitukāmatāya na santasati, paññākkhandhena paṭividdhasabhāvo vātova jālamhi khandhādidhammabhede na sajjati, samādhikkhandhena vītarāgo padumaṃva toyena rāgena na lippati. Evaṃ samathavipassanāhi sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhehi ca yathāsambhavaṃ taṇhāvijjānaṃ tiṇṇañca akusalamūlānaṃ pahānavasena asantasanto asajjamāno alippamāno ca veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
128 128.“犹如狮子”一语的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,有一位波罗奈国王为了平定边境的叛乱,不走村寨间的道路,取道山林,率领大军行进。那时,在某座山脚下,一头狮子正沐浴着清晨的阳光,趴卧在那里。国王的随从看见后,禀告了国王。国王说:“听说狮子是不畏惧的。”便命人击打大鼓、小鼓等种种乐器,发出声响,狮子却依旧那样趴着。国王又命人第二次击打,狮子还是趴着不动。到了第三次击打时,狮子心想:“这人是我的敌人。”便以四足稳稳站定,发出狮子吼。听到这吼声,象兵等人纷纷从象等坐骑上下来,钻入草丛中躲藏,象群与马群也四散奔逃。国王的坐象更是驮着国王,冲撞着密林逃窜而去。国王无法控制,抓住树枝悬在那里,最后落到地上,沿着一条仅容一人通行的小路,来到了独觉佛们居住的地方。在那里,他问独觉佛们:“各位尊者,你们听见声音了吗?”“是的,大王。”“那是谁的声音呢,尊者?”“先是鼓、螺等的声音,后来是狮子的声音。”“尊者,你们不害怕吗?”“大王,我们不害怕任何声音。”“那么,尊者,我也能证得这样的境界吗?”“可以的,大王。”显示巴利原文
128.Sīho yathāti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā paccantaṃ kupitaṃ vūpasametuṃ gāmānugāmimaggaṃ chaḍḍetvā ujuṃ aṭavimaggaṃ gahetvā mahatiyā senāya gacchati. Tena ca samayena aññatarasmiṃ pabbatapāde sīho bālasūriyātapaṃ tappamāno nipanno hoti. Taṃ disvā rājapurisā rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘sīho kira na santasatī’’ti bheripaṇavādisaddaṃ kārāpesi, sīho tatheva nipajji. Dutiyampi kārāpesi, sīho tatheva nipajji. Tatiyampi kārāpesi, tadā ‘‘sīho mama paṭisattu atthī’’ti catūhi pādehi suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā sīhanādaṃ nadi. Taṃ sutvā hatthārohādayo hatthiādīhi orohitvā tiṇagahanāni paviṭṭhā, hatthiassagaṇā disāvidisā palātā. Rañño hatthīpi rājānaṃ gahetvā vanagahanāni pothayamāno palāyi . Rājā taṃ sandhāretuṃ asakkonto rukkhasākhāya olambitvā pathaviṃ patitvā ekapadikamaggena gacchanto paccekabuddhānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha paccekabuddhe pucchi – ‘‘api, bhante, saddamassutthā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kassa saddaṃ, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ bherisaṅkhādīnaṃ, pacchā sīhassā’’ti . ‘‘Na bhāyittha, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, mahārāja, kassaci saddassa bhāyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sakkā pana, bhante, mayhampi edisaṃ kātu’’nti? ‘‘Sakkā, mahārāja, sace pabbajissasī’’ti. ‘‘Pabbajāmi, bhante’’ti. Tato naṃ pabbājetvā pubbe vuttanayeneva ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhāpesuṃ. Sopi pubbe vuttanayeneva vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
此处,「狮子」一词,因具有能忍、能杀与行动敏捷的特性,故称为“狮子”。在此偈颂中,“狮子”指的是兽王狮子。因其具齿而有力量,故称“有牙力者”。“强力地、征服地”两个词,应与“行”字结合,构成“强力而行者、征服而行者”。其中,“强力而行者”是指以强力压制而行者;“征服而行者”是指以威势征服、恐吓、驾驭而行者。这只狮子以身体力量而成为强力而行者,以威光而成为征服而行者。若有人问:“谁是强力地、征服地而行者?”回答时,应将属格的“诸野兽”当作对格来理解,即:“强力地、征服地对待诸野兽而行者”。而“边远的”,意指遥远的。“坐卧具”,意指栖身之处。其余内容,依前文已说明的方法即可理解,故不再详释。显示巴利原文
Tattha sahanā ca hananā ca sīghajavattā ca sīho. Kesarasīhova idha adhippeto. Dāṭhā balamassa atthīti dāṭhabalī. Pasayha abhibhuyyāti ubhayaṃ cārī-saddena saha yojetabbaṃ pasayhacārī abhibhuyyacārīti. Tattha pasayha niggahetvā caraṇena pasayhacārī, abhibhavitvā santāsetvā vasīkatvā caraṇena abhibhuyyacārī. Svāyaṃ kāyabalena pasayhacārī, tejasā abhibhuyyacārī, tattha sace koci vadeyya – ‘‘kiṃ pasayha abhibhuyya cārī’’ti, tato migānanti sāmivacanaṃ upayogatthe katvā ‘‘mige pasayha abhibhuyya cārī’’ti paṭivattabbaṃ. Pantānīti dūrāni. Senāsanānīti vasanaṭṭhānāni. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva sakkā jānitunti na vitthāritanti.
129 129.“慈与舍”一语的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,有一位国王证得了慈等禅那。他心想:“王位是禅那之乐的障碍。”为守护禅那,他舍弃王位出家,修习观法,亲证辟支菩提,从而诵出这首优陀那偈颂。显示巴利原文
129.Mettaṃ upekkhanti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira rājā mettādijhānalābhī ahosi. So ‘‘jhānasukhantarāyo rajja’’nti jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,以“愿一切众生快乐”等方式,愿给予利益与安乐的心,即是「慈」。以“啊,愿他们能从这痛苦中解脱”等方式,愿拔除不利与痛苦的心,即是「悲」。以“尊敬的众生啊,他们确在喜悦,他们喜悦得真好啊”等方式,愿不离利益与安乐的心,即是「喜」。以“众生将依各自的业而显现”的态度,于苦乐保持中舍的状态,即是「舍」。然而,为使偈颂文句顺畅,先说「慈」,次说「舍」,最后才提及「喜」。而「解脱」一词,是指这四者皆脱离了各自的对立法,因此称为「解脱」。由此说“慈、舍、悲、解脱,适时修习者,以及喜”。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhitā bhavantū’’tiādinā nayena hitasukhūpanayanakāmatā mettā. ‘‘Aho vata imamhā dukkhā mucceyyu’’ntiādinā nayena ahitadukkhāpanayanakāmatā karuṇā. ‘‘Modanti vata bhonto sattā, modanti sādhu suṭṭhū’’tiādinā nayena hitasukhāvippayogakāmatā muditā. ‘‘Paññāyissanti sakena kammenā’’ti sukhadukkhaajjhupekkhanatā upekkhā. Gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ pana uppaṭipāṭiyā mettaṃ vatvā upekkhā vuttā, muditā ca pacchā. Vimuttinti catassopi etā attano paccanīkadhammehi vimuttattā vimuttiyo. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘mettaṃ upekkhaṃ karuṇaṃ vimuttiṃ, āsevamāno muditañca kāle’’ti.
其中,「修习者」是指:慈、悲、喜依三禅、四禅乃至五禅的方式而修习,舍则依第四禅的方式而修习。「适时」是指:修习慈之后,从该禅那出定,再修习悲;从彼出定,再修习喜;从彼或从其他离喜的禅那出定,再修习舍。如此次第修习,即称为「适时修习」;也可指在适宜修习的安稳时刻修习。「与一切世间无诤」的意思是:于十方一切众生世间,心无违逆。因为修习慈等之后,众生便不再显得可厌,针对众生的嗔心也就止息了,因此说“与一切世间无诤”。这是此处的略释,详细内容在《法集论注》的慈心解说中已阐明。其余部分与前述类似。显示巴利原文
Tattha āsevamānoti tisso tikacatukkajjhānavasena, upekkhaṃ catutthajjhānavasena bhāvayamāno . Kāleti mettaṃ āsevitvā tato vuṭṭhāya karuṇaṃ, tato vuṭṭhāya muditaṃ, tato itarato vā nippītikajjhānato vuṭṭhāya upekkhaṃ āsevamāno eva ‘‘kāle āsevamāno’’ti vuccati, āsevituṃ vā phāsukakāle. Sabbena lokena avirujjhamānoti dasasu disāsu sabbena sattalokena avirujjhamāno. Mettādīnañhi bhāvitattā sattā appaṭikūlā honti, sattesu ca virodhibhūto paṭigho vūpasammati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno’’ti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana mettādikathā aṭṭhasāliniyā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 251) vuttā. Sesaṃ vuttasadisamevāti.
130 「贪与嗔」这一颂的缘起是什么?据说,在王舍城附近,住着一位名为马当嘎的独觉佛,他是所有独觉佛中的最后一位。那时,我们的菩萨诞生,天神们为供养菩萨而前来,见到那位独觉佛便说道:“贤者,贤者,佛陀已出现于世间!”他从灭尽定中出定,听到此言,观察到自己的寿命即将终结,知道雪山中有一座名为大悬崖的山,是独觉佛们般涅槃之处。于是,他腾空而起,前往那里,将先前已般涅槃的独觉佛们的遗骨堆投入悬崖,然后坐在石板上,诵出这首优陀那偈。显示巴利原文
130.Rāgañca dosañcāti kā uppatti? Rājagahaṃ kira nissāya mātaṅgo nāma paccekabuddho viharati sabbapacchimo paccekabuddhānaṃ. Atha amhākaṃ bodhisatte uppanne devatāyo bodhisattassa pūjanatthāya āgacchantiyo taṃ disvā ‘‘mārisā, mārisā, buddho loke uppanno’’ti bhaṇiṃsu. So nirodhā vuṭṭhahanto taṃ sutvā attano jīvitakkhayaṃ disvā himavante mahāpapāto nāma pabbato paccekabuddhānaṃ parinibbānaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha ākāsena gantvā pubbe parinibbutapaccekabuddhassa aṭṭhisaṅghātaṃ papāte pakkhipitvā silātale nisīditvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,贪、嗔、痴的解释,与《蛇品》中所说相同。“诸结”是指十种结缚,它们已由各别的圣道所摧毁。“于寿命坏灭无所畏惧”:此处“寿命坏灭”是指死心的坏灭。由于对生命的渴爱已经断除,故于寿命坏灭时无所畏惧。至此,他表明了自身证入有余涅槃界,而在这首偈颂的末尾,则表明他已于无余依涅槃界般涅槃。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāgadosamohā uragasutte vuttāva. Saṃyojanānīti dasa saṃyojanāni, tāni ca tena tena maggena sandālayitvā. Asantasaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhīti jīvitasaṅkhayo vuccati cuticittassa paribhedo. Tasmiñca jīvitasaṅkhaye jīvitanikantiyā pahīnattā asantasanti. Ettāvatā sopādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ attano dassetvā gāthāpariyosāne anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyīti.
131 “结交”一词的缘起为何?据说,在波罗奈城有一位国王,正如最初那首偈颂所说,统治着一个繁荣的王国。他身患重病,备受剧痛煎熬。两万名宫女环绕着他,为他揉按手脚等。大臣们心想:“这位国王恐怕性命难保,我们还是为自己另寻依靠吧。”于是他们前去投靠另一位国王,请求侍奉他。他们在那里虽然服侍勤恳,却得不到任何赏赐。国王病愈后问道:“某某和某某到哪里去了?”听闻此事后,他只是摇了摇头,便默然不语。那些大臣听说“国王病愈了”,又因为在那边一无所得,为极度窘困所迫,便再次回来,礼敬国王后站在一旁。国王对他们说:“诸位爱卿,你们去了哪里?”他们答道:“见大王身体虚弱,我们因担心生计,便去了某处。”国王摇了摇头,心想:“我何不再装一次病,看看他们是否还会这样做?”于是,他像之前病重时那样,表现出剧烈的痛苦,躺回卧榻。宫女们同从前一样,环绕着他,做着同样的事。那些大臣也如上次一般,这次更带了更多的人一同离去。如此,国王反复进行了三次,那些官员每次也都会……显示巴利原文
131.Bhajantīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā ādigāthāya vuttappakārameva phītaṃ rajjaṃ samanusāsati. Tassa kharo ābādho uppajji, dukkhā vedanā pavattanti. Vīsatisahassitthiyo taṃ parivāretvā hatthapādasambāhanādīni karonti. Amaccā ‘‘na dānāyaṃ rājā jīvissati, handa, mayaṃ attano saraṇaṃ gavesāmā’’ti cintetvā aññatarassa rañño santikaṃ gantvā upaṭṭhānaṃ yāciṃsu. Te tattha upaṭṭhahantiyeva, na kiñci labhanti. Rājā ābādhā vuṭṭhahitvā pucchi – ‘‘itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca kuhi’’nti? Tato taṃ pavattiṃ sutvāva sīsaṃ cāletvā tuṇhī ahosi. Tepi amaccā ‘‘rājā vuṭṭhito’’ti sutvā tattha kiñci alabhamānā paramena pārijuññena pīḷitā punadeva āgantvā rājānaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Tena ca raññā ‘‘kuhiṃ, tātā, tumhe gatā’’ti vuttā āhaṃsu – ‘‘devaṃ dubbalaṃ disvā ājīvikabhayenamhā asukaṃ nāma janapadaṃ gatā’’ti. Rājā sīsaṃ cāletvā cintesi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ tameva ābādhaṃ dassessaṃ, kiṃ punapi evaṃ kareyyuṃ, no’’ti? So pubbe rogena phuṭṭho viya bāḷhaṃ vedanaṃ dassento gilānālayaṃ akāsi. Itthiyo samparivāretvā pubbasadisameva sabbaṃ akaṃsu. Tepi amaccā tatheva puna bahutaraṃ janaṃ gahetvā pakkamiṃsu. Evaṃ rājā yāvatatiyaṃ sabbaṃ pubbasadisaṃ akāsi, tepi tatheva pakkamiṃsu. Tato catutthampi te āgate disvā rājā – ‘‘aho! Ime dukkaraṃ akaṃsu, ye maṃ byādhitaṃ pahāya anapekkhā pakkamiṃsū’’ti nibbinno rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi.
其中,“结交”是指以身体去亲近、依附和奉事。“侍奉”是指以合掌等礼仪,以及“还有什么我可以为您做”这种顺从而照顾的态度去承事。“利益即是他们的原因”:意思是,他们结交和侍奉,并没什么别的原因,利益就是他们唯一的目的,可以说,他们正是为了利益而侍奉。“如今,不带利益计较的朋友实为稀有”:这是指那些心想“我们从这人身上能得到些什么”,带着图谋自身利益的心念去结交的人——他们是有原因的;那些纯粹不夹杂任何利益计较的——显示巴利原文
Tattha bhajantīti sarīrena allīyantā payirupāsanti. Sevantīti añjalikammādīhi kiṃkārapaṭissāvitāya ca paricaranti. Kāraṇaṃ attho etesanti kāraṇatthā, bhajanāya ca sevanāya ca nāññaṃ kāraṇamatthi, attho eva nesaṃ kāraṇaṃ, atthahetu sevantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nikkāraṇādullabhā ajja mittāti ‘‘ito kiñci lacchāmā’’ti evaṃ attapaṭilābhakāraṇena nikkāraṇā, kevalaṃ –
能施以援手的朋友,能同甘共苦的朋友,
能晓示义利的朋友,能心怀悲悯的朋友。」(《长部》3.265)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upakāro ca yo mitto, yo mitto sukhadukkhako; Atthakkhāyī ca yo mitto, yo mitto anukampako’’ti. (dī. ni. 3.265) –
具备如此所说圣洁友情的友人,当今甚为难得。「立于己之智慧」(attaṭṭhapaññā):指他们的智慧唯安立于自身,意即只观察自己,不观察他人。亦有读作「自利之智慧」(attatthapaññā)的版本,其意为:唯见自己利益,不见他人利益。相传另有一古本读作「现见义利之智慧」(diṭṭhatthapaññā),其意为:智慧只安住于当下所见的利益,而不顾及长远利益。也就是说,只看重现法之利(diṭṭhadhammika),不重来世之利,这是它所要表达的意思。「不净」(asucī):是指其身行、语行、意行不清净、不高尚。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttena ariyena mittabhāvena samannāgatā dullabhā ajja mittā. Attaṭṭhapaññāti attani ṭhitā etesaṃ paññā. Attānameva oloketi, na aññanti attho. ‘‘Attatthapaññā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa attano atthameva oloketi, na paratthanti attho. ‘‘Diṭṭhatthapaññā’’ti ayampi kira porāṇapāṭho, tassa sampati diṭṭheyeva atthe etesaṃ paññā , na āyatinti attho. Diṭṭhadhammikatthaṃyeva oloketi, na samparāyikatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Asucīti asucinā anariyena kāyavacīmanokammena samannāgatā.
「如犀牛角者」:如同以刀砍树等,或以自己的角粉碎山岳等而行,故称‘犀牛’;‘角’(visāṇa)因似毒(visa)而得名,又似刀(khagga),故称‘刀’。具此角的兽便是犀牛。此犀牛的状态或方式,就称为‘如犀牛角行’。其义为:独觉佛应如同犀牛,独行、独住、独转、独说,无有伴侣,无有朋党。显示巴利原文
Khaggavisāṇakappoti khaggena rukkhādayo chindanto viya sakasiṅgena pabbatādayo cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ kurumāno vicaratīti khaggavisāṇo. Visasadisā āṇāti visāṇā. Khaggaṃ viyāti khaggaṃ. Khaggaṃ visāṇaṃ yassa migassa soyaṃ migo khaggavisāṇo, tassa khaggavisāṇassa kappo khaggavisāṇakappo. Khaggavisāṇasadiso paccekabuddho eko adutiyo asahāyo careyya vihareyya vatteyya yapeyya yāpeyyāti attho.
132 「殊胜清净戒」:指特别清净的戒,即由四遍清净所净化的戒。「善清净慧」:指极为清净的慧,即因远离贪等烦恼而清净的道果慧、无碍解慧等。「善定」:指善加安置之心,即心住于近行定。「常修警寤者」:‘警寤’意为警醒,即超越睡眠;警寤的状态称为警寤,致力于警寤者便是‘常修警寤者’。「观者」:指具有观照‘无常、苦、无我’之习性者,即安立于观而住者。「法殊胜见者」:指具有善见十善法、四圣谛法或九种出世间法之习性者。「进入道支、觉支者」:指已进入与正见等道支、念等觉支相应的圣法者。「殊胜知者」:指特别了知者,即了知者的意思。显示巴利原文
132.Visuddhasīlāti visesena suddhasīlā, catupārisuddhiyā suddhasīlā. Suvisuddhapaññāti suṭṭhu visuddhapaññā, rāgādivirahitattā parisuddhamaggaphalapaṭisambhidādipaññā. Samāhitāti saṃ suṭṭhu āhitā, santike ṭhapitacittā. Jāgariyānuyuttāti jāgaraṇaṃ jāgaro, niddātikkamoti attho. Jāgarassa bhāvo jāgariyaṃ, jāgariye anuyuttā jāgariyānuyuttā. Vipassakāti ‘‘aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā’’ti visesena passanasīlā, vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā viharantīti attho. Dhammavisesadassīti dasakusaladhammānaṃ catusaccadhammassa navalokuttaradhammassa vā visesena passanasīlā. Maggaṅgabojjhaṅgagateti sammādiṭṭhādīhi maggaṅgehi satisambojjhaṅgādīhi bojjhaṅgehi gate sampayutte ariyadhamme. Vijaññāti visesena jaññā, jānantāti attho.
133 「空、无愿与无相」:即由观无我而证得的空解脱,由观苦而证得的无愿解脱,以及由观无常而证得的无相解脱。「已修习」:意为已增长、培育。在佛陀的教法中,那些虽已累积资粮,却不趋向、不证得声闻位的智者,便成为自生者、无师自成者——辟支胜者、独觉佛。显示巴利原文
133.Suññatāppaṇihitañcānimittanti anattānupassanāvasena suññatavimokkhañca dukkhānupassanāvasena appaṇihitavimokkhañca, aniccānupassanāvasena animittavimokkhañca. Āsevayitvāti vaḍḍhetvā. Ye katasambhārā dhīrā janā jinasāsanamhi sāvakattaṃ sāvakabhāvaṃ na vajanti na pāpuṇanti, te dhīrā katasambhārā sayambhū sayameva bhūtā paccekajinā paccekabuddhā bhavanti.
134 他们因何而得名?他们名为“大法者”,因已圆满广大资粮;名为“多法身者”,因具有众多法自性之身。他们又因何而得名?名为“心自在者”“心随转者”,意指具足禅那。名为“渡一切苦流者”,指已完全渡过、超越整个轮回之流;“心高举而喜悦”,指远离忿怒、慢等烦恼,故心常喜悦,意常寂静。名为“究竟义见者”,指具有通过五蕴、十二处、三十二身分、四谛、缘起等方式观见最上义的习性。以不动摇之义,名为“如狮子者”,即与狮子相似。名为“如犀牛角者”,意指行为方式犹如犀牛之角,即不与群体交杂。显示巴利原文
134. Kiṃ bhūtā? Mahantadhammā pūritamahāsambhārā bahudhammakāyā anekadhammasabhāvasarīrā. Punapi kiṃ bhūtā? Cittissarā cittagatikā jhānasampannāti attho. Sabbadukkhoghatiṇṇā sakalasaṃsāraoghaṃ tiṇṇā atikkantā udaggacittā kodhamānādikilesavirahitattā somanassacittā santamanāti attho. Paramatthadassī pañcakkhandhadvādasāyatanadvattiṃsākārasaccapaṭiccasamuppādādivasena paramatthaṃ uttamatthaṃ dassanasīlā. Acalābhītaṭṭhena sīhopamā sīhasadisāti attho. Khaggavisāṇakappā khaggavisāṇamigasiṅgasadisā gaṇasaṅgaṇikābhāvenāti attho.
135 “寂静根”:因眼根等诸根不在各自所缘上攀缘流转,故其根本性寂静。“寂静意”:指心寂静,因无有烦恼,故心与思惟本性皆为寂静。“定”:指心极为专一。“于边地众生中行持”:指在边远地方的众生中,以悲悯等心行持。“于他世此世燃辉如灯”:指因能利益一切世间,故于他世与此世皆如明灯般燃辉。所谓“这些独觉佛常为利益”:指这些独觉佛恒常、于一切时,皆为一切世间的利益而行。显示巴利原文
135.Santindriyāti cakkhundriyādīnaṃ sakasakārammaṇe appavattanato santasabhāvaindriyā . Santamanāti santacittā, nikkilesabhāvena santasabhāvacittasaṅkappāti attho. Samādhīti suṭṭhu ekaggacittā. Paccantasattesu patippacārāti paccantajanapadesu sattesu dayākaruṇādīhi paticaraṇasīlā. Dīpā parattha idha vijjalantāti sakalalokānuggahakaraṇena paraloke ca idhaloke ca vijjalantā dīpā padīpasadisāti attho. Paccekabuddhā satataṃ hitāmeti ime paccekabuddhā satataṃ sabbakālaṃ sakalalokahitāya paṭipannāti attho.
136 “已断一切盖之人中至尊”:那些独觉佛是众人中的至尊、最上者,因断除了欲贪盖等所有五种盖,故称“已断一切盖者”。“如坚厚金色”:意指具有如同赤金、赡部洲金般的光芒。“必定是世间最胜应供者”:意即他们必定是世间最胜供养的应供者,值得、适合接受最上的布施;因无有烦恼,他们是清净胜妙布施的合格接受者。“这些独觉佛恒常圆满”:这些证得辟支智的佛陀,恒常、始终安住、快乐、圆满;即使七日未进食,也能藉由灭尽定与果定的力量而圆满。显示巴利原文
136.Pahīnasabbāvaraṇājanindāti te paccekabuddhā janānaṃ indā uttamā kāmacchandanīvaraṇādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ pañcāvaraṇānaṃ pahīnattā pahīnasabbāvaraṇā. Ghanakañcanābhāti rattasuvaṇṇajambonadasuvaṇṇapabhā sadisaābhāvantāti attho. Nissaṃsayaṃ lokasudakkhiṇeyyāti ekantena lokassa sudakkhiṇāya aggadānassa paṭiggahetuṃ arahā yuttā, nikkilesattā sundaradānapaṭiggahaṇārahāti attho. Paccekabuddhā satatappitāmeti ime paccekañāṇādhigamā buddhā satataṃ niccakālaṃ appitā suhitā paripuṇṇā, sattāhaṃ nirāhārāpi nirodhasamāpattiphalasamāpattivasena paripuṇṇāti attho.
137 「辟支」:指与正自觉者分开、有别、另外、不共的佛陀,称为独觉佛。或者——显示巴利原文
137. Patiekā visuṃ sammāsambuddhato visadisā aññe asādhāraṇabuddhā paccekabuddhā. Atha vā –
「前缀、不变词与缘,此三者,」
「能表达种种不同的意义」,语法学家们如是说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upasaggā nipātā ca, paccayā ca ime tayo; Nekenekatthavisayā, iti neruttikābravu’’nti. –
因此,前缀“pati”具有“单一前置”之义,表示“主”或“所有者”。因为独觉佛接受众多施主所施的哪怕极微少的食物后,便能令他们达到天界与解脱。例如:在《担粮者本生》中,独觉佛接受了担粮者的一份食物,就在他面前食用,并令诸天赞叹,当天便让那位困苦者获得了长者的地位,并生起了一亿财富。在《棘刺火炭本生》中,魔所化现的棘刺火炭坑上长出莲花苞,菩萨踏着莲花苞布施团食,独觉佛接受这份团食后,便在菩萨注视下腾空而去,使菩萨生起喜悦。又如,莲花胜王后的儿子大药王,由于王后的祈请,独觉佛从香醉山腾空而来接受布施,令大药菩萨与王后都生起喜悦。同样,在没有佛陀出世的时期,当整个赡部洲出现饥馑怖畏时,波罗奈有一位长者,因为饥馑,将先前装满并储存的六万座粮仓中的稻谷全部耗尽,把埋在地下的谷物以及千瓮所盛的谷物也都吃光,甚至把所有宫殿墙面上涂抹的谷泥都刮下吃尽。那时,仅剩下一升左右的谷物。他生起这样的念头:“吃完这些,今天便会死去。”于是便躺下了。这时,一位独觉佛从香醉山来到他的门前站立。长者见到他,生起净信,不惜生命——显示巴利原文
Vuttattā patisaddassa ekaupasaggatā pati padhāno hutvā sāmibhūto anekesaṃ dāyakānaṃ appamattakampi āhāraṃ paṭiggahetvā saggamokkhassa pāpuṇanato. Tathā hi annabhārassa bhattabhāgaṃ paṭiggahetvāpassantasseva bhuñjitvā devatāhi sādhukāraṃ dāpetvā tadaheva taṃ duggataṃ seṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ pāpetvā koṭisaṅkhadhanuppādanena ca, khadiraṅgārajātake (jā. aṭṭha. 1.1.khadiraṅgārajātakavaṇṇanā) mārena nimmitakhadiraṅgārakūpopariuṭṭhitapadumakaṇṇikaṃ madditvā bodhisattena dinnaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggahetvā tassa passantasseva ākāsagamanena somanassuppādanena ca, padumavatīaggamahesīputtānaṃ mahājanakarañño deviyā ārādhanena gandhamādanato ākāsena āgamma dānapaṭiggahaṇena mahājanakabodhisattassa ca deviyā ca somanassuppādanena ca, tathā abuddhuppāde chātakabhaye sakalajambudīpe uppanne bārāṇasiseṭṭhino chātakabhayaṃ paṭicca pūretvā rakkhite saṭṭhisahassakoṭṭhāgāre vīhayo khepetvā bhūmiyaṃ nikhātadhaññāni ca cāṭisahassesu pūritadhaññāni ca khepetvā sakalapāsādabhittīsu mattikāhi madditvā limpitadhaññāni ca khepetvā tadā nāḷimattamevāvasiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘idaṃ bhuñjitvā ajja marissāmā’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā sayantassa gandhamādanato eko paccekabuddho āgantvā gehadvāre aṭṭhāsi. Seṭṭhi taṃ disvā pasādaṃ uppādetvā jīvitaṃ pariccajamāno paccekabuddhassa patte okiri. Paccekabuddho vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā attano ānubhāvena passantasseva seṭṭhissa pañcapaccekabuddhasatehi saha paribhuñji. Tadā bhattapacitaukkhaliṃ, pidahitvā ṭhapesuṃ.
长者入睡后,又因饥饿而醒来,便对妻子说:“去看看饭,哪怕只是米汤饭也好。”那位善解人意的妻子没有说“不是全都布施了吗”,而是掀开了锅盖。就在那一刻,锅中充满了如同素馨花蕾一般、带着香味的米饭。于是,她和长者都心满意足,不仅他们自己,全家乃至全城的人都得以饱食。用勺子舀起的地方,立刻又充满了米饭。所有六万座粮仓也都充满了香稻。整个赡部洲的居民都从长者家中取得谷种,获得了安乐。像这样,在无量的众生中,独觉佛通过接受布施,将布施者安立于安乐之中,给予庇护,令他们达到天界与解脱。因此,他成为主,成为所有者,故称为“独觉佛”。所谓“独觉佛之善说”,便是独觉佛以教诫、教导的方式善加宣说、讲述的话语。“流布于含天神的世间”,意思是这些话语在天界在内的众生世间中流传、存在。“听闻之后,那些愚者不照着做”,是指那些愚痴之人,对于独觉佛如此善说的话语,不依教奉行,也不放在心上,他们这些愚者便在诸苦中、在轮回之苦中,一次又一次地受生,流转、奔波。显示巴利原文
Niddamokkantassa seṭṭhino chātatte uppanne so vuṭṭhahitvā bhariyaṃ āha – ‘‘bhatte ācāmakabhattamattaṃ olokehī’’ti. Susikkhitā sā ‘‘sabbaṃ dinnaṃ nanū’’ti avatvā ukkhaliyā pidhānaṃ vivari. Sā ukkhali taṅkhaṇeva sumanapupphamakuḷasadisassa sugandhasālibhattassa pūritā ahosi. Sā ca seṭṭhi ca santuṭṭhā sayañca sakalagehavāsino ca sakalanagaravāsino ca bhuñjiṃsu. Dabbiyā gahitagahitaṭṭhānaṃ puna pūritaṃ. Sakalasaṭṭhisahassakoṭṭhāgāresu sugandhasāliyo pūresuṃ. Sakalajambudīpavāsino seṭṭhissa gehatoyeva dhaññabījāni gahetvā sukhitā jātā. Evamādīsu anekasattanikāyesu sukhotaraṇaparipālanasaggamokkhapāpanesu pati sāmibhūto buddhoti paccekabuddho. Paccekabuddhānaṃ subhāsitānīti paccekabuddhehi ovādānusāsanīvasena suṭṭhu bhāsitāni kathitāni vacanāni. Caranti lokamhi sadevakamhīti devalokasahite sattaloke caranti pavattantīti attho. Sutvā tathā ye na karonti bālāti tathārūpaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ subhāsitavacanaṃ ye bālā janā na karonti na manasi karonti, te bālā dukkhesu saṃsāradukkhesu punappunaṃ uppattivasena caranti pavattanti, dhāvantīti attho.
138 “独觉佛之善说”:是为了从四恶趣中解脱而善说的言语。这些言语是怎样的呢?它们如同流淌的蜂蜜,是甘甜的话语。那些具足修行、遵循所说教法而实践的智者,听到如此甘甜的话语后,便成为依教奉行之人。这些智者成为见到真理的人,也就是四圣谛的见者,他们具有智慧,与智慧相应。显示巴利原文
138.Paccekabuddhānaṃ subhāsitānīti suṭṭhu bhāsitāni caturāpāyato muccanatthāya bhāsitāni vacanāni. Kiṃ bhūtāni? Avassavantaṃ pagghantaṃ khuddaṃ madhuṃ yathā madhuravacanānīti attho. Ye paṭipattiyuttā paṇḍitajanāpi paṭipattīsu vuttānusārena pavattantā tathārūpaṃ madhuravacanaṃ sutvā vacanakarā bhavanti, te paṇḍitajanā saccadasā catusaccadassino sapaññā paññāsahitā bhavantīti attho.
139 “由独觉佛、由胜者所说”:“胜者”指征服烦恼者、已制胜烦恼者。他们胜者即独觉佛,由他们所说、所讲的法语,崇高、有力、昭著、流布。这些法语由释迦狮子——释迦族之狮、乔达摩如来,在出家成佛后,作为人中最上者、最殊胜者,加以阐发、开显、宣说。其目的何在?即“为了令知法”:为了令出世间法得以如实了知。显示巴利原文
139.Paccekabuddhehijinehi bhāsitāti kilese jinanti jiniṃsūti jinā, tehi jinehi paccekabuddhehi vuttā bhāsitā kathitā. Kathā uḷārā ojavantā pākaṭā santi pavattanti. Tā, kathā sakyasīhena sakyarājavaṃsasīhena gotamena tathāgatena abhinikkhamitvā buddhabhūtena naruttamena narānaṃ uttamena seṭṭhena pakāsitā pākaṭīkatā desitāti sambandho. Kimatthanti āha ‘‘dhammavijānanattha’’nti. Navalokuttaradhammaṃ visesena jānāpanatthanti attho.
140 “出于悲悯世间,这些是他们的”:出于对世间的悲悯,缘于对世间的哀愍,这些言语、这些偈颂是那些独觉佛的“种种示现”,即种种善说的言语。“为了增长悚惧、增长无着、增长慧”:为了增长智者之悚惧,亦为了增长无着、增长一境性、增长智慧,由自生者之狮——那无师、自成、自悟、无所畏怖的狮子——乔达摩正自觉者,将这些言语阐明,将这些偈颂开显、揭示,令其明晰。显示巴利原文
140.Lokānukampāya imāni tesanti lokānukampatāya lokassa anukampaṃ paṭicca imāni vacanāni imā gāthāyo. Tesaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ vikubbitāni visesena kubbitāni bhāsitānīti attho. Saṃvegasaṅgamativaḍḍhanatthanti paṇḍitānaṃ saṃvegavaḍḍhanatthañca asaṅgavaḍḍhanatthaṃ ekībhāvavaḍḍhanatthañca mativaḍḍhanatthaṃ paññāvaḍḍhanatthañca sayambhusīhena anācariyakena hutvā sayameva bhūtena jātena paṭividdhena sīhena abhītena gotamena sammāsambuddhena imāni vacanāni pakāsitāni, imā gāthāyo pakāsitā vivaritā uttānīkatāti attho. Itīti parisamāpanatthe nipāto.
3-1. 舍利弗长老本行注疏显示巴利原文
3-1. Sāriputtattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
接着,为了注释含摄长老本行(Apadāna)的偈颂,而说“那么,请听长老本行”。“阿他”(atha)与“本行”(apadāna)等词的意义,前文已述。此处“长老”(thera)一词,则通用于时间、坚固、施设、名称、年长等多种意义。例如,在“久雨所湿之物朽坏成粉末”等经文中(长部2.379;中部1.112),是指时间久远,意为“被雨长久浸湿的”。在“长老尚且大”等句中,指坚固,意为“戒行坚固”。在“这位具寿长老”等句中,指施设,意为“仅是世间称谓”。在“纯陀长老、布萨长老”等句中,指名称,意为“如此命名的”。在“此孩童于我诸子中为长老”等句中,指年长,意为“年长的孩童”。然而在此处,此词兼具时间与坚固之义。因此,久住于世者,称为“长老”;或因具足极坚固的戒、行、柔和等功德,亦称为“长老”。长老与长老们,合称诸长老。诸长老的本行(即因行),即是“长老本行”。那么,请听这长老本行——这便是关联。在雪山近处,有名为兰巴迦的山等……这是具寿舍利弗长老的本行,以及具寿大目犍连长老的本行。显示巴利原文
Tadanantaraṃ therāpadānasaṅgahagāthāyo saṃvaṇṇetuṃ ‘‘atha therāpadānaṃ suṇāthā’’ti āha. Atha-apadāna-saddānamattho heṭṭhā vuttova. Ettha thera-saddo panāyaṃ kālathirapaññattināmadheyyajeṭṭhādīsu anekesu atthesu vattati. Tathā hi ‘‘therovassikāni pūtīni cuṇṇakajātānī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.379; ma. ni. 1.112) kāle, therovassikāni cirakālaṃ ovassikānīti attho. ‘‘Theropi tāva mahā’’iccādīsu thire thirasīloti attho. ‘‘Therako ayamāyasmā mahallako’’tiādīsu paññattiyaṃ , lokapaññattimattoti attho. ‘‘Cundatthero phussatthero’’tiādīsu nāmadheyye, evaṃ katanāmoti attho. ‘‘Thero cāyaṃ kumāro mama puttesū’’tiādīsu jeṭṭhe, jeṭṭho kumāroti attho. Idha panāyaṃ kāle ca thire ca vattati. Tasmā ciraṃ kālaṃ ṭhitoti thero, thiratarasīlācāramaddavādiguṇābhiyutto vā theroti vuccati. Thero ca thero ceti therā, therānaṃ apadānaṃ kāraṇaṃ therāpadānaṃ, taṃ therāpadānaṃ suṇāthāti sambandho. Himavantassa avidūre, lambako nāma pabbatotiādi āyasmato sāriputtattherassa apadānaṃ, tassāyasmato mahāmoggallānattherassa ca vatthu evaṃ veditabbaṃ –
据说,在过去,距今劫十万劫又加一不可计数劫之时,尊者舍利弗出生在婆罗门富豪家,名为萨拉达青年;尊者大目犍连出生在居士富豪家,名为吉祥增长居士。他们俩自幼一同玩泥沙的伙伴。其中,萨拉达青年在父亲去世后继承了家产。一日,他独自在静处思惟:“众生必定都会死,所以我应当出家,寻求解脱之道。”他找到朋友说:“朋友,我想出家,你能与我一同出家吗?”对方答:“我不能。”他说:“那好,我便独自出家。”于是他打开宝库,向穷人、旅人等广行布施,随后到山脚下出家为仙人。他出家后,约有七万四千位婆罗门青年跟随他出家。他证得五神通与八等至,并教导那些结发苦行者修习遍处,他们也都证得了五神通与八等至。显示巴利原文
Atīte kira ito kappato satasahassakappādhike ekaasaṅkhyeyyamatthake āyasmā sāriputto brāhmaṇamahāsālakule nibbattitvā nāmena saradamāṇavo nāma ahosi. Mahāmoggallāno gahapatimahāsālakule nibbattitvā nāmena sirivaḍḍhanakuṭumbiko nāma ahosi. Te ubhopi sahapaṃsukīḷanasahāyā ahesuṃ. Tesu saradamāṇavo pitu accayena kulasantakaṃ dhanaṃ paṭipajjitvā ekadivasaṃ rahogato cintesi – ‘‘imesaṃ sattānaṃ maraṇaṃ nāma ekantikaṃ, tasmā mayā ekaṃ pabbajjaṃ upagantvā vimokkhamaggo gavesitabbo’’ti sahāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘samma, ahaṃ pabbajitukāmo. Kiṃ tvaṃ pabbajituṃ sakkhissasī’’ti vatvā tena ‘‘na sakkhissāmī’’ti vutte ‘‘hotu ahameva pabbajissāmī’’ti ratanakoṭṭhāgārāni vivarāpetvā kapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ mahādānaṃ datvā pabbatapādaṃ gantvā isipabbajjaṃ pabbaji. Tassa pabbajitassa anupabbajjaṃ pabbajitā catusattatisahassamattā brāhmaṇaputtā ahesuṃ. So pañca abhiññāyo aṭṭha ca samāpattiyo nibbattetvā tesampi jaṭilānaṃ kasiṇaparikammaṃ ācikkhi. Te sabbepi pañcābhiññā aṭṭha ca samāpattiyo nibbattisuṃ.
那时,名为无量见的正自觉者出现于世间,转无上法轮,度化众生出离生死大流。一日,他想摄受萨拉达苦行者和他的弟子们,便独自持着钵与衣,从空中前往。为了让苦行者知晓他已证佛果,便当着苦行者的面,从虚空降下,立于地上。萨拉达苦行者观察世尊身上的大人相,断定“这必定是遍知一切的佛陀”,于是起身迎接,铺好座位,献给世尊。世尊坐在铺设的座位上。萨拉达苦行者便坐在世尊身旁一边。显示巴利原文
Tena samayena anomadassī nāma sammāsambuddho loke uppajjitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko satte saṃsāramahoghato tāretvā ekadivasaṃ saradatāpasassa ca antevāsikānañca saṅgahaṃ kattukāmo eko adutiyo pattacīvaramādāya ākāsena gantvā ‘‘buddhabhāvaṃ me jānātū’’ti tāpasassa passantasseva ākāsato otaritvā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāsi. Saradatāpaso satthu sarīre mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni upadhāretvā ‘‘sabbaññubuddhoyevāya’’nti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā paccuggamanaṃ katvā āsanaṃ paññāpetvā adāsi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Saradatāpaso satthu santike ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
那时,他的弟子约有七万四千位结发苦行者,正带着各种美味而富有营养的果物回来。看见世尊,心生净信,又看到老师与世尊相对而坐的威仪,便说:“老师,我们以前以为没有比您更伟大的人了,可是这一位看来比您更伟大吧?”老师说:“孩子们,你们难道想用芥子去比量高达六万八千由旬的须弥山吗?不要拿我与一切知佛陀相比。”苦行者们听了老师的话,便说:“这真是最上的人雄啊!”于是全都俯伏在世尊脚下,顶礼世尊双足。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ samaye tassa antevāsikā catusattatisahassamattā jaṭilā paṇītapaṇītāni ojavantāni phalāphalāni gahetvā āgatā satthāraṃ disvā sañjātapasādā attano ācariyassa satthu ca nisinnākāraṃ oloketvā ‘‘ācariya, mayaṃ pubbe ‘tumhehi mahantataro koci natthī’ti maññāma, ayaṃ pana puriso tumhehi mahantataro maññe’’ti āhaṃsu. Kiṃ vadetha, tātā, sāsapena saddhiṃ aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyojanasatasahassubbedhaṃ sineruṃ samaṃ kātuṃ icchatha, sabbaññubuddhena maṃ tulaṃ mā karitthāti. Atha te tāpasā ācariyassa vacanaṃ sutvā ‘‘yāva mahā vatāyaṃ purisuttamo’’ti sabbeva pādesu nipatitvā satthāraṃ vandiṃsu.
于是,老师对他们说:“孩子们,我们没有与大师相匹配的应施之物,然而大师已在此乞食时分来到此处。来吧,让我们尽己所能地供养。你们把各自带来的上妙果物,都取过来吧。”于是他令弟子们取来,自己洗净双手,亲手将果物安放在如来的钵中。当世尊接受这些果物时,诸天渗入了天界的净食。那苦行者还亲自滤水供上。饭后,世尊安坐之时,他召集所有弟子,在世尊面前叙说亲切之语,于一面坐。世尊心想:“两位上首弟子应与比丘僧团一同前来。”剎那间,由十万漏尽者围绕的上首弟子前来,礼敬世尊后,立于一旁。显示巴利原文
Atha te ācariyo āha – ‘‘tātā, satthu anucchaviko no deyyadhammo natthi, satthā ca bhikkhācaravelāya idhāgato, handa, mayaṃ deyyadhammaṃ yathābalaṃ dassāma. Tumhehi yaṃ yaṃ paṇītaṃ phalāphalaṃ ābhataṃ, taṃ taṃ āharathā’’ti āharāpetvā hatthe dhovitvā sayaṃ tathāgatassa patte patiṭṭhāpesi. Satthārā phalāphale paṭiggahitamatte devatā dibbojaṃ pakkhipiṃsu. Tāpaso udakampi sayameva parissāvetvā adāsi. Tato bhojanakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā satthari nisinne sabbe antevāsike pakkosāpetvā satthu santike sāraṇīyaṃ kathaṃ kathento nisīdi. Satthā ‘‘dve aggasāvakā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ āgacchantū’’ti cintesi. Tāvadeva satasahassakhīṇāsavaparivārā aggasāvakā āgantvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu.
于是,萨拉达苦行者吩咐弟子们:“孩子们,应以花座供养佛陀及比丘僧众,因此你们去采集鲜花吧。”他们立即以神通力取来色香具足的鲜花,为佛陀铺设了方圆一由旬的花座,为两位上首弟子铺设了三伽乌他量之花座,为其余的比丘们铺设了半由旬等大小不同的花座,乃至为僧团中的后学比丘铺设了仅一掌宽的花座。铺设座席已毕,萨拉达苦行者即在如来前合掌祈请:“尊者,为了悲悯于我,请登此花座。”世尊坐上花座。世尊坐下后,两位上首弟子及其余比丘也各自就座。世尊为令“他们获得大利益”,而入于灭尽定。世尊入定之后,两位上首弟子及其余比丘也入于灭尽定。那位苦行者则七日不间断地为世尊持举花伞而立。其他人以林中的根果为食,于其余时间皆合掌站立。七日后,世尊出灭尽定,对第一位上首弟子尼沙巴长老说:“请为这些苦行者随喜花座。”长老立于声闻波罗蜜智的立场,为他们作了花座的随喜。当他开示的法语结束时,世尊又对第二位上首弟子阿诺玛长老说:“你也为他们说法吧。”他亦遍取三藏佛语而说法。然而,听闻这二人说法后,并未令任何人得以现证诸法。于是,世尊安立于佛陀的自境界,开始说法。说法结束时,除了萨拉达苦行者以外,其余的七万苦行者,皆证得了阿罗汉果。显示巴利原文
Tato saradatāpaso antevāsike āmantesi – ‘‘tātā, satthu bhikkhusaṅghassa ca pupphāsanena pūjā kātabbā, tasmā pupphāni āharathā’’ti. Te tāvadeva iddhiyā vaṇṇagandhasampannāni pupphāni āharitvā buddhassa yojanappamāṇaṃ pupphāsanaṃ paññāpesuṃ, ubhinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ tigāvutaṃ , sesabhikkhūnaṃ aḍḍhayojanikādibhedaṃ, saṅghanavakassa usabhamattaṃ paññāpesuṃ. Evaṃ paññattesu āsanesu saradatāpaso tathāgatassa purato añjaliṃ paggayha ‘‘bhante, mayhaṃ anuggahatthāya imaṃ pupphāsanaṃ atiruhathā’’ti āha. Nisīdi bhagavā pupphāsane . Satthari nisinne dve aggasāvakā sesabhikkhū ca attano attano pattāsane nisīdiṃsu. Satthā ‘‘tesaṃ mahapphalaṃ hotū’’ti nirodhaṃ samāpajji. Satthu samāpannabhāvaṃ ñatvā dve aggasāvakāpi sesabhikkhūpi nirodhaṃ samāpajjiṃsu. Tāpaso sattāhaṃ nirantaraṃ satthu pupphacchattaṃ dhārento aṭṭhāsi. Itare vanamūlaphalaṃ paribhuñjitvā sesakāle añjaliṃ paggayha aṭṭhaṃsu. Satthā sattāhassa accayena nirodhato vuṭṭhahitvā aggasāvakaṃ nisabhattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tāpasānaṃ pupphāsanānumodanaṃ karohī’’ti. Thero sāvakapāramīñāṇe ṭhatvā tesaṃ pupphāsanānumodanaṃ akāsi. Tassa desanāvasāne satthā dutiyaṃ aggasāvakaṃ anomattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tvampi imesaṃ dhammaṃ desehī’’ti. Sopi tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ sammasitvā tesaṃ dhammaṃ kathesi. Dvinnampi desanāya dhammābhisamayo nāhosi. Atha satthā buddhavisaye ṭhatvā dhammadesanaṃ ārabhi. Desanāvasāne ṭhapetvā saradatāpasaṃ avasesā sabbepi catusattatisahassajaṭilā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Satthā te ‘‘etha bhikkhavo’’ti hatthaṃ pasāresi. Te tāvadeva antarahitatāpasavesā aṭṭhaparikkhāradharā saṭṭhivassikatthero viya ahesuṃ.
然而,萨拉达苦行者在闻法时,心中生起了这样的念头:“啊!但愿我于未来世,也能如这位尼沙巴长老一般,成为某位佛陀的声闻弟子。”由于在法会中生起了此番思惟,他心意旁骛,未能证悟道果。而后,他礼敬世尊,发起了那样的誓愿。世尊观见他将无有障碍地圆满成就,便授记道:“从此以后,历经十万大劫及一不可数劫时,他将成为名为乔达摩的正自觉者的上首声闻弟子,名为舍利弗。”如此授记之后,世尊又说示了一番法语,便在比丘僧众的围绕下,腾空而去。萨拉达苦行者也前去寻找朋友吉祥增长,说道:“朋友,我已在无量见佛的足下,发愿成为未来乔达摩正自觉者的上首声闻弟子,你也发愿成为他的第二弟子吧。”吉祥增长听闻这一教示后,便在自己住所门前,平整出约八犁方广的土地,撒上以焙谷作为第五的种种鲜花,搭起覆盖着青莲花的帐幔,铺设了佛座,也为比丘众铺设了座位,备办了宏大的恭敬供养。然后,由萨拉达苦行者前去邀请世尊。他举行了七日的大布施,以珍贵的衣布覆盖以佛陀为首的比丘僧众,并发愿成为第二声闻弟子。佛观见他将无碍成就,亦如前一般授记。饭后随喜毕,便即离去。吉祥增长满心欢喜,尽其一生广行善法,于第二心刹那,便往生于……显示巴利原文
Saradatāpaso pana ‘‘aho vatāhampi ayaṃ nisabhatthero viya anāgate ekassa buddhassa sāvako bhaveyya’’nti desanākāle uppannaparivitakkatāya aññavihito hutvā maggaphalāni paṭivijjhituṃ nāsakkhi. Atha satthāraṃ vanditvā tathā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthā anantarāyena samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘ito kappasatasahassādhikaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ atikkamitvā gotamassa nāma sammāsambuddhassa aggasāvako sāriputto nāma bhavissatī’’ti byākaritvā dhammakathaṃ vatvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivāro ākāsaṃ pakkhandi. Saradatāpasopi sahāyassa sirivaḍḍhassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘samma, mayā anomadassissa bhagavato pādamūle anāgate uppajjanakassa gotamasammāsambuddhassa aggasāvakaṭṭhānaṃ patthitaṃ, tvampi tassa dutiyasāvakaṭṭhānaṃ patthehī’’ti. Sirivaḍḍho taṃ upadesaṃ sutvā attano nivesanadvāre aṭṭhakarīsamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ samatalaṃ kāretvā lājapañcamāni pupphāni vikiritvā nīluppalacchadanaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā buddhāsanaṃ paññāpetvā bhikkhūnampi āsanāni paññāpetvā mahantaṃ sakkārasammānaṃ sajjetvā saradatāpasena satthāraṃ nimantāpetvā sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ mahārahehi vatthehi acchādetvā dutiyasāvakabhāvāya paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthā tassa anantarāyena samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā vuttanayena byākaritvā bhattānumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Sirivaḍḍho haṭṭhapahaṭṭho yāvajīvaṃ kusalakammaṃ katvā dutiyacittavāre kāmāvacaradevaloke nibbatti. Saradatāpaso cattāro brahmavihāre bhāvetvā brahmaloke nibbatti.
此后,他们两人之间的业缘关联便不再详述。然而,早在我们世尊出世之前,萨拉达苦行者已先在王舍城附近的伍巴提沙村,投生于一位名为鲁芭舍利的婆罗门女胎中,取得结生。就在同一天,他的朋友也投生于王舍城附近的拘离村,在一位名为目犍利的婆罗门女胎中取得结生。因此,目犍连因为是目犍利婆罗门女之子,故称目犍连。或者说,由于他诞生于目犍利族,因此名为目犍连。又有一说,他的母亲在幼年时,其父母曾叮嘱她“莫摔倒,莫摔倒”,依此话语她便得名“穆吉利”,故此她的儿子称为目犍连。又或者在证得入流道等圣道时,他于执取、证悟诸法具备足够的能力,故称目犍连。据说,这两个家族直到第七代都是世交好友。他们在同一天举行了安胎仪式,怀胎满十月后出生,家人为他们各自安排了六十四位乳母。在命名之日,鲁芭舍利婆罗门女的儿子因为是伍巴提沙村中首要家族的子弟,被取名为伍巴提沙;另一位因为是拘离村中首要家族的子弟,被取名为拘离。他们两人都在盛大随从的围绕下成长,长大后精通了世间的一切技艺。显示巴利原文
Tato paṭṭhāya tesaṃ ubhinnampi antarā kammaṃ na kathitaṃ. Amhākaṃ pana bhagavato uppattito puretarameva saradatāpaso rājagahassa avidūre upatissāgāme rūpasāriyā brāhmaṇiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Taṃdivasamevassa sahāyopi rājagahasseva avidūre kolitagāme moggaliyā brāhmaṇiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Tasmā moggallāno moggaliyā brāhmaṇiyā puttoti moggallāno. Moggaligottena jātoti vā moggallāno. Atha vā mātukumārikakāle tassā mātāpitūhi vuttaṃ – ‘‘mā uggali mā uggalī’’ti vacanamupādāya ‘‘muggalī’’ti nāmaṃ. Tassā muggaliyā puttoti moggallāno. Atha vā sotāpattimaggādimaggassa lābhe ādāne paṭivijjhane alaṃ samatthoti moggallānoti. Tāni kira dve kulāni yāva sattamā kulaparivaṭṭā ābaddhasahāyāneva. Tesaṃ dvinnaṃ ekadivasameva gabbhaparihāramadaṃsu. Dasamāsaccayena jātānampi tesaṃ chasaṭṭhi dhātiyo paṭṭhapesuṃ. Nāmaggahaṇadivase rūpasārībrāhmaṇiyā puttassa upatissagāme jeṭṭhakulassa puttattā upatissoti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Itarassa kolitagāme jeṭṭhakulassa puttattā kolitoti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Te ubhopi mahatā parivārena vaḍḍhantā vuddhimanvāya sabbasippānaṃ pāraṃ agamaṃsu.
后来有一天,他们在王舍城观看名为“山顶节”的庆典,看见大众汇聚,由于智慧已经成熟,便如理作意,内心涌起悚惧感,心想:“眼前这些人,在不到百年的时间里,都将进入死亡之口。”于是他们下定决心:“我们必须寻求解脱之法,而寻求此法,应当获得出家身份。”于是他们便与五百位年轻人一道,在游方者散闍耶的座下出家了。自从他们出家以后,散闍耶便达到了利养与名声的顶点。他们仅在几天之内,就遍学了散闍耶的全部教义,却没有从中发现实质,因而对此感到厌倦,便前往各地,向当时被尊为智者的沙门、婆罗门提问。那些被问者都无法解答,反而是他们俩为那些人解答了问题。就这样,他们在寻求解脱的过程中,互相立下了一个约定:“我们之中,谁先证得不死,就要告诉另一个人。”显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ te rājagahe giraggasamajjaṃ passantā mahājanaṃ sannipatitaṃ disvā ñāṇassa paripākaṃ gatattā yoniso ummujjantā ‘‘sabbepime oraṃ vassasatāva maccumukhaṃ pavisantī’’ti saṃvegaṃ paṭilabhitvā ‘‘amhehi mokkhadhammo pariyesitabbo, tañca pariyesantehi ekā pabbajjā laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti nicchayaṃ katvā pañcamāṇavakasatehi saddhiṃ sañcayassa paribbājakassa santike pabbajiṃsu. Tesaṃ pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya sañcayo lābhaggayasaggappatto ahosi. Te katipāheneva sabbaṃ sañcayassa samayaṃ parimajjitvā tattha sāraṃ adisvā tato nibbijjitvā tattha tattha paṇḍitasammate samaṇabrāhmaṇe pañhaṃ pucchanti, te tehi puṭṭhā na sampādenti. Aññadatthu teyeva tesaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjenti. Evaṃ te mokkhaṃ pariyesantā katikaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘amhesu yo paṭhamaṃ amataṃ adhigacchati, so itarassa ārocetū’’ti.
那时,我们的导师已成就无上正自觉,转起殊胜的法轮,并循序渐进调伏了以优楼频螺迦叶为首的一千位结发外道,正住在王舍城。一天,游方者伍巴提沙正前往游方者的林园,途中看见阿说示尊者在王舍城中托钵乞食,心想:“我从未见过威仪如此圆满的出家者,此人必定证得了寂静之法。”生起净信后,他为向尊者提问,便跟随在尊者身后。阿说示长老获得食物后,前往一处合适的地方准备用餐。游方者为他铺设了游方者专用的凳子并供养他,餐后又用自己的水瓶供养了水。就这样,他履行了弟子对老师的义务,在长老用完餐后,与他互相问候致意,接着问道:“您的老师是谁?您认同谁的法?”长老便指向了正自觉者。他又问:“那么,尊者的老师主张什么义理呢?”长老心想:“我要彰显这教法的甚深之处。”于是便表明自己出家不久,以简略的方式为他说法,诵出这样一首偈颂:“诸法因缘生……(Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā…)”。那位游方者仅仅听到这前面两句,就已安立于具足千种理趣的入流道果。当偈颂后半段诵完时,他……显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena amhākaṃ satthari paṭhamābhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke anupubbena uruvelakassapādike sahassajaṭile dametvā rājagahe viharante ekadivasaṃ upatisso paribbājako paribbājakārāmaṃ gacchanto āyasmantaṃ assajittheraṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ disvā ‘‘na mayā evarūpo ākappasampanno pabbajito diṭṭhapubbo, santadhammena nāma ettha bhavitabba’’nti sañjātapasādo pañhaṃ pucchituṃ āyasmantaṃ udikkhanto piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Theropi laddhapiṇḍapāto paribhuñjituṃ patirūpaṃ okāsaṃ gato. Paribbājako attano paribbājakapīṭhaṃ paññāpetvā adāsi. Bhattakiccapariyosāne cassa attano kuṇḍikāya udakaṃ adāsi. Evaṃ so ācariyavattaṃ katvā katabhattakiccena therena saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā – ‘‘ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’ti pucchi. Thero sammāsambuddhaṃ apadisi. Puna tena ‘‘kiṃ vādī panāyasmato satthā’’ti puṭṭho ‘‘imassa sāsanassa gambhīrataṃ dassessāmī’’ti attano navakabhāvaṃ pavedetvā saṅkhepavasena cassa sāsanadhammaṃ kathento ‘‘ye dhammā hetuppabhavā’’ti (mahāva. 60; apa. thera 1.1.286) gāthamāha. Paribbājako paṭhamapadadvayameva sutvā sahassanayasampanne sotāpattimaggaphale patiṭṭhahi. Itaraṃ padadvayaṃ sotāpannakāle niṭṭhāsi. Gāthāpariyosāne pana sotāpanno hutvā uparivisese apavattante ‘‘bhavissati ettha kāraṇa’’nti sallakkhetvā theraṃ āha – ‘‘mā, bhante, upari dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhayittha, ettakameva alaṃ, kahaṃ amhākaṃ satthā vasatī’’ti? ‘‘Veḷuvane’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, tumhe purato gacchatha, ahaṃ mayhaṃ sahāyassa katapaṭiññaṃ mocetvā taṃ gahetvā āgamissāmī’’ti pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā theraṃ uyyojetvā paribbājakārāmaṃ agamāsi.
游方者拘律陀远远望见他走来,心想:“他今日的容貌气色与往常不同,必定是沿路证得了不死。”于是便对他的殊胜证悟生起推想,便询问是否证得不死。优波提舍回答他说:“贤友,我已证得不死。”并为他诵出同一首偈颂。偈颂结束时,拘律陀便安立于入流果,随后问道:“我们的导师在哪里?”“在竹林精舍。”“那么,贤友,来吧,我们一同前去拜见导师。”优波提舍一向敬重师长,因此想称扬散阇耶老师的功德,也带他一同前往导师之处。然而散阇耶沉溺于利养,不甘居于弟子之位,便拒绝说:“我岂能由一个大缸,变成一只灌水的小瓶。”他们用种种理由都无法说服他,于是便与那二百五十位愿意听从教导的随行弟子一起,前往竹林精舍。导师远远看见他们走来,便说道:“这两位将是我的一对声闻弟子,是最优秀的一对双贤。”随后,导师便针对与会大众的根性说法,令他们安立于阿拉汉果,并以“善来,比丘!”的方式,授予他们具足戒。如同他们一样,这两位首座弟子当下也获得了由神通变化而成的钵与衣。至于那上三道(阿拉汉道)的修证之事,显示巴利原文
Kolitaparibbājako taṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘mukhavaṇṇo na aññadivasesu viya addhānena amataṃ adhigataṃ bhavissatī’’ti tenevassa visesādhigamaṃ sambhāvetvā amatādhigamaṃ pucchi. Sopissa ‘‘āvuso, amatamadhigata’’nti paṭijānitvā tameva gāthaṃ abhāsi. Gāthāpariyosāne kolito sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahitvā āha – ‘‘kahaṃ no satthā’’ti? ‘‘Veḷuvane’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, āvuso, āyāma, satthāraṃ passissāmā’’ti. Upatisso sabbakālampi ācariyapūjakova, tasmā sañcayassa satthu guṇe pakāsetvā tampi satthu santikaṃ netukāmo ahosi. So lābhāsāpakato antevāsikabhāvaṃ anicchanto ‘‘na sakkomi cāṭi hutvā udakasiñcanaṃ hotu’’nti paṭikkhipi. Te anekehi kāraṇehi taṃ saññāpetuṃ asakkontā attano ovāde vattamānehi aḍḍhuteyyasatehi antevāsikehi saddhiṃ veḷuvanaṃ agamaṃsu. Satthā te dūratova āgacchante disvā ‘‘etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ bhavissati, aggaṃ bhaddayuga’’nti vatvā tesaṃ parisāya cariyavasena dhammaṃ desetvā arahatte patiṭṭhāpetvā ehibhikkhubhāvena upasampadaṃ adāsi. Yathā tesaṃ evaṃ aggasāvakānampi iddhimayapattacīvaraṃ āgatameva. Uparimaggattayakiccaṃ pana na niṭṭhāsi. Kasmā? Sāvakapāramīñāṇassa mahantatāya.
在他们二人之中,大目犍连尊者出家后第七天,正在摩揭陀国的卡拉瓦喇村修习沙门法。当他陷入昏沉睡眠时,导师便策励他。他在消除昏沉睡眠之际,继续聆听导师开示的界业处,当下便证得上三道,达到了声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。尊者舍利弗出家已过半月,正与导师一同住在王舍城的猪掘洞。那时导师正在为他的外甥——游方者长爪,宣说《受摄经》。舍利弗便随着说法的进程运心观照,如同享用一顿为别人准备的丰盛美食一般,毫不费力地达到了声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。如此,这两位首座弟子,皆在导师座前达到了声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。显示巴利原文
Tesu āyasmā mahāmoggallāno pabbajitato sattame divase magadharaṭṭhe kallavālagāme samaṇadhammaṃ karonto thinamiddhe okkamante satthārā saṃvejito thinamiddhaṃ vinodetvā dhātukammaṭṭhānaṃ suṇanto eva uparimaggattayaṃ adhigantvā sāvakapāramīñāṇassa matthakaṃ pāpuṇi. Āyasmā sāriputto pabbajjāya addhamāsaṃ atikkamitvā satthārā saddhiṃ rājagahe sūkarakhataleṇe viharanto attano bhāgineyyassa dīghanakhaparibbājakassa vedanāpariggahasuttante (ma. ni. 2.201 ādayo) desiyamāne desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā parassa vaḍḍhitaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjanto viya sāvakapāramīñāṇassa matthakaṃ pāpuṇi. Iti dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ satthu samīpe eva sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ matthakaṃ pattaṃ.
已达声闻波罗蜜智顶点的舍利弗尊者,心中思维:“我是以何等业缘而获此成就?”他以神通智了知之后,便由喜悦涌出优陀那,说出“离雪山不远处……”等语。因此,有如下所说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pattasāvakapāramīñāṇo āyasmā sāriputto ‘‘kena kammena ayaṃ sampatti laddhā’’ti āvajjento taṃ ñatvā pītisomanassavasena udānaṃ udānento ‘‘himavantassa avidūre’’tiādimāha. Tena vuttaṃ –
在离雪山不远处,有座蓝巴迦山;
我的精舍建造精良,叶屋也已圆满落成。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Himavantassa avidūre, lambako nāma pabbato; Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā’’ti.
此处,“离雪山不远”:雪山因有雪而得名。离那座雪山不远,就在它附近,指与喜马拉雅山林相连的树林。“名为蓝巴迦山”:指这样称呼的一座沙土山。“我善造的精舍”:在那蓝巴迦山上,为我而造的精舍,即阿兰若住处。因可从四面八方安稳居住,故称“精舍”;又因进入其中不会疲劳辛苦,故也称“精舍”。这个阿兰若住处建造完善,以夜间居所、白日居所、小屋、凉亭等美好形式建成。“叶屋”:用香茅、芦苇等的叶子覆盖而成的居住叶屋。显示巴利原文
Tattha himavantassāti himo assa atthīti himavā, tassa himavantassa avidūre samīpe, himālayapaṭibaddhavanehi attho. Lambako nāma pabbatoti evaṃnāmako paṃsumissakapabbato. Assamo sukato mayhanti tasmiṃ lambake pabbate mayhaṃ mamatthāya kato assamo araññavāso āsamantato samoti assamo. Natthi paviṭṭhānaṃ samo parissamo etthāti vā assamo, so itthambhūto araññavāso suṭṭhu kato, rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānakuṭimaṇḍapādivasena sundarenākārena katoti attho. Paṇṇasālāti usīrapabbajādīhi paṇṇehi chāditā nivasanapaṇṇasālāti attho.
小河堤岸平缓,渡口妙好悦意;
净沙遍布,就在我精舍附近。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uttānakūlā nadikā, supatitthā manoramā; Susuddhapulinākiṇṇā, avidūre mamassamaṃ’’.
在此,“浅岸”指不深的河流。“善渡处”指优良的渡口。“令人悦意”指合宜、可爱。“善净沙遍布”意为极其洁白、如同珍珠粒般的细沙遍布,显得厚密。这样的小河就在我精舍的不远处。还应知,此处“assamaṃ(精舍)”虽为业格词形,表达的却是处格的意义。显示巴利原文
Tattha uttānakūlāti agambhīrā nadī. Supatitthāti sundarapatitthā. Manoramā manallīnā manāpā. Susuddhapulinākiṇṇāti suṭṭhu dhavalamuttādalasadisavālukākiṇṇā gahanībhūtāti attho. Sā itthambhūtā nadikā kunnadī mamassamaṃ mayhaṃ assamassa avidūre samīpe ahosīti attho. ‘‘Assama’’nti ca sattamyatthe upayogavacananti veditabbaṃ.
没有石子,没有陡峭的岸,水味甘美,毫无恶臭;
那里有小河流淌,装点着我的精舍。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Asakkharā apabbhārā, sādu appaṭigandhikā; Sandatī nadikā tattha, sobhayantā mamassamaṃ’’.
其中,「无石子」(asakkharā):由于前文已说「布满沙」,故此处「无石子」即指没有石子。「无陡岸」(apabbhārā):指没有陡岸,即没有深峻之岸的意思。「水甜美而无恶臭」(sādu appaṭigandhikā):指水的味道甘美,远离臭味。那条装点我精舍处的小河——「小河」(khuddakanadī)就在那里「流动」(sandati),也就是持续地流淌,这是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha asakkharāti ‘‘pulinākiṇṇā’’ti vuttattā asakkharā sakkharavirahitā. Apabbhārāti pabbhāravirahitā, agambhīrakūlāti attho. Sādu appaṭigandhikāti sādurasodakā duggandharahitā mayhaṃ assamapadaṃ sobhayantī nadikā khuddakanadī sandati pavattatīti attho.
鳄鱼、摩伽罗鱼、斯首摩罗鱼与龟,都在那里;
“小河在那里流淌,装点着我的精舍。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kumbhīlā makarā cettha, susumārā ca kacchapā; Sandati nadikā tattha, sobhayantā mamassamaṃ’’.
在这里,「鳄鱼鱼」(kumbhīlamacchā)、「摩伽罗鱼」(makaramacchā)、凶猛的「斯首摩罗鱼」(susumārā caṇḍamacchā)以及「龟鱼」(kacchapamacchā),这些都在「这里」(ettha)——也就是在这条河里嬉戏生存,这是文句的连接。「装点着我的精舍」的「小河」(khuddakanadī)在那里「流动」(sandati),也就是持续地流淌,这也是文句的连接。显示巴利原文
Tattha kumbhīlamacchā makaramacchā ca susumārā caṇḍamacchā ca kacchapamacchā ca ettha etissaṃ nadiyaṃ kīḷantā ahesunti sambandho. Mamassamaṃ sobhayantā nadikā khuddakanadī sandati pavattatīti sambandho.
叉尾鲇、雨季出现的帕乌萨鱼、巴拉迦鱼、蒙佳罗希答鱼;
瓦格拉鱼欢跃腾跳,装点我的精舍。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pāṭhīnā pāvusā macchā, balajā muñjarohitā; Vaggaḷā papatāyantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
叉尾鲇、帕乌萨鱼、巴拉迦鱼、穆迦鱼、罗希佗鱼和瓦格拉鱼——所有这些鱼类,在水中四处跃动,随河流俱行,装点我的精舍。就是这个意思。显示巴利原文
Pāṭhīnamacchā ca pāvusā macchā ca balajamacchā ca muñjamacchā rohitamacchā ca vaggaḷamacchā ca ete sabbe macchajātikā ito cito ca papatāyantā nadiyā saddhiṃ pavattantā mama assamapadaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
河流两岸,长满了开花结果的树木;
它们从两岸低垂而下,装点着我的精舍。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ubho kūlesu nadiyā, pupphino phalino dumā; Ubhato abhilambantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
此处,「两岸」指那条河的两岸;「开花结果的树木」则指终年开花、终年结果的树木。这些树木「从两岸垂悬」,即沿河两岸向下低垂,装点我的精舍——这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
Tattha ubho kūlesūti tassā nadiyā ubhosu passesu dhuvapupphino dhuvaphalino rukkhā ubhato abhilambantā nadiyā ubho tīre heṭṭhā onamantā mama assamaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
芒果树、娑罗树、斑驳树,喇叭花树、因陀罗树;
天界的芳香弥漫,它们在我的精舍中盛放。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ambā sālā ca tilakā, pāṭalī sinduvārakā; Dibbagandhā sampavanti, pupphitā mama assame’’.
此处,“芒果树”指蜜芒果,此外还有婆罗树、污痕树、喇叭花树、蔓荆树——这些树终年花开不断。它们如同天界的芳香,在我的精舍中周遍弥漫,四处飘散——这便是其含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha ambāti madhupiṇḍiambā ca sālarukkhā ca tilakarukkhā ca pāṭalirukkhā ca sinduvārakarukkhā ca ete rukkhā niccakālaṃ pupphitā pupphantā. Dibbā gandhā iva mama assame sugandhā sampavanti samantato pavāyantīti attho.
瞻波迦树、娑罗罗树、尼波树,龙树、红厚壳树、露兜树;
天界的芳香弥漫,它们在我的精舍中盛放。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Campakā saḷalā nīpā, nāgapunnāgaketakā; Dibbagandhā sampavanti, pupphitā mama assame’’.
其中,瞻波树、沙罗罗树、开着金钱轮般花朵的尼婆树、龙树、富楼那树,以及散发芬芳的羯旦迦树——所有这些树,宛如天界的芳香,在我的精舍中盛开,繁花绽放,香气浓郁,随风飘送——这便是其含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha campakarukkhā ca saḷalarukkhā ca suvaṇṇavaṭṭalasadisapupphā nīparukkhā ca nāgarukkhā ca punnāgarukkhā ca sugandhayantā ketakarukkhā ca ete sabbe rukkhā dibbā gandhāriva mama assame pupphitā phullitā sampavanti sugandhaṃ suṭṭhu pavāyantīti attho.
无忧树已盛开,阿提穆答树已盛开,姊妹花鬘树也已盛开;
安耆罗迦树与宾比迦罗树,都在我的林中精舍盛开了。
显示巴利原文 Asokā ca‘‘adhimuttā asokā ca, bhaginīmālā ca pupphitā; Aṅkolā bimbijālā ca, pupphitā mama assame’’.
其中,“已盛开”指的是无忧树已盛开、阿提穆答树已盛开、姊妹花鬘树已盛开、安耆罗迦树已盛开、宾比迦罗树已盛开:这些树都在我的精舍中盛开,令精舍庄严美丽——这是句子的关联。显示巴利原文
Tattha pupphitā adhimuttakarukkhā ca pupphitā asokarukkhā ca pupphitā bhaginīmālā ca pupphitā aṅkolā ca pupphitā bimbijālā ca ete rukkhā mama assame phullitā sobhayantīti sambandho.
露兜树、芭蕉树,还有苟杜迦草、提那苏利迦草;
散发天界之香,庄严我的精舍。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ketakā kandali ceva, godhukā tiṇasūlikā; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
在这里,「露兜树」指芬芳的露兜树丛。而芭蕉树、苟杜迦树和提那苏利迦草丛——所有这些种类的树木,都散发着天界的香气,令我的整个精舍庄严美丽,这便是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha ketakāti sugandhaketakagacchā ca. Kandalirukkhā ca godhukarukkhā ca tiṇasūlikagacchā ca ete sabbe rukkhajātikā dibbagandhaṃ pavāyamānā mama assamaṃ sakalaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
翅子树与迦尼迦树,以及众多的阿萨那树和榄仁树;
散发出天界的芳香,令我的草庵更添庄严。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kaṇikārā kaṇṇikā ca, asanā ajjunā bahū; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
这些迦尼迦罗树等树木,令整座草庵满溢庄严,并散发出天界的芬芳——这便是前后的关联。显示巴利原文
Ete kaṇikārādayo rukkhā mama assamaṃ sakalaṃ sobhayantā dibbagandhaṃ sampavāyantīti sambandho.
富楼那树与山富楼那树,以及繁花盛开的黑檀树;
散发出天界之香,庄严着我的精舍。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Punnāgā giripunnāgā, koviḷārā ca pupphitā; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
富楼那树等树木散发出天界之香,庄严我的精舍——这便是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
Punnāgādayo rukkhā dibbagandhaṃ pavāyamānā mama assamaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
许多优昙钵罗树、库塔迦树、迦昙婆树与瓦库拉树;
散发着天界的芳香,庄严我的草庵。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uddālakā ca kuṭajā, kadambā vakulā bahū; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ’’.
优昙钵罗等树木散发着天界的香气,美饰着我的草庵——这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
Uddālakādayo rukkhā dibbagandhaṃ vāyamānā mama assamaṃ sobhayantīti sambandho.
阿拉迦树、伊西穆迦树、芭蕉、马图伦吉树,
它们因香水浇灌而生长,结出果实。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āḷakā isimuggā ca, kadalimātuluṅgiyo; Gandhodakena saṃvaḍḍhā, phalāni dhārayanti te’’.
其中,这些阿拉迦树等灌木,以旃檀等妙香的香水浇灌、生长,结着金色果实——这便是它们庄严我草庵之义。显示巴利原文
Tattha ete āḷakādayo gacchā candanādisugandhagandhodakena vaḍḍhitvā suvaṇṇaphalāni dhārentā mama assamaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
有些莲花盛开,有些莲花则为多蕊;
有些莲花开而凋谢,彼时在湖中盛开。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aññe pupphanti padumā, aññe jāyanti kesarī; Aññe opupphā padumā, pupphitā taḷāke tadā’’.
此处,“有些莲花盛开”是指:在我草庵附近的湖中,有些别的莲花正在盛开,有些多蕊莲花正在产生、正在出现;而有些莲花花瓣与花丝散落,即他们花瓣、花丝已脱落。显示巴利原文
Tattha aññe pupphanti padumāti mama assamassa avidūre taḷāke aññe ekacce padumā pupphanti, ekacce kesarī padumā jāyanti nibbattanti, ekacce padumā opupphā vigalitapattakesarāti attho.
莲花结成莲蓬,藕茎蔓延滋长;
菱角叶片密布,湖面此时熠熠生辉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti padumā, niddhāvanti muḷāliyo; Siṅghāṭipattamākiṇṇā, sobhanti taḷāke tadā’’.
此处,“莲花结出莲房”的意思是:那时,我身为苦行者,在居住期间,有些莲花在湖中结出花苞、绽放花朵等状。藕即莲花的根,“四处蔓延”是说它从这淤泥深处,如象牙般穿行而出。“菱角叶密布丛生”意指菱角丛如密林般繁茂丛生,庄严了湖泊,这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
Tattha gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti padumāti tadā tāpasena hutvā mama vasanasamaye ekacce padumā taḷākabbhantare makuḷapupphādayo gaṇhanti. Muḷāliyo padumamūlā niddhāvanti ito kaddamabbhantarato hatthidāṭhā viya gacchantīti attho. Pattapupphamākiṇṇā gahanībhūtā siṅghāṭiyo sobhayantīti attho.
那义答丛、芒果香丛、乌答利丛、亲戚活命丛,
那时,池塘里鲜花盛开,散发出天界的香气,弥漫四方。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nayitā ambagandhī ca, uttalī bandhujīvakā; Dibbagandhā sampavanti, pupphitā taḷāke tadā’’.
那时,在我居住的地方,池塘边有那义答丛、芒果香丛、乌答利丛和亲戚活命丛,所有这些丛都开了花,缀满花朵,散发芬芳,庄严着池塘——这就是此句的意思。显示巴利原文
Tadā mama vasanasamaye taḷākassa samīpe nayitā ca gacchā ambagandhī ca gacchā uttalī nāma gacchā ca bandhujīvakā ca ete sabbe gacchā pupphitā pupphadhāritā sugandhavāhakā taḷākaṃ sobhayantīti attho.
叉尾鲇、帕乌萨鱼、巴拉迦鱼、蒙佳罗希答鱼,
还有桑古拉鱼、玛古拉鱼,当时都栖息在这个池塘中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pāṭhīnā pāvusā macchā, balajā muñjarohitā; Saṃgulā maggurā ceva, vasanti taḷāke tadā’’.
在我居住的那个时候,叉尾鲇等鱼类无所畏惧地栖息在这池塘里——这是句子的关联含义。显示巴利原文
Tadā mama vasanasamaye nibbhītā pāṭhīnādayo macchā taḷāke vasantīti sambandho.
鳄鱼、恒河鳄、铁钩虫与罗刹,
那时,潜伏者与蟒蛇便住在那片池塘中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kumbhīlā susumārā ca, tantigāhā ca rakkhasā; Oguhā ajagarā ca, vasanti taḷāke tadā’’.
那时,在我居住期间,这些鳄鱼等鱼类无惧无灾地栖居在我林间住处附近的池塘中——这便是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
Tadā mama vasanasamaye mama assamasamīpe taḷāke ete kumbhīlādayo macchā nibbhītā nirūpaddavā vasantīti sambandho.
鸽子、日鹅、河中栖息的鸳鸯鸟,
杜鹃、鹦鹉与鹩哥,都依那片湖泊而生活。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pārevatā ravihaṃsā, cakkavākā nadīcarā; Kokilā sukasāḷikā, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
此处:于我林间住处附近有座湖,鸽、日鹅、河中鸳鸯、杜鹃、鹦鹉、鹩哥等众鸟,皆依那湖而活命,这便是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
Tattha mama assamasamīpe saraṃ nissāya pārevatāpakkhī ca ravihaṃsāpakkhī ca nadīcarā cakkavākapakkhī ca kokilāpakkhī ca sukapakkhī ca sāḷikāpakkhī ca taṃ saraṃ upanissāya jīvantīti sambandho.
鹧鸪、鹬鸟,以及林中的沸伽罗娑罗鸟,
宾蒂巴鸟与幼小的鹦鹉,都依此湖而活。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kukutthakā kuḷīrakā, vane pokkharasātakā; Dindibhā suvapotā ca, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
其中,“鹧鸪”是指名为鹧鸪的鸟,“鹬”是指名为鹬的鸟。林中的沸伽罗娑罗鸟、宾蒂巴鸟以及幼小的鹦鹉——所有这些鸟,都依靠我精舍附近的那座湖维持生命。这便是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
Tattha kukutthakāti evaṃnāmikā pakkhī ca. Kuḷīrakāti evaṃnāmikā pakkhī ca. Vane pokkharasātakā pakkhī ca dindibhā pakkhī ca suvapotā pakkhī ca ete sabbe pakkhino taṃ mama assamasamīpe saraṃ nissāya jīvantīti sambandho.
天鹅、苍鹭与孔雀,还有杜鹃和红褐冠鸟;
帕玛卡鸟与命命鸟,都依此湖而生活。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Haṃsā koñcā mayūrā ca, kokilā tambacūḷakā; Pammakā jīvaṃjīvā ca, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
所有这些天鹅等鸟类,都依靠那湖维系生命、延续存活——这是这句话的含义。显示巴利原文
Sabbe ete haṃsādayo pakkhino taṃ saraṃ upanissāya jīvanti jīvikaṃ pālentīti attho.
鸱鸺鸟、泡头鸟,以及成群的鸥鸟和鹰鸟;
大黑鸟等诸鸟,都依此湖泊为生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kosikā poṭṭhasīsā ca, kurarā senakā bahū; Mahākāḷā ca sakuṇā, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
此处,“鸱鸺”鸟、“泡头”鸟、“鸥”鸟、“鹰”鸟、“大黑”鸟,以及陆地上众多的鸟类,都在那个湖泊——也就是在湖的附近——生活,谋求生计,这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
Tattha kosikā ca pakkhī poṭṭhasīsā ca pakkhī kurarā ca pakkhī senakā ca pakkhī mahākāḷā ca pakkhī thale bahū pakkhino taṃ saraṃ tassa sarassa samīpe jīvanti jīvikaṃ kappentīti attho.
斑鹿、野猪、牦牛与众多犀牛,
以及罗希迦鹿、鹦鹉和鸽子,都依此湖而生活。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pasadā ca varāhā ca, camarā gaṇḍakā bahū; Rohiccā sukapotā ca, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
此处的意思是:斑鹿等这些走兽,在湖水的附近依此湖而存续栖息。句中为表达处所之义而使用了业格。显示巴利原文
Tattha pasadādayo ete migā taṃ saraṃ tasmiṃ sarasamīpe, bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ, jīvitaṃ paripālentā viharantīti attho.
狮子、老虎、豹子,以及熊、狼、鬣狗;
三处破散的象王,也都依靠那湖泊为生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sīhabyagghā ca dīpī ca, acchakokataracchakā; Tidhā pabhinnamātaṅgā, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
这些狮子等四足之类,生活于湖边,远离灾患——这是上下文的关联。显示巴利原文
Ete sīhādayo catuppadā sarasamīpe upaddavarahitā jīvantīti sambandho.
紧那罗与猿猴,以及林中的猎户;
这些人以及猎人,都依靠那个湖泊为生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kinnarā vānarā ceva, athopi vanakammikā; Cetā ca luddakā ceva, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ’’.
这里的意思是:这些名为紧那罗等的众生,住在那湖泊附近。显示巴利原文
Ettha ete evaṃnāmikā kinnarādayo sattā tasmiṃ sarasamīpe vasantīti attho.
乌木树、毕罗树,还有甘草树与苏摩犁树;
它们常年结果,就在我草庵的不远处。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tindukāni piyālāni, madhukekā sumāriyo; Dhuvaṃ phalāni dhārenti, avidūre mamassamaṃ’’.
其中,这些乌木等树木,在冬季、夏季、雨季三时,始终在我草庵的不远处结出甘甜果实——这便是句子的关联。显示巴利原文
Tattha ete tindukādayo rukkhā dhuvaṃ hemantagimhavassānasaṅkhāte kālattaye mama assamato avidūre ṭhāne madhuraphalāni dhārentīti sambandho.
憍赏弥树、婆罗罗树、楝树,结满了甜蜜的果实;
它们恒常结果,就在我草庵近旁。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kosambā saḷalā nimbā, sāduphalasamāyutā; Dhuvaṃ phalāni dhārenti, avidūre mamassamaṃ’’.
在那里,这些憍赏弥等树木,结有精华之果、甘甜之果、最上之果,具足美果,常结果实,在我的草庵旁庄严繁茂——这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
Tattha ete kosambādayo rukkhā sāraphalā madhuraphalā uttamaphalā samāyutā saṃ suṭṭhu āyutā samaṅgībhūtā niccaṃ phaladhārino mama assamasamīpe sobhantīti attho.
诃梨勒、庵摩勒,芒果、阎浮果与毗毕勒果;
枣树、婆罗那娑树、吉祥果树,都结着果实。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Harītakā āmalakā, ambajambuvibhītakā; Kolā bhallātakā billā, phalāni dhārayanti te’’.
那些诃子等树,长在我的精舍附近,常年结果——这便是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
Te harītakādayo rukkhā mama assamasamīpe jātā niccaṃ phalāni dhārayantīti sambandho.
乳根、迦蓝芭、比罗里与塔迦拉尼,
活命草、须达迦草等,在我的精舍中甚为丰饶。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āluvā ca kaḷambā ca, biḷālītakkaḷāni ca; Jīvakā sutakā ceva, bahūkā mama assame’’.
这些以乳根为首的根果,细小而甘甜,在我的精舍附近甚多——这便是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
Ete āluvādayo mūlaphalā khuddā madhurasā mama assamasamīpe bahū santīti sambandho.
精舍不远处,有池塘建造精美;
池水澄澈清凉,堤岸秀丽,令人见而生喜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Assamassāvidūramhi, taḷākāsuṃ sunimmitā; Acchodakā sītajalā, supatitthā manoramā’’.
在这里,「精舍不远处」意为精舍附近;「善造的」指建造精巧,便于上下;「水清澄」指水极清净;「水清凉」指水清凉;「阶岸美好」指堤岸优美;「令人愉悦」指令人心生喜悦——那些池塘就是这样存在的,这就是此句的涵义。显示巴利原文
Tattha assamassāvidūramhi assamassa samīpe sunimmitā suṭṭhu ārohanaorohanakkhamaṃ katvā nimmitā acchodakā vippasannodakā sītajalā sītodakā supatitthā sundaratitthā manoramā somanassakarā taḷākā āsuṃ ahesunti attho.
红莲、青莲覆盖,白莲亦点缀其间;
为曼陀罗花所覆盖,天界之香从四方吹拂而来。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Padumuppalasañchannā, puṇḍarīkasamāyutā; Mandālakehi sañchannā, dibbagandhopavāyati’’.
那些湖泊被红莲与青莲覆盖,遍满白莲,又为曼陀罗花所遮蔽,形成密密的莲丛;它们散发着天界之香,从四方吹拂过来——这便是“天香芬芳吹拂”的意思。显示巴利原文
Tattha padumehi ca uppalehi ca sañchannā paripuṇṇā puṇḍarīkehi samāyutā samaṅgībhūtā mandālakehi ca sañchannā gahanībhūtā taḷākā dibbagandhāni upavāyanti samantato vāyantīti attho.
如此,在一切支分具足、繁花盛开硕果累累的林间;
在善造而可爱的兰若中,那时我便住在那里。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ sabbaṅgasampanne, pupphite phalite vane; Sukate assame ramme, viharāmi ahaṃ tadā’’.
其中,“如此,一切支分具足”是指:在那具足河流等各部分、花果树茂密成林的森林中,在善造而可爱的林间住处——即森林住处,当时身为苦行者的我居住着。这便是其义。显示巴利原文
Tattha evaṃ sabbaṅgasampanneti abbehi nadikādiavayavehi sampanne paripuṇṇe pupphaphalarukkhehi gahanībhūte vane sukate ramaṇīye assame araññāvāse tadā tāpasabhūtakāle ahaṃ viharāmīti attho.
既已说明林栖成就,现在为了显示自身戒等功德的成就:显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā assamasampattiṃ dassetvā idāni attano sīlādiguṇasampattiṃ dassento –
持戒具足誓愿,常乐禅那的禅修者,
证得五神通力、名为妙喜的苦行者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sīlavā vatasampanno, jhāyī jhānarato sadā; Pañcābhiññābalappatto, suruci nāma tāpaso’’ti. – āha;
其中,“具戒者”指:具足与禅那相应、类似四遍清净戒的五种戒。“具足誓愿者”指:受持“从今以后我不再受用居家生活或五种欲乐”的誓愿而具足。“修禅者”指:以特相禅那与所缘禅那而修习,惯于修禅者。“乐禅那者”指:于彼诸禅那中乐住、投入、恒常圆备者。“证五神通力”指:具备神变通、天耳通、他心通、宿住随念通、天眼通此五神通,及殊胜智慧力,得圆满完备,此是释义。关联而言:名为妙喜的苦行者,我如此安住。显示巴利原文
Tattha sīlavāti jhānasampayuttacatupārisuddhisīlasadisehi pañcahi sīlehi sampuṇṇoti attho. Vatasampannoti ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya gharāvāsaṃ pañca kāmaguṇe vā na sevissāmī’’ti vatasamādānena sampanno. Jhāyīti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaārammaṇūpanijjhānehi jhāyī jhāyanasīlo. Jhānaratoti etesu jhānesu rato allīno sadā sampuṇṇo. Pañcābhiññābalappattoti iddhividhadibbasotaparacittavijānanapubbenivāsānussatidibbacakkhusaṅkhātāhi pañcahi abhiññāhi visesapaññāhi balasampanno, paripuṇṇoti attho. Nāmena suruci nāma tāpaso hutvā viharāmīti sambandho.
其中,「持戒」指:具足与禅那相应的四遍清净戒相似的五种戒。「具足誓愿」指:通过受持“从今以后我不再从事居家生活或五种欲”的誓愿而成就。「禅修者」指:依对禅相(特相)和所缘的随观而修习禅那,养成禅修习惯的人。「乐禅那者」指:在那些禅那中喜悦、投入、常常圆满的人。「达到五神通力」指:具备神变、天耳、他心、宿住随念、天眼这五种神通,以及殊胜的智慧与力,也就是圆满的意思。文句关联为:名为妙喜的苦行者,我如此居住。显示巴利原文
Ettakena attano guṇasampattiṃ dassetvā parisasampattiṃ dassento –
曾有二万四千名弟子随侍于我,
所有这些婆罗门都出身高贵,享有盛誉。——此为开篇所说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Catuvīsasahassāni, sissā mayhaṃ upaṭṭhahuṃ; Sabbe maṃ brāhmaṇā ete, jātimanto yasassino’’ti. – ādimāha;
就此而言,其关联如下:这全部二万四千位婆罗门都是我的弟子。他们出身具足,享有名声,眷属众多,皆来侍奉于我。显示巴利原文
Tattha ete sabbe catuvīsatisahassabrāhmaṇā mayhaṃ sissā jātimanto jātisampannā yasassino parivārasampannā maṃ upaṭṭhahunti sambandho.
于相学、传说,以及含词汇集与规范论的学问中,
他们精通音韵与解释,于自法中达到彼岸。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sanighaṇḍusakeṭubhe; Padakā veyyākaraṇā, sadhamme pāramiṃ gatā’’.
在此,「相」指相学。他能遍知世间一切男女之相,即“具足这些相者受苦,具足那些相者享乐”。阐明此相的著作即为「相」(书),此处「相」中所指即是此。
「传说」指阐明“据说如此、据说如彼”之语的著作。于相与传说中达到彼岸,即于其中达到圆满。
阐述树木、山等名称的著作称为「词汇集」。「规范论」是指导诗人关于行为方式与仪轨运用的论书。与词汇集共存而运作,故称“有词汇集”;与规范论共存而运作,故称“有规范论”。他们于具备词汇集与规范论的三吠陀中达到彼岸。
「音韵」指精通名词、复合词、后缀、动词、分词等语法规则。「解释」指精通《旃陀罗文法》、《波你尼文法》、《迦罗波文法》等语法书。
“于自法达到彼岸”的意思是:在自身的法,即婆罗门的法、三吠陀的学问中,达到彼岸,也就是到达究竟、完全通达。这是它的义理。显示巴利原文
Tattha lakkhaṇeti lakkhaṇasatthe. Sabbalokiyānaṃ itthipurisānaṃ ‘‘imehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgatā dukkhitā bhavanti, imehi sukhitā bhavantī’’ti lakkhaṇaṃ jānāti. Tappakāsako gantho lakkhaṇaṃ, tasmiṃ lakkhaṇe ca. Itihāseti ‘‘itiha āsa itiha āsā’’ti vuttavacanapaṭidīpake ganthe. Lakkhaṇe ca itihāse ca pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gatāti sambandho. Rukkhapabbatādīnaṃ nāmappakāsakaganthaṃ ‘‘nighaṇḍū’’ti vuccati. Keṭūbheti kiriyākappavikappānaṃ kavīnaṃ upakārako gantho. Nighaṇḍuyā saha vattatīti sanighaṇḍu, keṭubhena saha vattatīti sakeṭubhaṃ, tasmiṃ sanighaṇḍusakeṭubhe vedattaye pāramiṃ gatāti sambandho. Padakāti nāmapadasamāsataddhitākhyātakitakādipadesu chekā . Veyyākaraṇāni candapāṇinīyakalāpādibyākaraṇe chekā. Sadhamme pāramiṃ gatāti attano dhamme brāhmaṇadhamme vedattaye pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gatā pattāti attho.
于灾异、预兆与诸相,他们悉皆善巧精通;
于大地、世间及虚空之中,我的弟子皆已善学通达。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uppātesu nimittesu, lakkhaṇesu ca kovidā; Pathabyā bhūmantalikkhe, mama sissā susikkhitā’’.
其中,“灾异”指流星陨落、地震等灾变;“预兆”指祥瑞与不祥的征兆;“诸相”指女人相、男人相与大人相,他们对此皆悉善巧、精通。于“地” 、“大地” 即一切世间,及“空中” 、“虚空” ——也就是一切处,我的弟子皆已善学通达。显示巴利原文
Tattha ukkāpātabhūmikampādikesu uppātesu ca subhanimittāsubhanimittesu ca itthilakkhaṇapurisalakkhaṇamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu ca kovidā chekā. Pathaviyā ca bhūmiyā ca sakalaloke ca antalikkhe ākāse cāti sabbattha mama sissā susikkhitā.
他们少欲而明智,饮食俭少,不贪求;
于得失皆能知足,恒常围绕护持于我。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Appicchā nipakā ete, appāhārā alolupā; Lābhālābhena santuṭṭhā, parivārenti maṃ sadā’’.
其中,“少欲”:指仅凭少量资具便能维生的人。“明智”:指具足那称为明智的智慧的人。“少食”:指一日一食,也就是日中一食者。“无贪”:指不会生起贪爱与渴求的人。“于得失”:指对于得到与未得到都满足、喜悦。这些弟子恒时围绕着我、侍奉于我——这便是此处的含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha appicchāti appakenāpi yāpentā. Nipakāti nepakkasaṅkhātāya paññāya samannāgatā. Appāhārāti ekāhārā ekabhattikāti attho. Alolupāti lolupataṇhāya appavattanakā. Lābhālābhenāti lābhena alābhena ca santuṭṭhā somanassā ete mama sissā sadā niccakālaṃ maṃ parivārenti upaṭṭhahantīti attho.
修习禅那、乐于禅那的坚定者,心寂静、得安止;
希求无所有者,恒常围绕着我。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jhāyī jhānaratā dhīrā, santacittā samāhitā; Ākiñcaññaṃ patthayantā, parivārenti maṃ sadā’’.
在这里,「修禅那者」是指具备‘相审察禅那’和‘所缘审察禅那’这两种特质的人,也可以指有修习禅那习惯的人。「乐于禅那者」是指在这些禅那当中感到欢喜、投入的人。「坚定者」是指成就了坚定意志的人。「心寂静者」是指心意已经平息安静下来的人。「得定者」是指心专注于一个对象上的人。「无所有」是指一种没有障碍、无系缚的状态。「希求」就是希望、渴望的意思。整句话的意思连接起来就是:我的这些弟子们,就是以这样的方式一直围绕在我身边。显示巴利原文
Tattha jhāyīti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaārammaṇūpanijjhānehi samannāgatā. Jhāyanasīlā vā. Jhānaratāti tesu ca jhānesu ratā allīnā. Dhīrāti dhitisampannā. Santacittāti vūpasantamanā. Samāhitāti ekaggacittā. Ākiñcaññanti nippalibodhabhāvaṃ. Patthayantāti icchantā. Itthambhūtā me sissā sadā maṃ parivārentīti sambandho.
已达神通彼岸者,欣乐于祖先行境;
游行虚空之坚定者,恒常围绕于我。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Abhiññāpāramippattā, pettike gocare ratā; Antalikkhacarā dhīrā, parivārenti maṃ sadā’’.
此处,“已达神通彼岸者”意指:于五种神通皆修至究竟、最为圆满。“于祖先行境中得乐者”意指:依佛陀所许可、不以暗示所得之食而欣乐。“行于空中者”即指:他们于虚空之中往来游行之义。“坚定者”意指:那些性行坚固,纵遇狮子、虎豹等险难,内心亦毫无畏惧之人。总说即是:我这等苦行者,即以如是之状态恒常围绕于我。显示巴利原文
Tattha abhiññāpāramippattāti pañcasu abhiññāsu pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ pattā pūritāti attho. Pettike gocare ratāti buddhānuññātāya aviññattiyā laddhe āhāre ratāti attho. Antalikkhacarāti antalikkhena ākāsena gacchantā āgacchantā cāti attho. Dhīrāti thirabhūtā sīhabyagghādiparissaye acchambhitasabhāvāti attho. Evaṃbhūtā mama tāpasā sadā maṃ parivārentīti attho.
于六门中善防护,无动摇,守护根门;
不染混杂的智者——我的弟子们,难以亲近。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṃvutā chasu dvāresu, anejā rakkhitindriyā; Asaṃsaṭṭhā ca te dhīrā, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
此处,“于六门中防护”:指在眼等六门,对于色等六种所缘,防护、关闭、遮盖,即守护、保卫诸门之意。“无动摇”:指离贪者。“守护根门”:指守护眼等诸根者。“不混杂”:指不与亲戚、在家众相混者。“难近”:指极难接近,不可触恼、不可侵害,即非可如此对待者。显示巴利原文
Tattha cakkhādīsu chasu dvāresu rūpādīsu chasu ārammaṇesu saṃvutā pihitā paṭicchannā, rakkhitagopitadvārāti attho. Anejā nittaṇhā rakkhitindriyā gopitacakkhādiindriyā asaṃsaṭṭhā ñātīhi gahaṭṭhehi amissībhūtāti attho. Durāsadāti duṭṭhu āsadā, āsādetuṃ ghaṭṭetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā ayoggāti attho.
以结跏趺坐而住,亦以站立与经行,
他们就这样度过夜晚,我的弟子们,是难可亲近者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pallaṅkena nisajjāya, ṭhānacaṅkamanena ca; Vītināmenti te rattiṃ, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
其中,我的弟子们以跏趺坐——即盘起双腿的坐姿,舍弃躺卧,依坐、站立与经行,殊胜地度过整个夜晚,意思是超越了寻常的度过方式,这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
Tattha mama sissā pallaṅkena ūrubaddhāsanena seyyaṃ vihāya nisajjāya ca ṭhānena ca caṅkamena ca sakalaṃ rattiṃ visesena atināmenti atikkāmentīti sambandho.
对于可染着的事,他们不染着;对于可嗔恨的事,他们不嗔恨;
对于可愚痴的事,他们不愚痴。我的弟子们,是难以胜伏的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rajanīye na rajjanti, dussanīye na dussare; Mohanīye na muyhanti, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
处于这些境界的我的弟子——苦行者们,对于可染着之事——即能令染着生起、应被染着的事物——他们不染着,也不令染着生起;对于可嗔恨之事——即能令嗔心生起、应被嗔恨的事物——他们不嗔恨,也不造作嗔;对于可愚痴之事——即能令愚痴生起、应被愚痴的事物——他们不愚痴,也不起痴。这就是说,他们成为了与慧相应者。这便是这句话的意涵。显示巴利原文
Te itthambhūtā mama sissā tāpasā rajanīye rajjitabbe vatthusmiṃ na rajjanti rajjaṃ na uppādenti. Dussanīye dussitabbe dosaṃ uppādetuṃ yutte vatthumhi na dussare dosaṃ na karonti. Mohanīye mohituṃ yutte vatthumhi na muyhanti mohaṃ na karonti, paññāsampayuttā bhavantīti attho.
他们恒常探究神通,精进不息;
以威猛之势震动大地,成为难以接近者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Iddhiṃ vīmaṃsamānā te, vattanti niccakālikaṃ; Pathaviṃ te pakampenti, sārambhena durāsadā’’.
我的弟子们恒常探究着诸如“化作一身为多身,又将多身合为一身”等种种神通变化,这便是此句的关联。我的弟子们能在空中、水中变化出大地,并于其上施展种种威仪、震动大地,此是其义。以威猛——即两两相持、兴造诤论的方式——无法触恼他们;正因如此,他们才不可接近。这是义理所在。显示巴利原文
Te mama sissā ‘‘ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotī’’tiādikaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.102) iddhivikubbanaṃ niccakālikaṃ vīmaṃsamānā vattantīti sambandho. Te mama sissā ākāsepi udakepi pathaviṃ nimminitvā iriyāpathaṃ pakampentīti attho. Sārambhena yugaggāhena kalahakaraṇena na āsādetabbāti attho.
而且,你的弟子们正沉浸于游戏,他们所乐享的,是禅那之游戏;
他们从阎浮树取来果实,我的弟子们确是难以接近的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kīḷamānā ca te sissā, kīḷanti jhānakīḷitaṃ; Jambuto phalamānenti, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
“我的弟子们”是指他们欢悦地游戏,玩着以初禅等为首的游戏,这便是句中的意思。“从阎浮树取来果实”是指:以神通力前往雪山中高达百由旬的阎浮树,取来大如瓶罐的阎浮果,这便是其含义。显示巴利原文
Te mama sissā kīḷamānā paṭhamajjhānādikīḷaṃ kīḷanti laḷanti ramantīti attho. Jambutophalamānentīti himavantamhi satayojanubbedhajamburukkhato ghaṭappamāṇaṃ jambuphalaṃ iddhiyā gantvā ānentīti attho.
有些弟子前往牛货洲,有些前往东胜身洲;
还有些前往北俱卢洲,他们为了寻求而成为难可接近者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aññe gacchanti goyānaṃ, aññe pubbavidehakaṃ; Aññe ca uttarakuruṃ, esanāya durāsadā’’.
意思是:在我的弟子当中,有一部分前往牛货洲,有一部分前往东胜身洲,另有一部分前往北俱卢洲。这些“难可接近者”,正是为了到那些地方去寻求、探索、寻找资具而前往。这是上下文的衔接。显示巴利原文
Tesaṃ mama sissānaṃ antare aññe ekacce goyānaṃ aparagoyānaṃ dīpaṃ gacchanti, ekacce pubbavidehakaṃ dīpaṃ gacchanti, ekacce uttarakuruṃ dīpaṃ gacchanti, te durāsadā etesu ṭhānesu esanāya gavesanāya paccayapariyesanāya gacchantīti sambandho.
他们将担子推在前面,又从后面跟随;
天空被二万四千人遮蔽。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Purato pesenti khāriṃ, pacchato ca vajanti te; Catuvīsasahassehi, chāditaṃ hoti ambaraṃ’’.
我的那些弟子在空中行走时,会先将那装满苦行者资具的担子向前推出,使其朝向自己前方,随后自己便跟在担子后面而行——这便是那句话的含义。当他们如此行走时,二万四千位苦行者遮蔽、覆盖了整个虚空。显示巴利原文
Te mama sissā ākāsena gacchamānā khāriṃ tāpasaparikkhārabharitaṃ kājaṃ purato pesenti paṭhamaṃ abhimukhañca taṃ pesetvā sayaṃ tassa pacchato gacchantīti attho. Evaṃ gacchamānehi catuvīsasahassehi tāpasehi ambaraṃ ākāsatalaṃ chāditaṃ paṭicchannaṃ hotīti sambandho.
有火煮食者,有无火者,还有用牙臼者;
有些以石杵捣碎而食,有些以自然落下的果实为食。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aggipākī anaggī ca, dantodukkhalikāpi ca; Asmena koṭṭitā keci, pavattaphalabhojanā’’.
其中,有弟子是‘火煮食者’,将果实、块根、叶子等以火煮熟后食用;有弟子是‘无火者’,不藉火煮,直接生食;有弟子是‘用牙者’,只用牙齿剥皮后食用;有弟子是‘用臼者’,用臼捣碎后食用;有弟子是‘用石杵者’,用石头捣碎后食用;有弟子是‘以自落果实为食者’——这是与经文的关联。显示巴利原文
Tattha keci ekacce mama sissā aggipākī phalāphalapaṇṇādayo pacitvā khādanti, ekacce anaggī aggīhi apacitvā āmakameva khādanti, ekacce dantikā dantehiyeva tacaṃ uppāṭetvā khādanti. Ekacce udukkhalikā udukkhalehi koṭṭetvā khādanti. Ekacce asmena koṭṭitā pāsāṇena koṭṭetvā khādanti. Ekacce sayaṃpatitaphalāhārāti sambandho.
有些人入水,于傍晚与清晨乐行清净;
有些人作水浇灌,宣称我的弟子难以接近。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Udakorohaṇā keci, sāyaṃ pāto sucīratā; Toyābhisecanakarā, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
“难以接近的我的弟子”,意指有些乐着清净、希求清净之人,于傍晚与清晨入水,即进入水中;另一些则是作水浇灌者,也就是用水浇淋自身的人。显示巴利原文
Durāsadā mama sissā keci sucīratā suddhikāmā sāyaṃ pāto ca udakorohaṇā udakapavesakāti attho. Keci toyābhisecanakarā udakena attani abhisiñcanakarāti attho.
腋毛与爪甲已长,牙齿垢污,头发蒙尘;
他们因戒香而芬芳,我的弟子难以接近。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Parūḷhakacchanakhalomā , paṅkadantā rajassirā; Gandhitā sīlagandhena, mama sissā durāsadā’’.
其中,“我的弟子难以接近”:在腋下与手脚等处,毛发长得很长,即指甲与体毛都长长的。意思是,由于未作剃除,所以不加修饰、不事装扮。“牙齿污浊”:由于未用砖粉、乳、石粉等使之洁白,牙齿上沾有污垢。“头发有尘垢”:由于未曾涂油等,发上积满灰尘。“以戒香而芳香”:由于具足了与禅那、定、等至相应的戒,以世间戒香在一切处散发芬芳。“我的弟子难以接近”:由于具足了上述这些功德,我的弟子不可诋毁、不可攻击,这便是经文的连接。显示巴利原文
Tattha te durāsadā mama sissā kacchesu ubhayakacchesu ca hatthapādesu ca parūḷhā sañjātā, dīghanakhalomāti attho. Khurakammarahitattā amaṇḍitā apasādhitāti adhippāyo. Paṅkadantāti iṭṭhakacuṇṇakhīrapāsāṇacuṇṇādīhi dhavalamakatattā malaggahitadantāti attho. Rajassirāti telamakkhanādirahitattā dhūlīhi makkhitasīsāti attho. Gandhitā sīlagandhenāti jhānasamādhisamāpattīhi sampayuttasīlena samaṅgībhūtattā lokiyasīlagandhena sabbattha sugandhībhūtāti attho. Mama sissā durāsadāti imehi vuttappakāraguṇehi samannāgatattā āsādetuṃ ghaṭṭetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā mama sissāti sambandho.
清晨,结发者们聚在一起,展现着炽烈的苦行;
他们宣说得失之后,便升入虚空之中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pātova sannipatitvā, jaṭilā uggatāpanā; Lābhālābhaṃ pakittetvā, gacchanti ambare tadā’’.
“清晨聚集后”:此处的“to”是第七格格尾,意为“在早餐时分,他们聚集于我面前”。“显赫的苦行”即公开、遍行的苦行;“结发者”即蓄着发髻的苦行者。“宣扬所得与所失”:将大大小小的所得公之于众。那时,他们便行走于空中、虚空之中。这是与经文的关联。显示巴利原文
Tattha pātova sannipatitvāti sattamyatthe topaccayo, pātarāsakāleyeva mama santike rāsibhūtāti attho. Uggatāpanā pākaṭatapā patthaṭatapā jaṭilā jaṭādhārino tāpasā. Lābhālābhaṃ pakittetvā khuddake ca mahante ca lābhe pākaṭe katvā tadā tasmiṃ kāle ambare ākāsatale gacchantīti sambandho.
192 “etesāṃ pakkamantānaṃ”:意为这些苦行者无论在空中还是地面行进、行走时,他们的树皮衣都发出巨大声响。“muditā honti devatā”:天神们喜悦,即对于发出如此巨大声响而行进者,因听到他们羚羊皮衣的声音而感到满意,说道:“善哉,善哉,尊者们!”这些天神便心生欢喜、感到满足。这是与经文的关联。显示巴利原文
192. Puna tesaṃyeva guṇe pakāsento etesaṃ pakkamantānantiādimāha. Tattha ākāse vā thale vā pakkamantānaṃ gacchantānaṃ etesaṃ tāpasānaṃ vākacīrajanito mahāsaddo pavattatīti attho. Muditā honti devatāti evaṃ mahāsaddaṃ pavattetvā gacchantānaṃ ajinacammasaddena santuṭṭhā ‘‘sādhu sādhu, ayyā’’ti somanassajātā devatā muditā santuṭṭhā hontīti sambandho.
193 “Disodisaṃ”(向诸方):指那些旅行于空中、行于虚空的仙人,向南方等四方及四维处处而去。此即关联。“Sake balenupatthaddhā”(依自力而稳固):指凭借自身身体的力量,或凭借禅那的力量,随心所欲,想去何处便去何处。此即关联。显示巴利原文
193.Disodisanti te isayo antalikkhacarā ākāsacārino dakkhiṇādisānudisaṃ pakkamanti gacchantīti sambandho. Sake balenupatthaddhāti attano sarīrabalena vā jhānabalena vā samannāgatā yadicchakaṃ yattha yattha gantukāmā, tattha tattheva gacchantīti sambandho.
194 “Pathavīkampakā ete”(他们为大地震动者):那时,这些随心所欲遍行各处的仙人,能令大地震动、大地摇晃,行于云中、行于虚空。“Uggatejā”(具炽燃威力者):具足广大、扩展的威力,难以征服。因其无法被强力压制而令其顺从,故称“难以征服”。“如同大海不可动摇”:犹如大海不为他者所动摇、所扰乱,他们亦不被他者动摇,不可撼动。此即关联。显示巴利原文
194. Puna tesamevānubhāvaṃ pakāsento pathavīkampakā etetiādimāha. Tadā ete sabbattha icchācārā pathavīkampakā medanīsañcalanajātikā nabhacārino ākāsacārino. Uggatejāti uggatatejā patthaṭatejā duppasahā pasayha abhibhavitvā pavattituṃ asakkuṇeyyāti duppasahā. Sāgarova akhobhiyāti aññehi akhobhiyo anāluḷito sāgaro iva samuddo viya aññehi akhobhiyā kampetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā hontīti sambandho.
195 “Ṭhānacaṅkamino keci”(或立或行者):在我的弟子之中,有些仙人成就站立与经行的威仪,有些仙人成就常坐的威仪,有些仙人则以自然脱落的树叶为食。由于具足如此功德,他们成为难以亲近者。此即关联。显示巴利原文
195.Ṭhānacaṅkamino kecīti tesaṃ mama sissānaṃ antare ekacce isayo ṭhāniriyāpathacaṅkamaniriyāpathasampannā, ekacce isayo nesajjikā nisajjiriyāpathasampannā, ekacce isayo pavattabhojanā sayaṃpatitapaṇṇāhārā evarūpehi guṇehi yuttattā durāsadāti sambandho.
196 赞叹他们所有人,说道‘mettāvihārino’等。其中,以‘愿无量世界中的无量众生快乐’等方式,以润泽为相的慈心遍满而住,并延续生命者,称为‘慈心住者’。意思是:‘这些是我的弟子。’所有这些仙人,为一切众生谋求利益、寻求利益。他们不自我抬高、不骄慢、不轻视任何人,也就是不贬低、不看低任何人。这是这句话的含义。显示巴利原文
196. Te sabbe thomento mettāvihārinotiādimāha. Tattha ‘‘aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu aparimāṇā sattā sukhī hontū’’tiādinā sinehalakkhaṇāya mettāya pharitvā viharanti, attabhāvaṃ pavattentīti mettāvihārino ete mama sissāti attho. Sabbe te isayo sabbapāṇinaṃ sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ hitesī hitagavesakā. Anattukkaṃsakā attānaṃ na ukkaṃsakā amānino kassaci kañci puggalaṃ na vambhenti nīcaṃ katvā na maññantīti attho.
197 我的弟子们,因为具足戒、定与等至的功德,如同狮子王般无所畏惧、毫无恐惧;如同象王般强健有力,具足身力与禅那力;如同虎王般难以接近、不可触犯;他们来到我身边。——这是经文的连接说明。显示巴利原文
197. Te mama sissā sīlasamādhisamāpattiguṇayuttattā sīharājā iva acchambhītā nibbhayā, gajarājā iva hatthirājā viya thāmavā sarīrabalajhānabalasampannā byaggharājā iva, durāsadā ghaṭṭetumasakkuṇeyyā mama santike āgacchantīti sambandho.
198 然后,借着显示自己的威神力,世尊说‘vijjādharā’等。其中,‘持明者’是指持诵明咒之人,还有居住在树、山等的陆地天神、住在地上的龙、乾闼婆天神、凶暴的罗刹、鸠槃荼天神、檀那婆天神、能随意变化的金翅鸟,他们都依止那个湖而存活。这是经文连接的意思。也就是说,他们在那个湖中及其附近居住。显示巴利原文
198. Tato attano ānubhāvassa dassanalesena pakāsento vijjādharātiādimāha. Tattha mantasajjhāyādivijjādharā ca rukkhapabbatādīsu vasantā bhummadevatā ca bhūmaṭṭhathalaṭṭhā nāgā ca gandhabbadevā ca caṇḍā rakkhasā ca kumbhaṇḍā devā ca dānavā devā ca icchiticchitanimmānasamatthā garuḷā ca taṃ saraṃ upajīvantīti sambandho, tasmiṃ sare sarassa samīpe vasantīti attho.
199 再次赞叹自己这些苦行弟子的功德,说道‘te jaṭā khāribharitā’等。这些内容意义显明。‘khāribhāra’指的是水瓶、澡罐等苦行者所使用的资具。显示巴利原文
199. Punapi tesaṃyeva attano sissatāpasānaṃ guṇe vaṇṇento te jaṭā khāribharitātiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ uttānatthameva. Khāribhāranti udañcanakamaṇḍaluādikaṃ tāpasaparikkhāraṃ.
207 他再次显扬自己的功德,说道‘uppāte supine cāpi’等。其中,由于他在婆罗门的种种技艺中达到成就,且精通星宿学,当被问及‘这位王子的出生星宿是吉祥还是不吉祥’这类征相与梦兆时,以及被问及梦的内容时,我能解说‘此梦吉祥,此梦不吉祥’等梦兆的解释;又善于解说一切男女的手足之相。当时,作为苦行者的他,完全掌握了流传于整个赡部洲的咒语与相咒部分。这是经文中的连接说明。显示巴利原文
207. Punapi attano guṇe pakāsento uppāte supine cāpītiādimāha. Tattha brāhmaṇasippesu nipphattiṃ gatattā nakkhattapāṭhe ca chekattā ‘‘imassa rājakumārassa uppannanakkhattaṃ subhaṃ asubha’’nti uppātalakkhaṇe ca supine ca pavattiṃ pucchitena ‘‘idaṃ supinaṃ subhaṃ, idaṃ asubha’’nti supinanipphattikathane ca sabbesaṃ itthipurisānaṃ hatthapādalakkhaṇakathane ca suṭṭhu sikkhito sakalajambudīpe pavattamānaṃ mantapadaṃ lakkhaṇamantakoṭṭhāsaṃ sabbaṃ ahaṃ tadā mama tāpasakāle dhāremīti sambandho.
208 他以佛陀功德为先导,宣扬自己的记说,说道‘anomadassī’等。其中,‘anoma’意为不低劣的,也就是无上的。‘dassana’是指以肉眼、天眼、周遍眼、法眼、佛眼观察一切众生,这称为见。彼世尊具有无上的见,因此称为‘无上见者’。由于世尊具足吉祥等种种因缘,他是世间的最殊胜者、最尊贵者,因此称为世间最胜,并以三种牛王为譬喻:牛王、牛中王、大牛王。其中,百牛之王称为牛王,千牛之王称为牛中王,十万牛之王称为大牛王。人中的大牛王即是人雄,也就是已通达一切法的正自觉者。他喜爱远离,渴望独处,所以前往雪山、喜马拉雅山。这是经文中的连接说明。显示巴利原文
208. Attano byākaraṇaṃ buddhaguṇapubbaṅgamaṃ pakāsento anomadassītiādimāha. Tattha na omakanti anomaṃ. Maṃsacakkhudibbacakkhusamantacakkhudhammacakkhubuddhacakkhūhi sabbasattānaṃ passanaṃ dassanaṃ nāma, anomaṃ dassanaṃ yassa bhagavato so bhagavā anomadassī. Bhāgyavantatādīhi kāraṇehi bhagavā lokassa jeṭṭhaseṭṭhattā lokajeṭṭho usabho nisabho āsabhoti tayo gavajeṭṭhakā. Tattha gavasatajeṭṭhako usabho, gavasahassajeṭṭhako nisabho, gavasatasahassajeṭṭhako āsabho, narānaṃ āsabho narāsabho paṭividdhasabbadhammo, sambuddho vivekakāmo ekībhāvaṃ icchanto himavantaṃ himālayapabbataṃ upāgamīti sambandho.
209 “Ajjhogāhetvā himavantanti”意思是:深入雪山附近之后,进入之后。其余文义自明。显示巴利原文
209.Ajjhogāhetvā himavantanti himavantasamīpaṃ ogāhetvā pavisitvāti attho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
210-1 (他)看见安坐的世间导师,宛如燃烧的蓝莲花,宛如火祭坛,宛如炽燃放光的火堆,宛如空中闪耀的闪电,宛如盛开的娑罗树王——这是经文的连属。显示巴利原文
210-1.Jalitaṃ jalamānaṃ indīvarapupphaṃ iva, hutāsanaṃ homassa āsanaṃ, ādittaṃ ābhāyutaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ iva, gagane ākāse jotamānaṃ vijju iva, suṭṭhu phullaṃ sālarājaṃ iva, nisinnaṃ lokanāyakaṃ addasanti sambandho.
213 “天中天”意为天中之天。我见到那位天中天后,便观察他的“相”——亦即辨认三十二大人相的依据。我这样推择、思惟:“是佛陀,还是非佛陀?”“有眼者”即具足五种眼、拥有眼力的胜者。我因何因缘而看见他?这是连属的意思。显示巴利原文
213. Devānaṃ devo devadevo, taṃ devadevaṃ disvāna tassa lakkhaṇaṃ dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasañjānanakāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Buddho nu kho na vā buddho’’ti upadhārayiṃ vicāresiṃ. Cakkhumaṃ pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumantaṃ jinaṃ kena kāraṇena passāmīti sambandho.
214 在具足最上行持者的最胜脚掌上,可见千辐轮相。我见世尊的这些相已,于如来便得决定、得定了,即无疑惑之意。余义易了。显示巴利原文
214.Caraṇuttame uttamapādatale sahassārāni cakkalakkhaṇāni dissanti, ahaṃ tassa bhagavato tāni lakkhaṇāni disvā tathāgate niṭṭhaṃ gacchiṃ sanniṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi, nissandeho āsinti attho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
218 “自生者”即自然而生。“无量升起”是指无量、无边功德的升起之处,此二词皆为呼格,称呼于您。“您善能将此世间、此有情世间从轮回中救出,令达涅槃之地”——此是含义。“一切众生来到您的面前后,便能渡过疑流、渡过疑惑的大瀑流”——此是关联之义。显示巴利原文
218.Sayambhū sayameva bhūtā. Amitodaya amitānaṃ aparimāṇānaṃ guṇānaṃ udaya uṭṭhānaṭṭhāna , idaṃ padadvayaṃ ālapanameva. Imaṃ lokaṃ imaṃ sattalokaṃ saṃ suṭṭhu uddharasi saṃsārato uddharitvā nibbānathalaṃ pāpesīti attho. Te sabbe sattā tava dassanaṃ āgamma āgantvā kaṅkhāsotaṃ vicikicchāmahoghaṃ taranti atikkamantīti sambandho.
219 苦行者赞叹世尊,而说“您是导师……”等语。其中:“尊者!一切知者,您是含天世间之导师、老师。以最上义,您即是‘幢’——崇高;以普照一切世间义,您即是‘旗’;因于三界中高高升起,您即是‘柱’——如竖立之柱。于诸众生,您即是‘归趣’——最高的皈依处;您即是‘依处’——可立足之地。因您破除世间痴暗,您即是‘灯’——犹如油灯。“两足至尊”者,即在天、梵、人诸两足众中,您为最上、最尊胜。”此是关联之义。显示巴利原文
219. Bhagavantaṃ thomento tāpaso tuvaṃ satthātiādimāha. Tattha, bhante, sabbaññu tuvaṃ sadevakassa lokassa satthā ācariyo uttamaṭṭhena tvameva ketu ucco, sakalaloke pakāsanaṭṭhena tvameva dhajo, lokattaye uggatattā tvameva yūpo ussāpitathambhasadiso, pāṇinaṃ sabbasattānaṃ tvameva parāyaṇo uttamagamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ tvameva patiṭṭhā patiṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ lokassa mohandhakāravidhamanato tvameva dīpo telapadīpo viya, dvipaduttamo dvipadānaṃ devabrahmamanussānaṃ uttamo seṭṭhoti sambandho.
220 再次称赞世尊时,说了“能在海中量水”等语。意思是:尊者,在深达八万四千由旬的大海中,海水或许尚可用斗去量、去测;然而,尊者,一切知者,您的智慧却无法以“有这么多”来量度测知。显示巴利原文
220. Puna bhagavantaṃyeva thomento sakkā samudde udakantiādimāha. Tattha caturāsītiyojanasahassagambhīre samudde udakaṃ āḷhakena pametuṃ minituṃ sakkā bhaveyya, bhante, sabbaññu tava ñāṇaṃ ‘‘ettakaṃ pamāṇa’’nti pametave minituṃ na tveva sakkāti attho.
221 将大地置于秤盘与秤架中,或许尚可称量支撑;尊者,一切知者,您的智慧却无法被如此支撑——这是文句的关联。显示巴利原文
221.Tulamaṇḍale tulapañjare ṭhapetvā pathaviṃ medaniṃ dhāretuṃ sakkā, bhante, sabbaññu tava ñāṇaṃ dhāretuṃ na tu eva sakkāti sambandho.
222 尊者,一切知者,整个虚空或许尚可用绳索或手指来测量;但您的智慧——那智慧的虚空——却无法以此种方式去量度测知。这是此处的含义。显示巴利原文
222. Bhante, sabbaññu ākāso sakalantalikkhaṃ rajjuyā vā aṅgulena vā minituṃ sakkā bhaveyya, tava pana ñāṇaṃ ñāṇākāsaṃ na tu eva pametave minituṃ sakkāti attho.
223 “大海中水”指深八万四千由旬的海洋中无余之水,与厚二十四万由旬的大地中无余之土。纵使取此水土与佛陀的智慧较量,欲令其相等,从譬喻而言,此譬喻亦不成立。智慧实则更为殊胜——此即其义。显示巴利原文
223.Mahāsamudde udakanti caturāsītiyojanasahassagambhīre sāgare akhilaṃ udakañca, catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalaṃ akhilaṃ pathaviñca jahe jaheyya atikkameyya samaṃ kareyya buddhassa ñāṇaṃ upādāya gahetvā tuleyya samaṃ kareyya. Upamāto upamāvasena na yujjare na yojeyyuṃ. Ñāṇameva adhikanti attho.
224 “有眼者”指具足五眼者,此处为呼格。“与天共俱的世间”是依处格作主格,意指与天一同流转的世间。在含摄诸天的世间中,无论何种众生、有多少众生的心在流转,这所有有心的众生皆入于你的智网,即被你的智网所涵摄,此为关联。意思是:你以智网照见一切众生。显示巴利原文
224.Cakkhuma pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumanta, ālapanametaṃ. Saha devehi pavattassa lokassa, bhummatthe sāmivacanaṃ. Sadevake lokasmiṃ antare yesaṃ yattakānaṃ sattānaṃ cittaṃ pavattati. Ete tattakā sacittakā sattā tava ñāṇamhi antojālagatā ñāṇajālasmiṃ anto paviṭṭhāti sambandho, ñāṇajālena sabbasatte passasīti attho.
225 “尊者”——一切知者,即了知一切法者。“你以彼智证得”——你依与四道相应之智,证得圆满殊胜的菩提涅槃,你正是如此。以此智慧,你摧伏、制胜了诸外道,即其他教派的导师,此为关联。显示巴利原文
225. Bhante , sabbaññu sabbadhammajānanaka, tvaṃ yena ñāṇena catumaggasampayuttena sakalaṃ uttamaṃ bodhiṃ nibbānaṃ patto adhigato asi bhavasi, tena ñāṇena paratitthiye aññatitthiye maddasī abhibhavasīti sambandho.
226 为了说明那位苦行者赞叹的方式,结集法的长老们说了“以这些偈颂赞叹之后”等语。其中,“这些偈颂”是指:以这些偈颂作了赞叹之后。就名字而言,那位苦行者名为苏卢支,但在其他注疏中,他又被称作“萨拉达青年”。按照注疏的理路,应以经文本身为准;或者也可这样解释:因他拥有美好的喜好与意向,以涅槃为住处,故得名“苏卢支”;又因他常念于调伏诸根,持续精进,故得名“萨拉达”。如此,两者都是他的名字。那位苏卢支苦行者铺了羚羊皮,坐在地上,避开了太近等六种坐姿的过失,萨拉达就这样坐下。这便是其义。显示巴利原文
226. Tena tāpasena thomitākāraṃ pakāsentā dhammasaṅgāhakā therā imā gāthā thavitvānāti āhaṃsu. Tattha imā gāthāti ettakāhi gāthāhi thavitvāna thomanaṃ katvāna nāmena suruci nāma tāpaso sesaṭṭhakathāsu (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.189-190; dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāriputtattheravatthu) pana ‘‘saradamāṇavo’’ti āgato. So aṭṭhakathānayato pāṭhoyeva pamāṇaṃ, atha vā sundarā ruci ajjhāsayo nibbānālayo assāti suruci. Sarati gacchati indriyadamanāya pavattatīti sarado, iti dvayampi tasseva nāmaṃ. So surucitāpaso ajinacammaṃ pattharitvāna pathaviyaṃ nisīdi, accāsannādayo cha nisajjadose vajjetvā sarado nisīdīti attho.
227 坐在那里的苦行者赞叹着彼世尊的智慧,说了“八万四千”等语。其中,“八万四千”即八万四千。“山王”即须弥山王。“于大海中”是指在大海中,沉入、没入、进入。同样,有等量的八万四千由旬高耸而出,极其高出——现在正被宣说。这是其关联。显示巴利原文
227. Tattha nisinno tāpaso tassa bhagavato ñāṇameva thomento cullāsītisahassānītiādimāha . Tattha cullāsītisahassānīti caturāsītisahassāni, girirājā merupabbatarājā, mahaṇṇave sāgare ajjhogāḷho adhiogāḷho paviṭṭho, tāvadeva tattakāni caturāsītisahassāni accuggato atiuggato idāni pavuccatīti sambandho.
228 如此高耸,同样极其高出,那须弥山——其长度、高度与广度皆如此巨大的须弥山王,若按百千俱胝的数目来计算而被粉碎,被碾成微尘细末。显示巴利原文
228.Tāva accuggato tathā atiuggato neru, so mahāneru āyato uccato ca vitthārato ca evaṃ mahanto nerurājā koṭisatasahassiyo saṅkhāṇubhedena cuṇṇito cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ kato asi.
229 尊者,一切知者啊,您的智慧:假如将您的智慧置于十万的标尺上,再把须弥山王的微尘一一放上去,每一粒代表一百、一千或十万,那么纵使这些微尘用尽,您的智慧也不可测量,无法计量。这就是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
229. Bhante, sabbaññu tava ñāṇaṃ lakkhe ṭhapiyamānamhi ñāṇe sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā satasahassaṃ vā ekekaṃ binduṃ katvā ṭhapite tadeva mahānerussa cuṇṇaṃ khayaṃ gaccheyya, tava ñāṇaṃ pametave pamāṇaṃ kātuṃ eva na sakkāti sambandho.
230 如果用一张网眼极为微细的网,把整个大海的水从四周团团围住,如同围栏,这样围住之后,凡在水中出生的有情,全都落入了网内。这就是此处所说的意思。显示巴利原文
230.Sukhumacchikena sukhumacchiddena jālena yo sakalamahāsamudde udakaṃ parikkhipe samantato parikkhaṃ kareyya, evaṃ parikkhite ye keci pāṇā udake jātā sabbe te antojālagatā siyuṃ bhaveyyunti attho.
231 为了说明那个譬喻,说道“同样地确实……”等。其中,如同水生的有情落入网内,同样地,大雄为了证得大菩提而精进努力。而所有其他众多外道——那些邪命外道师,陷入了见的稠林,进入了名为“见”的密林,他们由于执取,从自性上向外抓取,被具有“从别处触摸”这一特相的邪见所迷惑、所蒙蔽。显示巴利原文
231. Tamupameyyaṃ dassento tatheva hītiādimāha. Tattha yathā udajā pāṇā antojālagatā honti, tatheva mahāvīra mahābodhiadhigamāya vīriyakara. Ye keci puthu anekā titthiyā micchā titthakarā diṭṭhigahanapakkhandā diṭṭhisaṅkhātagahanaṃ paviṭṭhā parāmāsena sabhāvato parato āmasanalakkhaṇāya diṭṭhiyā mohitā pihitā santi.
232 你以清净无烦恼的智,无碍洞见一切法,因你的见已远离一切障碍。所有这些外道,都陷入你的智网之中,或被收摄于你的智网——这便是句义上的连接。“Ñāṇaṃ te nātivattare”意思是:那些外道无法超越你的智。显示巴利原文
232. Tava suddhena nikkilesena ñāṇena anāvaraṇadassinā sabbadhammānaṃ āvaraṇarahitadassanasīlena ete sabbe titthiyā antojālagatā ñāṇajālassanto pavesitā vā tathevāti sambandho. Ñāṇaṃ te nātivattareti tava ñāṇaṃ te titthiyā nātikkamantīti attho.
233 为了显示赞叹结束时世尊开始亲自授记,经文便说“那时,世尊……”等。其中,“那时”是指苦行者赞叹世尊的时候;就在赞叹结束的那一刻,拥有无量眷属、声望崇高的无量见佛世尊,因为战胜了烦恼魔等,故名为“胜者”。他从安止定中出定,以天眼遍观整个赡部洲——这便是句义的连接。显示巴利原文
233. Evaṃ vuttathomanāvasāne bhagavato attano byākaraṇārabbhaṃ dassetuṃ bhagavā tamhi samayetiādimāha. Tattha yasmiṃ samaye tāpaso bhagavantaṃ thomesi, tasmiṃ thomanāya pariyosānakāle saṅkhyātikkantaparivāratāya mahāyaso anomadassī bhagavā kilesamārādīnaṃ jitattā jino. Samādhimhā appitasamādhito vuṭṭhahitvā sakalajambudīpaṃ dibbacakkhunā olokesīti sambandho.
234-5 那位无量见佛世尊,具足名为“牟尼”的寂默之智,他的声闻弟子名为“最胜”,与千万位漏尽者在一起:这些漏尽者内心寂静——因烦恼止息而心安意静;对可喜与不可喜的境界皆不动摇,具足六神通,不为八种世间法所动;身业、语业清净无染。他们了知佛陀的心念,便即刻来到世间导师面前。这便是句义的连接。显示巴利原文
234-5. Tassa anomadassissa bhagavato munino monasaṅkhātena ñāṇena samannāgatassa nisabho nāma sāvako santacittehi vūpasantakilesamānasehi tādīhi iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu akampiyasabhāvattā, tādibhi khīṇāsavehi suddhehi parisuddhakāyakammādiyuttehi chaḷabhiññehi tādīhi aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi akampanasabhāvehi satasahassehi parivuto buddhassa cittaṃ, aññāya jānitvā lokanāyakaṃ upesi, tāvadeva samīpaṃ agamāsīti sambandho.
236 他们如此到来后,停住在世尊附近的空中,右绕世尊。随后,他们全都双手合十,恭敬礼拜,从虚空降临到世尊身边。这便是句义的关联。显示巴利原文
236. Te tathā āgatā samānā tattha bhagavato samīpe. Antalikkhe ākāse ṭhitā bhagavantaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ akaṃsu. Te sabbe pañjalikā namassamānā ākāsato buddhassa santike otaruṃ orohiṃsūti sambandho.
237 继而,为说明世尊授记之前的一段因缘,经文宣说“世尊展露微笑”等内容。这些意义浅近明白,不难了知。显示巴利原文
237. Puna byākaraṇadānassa pubbabhāgakāraṇaṃ pakāsento sitaṃ pātukarītiādimāha. Taṃ sabbaṃ uttānatthameva.
241 “那位以花……对我”:那位苦行者对我生起净信,以众多鲜花供养我,并一再地称赞、赞叹我的智慧。我将宣扬这位苦行者,令其功德彰显。当我宣说之时,你们应专注聆听我的话语,并善加思惟。显示巴利原文
241.Yo maṃ pupphenāti yo tāpaso mayi cittaṃ pasādetvā anekapupphena maṃ pūjesi, ñāṇañca me anu punappunaṃ thavi thomesi, tamahanti taṃ tāpasaṃ ahaṃ kittayissāmi pākaṭaṃ karissāmi, mama bhāsato bhāsantassa vacanaṃ suṇotha savanavisayaṃ karotha manasi karotha.
250 “于最后有得殊胜”等语,是世尊给予授记时所说。其中,“于最后有”是指处于最终一期的存在之中;“获得人身”意为他将得人身,即生于人界。那位名叫“殊胜”的婆罗门女,因在容貌、财富、年龄、种姓、受用、福德等诸多方面皆具精华,故称为“殊胜”,她将以胎孕育他。显示巴利原文
250.Pacchimebhavasampatteti byākaraṇaṃ dadamāno bhagavā āha. Tattha pacchime pariyosānabhūte bhave sampatte sati. Manussattaṃ manussajātiṃ gamissati, manussaloke uppajjissatīti attho. Rūpasāradhanasāravayasārakulasārabhogasārapuññasārādīhi sārehi sāravantatāya sārī nāma brāhmaṇī kucchinā dhārayissati.
253 “从不可计量的劫开始”这一句,便是授记的根本开端。两位上首弟子圆满波罗蜜所用的时间,各自为一个不可数劫又十万劫。然而应知,这是为了结颂的方便,借由“中间劫”的说法来表示的。显示巴利原文
253. Byākaraṇamūlamārabhi aparimeyye ito kappeti. Ettha dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappasatasahassañca pāramī pūritā, tathāpi gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ antarakappāni upādāya evaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
254 “当名为舍利弗,将成为上首弟子”:世尊如此作了授记。授记之后,世尊为称扬他,便说出“此跋吉罗提河……”等语。在恒河、耶牟那河、萨罗补河、摩醯河、阿致罗筏底河这五河之中,有一条名为跋吉罗提的第一大恒河,它源自雪山,从雪山流来,以阿耨达池为源头。正如这条河汇入大水聚、流入大湖、归入大海一般,这位舍利弗对自族传承的三吠陀极为精通,智慧无碍,周遍通达。当他在智慧上到达彼岸,达到自己作为声闻的智慧终极时,便以法味滋养一切众生,令他们获得饱足之安乐——这便是它的含义。显示巴利原文
254. ‘‘Sāriputtoti nāmena, hessati aggasāvako’’ti byākaraṇamadāsi, byākaraṇaṃ datvā taṃ thomento so bhagavā ayaṃ bhāgīrathītiādimāha. Gaṅgā, yamunā, sarabhū, mahī, aciravatīti imāsaṃ pañcannaṃ gaṅgānaṃ antare ayaṃ bhāgīrathī nāma paṭhamamahāgaṅgā himavantā pabhāvitā himavantato āgatā anotattadahato pabhavā, mahodadhiṃ mahāudakakkhandhaṃ appayanti pāpuṇanti, mahāsamuddaṃ mahāsāgaraṃ appeti upagacchati yathā, tathā eva ayaṃ sāriputto sake tīsu visārado attano kule pavattamānesu tīsu vedesu visārado apakkhalitañāṇo patthaṭañāṇo. Paññāya pāramiṃ gantvā attano sāvakañāṇassa pariyosānaṃ gantvā, pāṇine sabbasatte tappayissati santappessati suhittabhāvaṃ karissatīti attho.
257 “从雪山开始”:即从喜马拉雅山起,以至大海洋、大水蕴聚之海为终,在此二端之间——也就是山与海之间的所有沙洲上,一切沙粒的聚集,若就计数而言,实不可计量,已超出算数。显示巴利原文
257.Himavantamupādāyāti himālayapabbataṃ ādiṃ katvā mahodadhiṃ mahāsamuddaṃ udakabhāraṃ sāgaraṃ pariyosānaṃ katvā etthantare etesaṃ dvinnaṃ pabbatasāgarānaṃ majjhe yaṃ pulinaṃ yattakā vālukarāsi atthi, gaṇanāto gaṇanavasena asaṅkhiyaṃ saṅkhyātikkantaṃ .
258 “即使那沙也可无余”:意谓纵令彼沙亦可全数计尽、亦可算出其量,如是计数或能成立;然而,对于舍利弗的智慧,则绝不会有边际与终极——这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
258.Tampi sakkā asesenāti taṃ pulinampi nisesena saṅkhātuṃ sakkā sakkuṇeyya bhaveyya, sā gaṇanā yathā hotīti sambandho. Tathā sāriputtassa paññāya anto pariyosānaṃ na tveva bhavissatīti attho.
259 “于十万……当成为”:当将智慧置于智印、置于智慧的一个部分上以作测度时,如是安立之后,即使恒河沙灭尽、完全穷竭,智慧亦不会穷尽——这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
259.Lakkhe…pe…bhavissatīti lakkhe ñāṇalakkhe ñāṇassa ekasmiṃ kale ṭhapiyamānamhi ṭhapite sati gaṅgāya vālukā khīye parikkhayaṃ gaccheyyāti attho.
260 “大海中”:在深达八万四千由旬的四大海洋中,波浪与浪涌等种种波流,其数无量,不可计算。正如那些波浪不可计数一般,舍利弗的智慧同样没有边际、没有终结——这便是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
260.Mahāsamuddeti caturāsītiyojanasahassagambhīre catumahāsāgare ūmiyo gāvutādibhedā taraṅgarāsayo gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā saṅkhyāvirahitā yathā honti, tatheva sāriputtassa paññāya anto pariyosānaṃ na hessati na bhavissatīti sambandho.
261 那位具足如此智慧的舍利弗,因世尊属于乔达摩族姓,便去承事那位乔达摩——释迦族中的长者、释迦牛王、正自觉者,令其心生欢喜。他通过正行、奉行、戒律、威仪等让世尊的心欢悦之后,以智慧到达了声闻智的彼岸与终极,将成为彼世尊的上首弟子——这便是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
261. So evaṃ paññavā sāriputto gotamagottattā gotamaṃ sakyakule jeṭṭhakaṃ sakyapuṅgavaṃ sambuddhaṃ ārādhayitvā vattapaṭipattisīlācārādīhi cittārādhanaṃ katvā paññāya sāvakañāṇassa pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gantvā tassa bhagavato aggasāvako hessatīti sambandho.
262 他如此证得上首弟子之位后,将随顺护持由释迦子世尊所转起的、于可意与不可意中皆不动摇、已揭示的法轮与正法,令其不坏灭而长久住持。他将降下法雨——也就是名为“法开示”的甘霖——不断地宣说、开示、显扬、阐发、分别、明了,令法轮常转。显示巴利原文
262. So evaṃ aggasāvakaṭṭhānaṃ patto sakyaputtena bhagavatā iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu akampiyasabhāvena pavattitaṃ pākaṭaṃ kataṃ dhammacakkaṃ saddhammaṃ anuvattessati avinassamānaṃ dhāressati. Dhammavuṭṭhiyo dhammadesanāsaṅkhātā vuṭṭhiyo vassento desento pakāsento vivaranto vibhajanto uttānīkaronto pavattissatīti attho.
263 那位乔达摩——释迦族的牛王、世尊,以殊胜智慧遍知这一切后,将在比丘僧团、圣众之中安坐下来,并把他安立于那最尊贵、于一切智慧等功德聚中令人悦乐的高位——这便是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
263. Gotamo sakyapuṅgavo bhagavā etaṃ sabbaṃ abhiññāya visesena ñāṇena jānitvā bhikkhusaṅghe ariyapuggalamajjhe nisīditvā aggaṭṭhāne sakalapaññādiguṇagaṇābhirame uccaṭṭhāne ṭhapessatīti sambandho.
264 他如此得到授记,生起悦乐,借由喜与悦之力发出感叹偈:“啊,我善行之业……”等等。其中,“啊”是表达惊叹的叹词。对无上见者世尊——即导师、尊长,“我善行之业”是指我以信心而行、做得极为善妙的业,也就是福德聚;“啊”表达惊叹,意为具有不可思议的威力。我对此世尊生起恭敬,积累福德资粮,在一切处、于圆满的功德聚中,达到究竟、尽头、最上的顶点——对这样的世尊,“啊”是惊叹,这便是其中的连系。显示巴利原文
264. Evaṃ so laddhabyākaraṇo somanassappatto pītisomanassavasena udānaṃ udānento aho me sukataṃ kammantiādimāha. Tattha ahoti vimhayatthe nipāto. Anomadassissa bhagavato satthuno garuno sukataṃ suṭṭhu kataṃ saddahitvā kataṃ kammaṃ puññakoṭṭhāsaṃ aho vimhayaṃ acinteyyānubhāvanti attho. Yassa bhagavato ahaṃ kāraṃ puññasambhāraṃ katvā sabbattha sakalaguṇagaṇe pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gato paramaṃ koṭiṃ sampatto, so bhagavā aho vimhayoti sambandho.
265 “不可计量”是指:在超越计数的漫长时劫中所造的善业,于我,在此最后身中,显示了它的果报。“善解脱”:恰如善射者射出的箭疾速而去,我凭借那种福果,烧尽、烧灭了烦恼——这便是其含义。显示巴利原文
265.Aparimeyyeti saṅkhyātikkantakālasmiṃ kataṃ kusalakammaṃ, me mayhaṃ idha imasmiṃ pacchimattabhāve phalaṃ vipākaṃ dassesi. Sumutto suṭṭhu vimutto chekena dhanuggahena khitto saravego iva ahaṃ tena puññaphalena kilese jhāpayiṃ jhāpesinti attho.
266 为彰显自己的精进,他说「无为」等语。其中「无为」即非有为,不由因缘和合而造作——此为其义。我遍求、寻觅那无为的涅槃:它因无有烦恼的秽浊而名为不动,是所积资粮的依止处。我于一切外道、一切外道师及执持邪见的众生中一一辨别、遍察,同时仍流转、轮回于欲有等诸有之中。这便是其中的连系。显示巴利原文
266. Attano eva vīriyaṃ pakāsento asaṅkhatantiādimāha. Tattha asaṅkhatanti na saṅkhataṃ, paccayehi samāgamma na katanti attho. Taṃ asaṅkhataṃ nibbānaṃ kilesakālussiyābhāvena acalaṃ katasambhārānaṃ patiṭṭhaṭṭhena padaṃ gavesanto pariyesanto sabbe titthiye sakale titthakare diṭṭhuppādake puggale vicinaṃ upaparikkhanto esāhaṃ eso ahaṃ bhave kāmabhavādike bhave saṃsariṃ paribbhaminti sambandho.
267-8 为阐明自己的心意,他说「犹如病人……」等语。其中「病人」指被疾病所苦之人,他会去寻求医药。同样地,当我寻求那无为、不死的依止处——涅槃时,在五百生、五百有身中,无间、相续地出家,行仙人出家之道。这便是其中的连系。显示巴利原文
267-8. Attano adhippāyaṃ pakāsento yathāpi byādhito posotiādimāha. Tattha byādhitoti byādhinā pīḷito poso puriso osadhaṃ pariyeseyya yathā, tathā ahaṃ asaṅkhataṃ amataṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ gavesanto abbokiṇṇaṃ avicchinnaṃ nirantaraṃ, pañcasataṃ jātipañcasatesu attabhāvesu isipabbajjaṃ pabbajinti sambandho.
271 「邪外道中我游方」:即在低劣的外道、那错误的道路上,我曾辗转游历。显示巴利原文
271.Kutitthe sañcariṃ ahanti lāmake titthe gamanamagge ahaṃ sañcariṃ.
272 “需要心材的人”:指寻求心材的男子。他劈开并剖开芭蕉树:即把芭蕉树干劈成两半后剖开。“在那里不会找到心材”:剖开之后,他在芭蕉树干中找不到、得不到心材,那个男子在心材方面是空虚、无实质的——这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
272.Sāratthiko poso sāragavesī puriso. Kadaliṃ chetvāna phālayeti kadalikkhandhaṃ chetvā dvedhā phāleyya. Na tattha sāraṃ vindeyyāti phāletvā ca pana tattha kadalikkhandhe sāraṃ na vindeyya na labheyya, so puriso sārena rittako tucchoti sambandho.
273 正如芭蕉树干没有心材,空洞无实,同样,世间那些执持种种邪见的外道众人,对于无为的涅槃,也同样是空洞无实的——这是其中的关联。Seti只是一个虚词。显示巴利原文
273. Yathā kadalikkhandho sārena ritto tuccho, tatheva tathā eva loke titthiyā nānādiṭṭhigatikā bahujjanā asaṅkhatena nibbānena rittā tucchāti sambandho. Seti nipātamattaṃ.
274 “在最后有、最后生中,我出生于婆罗门家,成为婆罗门的亲族”——这是它的意思。“舍弃大受用”:如同丢弃唾液团一般,舍弃了巨大的财富积聚,我出家,即远离耕种、经商等业的苦行者出家——这是它的意思。显示巴利原文
274.Pacchimabhave pariyosānajātiyaṃ brahmabandhu brāhmaṇakule jāto ahaṃ ahosinti attho. Mahābhogaṃ chaḍḍetvānāti mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ kheḷapiṇḍaṃ iva chaḍḍetvā, anagāriyaṃ kasivāṇijjādikammavirahitaṃ tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajiṃ paṭipajjinti attho.
275-7 从「ajjhāyako」……到「muniṃ mone samāhitaṃ」:「mona」指智慧,具足此智慧者称为「牟尼」;心于彼智慧中正确安立、稳固、安止,即是「samāhitaṃ」,这是它的含义。「Āgu」意为恶,因不造恶,故称「龙象」,此处指阿说示长老,这位大龙象犹如一朵充分绽放、盛开的莲花,光彩照耀,这是它的含义。显示巴利原文
275-7.Ajjhāyako…pe… muniṃ mone samāhitanti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, tena monena samannāgato muni, tasmiṃ mone sammā āhitaṃ ṭhapitaṃ samāhitaṃ cittanti attho. Āgusaṅkhātaṃ pāpaṃ na karotīti nāgo, assajitthero, taṃ mahānāgaṃ suṭṭhu phullaṃ vikasitapadumaṃ yathā virocamānanti attho.
278-281 「见了我……为了问不死之道」:其义自明。显示巴利原文
278-281.Disvā me…pe…pucchituṃ amataṃ padanti uttānatthameva.
282 「在街道间」:即进入街道之间,意为走到那位长老跟前,来到近处,然后「我问」——这是此处文句的关联。显示巴利原文
282.Vīthintareti vīthiantare anuppattaṃ sampattaṃ upagataṃ taṃ theraṃ upagantvāna samīpaṃ gantvā ahaṃ pucchinti sambandho.
284 “大雄啊,你的教法是什么样的?”:在一切人天教法之中,在所有阿拉汉之间,他最先转动法轮,证得阿拉汉果,故称大雄;又因随顺而生的众多眷属,名声远扬。你的佛陀——这位大雄——的教法,也就是所谓的法、所谓的法开示,究竟是什么样的?这是这里的关联。他说:“善面者啊,请你为我说说那善妙祥和的教法吧!”这是意思。显示巴利原文
284.Kīdisaṃ te mahāvīrāti sakaladhitipurisasāsane arahantānamantare paṭhamaṃ dhammacakkapavattane, arahattappattamahāvīra, anujātaparivārabahulatāya mahāyasa te tava buddhassa kīdisaṃ sāsanaṃ dhammaṃ dhammadesanāsaṅkhātaṃ sāsananti sambandho. So bhadramukha, me mayhaṃ sādhu bhaddakaṃ sāsanaṃ kathayassu kathehīti attho.
285 接着,为了显示当时所说的情形,说了“他受我所问”等。其中,“so”指阿说示长老,我曾问他:“教法是什么样的?”他便讲述了全部的教法。全部的教法,因导师的甚深而甚深,因所开示的法与所证悟的真理的甚深而甚深;又以阐明究竟谛等方式而显为微细。这法即是涅槃,它摧毁渴爱之箭,灭尽、舍弃一切轮回之苦。这是这里的关联。显示巴利原文
285. Tato kathitākāraṃ dassento so me puṭṭhotiādimāha. Tattha soti assajitthero, me mayā puṭṭho ‘‘sāsanaṃ kīdisa’’nti kathito sabbaṃ kathaṃ kathesi. Sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ satthagambhīratāya gambhīraṃ desanādhammapaṭivedhagambhīratāya gambhīraṃ paramatthasaccavibhāvitādivasena nipuṇaṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ taṇhāsallassa hantāraṃ vināsakaraṃ sabbassa saṃsāradukkhassa apanudanaṃ khepanakaraṃ dhammanti sambandho.
286 接着,为了显示他所说的方式,说了“诸法”等。“从因而生”:是从原因、从因缘而生起,已生、存在、已产生、发生、已发生;那些有因有缘、依自性而存在的法,是实存的、可得的、可被了知的——这是这里的关联。对于这些法,它们的因、它们的原因,如来已经说明、开示了。“以及它们的灭”:指那些因缘所生法的灭尽,也就是它们灭尽的本质。如此宣说的人便是“大沙门”。由于戒、定、慧等功德环绕而极其广大,也由于已经止息诸恶、摧毁诸恶,世尊称为大沙门;他这样教导,常开示因的止息等,是宣说者——这是意思。显示巴利原文
286. Tena kathitākāraṃ dassento ye dhammātiādimāha. Hetuppabhavā hetuto kāraṇato uppannā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā, ye dhammā ye sappaccayā sabhāvadhammā santi saṃvijjanti upalabhantīti sambandho. Tesaṃ dhammānaṃ hetuṃ kāraṇaṃ tathāgato āha kathesi. Tesañca yo nirodhoti tesaṃ hetudhammānaṃ yo nirodho nirujjhanasabhāvo, evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇoti sīlasamādhipaññādiguṇaparivāramahantatāya samitapāpattā viddhaṃsitapāpattā ca mahāsamaṇo bhagavā evaṃvādī hetuvūpasamanādivadanasīlo kathetāti attho.
287 听闻所说之法后,为显示自身现证的情形,便说了“那是我”等。其义显露易明。显示巴利原文
287. Tato vuttadhammaṃ sutvā attanā paccakkhakatappakāraṃ dassento sohantiādimāha. Taṃ uttānameva.
289 “Eseva dhammo yaditāvadeva”意为:纵使除此之外更无余者,这也仅是应当证得的入流果。同样,这个法即是如此。你们已经通达、证悟了无忧的境界,即涅槃。而我们,却在无数百千劫中从未得见此境界,就这样错过了。显示巴利原文
289.Eseva dhammo yaditāvadevāti sacepi ito uttariṃ natthi, ettakameva idaṃ sotāpattiphalameva pattabbaṃ. Tathā eso eva dhammoti attho. Paccabyatha paṭividdhatha tumhe asokaṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ. Amhehi nāma idaṃ padaṃ bahukehi kappanahutehi adiṭṭhameva abbhatītaṃ.
290 “Yvāhaṃ dhammaṃ gavesanto”意为:我为了寻法、寻求寂静之道,曾周流于种种邪僻、卑下、应受诃责的教说之中。“So me attho anuppatto”:那所应寻求的目标,我已证得、已获得。如今,正是我应不放逸、以不放逸而安住的时候。显示巴利原文
290.Yvāhaṃdhammaṃ gavesantoti yo ahaṃ dhammaṃ santipadaṃ gavesanto pariyesanto kutitthe kucchitatitthe ninditabbatitthe sañcariṃ paribbhaminti attho. So me attho anuppattoti so pariyesitabbo attho mayā anuppatto sampatto, idāni pana me mayhaṃ nappamajjituṃ appamādena bhavituṃ kāloti attho.
291 「Ahaṃ assajinā therena tosito katasomanasso, acalaṃ niccalaṃ nibbānapadaṃ, patvāna pāpuṇitvā sahāyakaṃ kolitamāṇavaṃ gavesanto pariyesanto assamapadaṃ agamāsi」的意思是:阿说示长老令我欢喜,我生起喜悦,证得了不动、稳固的涅槃境界后,为了寻找朋友果利答青年,便前往净修林。显示巴利原文
291. Ahaṃ assajinā therena tosito katasomanasso, acalaṃ niccalaṃ nibbānapadaṃ, patvāna pāpuṇitvā sahāyakaṃ kolitamāṇavaṃ gavesanto pariyesanto assamapadaṃ agamāsinti attho.
292 从净修林远处望见我正走来,我那善习威仪的朋友,行住坐卧皆具足威仪,便说出下面这段话。显示巴利原文
292.Dūratova mamaṃ disvāti assamapadato dūratova āgacchantaṃ mamaṃ disvā susikkhito me mama sahāyo ṭhānanisajjādiiriyāpathehi sampanno samaṅgībhūto idaṃ upari vuccamānavacanaṃ abravi kathesīti attho.
293 朋友,你面容与眼目清净光华,具足清净、美妙而闪耀的面容与眼睛。你看起来犹如牟尼。你已证得不死,即涅槃。我问你:你是否已证得不动的、永恒的涅槃境地?显示巴利原文
293. Bho sahāya, pasannamukhanettāsi pasannehi sobhanehi daddallamānehi mukhanettehi samannāgato asi. Munibhāvo iva te dissati paññāyati. Itthambhūto tvaṃ amatādhigato amataṃ nibbānaṃ adhigato asi, kacci accutaṃ nibbānapadaṃ adhigato adhigacchīti pucchāmīti attho.
294 「Subhānurūpo āyāsi」意为:你以相称的清净相而来,带着清净的色泽到来。「Āneñjakārito viya」意为:如同被刺棒等调伏而不动的象——犹如经三月善加训练、已得调伏的象,婆罗门,你已断除诸恶,你已调伏、已受训练,在涅槃中得到寂静。他这样问道。显示巴利原文
294.Subhānurūpoāyāsīti subhassa pasannavaṇṇassa anurūpo hutvā āyāsi āgacchasi. Āneñjakārito viyāti tomarādīhi kārito āneñjo hatthī viya dantova tīhi māsehi susikkhito iva bāhitapāpattā, brāhmaṇa dantadamatho sikkhitasikkho nibbānapade upasanto asīti pucchi.
295 被他这样问后,他说道:「不死已被我……」等等。这段话的意思很明显。显示巴利原文
295. Tena puṭṭho amataṃ mayātiādimāha. Taṃ uttānatthameva.
299 「Apariyositasaṅkappo」意为“思愿未达究竟”,即“愿在未来某位佛陀的教法中成为上首弟子”的祈愿尚未达到圆满。我曾在那不应行的邪道上到处游历。乔达摩尊者,世间最上者,因得以亲见您,我的思愿、我的祈愿已得圆满——通过证得阿拉汉道、达到声闻波罗蜜智而圆满。此即其意旨。显示巴利原文
299.Apariyositasaṅkappoti ‘‘anāgate ekassa buddhassa aggasāvako bhaveyya’’nti patthitapatthanāya koṭiṃ appattasaṅkappoti attho. Kutitthe agantabbamagge ahaṃ sañcariṃ paribbhamiṃ. Bhante gotama, lokajeṭṭha tava dassanaṃ āgamma patvā, mama saṅkappo mayhaṃ patthanā pūrito arahattamaggādhigamena sāvakapāramīñāṇassa pāpuṇanena paripuṇṇoti adhippāyo.
300 生于大地:意指从大地所生,在冬季时节开花、绽放,散发天界芬芳,妙香普皆流布,令一切众生、一切天人与人皆得喜悦,心生欢愉。显示巴利原文
300.Pathaviyaṃpatiṭṭhāyāti pathaviyaṃ nibbattā samaye hemantakāle pupphanti vikasanti, dibbagandhā sugandhā suṭṭhu pavanti pavāyanti, sabbapāṇinaṃ sabbe devamanusse tosenti somanassayutte karonti yathā.
301 同样地,大雄啊,您具足大精进,出自释迦族,拥有广大眷属。正如那样,我安住在您的教法中之后,也在寻求、探寻以阿拉汉道智而开花、绽放的时节。显示巴利原文
301.Tathevāhaṃ mahāvīrāti mahāvīriyavantasakyakulapasutamahāparivāra te tava sāsane patiṭṭhāya ahaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā pupphituṃ arahattamaggañāṇena vikasituṃ samayaṃ kālaṃ esāmi gavesāmi tathevāti sambandho.
302 “解脱花”:因从一切烦恼中解脱,或能令解脱,故为“解脱”,即是指阿拉汉果解脱之花;他正寻找、探寻这朵花。而这花又意味着“有轮回解脱”:在欲有等有中流转、行进,即是“有轮回”;从中解脱,即是“有轮回解脱”。关于“获得解脱花”:“解脱”,是指那些已作资粮者依之得以解脱、释放,故称为解脱,即最上之果。“花”:因应调伏者依此而绽放,故为花。解脱本身即是花,故为“解脱花”。获得称为“得”,解脱花的获得即是“获得解脱花”。通过这种获得解脱花的证得,他令一切生灵、一切众生喜悦,使之获得欢喜,这便是其意义所在。显示巴利原文
302.Vimuttipupphanti sabbakilesehi vimuccanato vimocanato vā vimutti arahattaphalavimuttisaṅkhātaṃ pupphaṃ esanto gavesento, tañca kho bhavasaṃsāramocanaṃ kāmabhavādibhavesu saṃsaraṇaṃ gamanaṃ bhavasaṃsāraṃ, tato mocanaṃ bhavasaṃsāramocanaṃ. Vimuttipupphalābhenāti vimuccanaṃ vimuccanti vā katasambhārā etāyāti vimutti, aggaphalaṃ. Pupphanti vikasanti veneyyā etenāti pupphaṃ. Vimutti eva pupphaṃ vimuttipupphaṃ. Labhanaṃ lābho, vimuttipupphassa lābho vimuttipupphalābho. Tena vimuttipupphalābhena adhigamanena sabbapāṇinaṃ sabbasatte tosemi somanassaṃ pāpemīti attho.
303 在“凡于佛土之内”等语句中,“具眼者”是指具足五种眼。宝经等护卫经的威力与神变所及之处,即名为十万亿轮围的佛土;在其中,除了大牟尼、正自觉者之外,其余一切众生中,没有任何人能与你的儿子——也就是我——在智慧上相等、相似。显示巴利原文
303.‘‘Yāvatābuddhakhettamhī’’tiādīsu cakkhuma pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumanta yattake ṭhāne ratanasuttādīnaṃ parittānaṃ āṇā ānubhāvo pavattati, tattake satasahassakoṭicakkavāḷasaṅkhāte buddhakhette ṭhapetvāna mahāmuniṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ vajjetvā avasesesu sattesu añño koci tava puttassa tuyhaṃ puttena mayā paññāya sadiso samo natthīti sambandho. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
308 “已行道者”:指具足四道者、住于阿拉汉果者,以及有学、具足果位者——即成就下三果者。此八类圣比丘,皆希求、探寻最上之义理——涅槃,他们于一切时中,恒常围绕、承事、亲近、恭敬彼有智慧之人。显示巴利原文
308.Paṭipannāti catumaggasamaṅgino ca phalaṭṭhā arahattaphale ṭhitā ca sekhā phalasamaṅgino heṭṭhimehi tīhi phalehi samannāgatā ca ete aṭṭha ariyabhikkhū, uttamatthaṃ nibbānaṃ āsīsakā gavesakā, taṃ paññavantaṃ parivārenti sadā sabbakālaṃ sevanti bhajanti payirupāsantīti attho.
310 他们乐于修习、增长四念处——即身随观、受随观、心随观、法随观,以及念觉支等七觉支,全心专注于其中。显示巴利原文
310. Kāyavedanācittadhammānupassanāsaṅkhātānaṃ catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ kusalā chekā satisambojjhaṅgādīnaṃ sattannaṃ sambojjhaṅgānaṃ bhāvanāyavaḍḍhanāya ratā allīnā.
你如星宿之王、众星之王那样照耀。显示巴利原文
.Uḷurājāva tārakarājā iva ca sobhasi.
315 “地”(dharaṇī):因能承载树木、山岳、宝物、众生等,故名为地。“地生”(dharaṇīruhā),即于地中生、于地中长的树木。它们依止大地而生,依止大地而长,达到生长与发育;它们达到广大、圆满,这些树木渐次显现果实,成为持果者。显示巴利原文
315. Rukkhapabbataratanasattādayo dhāretīti dharaṇī, dharaṇiyaṃ ruhā sañjātā vaḍḍhitā cāti dharaṇīruhā rukkhā. Pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya ruhanti vaḍḍhanti vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ āpajjanti. Vepullataṃ vipulabhāvaṃ paripūrabhāvaṃ pāpuṇanti, te rukkhā kamena phalaṃ dassayanti phaladhārino honti.
317-9 再则,为赞叹世尊,而说出“信度河、娑罗私婆蒂河”等。此处,所谓信度等河,即:恒河、名为娑罗私婆蒂的河、难提耶河、旃陀婆伽河、名为恒河的河、名为耶牟那的河、名为娑罗浮的河、名为摩醯的河。恰如大海——大洋,接纳、容受、包融这些流动、奔行的河流,那时所有这些河流皆舍弃了先前之名——信度河等的旧称、施设、称谓,唯以“大海”、“海”之名而为人所知,显扬于世。同样地,正是如此,这些四种姓——即所谓刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗这四类族姓,于你座前、于你身旁出家后,受持咖提那衣、穿着袈裟,承事于你,他们也舍弃了先前之名——刹帝利等的名称、施设、称谓,唯以“佛子”、“世尊的亲子”之名而为人所知,显扬于世。显示巴利原文
317-9. Punapi bhagavantameva thomento sindhu sarassatītiādimāha. Tattha sindhuvādi nāma gaṅgā ca sarassatī nāma gaṅgā ca nandiyagaṅgā ca candabhāgāgaṅgā ca gaṅgā nāma gaṅgā ca yamunā nāma gaṅgā ca sarabhū nāma gaṅgā ca mahī nāma gaṅgā ca. Sandamānānaṃ gacchantīnaṃ etāsaṃ gaṅgānaṃ sāgarova samuddo eva sampaṭicchati paṭiggaṇhāti dhāreti. Tadā etā sabbagaṅgā purimaṃ nāmaṃ sindhuvādigaṅgātyādikaṃ purimaṃ nāmapaññattivohāraṃ jahanti chaḍḍenti sāgaroteva sāgaro iti eva ñāyati pākaṭā bhavati yathā. Tatheva tathā eva imecatubbaṇṇā khattiyabrāhmaṇavessasuddasaṅkhātā cattāro kulā tavantike tava antike samīpe pabbajitvā pattakāsāyacīvaradhārino paricarantā purimaṃ nāmaṃ khattiyādināmadheyyaṃ paññattivohāraṃ jahanti cajanti, buddhaputtāti buddhassa orasāti ñāyare pākaṭā bhaveyyuṃ.
320-4 犹如月轮——月圆盘,因远离云、雾、尘、烟、罗睺这五种杂染,故为无垢、离垢、纯净;当它在虚空界中、在虚空的宫室内行进时,以其光芒映蔽一切星群,于世间超胜辉耀,光彩夺目。正是如此,你……(略)。显示巴利原文
320-4.Cando candamaṇḍalo abbhā mahikā rajo dhumo rāhūti pañcahi upakkilesehi virahitattā vimalo vigatamalo nimmalo, ākāsadhātuyā ākāsagabbhe gacchaṃ gacchanto, sabbe tārakasamūhe ābhāya maddamāno loke atirocati daddallati yathā. Tatheva tathā eva tvaṃ…pe….
325-7 如同在水中出生、在水中成长的拘牟陀、曼陀罗等众多莲花,被水、泥泞、污泥所沾染、粘附;同样地,众多无量的有情在世间出生、成长,被贪与嗔所系缚、结缚,在困厄中增长。正如莲花在泥中生长、生起。“凯萨利”即指莲花。显示巴利原文
325-7.Udake jātā udake saṃvaḍḍhā kumudā mandālakā ca bahū saṅkhātikkantā, toyena udakena kaddamakalalena ca upalimpanti allīyanti yathā, tatheva bahukā sattā aparimāṇā sattā loke jātā saṃvaḍḍhā rāgena ca dosena ca aṭṭitā bandhitā virūhare viruhanti. Kaddame kumudaṃ yathā viruhati sañjāyati. Kesarīti padumaṃ.
329-30 「在欢喜月」:即迦提月,因经中说「于白莲盛开的迦提月满月日」。水生之花如莲花等,众多花朵绽放盛开;那些水生之花不会逾越那个月——即不会逾越迦提月,这是句中的关联。「花开之时」:即迦提月是花朵绽放的时节,这是其含义。正如那些花盛开,同样地,你,释迦子,也已绽放、盛开。「你以解脱而绽放」:你的弟子们,那些已积聚资粮的比丘,以解脱、以阿罗汉果智而绽放、盛开。如同水生之莲花不逾花期,他们也不会逾越你的教法、教诫与教示——这是其含义。显示巴利原文
329-30.Rammake māseti kattikamāse ‘‘komudiyā cātumāsiniyā’’ti vuttattā. Vārijā padumapupphādayo bahū pupphā pupphanti vikasanti, taṃ māsaṃ taṃ kattikamāsaṃ nātivattanti vārijāti sambandho. Samayo pupphanāya soti so kattikamāso pupphanāya vikasanāya samayo kāloti attho. Yathā pupphanti tatheva tvaṃ, sakyaputta, pupphito vikasito asi. Pupphito te vimuttiyāti te tuyhaṃ sissā katasambhārā bhikkhū vimuttiyā arahattaphalañāṇena pupphito vikasito. Yathā vārijaṃ padumaṃ pupphanasamayaṃ nātikkamati, tathā te sāsanaṃ ovādānusāsaniṃ nātivattanti nātikkamantīti attho.
333-4 「如岩山喜马拉雅」:喜马拉雅即由岩石构成之山。它为一切众生、一切有病的众生提供药草,具足药草,是一切龙、一切阿修罗、一切天神的依止之处,犹如房舍。同样地,大雄啊,你犹如药草,能令一切众生从老、病、死等中解脱。正如那喜马拉雅山是诸龙等的依处,那些证得三明、六神通与神变究竟、到达彼岸之人,正是依止你而住——这便是句中的关联。这些偈颂的关联方式,无论是从后向前还是从前向后,依喻体与所喻来理解,都极易明了。显示巴利原文
333-4.Yathāpi selo himavāti himavā nāma selamayapabbato. Sabbapāṇinaṃ sabbesaṃ byādhitānaṃ sattānaṃ osadho osadhavanto sabbanāgānaṃ sabbaasurānaṃ sabbadevānañca ālayo agārabhūto yathā, tatheva tvaṃ, mahāvīra, sabbapāṇinaṃ jarābyādhimaraṇādīhi pamocanato osadho viya. Yathā so himavā nāgādīnaṃ ālayo, tathā tevijjāya ca chaḷabhiññāya ca iddhiyā ca pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gatā pattā tuvaṃ nissāya vasantīti sambandho. Heṭṭhā vā upari vā upamāupameyyavasena gāthānaṃ sambandhanayā suviññeyyāva.
342 「了知倾向与随眠之后」:此处,「倾向」指意乐与习性,「随眠」指已增强的烦恼。即了知「此人是贪行者,此人是嗔行者,此人是痴行者」等,了知其倾向、随眠及烦恼的表现,这是其含义。「了知诸根的强弱」:即对信等五根,了知哪些是利根、哪些是钝根,哪些是善悟、哪些是难悟,哪些易教导、哪些难教导,如是了知其强弱。「了知能与不能之后」:即清楚地认识到「此人能证悟我所说的法,此人不能」之后,尊者,一切知者您,便如那遍布四大洲的巨云,发出如雷的说法无畏狮子吼,令整个轮围世界同为一妙音。显示巴利原文
342.Āsayānusayaṃ ñatvāti ettha āsayoti ajjhāsayo cariyā, anusayoti thāmagatakileso. ‘‘Ayaṃ rāgacarito, ayaṃ dosacarito, ayaṃ mohacarito’’tiādinā āsayañca anusayaṃ kilesapavattiñca jānitvāti attho. Indriyānaṃ balābalanti saddhindriyādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ tikkhindriyo mudindriyo svākāro dvākāro suviññāpayo duviññāpayoti evaṃ balābalaṃ jānitvā. Bhabbābhabbe viditvānāti ‘‘mayā desitaṃ dhammaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ ayaṃ puggalo bhabbo samattho, ayaṃ puggalo abhabbo’’ti viditvā paccakkhaṃ katvā, bhante, sabbaññu tvaṃ cātuddīpikamahāmegho viya dhammadesanāsīhanādena abhītanādena gajjasi sakalaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ ekaninnādaṃ karosi.
343-4 「遍满轮围界之边际」:整个轮围界的内部,四周坐满了与会大众。他们就这样坐着,各自持着不同的见解,执取种种不同的看法,争论不休,彼此相违而相互诤论。为了断除他们的疑惑,为了摧破他们的愚钝,您,牟尼,了知一切众生的心与心的行相,善巧于譬喻,通达于喻体与所喻,在解说一个问题时,仅凭一次对问题的解答,便能断除遍坐于整个轮围界内那些众生的疑惑、犹豫,令他们成为无疑——这便是这句话的涵义。显示巴利原文
343-4.Cakkavāḷapariyantāti samantā cakkavāḷagabbhaṃ pūretvā parisā nisinnā bhaveyya. Te evaṃ nisinnā nānādiṭṭhī anekadassanagāhino vivadamānā dveḷhakajātā vivadanti, taṃ tesaṃ vimaticchedanāya dubuddhichindanatthāya sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ cittamaññāya cittācāraṃ ñatvā opammakusalo upamāupameyyesu dakkho tvaṃ, muni, ekaṃ pañhaṃ kathentova ekeneva pañhakathanena sakalacakkavāḷagabbhe nisinnānaṃ pāṇīnaṃ vimatiṃ saṃsayaṃ chindasi nikkaṅkhaṃ karotīti attho.
345 「如同水草相似者」:这里,「水草」指浮现于水面之上、清晰可见,因此称为水草,即浮萍之类。与水草相似的,便称作「水草相似者」,指人类。正如水草覆盖水面,将水遮蔽得看不见,铺展于水上而安住;同样地,大地也会被这些如同水草般的人们所遍满,人与人之间毫无空隙地密集安住。那些遍满大地而安住的人们,全都双手合十高过头顶,即在头顶合掌,一同赞叹世间导师,宣说世间导师——佛陀的功德。显示巴利原文
345.Upadisasadisehevāti ettha udakassa upari dissanti pākaṭā hontīti upadisā, sevālā. Upadisehi sadisā upadisasadisā, manussā. Yathā hi upadisā sevālā udakaṃ adissamānaṃ katvā tassupari pattharitvā ṭhitā honti, tathā vasudhā pathavī tehi upadisasadisehi eva manussehi nirantaraṃ pattharitvā ṭhitehi pūritā bhaveyya. Te sabbeva pathaviṃ pūretvā ṭhitā manussā pañjalikā sirasi añjaliṃ paggahitā kittayuṃ lokanāyakaṃ lokanāyakassa buddhassa guṇaṃ katheyyuṃ.
346 所有那些天与人类,即使花上整整一劫的时间,以种种色彩、种种方式去赞叹、去宣说佛陀的功德,也无法衡量、无法穷尽,无力说清功德的份量。正自觉者如来不可测度,他的功德超胜,无量无边。这句话意在彰显功德的无比广大。显示巴利原文
346.Te sabbe devamanussā kappaṃ vā sakalaṃ kappaṃ kittayantā guṇaṃ kathentāpi nānāvaṇṇehi nānappakārehi guṇehi kittayuṃ. Tathāpi te sabbe parimetuṃ guṇapamāṇaṃ kathetuṃ na pappeyyuṃ na sampāpuṇeyyuṃ na sakkuṇeyyuṃ. Appameyyo tathāgato sammāsambuddho aparimeyyo guṇātireko. Etena guṇamahantataṃ dīpeti.
347 「依自力」:依凭自身的力量。以下方的譬喻与所喻,这位战胜烦恼的佛陀,已被我如此称颂、赞叹。同样地,一切天与人,即使历经百劫、千亿劫而去称扬,也会像我这样赞叹宣说——这是其含义。显示巴利原文
347.Sakena thāmena attano balena heṭṭhā upamāupameyyavasena jino jitakileso buddho mayā kittito thomito yathā ahosi, evameva sabbe devamanussā kappakoṭīpi kappakoṭisatepi kittentā pakittayuṃ katheyyunti attho.
348 为了再次显示功德的不可限量,所以说「假使有某个天……」等。「将满水舀出」:将大海盈满的水,从四周全部舀出。那个人只会得到疲劳,只会遭受痛苦——这是其含义。显示巴利原文
348. Punapi guṇānaṃ appamāṇataṃ dīpetuṃ sace hi koci devo vātiādimāha. Pūritaṃ parikaḍḍheyyāti mahāsamudde pūritaudakaṃ samantato ākaḍḍheyya. So puggalo vighātaṃ dukkhameva labheyya pāpuṇeyyāti attho.
350 「我宣说胜者教法」:即胜者所宣说的全部三藏,我在宣说、在弘扬、在守护——这是其含义。「法将军」:因为他以智慧之法,成为世尊四众弟子的主导者与领众者,故名法将军。意思是:在释迦子世尊的教法中,于现今教法运转之时,我犹如转轮王的长子,护持着佛陀的一切教法。显示巴利原文
350.Vattemi jinasāsananti jinena bhāsitaṃ sakalaṃ piṭakattayaṃ vattemi pavattemi rakkhāmīti attho. Dhammasenāpatīti dhammena paññāya bhagavato catuparisasaṅkhātāya parisāya pati padhānoti dhammasenāpati. Sakyaputtassa bhagavato sāsane ajja imasmiṃ vattamānakāle cakkavattirañño jeṭṭhaputto viya sakalaṃ buddhasāsanaṃ pālemīti attho.
352-3 为显示自己在轮回中的流转,故说“若任何人生而……”等。“若任何人生而为人”:若有人将重担——即头上的负担——置于头顶、顶在头上而持运、搬运,彼人无论何时,都会被彼重担所苦、所折磨、所极度压迫。彼担为沉重之担、满载之担、极为难荷之担。同样地,我亦如是把须弥大山拔起、举起顶在头上一般,被有之重担——即有之轮回转起所带来的重担——满载痛苦,于诸有中轮回、流转不息。我亦同样持续地被贪欲之火、嗔怒之火、愚痴之火这三种火所灼烧。这便是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
352-3. Attano saṃsāraparibbhamaṃ dassento yo koci manujo bhārantiādimāha. Yo koci manujo mānuso bhāraṃ sīsabhāraṃ matthake sīse ṭhapetvā dhāreyya vaheyya, sadā sabbakālaṃ so manujo tena bhārena dukkhito pīḷito atibhūto assa bhaveyya. Bhāro bharitabhāro bharito atīva bhārito. Tathā tena pakārena ahaṃ rāgaggidosaggimohaggisaṅkhātehi tīhi aggīhi ḍayhamāno, giriṃ uddharito yathā mahāmerupabbataṃ uddharitvā ukkhipitvā sīse ṭhapito bhavabhārena bhavasaṃsāruppattibhārena, bharito dukkhito bhavesu saṃsariṃ paribbhaminti sambandho.
354 “我已卸下重担”:今从出家之时起,彼有之重担已为我所卸下、放舍。“诸有已被我摧毁”:所有九种有都已为我所击碎。于释迦子世尊的教法中,何者是应作的、应当去完成的?即是通过修行次第而摧毁烦恼之事。这一切我所应作者,皆已成就——这便是其中的含义。显示巴利原文
354.Oropitoca me bhāroti idāni pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya so bhavabhāro mayā oropito nikkhitto. Bhavā ugghāṭitā mayāti sabbe nava bhavā mayā viddhaṃsitā. Sakyaputtassa bhagavato sāsane yaṃ karaṇīyaṃ kattabbaṃ maggapaṭipāṭiyā kilesaviddhaṃsanakammaṃ atthi, taṃ sabbaṃ mayā katanti attho.
355 接着,为了显示自己的殊胜之处,故说“在佛土之中”等。其中,“在佛土之中”:此即是在名为一万个轮围世界的佛土范围内,除去释迦族的雄牛、释迦族中最尊贵的世尊之外,于其余一切有情中,无有能于智慧上与我相等者。以此缘故,乃说:“我是智慧最上者,无有与我相等者。”显示巴利原文
355. Puna attano visesaṃ dassento yāvatā buddhakhettamhītiādimāha. Tattha yāvatā yattake dasasahassacakkavāḷasaṅkhāte buddhakhette sakyapuṅgavaṃ sakyakulajeṭṭhakaṃ bhagavantaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesasattesu kocipi paññāya me mayā samo natthīti dīpeti. Tenāha – ‘‘ahaṃ aggomhi paññāya, sadiso me na vijjatī’’ti.
356 接着,为显示自身的威力,他说了“在定中”等。这容易理解。显示巴利原文
356. Puna attano ānubhāvaṃ pakāsento samādhimhītyādimāha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva.
360 “禅那解脱速疾获得者”意为:对于初禅等诸禅那,由于从世间解脱故,称为“解脱”;对于此八种出世间解脱,他是速疾获得者,能迅速证得——这就是其含义。显示巴利原文
360.Jhānavimokkhānakhippapaṭilābhīti paṭhamajjhānādīnaṃ jhānānaṃ lokato vimuccanato ‘‘vimokkha’’nti saṅkhaṃ gatānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ lokuttaravimokkhānañca khippalābhī sīghaṃ pāpuṇātīti attho.
362 如此,即使是具有大神力者,为了显示自己对同梵行者的尊重与恭敬,便说了“拔除毒牙的”等语。其中,“拔除毒牙的”:犹如被拔除了毒牙的蛇,犹如被切断了角的公牛,如今我已全然放下慢与骄,舍弃了族姓慢等一切慢和骄,怀着尊重、钦佩与恭敬之心走向僧团,亲近僧团。显示巴利原文
362. Evaṃ mahānubhāvassāpi attano sabrahmacārīsu gāravabahumānataṃ pakāsento uddhatavisovātiādimāha. Tattha uddhataviso uppāṭitaghoraviso sappo iva chinnavisāṇova chinditasiṅgo usabho iva ahaṃ idāni nikkhittamānadappova chaḍḍitagottamadādimānadappova gaṇaṃ saṅghassa santikaṃ garugāravena ādarabahumānena upemi upagacchāmi.
363 现在,为彰显自身智慧之广大,他说「我这无色的智慧若转为有形」等。意思是:我如此广大的智慧,虽无有形体,倘若它是有形色的,便会与那些拥有财富者、大地之主、诸王的智慧相等并列。如此彰显自身智慧之广大后,又以宿住随念智忆念过去所作业行,说「对无量见佛」等。其中,「对无量见佛世尊」的意思为:我对无量见佛世尊修习智慧称赞的这个果报,就是我的大智慧。显示巴利原文
363. Idāni attano paññāya mahattataṃ pakāsento yadirūpinītiādimāha. Evarūpā me mahatī paññā arūpinī samānā yadi rūpinī bhaveyya, tadā me mama paññā vasupatīnaṃ pathavissarānaṃ rājūnaṃ sameyya samā bhaveyyāti adhippāyo. Evaṃ attano paññāya mahattabhāvaṃ dassetvā tato pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena pubbe kammaṃ saritvā anomadassissātiādimāha. Tattha anomadassissa bhagavato mayā katāya ñāṇathomanāya phalaṃ etaṃ mama paññāmahattanti attho.
364 『已转起的法轮』:此处的“轮”一词,在「四轮车」等处指车辆;在「世尊已转法轮」(《大品》17;《相应部》5.1081)等处指开示佛法;在「转动一切众生之轮」(《本生》1.7.149)等处指布施所成的福德行;在「日夜转动轮」等处指威仪;在「贪求者之轮于头顶旋转」(《本生》1.1.104;1.5.103)等处指刀轮;在「转轮圣王以轮宝威力而行」(《如是语》22;《长部》1.258)等处指宝轮。而在此处,则指开示。由具足如此功德的释迦子、乔达摩正自觉者所转起、所宣说的名为三藏之法轮,我以正确不颠倒的方式随顺而转,也就是随顺宣说、开示。这种随转,即是跟随已经宣说的法而作开示,也是对过去诸佛所作智慧称赞的果报——这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
364.Pavattitaṃdhammacakkanti ettha cakka-saddo panāyaṃ ‘‘catucakkayāna’’ntiādīsu vāhane vattati. ‘‘Pavattite ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 17; saṃ. ni. 5.1081) desanāyaṃ. ‘‘Cakkaṃ vattaya sabbapāṇina’’ntiādīsu (jā. 1.7.149) dānamayapuññakiriyāyaṃ. ‘‘Cakkaṃ vatteti ahoratta’’ntiādīsu iriyāpathe. ‘‘Icchāhatassa posassa, cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.1.104; 1.5.103) khuracakke ‘‘rājā cakkavattī cakkānubhāvena vattanako’’tiādīsu (itivu. 22; dī. ni. 1.258) ratanacakke. Idha panāyaṃ desanāyaṃ. Tādinā tādiguṇasamannāgatena sakyaputtena gotamasambuddhena pavattitaṃ desitaṃ piṭakattayasaṅkhātaṃ dhammacakkaṃ ahaṃ sammā aviparītena anuvattemi anugantvā vattemi, desemi desanaṃ karomi. Idaṃ anuvattanaṃ desitassa anugantvā pacchā desanaṃ purimabuddhānaṃ katāya ñāṇathomanāya phalanti sambandho.
365 接着,为显示依止善士、如理作意等福果,他说「愿我莫有恶欲」等。其中,恶欲者,即怀着卑劣欲望的人;恶行者,即于行住坐卧等威仪履行中懈怠的人;于禅那、定、道修习等中精进低劣者,即在这些修习上精进微弱的人;寡闻者,即因舍离教理之担与观照之担而少有所闻的人;无行者,即对轨范师、亲教师等无所事奉的人。愿如此之人,无论何时、何处,皆莫与我相遇、会合——这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
365. Tato sappurisūpanissayayonisomanasikārādipuññaphalaṃ dassento mā me kadāci pāpicchotiādimāha. Tattha pāpiccho lāmakāya icchāya samannāgato pāpacārī puggalo ca ṭhānanisajjādīsu vattapaṭivattakaraṇe kusīto ca jhānasamādhimaggabhāvanādīsu hīnavīriyo ca ganthadhuravipassanādhuravirahitattā appassuto ca ācariyupajjhāyādīsu ācāravirahitattā anācāro ca puggalo kadāci kāle katthaci ṭhāne me mayā saha sameto samāgato mā ahu mā bhavatūti sambandho.
366 「多闻者」:通过教理通达与证悟通达这两种方式而成为多闻的人。「有智慧者」:指具足慧与智的人。「于戒善安住者」:指在四遍净戒、道相应戒、八支布萨戒等戒之中,将心善加安置、善加安立的人。「心寂止随转者」:指专精于心得一境性的人。愿这样的人,甚至安立于我的头顶——即站立在我的头顶上,这便是此处的含义。显示巴利原文
366.Bahussutoti pariyattipaṭivedhavasena duvidho bahussuto ca puggalo. Medhāvīti medhāya paññāya samannāgato ca. Sīlesu susamāhitoti catupārisuddhisīlamaggasampayuttasīlaaṭṭhaṅguposathasīlādīsu suṭṭhu āhito ṭhapitacitto ca. Cetosamathānuyuttoti cittassa ekībhāvamanuyutto ca puggalo. Api muddhani tiṭṭhatu evarūpo puggalo mayhaṃ muddhani sirasi api tiṭṭhatūti attho.
367 宣说了自己所证得的果德利益后,为了在此处劝导他人,他便说出「尊者们,我告诉你们」等语。这很容易理解。显示巴利原文
367. Attano laddhaphalānisaṃsaṃ vatvā tatthaññe niyojento taṃ vo vadāmi bhaddantetiādimāha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva.
368-9 「Yamahaṃ」的意思是:当我最初、最先见到阿说示长老时,因证得入流道,舍断了有身见等烦恼,从而成为无垢、离垢者;那位阿说示长老便是我的老师,是教导我出世间法的人。我因听闻他的教诫,今日成为法将。我在一切处、一切功德中,皆已到究竟、达彼岸,成为漏尽者而住。显示巴利原文
368-9.Yamahanti yaṃ assajittheraṃ ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ ādimhi disvā sotāpattimaggapaṭilābhena sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ kilesānaṃ pahīnattā vimalo malarahito ahuṃ ahosi, so assajitthero me mayhaṃ ācariyo lokuttaradhammasikkhāpako ahuṃ. Ahaṃ tassa savanāya anusāsanena ajja dhammasenāpati ahuṃ. Sabbattha sabbesu guṇesu pāramiṃ patto pariyosānaṃ patto anāsavo nikkileso viharāmi.
370 为了表达对老师的恭敬,他说出“谁是我的老师”等语。其句意关联如下:那位名为阿说示的长老,是世尊的弟子,曾是我的老师;凡是他所住的方位与地域,我都会将那一方位置于头顶上方,以作敬礼。显示巴利原文
370. Attano ācariye sagāravaṃ dassento yo me ācariyotiādimāha. Yo assaji nāma thero satthu sāvako me mayhaṃ ācariyo āsi ahosi, so thero yassaṃ disāyaṃ yasmiṃ disābhāge vasati, ahaṃ taṃ disābhāgaṃ ussīsamhi sīsuparibhāge karomīti sambandho.
371 接着,为表明自己获得此地位的原因,他说出“我的业”等语。句子的关联是:乔达摩世尊是释迦族中最卓越者、释迦家族的旗帜,他以一切知智忆念并了知我过去所造之业,坐于比丘僧团中,将我安立于最上之位——即上首弟子的位置。显示巴利原文
371. Tato attano ṭhānantarappattabhāvaṃ dassento mama kammantiādimāha. Gotamo bhagavā sakyapuṅgavo sakyakulaketu sabbaññutaññāṇena mama pubbe katakammaṃ saritvāna ñatvā bhikkhusaṅghamajjhe nisinno aggaṭṭhāne aggasāvakaṭṭhāne maṃ ṭhapesīti sambandho.
374 义无碍解、法无碍解、词无碍解、辩无碍解——这四种无碍解,其详细分类在《无碍解道》中已有阐述。无论是依四道、四果,或依色界禅那与无色界禅那而获得的八解脱(即从轮回中解脱之法),还是神变通等六种神通,我都已亲自证得、现量了知。“已作佛陀之教法”,意为:佛陀的教诫,也就是所谓的教法,我已依阿拉汉道智令得圆满。显示巴利原文
374. Atthapaṭisambhidā, dhammapaṭisambhidā, niruttipaṭisambhidā, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāti imā catasso paṭisambhidā ca, tāsaṃ bhedo paṭisambhidāmagge (paṭi. ma. 1.76; vibha. 718) vuttoyeva. Catumaggacatuphalavasena vā rūpārūpajhānavasena vā aṭṭha vimokkhā saṃsāravimuccanadhammā ca iddhividhādayo cha abhiññāyo ca sacchikatā paccakkhaṃ katā. Kataṃ buddhassa sāsananti buddhassa anusiṭṭhi ovādasaṅkhātaṃ sāsanaṃ kataṃ arahattamaggañāṇena nipphāditanti attho.
在“Itthaṃ sudaṃ”中,“itthaṃ”是表指示的虚词,义为“以此方式”,用以总括整部《舍利弗传记》。“sudaṃ”是填充虚词。“尊者”是表尊重与恭敬的尊称。“舍利弗”——这位长老因母名而得此名。“这些偈颂”即整部《舍利弗长老传记偈颂》,由他宣说、讲述出来。“如是”是表结束的虚词,意谓整部《舍利弗传记》至此圆满。显示巴利原文
Itthaṃ sudanti ettha itthanti nidassanatthe nipāto, iminā pakārenāti attho. Tena sakalasāriputtāpadānaṃ nidasseti. Sudanti padapūraṇe nipāto. Āyasmāti garugāravādhivacanaṃ. Sāriputtoti mātu nāmavasena katanāmadheyyo thero. Imā gāthāyoti imā sakalā sāriputtattherāpadānagāthāyo abhāsi kathesi. Itisaddo parisamāpanatthe nipāto, sakalaṃ sāriputtāpadānaṃ niṭṭhitanti attho.
3-2. 大目犍连长老传记的解释显示巴利原文
3-2. Mahāmoggallānattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
从“无比见世尊”等句开始,是尊者大目犍连长老的传记。这位长老于过去诸佛处积累了善行资粮,于种种生命形态中不断积聚导向涅槃的福业。关于他在无比见世尊出世之时等往事,与法将军舍利弗长老传记中所说相同。这位大目犍连长老自出家之日起,第七日,在摩揭陀国迦罗伐剌村附近修习沙门法时,被昏沉睡眠所缠。那时,导师以“目犍连,莫令精进空过!”等语触动他,驱除昏沉睡眠后,他一面听闻世尊开示的界业处,一面依观修次第,证得更高的三个圣道,并在证得最高果位——阿拉汉果的刹那,达到弟子智之顶峰。显示巴利原文
Anomadassībhagavātyādikaṃ āyasmato moggallānattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayañca thero purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto anomadassissa bhagavato kāletiādi sāriputtattherassa dhammasenāpatino vatthumhi vuttameva. Thero hi pabbajitadivasato paṭṭhāya sattame divase magadharaṭṭhe kallavālagāmakaṃ upanissāya samaṇadhammaṃ karonto thinamiddhe okkamante satthārā ‘‘moggallāna, mā tuccho tava vāyāmo’’tiādinā saṃvejito thinamiddhaṃ vinodetvā bhagavatā vuccamānaṃ dhātukammaṭṭhānaṃ suṇanto eva vipassanāpaṭipāṭiyā uparimaggattayaṃ adhigantvā aggaphalakkhaṇe sāvakañāṇassa matthakaṃ pāpuṇi.
375 如是,成为第二弟子后,尊者大目犍连长老忆念自己过去的业,由喜悦而宣说往昔所行之传记,说出“无比见世尊”等语。于此,“无卑劣”意为没有低劣、不善美的见,故称“无比见”。因其身体被三十二大人相所庄严,即使整日、整月、整年乃至十万年相视,天人亦不满足,故称“无比见”;又因他具足见到无低劣、不善美的涅槃之德,故称“无比见”。因具足吉祥等因,故为世尊。“世间最胜”即是一切众生世间中最胜、最上者。“人牛王”:因似牛王,故称“牛王”;人中之牛王,即“人牛王”。彼世间最胜、人牛王、无比见世尊,为天众恭敬围绕、随侍,住于雪山。此是文句的关联。显示巴利原文
375. Evaṃ dutiyasāvakabhāvaṃ patvā āyasmā mahāmoggallānatthero attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassavasena pubbacariyaṃ apadānaṃ pakāsento anomadassī bhagavātiādimāha. Tattha na omaṃ alāmakaṃ dassanaṃ passanaṃ assāti anomadassī. Tassa hi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitasarīrattā sakalaṃ divasaṃ sakalaṃ māsaṃ sakalaṃ saṃvaccharaṃ saṃvaccharasatasahassampi passantānaṃ devamanussānaṃ atittikaraṃ dassananti, anomaṃ alāmakaṃ nibbānaṃ dassanasīloti vā ‘‘anomadassī’’ti laddhanāmo bhāgyavantatādīhi kāraṇehi bhagavā. Lokajeṭṭhoti sakalasattalokassa jeṭṭho padhāno. Āsabhasadisattā āsabho, narānaṃ āsabho narāsabho. So lokajeṭṭho narāsabho anomadassī bhagavā devasaṅghapurakkhato devasamūhehi parivārito. Himavantamhi vihāsīti sambandho.
376 当他为了获得第二弟子之位而作第二次发愿时,那时我名为瓦鲁那,已投生为龙王。这就是它的含义。因此说出:“那时,我名为瓦鲁那,是龙王。”“能变化形色”指他具有随心所欲变化形体的能力。“我变化”指我能施展种种神通变化。“大海为住处”意为:在曼遮利迦龙、地居龙、山居龙、恒河龙、海龙这些龙当中,我是海龙,居于大海,安住其中。这就是其义。显示巴利原文
376. Yadā dutiyasāvakabhāvāya dutiyavāre patthanaṃ akāsi, tadā nāmena varuṇo nāma ahaṃ nāgarājā hutvā nibbatto ahosinti attho. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘varuṇo nāma nāmena, nāgarājā ahaṃ tadā’’ti. Kāmarūpīti yadicchitakāmanimmānasīlo. Vikubbāmīti vividhaṃ iddhivikubbanaṃ karomi. Mahodadhinivāsahanti mañjerikā nāgā, bhūmigatā nāgā, pabbataṭṭhā nāgā, gaṅgāvaheyyā nāgā, sāmuddikā nāgāti imesaṃ nāgānaṃ antare sāmuddikanāgo ahaṃ mahodadhimhi samudde nivāsiṃ, vāsaṃ kappesinti attho.
377 “舍离伴侣之群”指舍离了恒常随侍的眷属龙群,离开它们,独自而行。“我安排奏乐”意为:我命人奏乐,令其演奏。“围绕正自觉者”指天女或龙女们从四面八方围绕着无比见正自觉者,以天乐、歌声、言辞等演奏,作了恰如其分的演奏。这就是其义。显示巴利原文
377.Saṅgaṇiyaṃ gaṇaṃ hitvāti niccaparivārabhūtaṃ sakaparivāraṃ nāgasamūhaṃ hitvā vinā hutvā . Tūriyaṃ paṭṭhapesahanti ahaṃ tūriyaṃ paṭṭhapesiṃ, vajjāpesinti attho. Sambuddhaṃ parivāretvāti anomadassisambuddhaṃ samantato sevamānā accharā nāgamāṇavikā vādesuṃ dibbavādehi gītā vākyādīhi vādesuṃ laddhānurūpato vajjesuṃ tadāti attho.
378 “在乐器演奏之时”指人类与龙的五种乐器正在演奏之时。“诸天奏乐”指四大王天的天神们演奏了天界乐器,令其发声。“听闻二者之声”指听闻了天与人双方的大鼓声。纵使是三界所敬重的正自觉者,佛陀也觉知了,他了知、听闻——这就是这话的意趣。显示巴利原文
378.Vajjamānesu tūresūti manussanāgatūriyesu pañcaṅgikesu vajjamānesu . Devā tūrāni vajjayunti cātumahārājikā devā dibbatūriyāni vajjiṃsu vādesunti attho. Ubhinnaṃ saddaṃ sutvānāti ubhinnaṃ devamanussānaṃ bherisaddaṃ sutvā. Tilokagarusamānopi buddho sampabujjhatha jānāti suṇātīti attho.
379 「邀请正自觉者」:指邀请正自觉者及声闻僧团,明日前来受供,并恭敬围绕、迎接。「到自己的住处」:即去往自己的龙宫。「去后铺设座位」:指去后铺设并准备好夜宿处、日住处、小屋、凉亭、卧床、坐具等。「我通报时间」:我依往例禀告:‘时候已到,尊者,饭食已备。’显示巴利原文
379.Nimantetvāna sambuddhanti sasāvakasaṅghaṃ sambuddhaṃ svātanāya nimantetvā parivāretvā. Sakabhavananti attano nāgabhavanaṃ upāgamiṃ. Gantvā ca āsanaṃ paññapetvānāti rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānakuṭimaṇḍapasayananisīdanaṭṭhānāni paññāpetvā sajjetvāti attho. Kālamārocayiṃ ahanti evaṃ katapubbavidhāno ahaṃ ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti kālaṃ ārocayiṃ viññāpesiṃ.
380 「以千位诸漏尽者」:指那时世尊被一千位阿拉汉围绕,是世间导师,普照一切方向,来到我的住处,抵达此处——此为句义。显示巴利原文
380.Khīṇāsavasahassehīti tadā so bhagavā arahantasahassehi parivuto lokanāyako sabbā disā obhāsento me bhavanaṃ upāgami sampattoti attho.
381 为了向已入自己住处的世尊展示供食的情景,他说了「大雄已安坐」等语。这很容易理解。显示巴利原文
381. Attano bhavanaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ bhagavantaṃ bhojanākāraṃ dassento upaviṭṭhaṃ mahāvīrantiādimāha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva.
386 「甘蔗族所生」:指出生于甘蔗王代代相传的王族,或出生于整个赡部洲中显赫的王族;由于血统,依血统而名为乔达摩的导师将出现于人界。显示巴利原文
386.Okkākakulasambhavoti okkākarañño paramparāgatarājakule uppanno sakalajambudīpe pākaṭarājakule uppanno vā gottena gottavasena gotamo nāma satthā manussaloke bhavissati.
388 「他后来出家」:指那位龙王在最后一生中,被善根与福德资粮所策励、推动,于教法中出家,成为乔达摩世尊的第二位上首弟子——他作出了这样的授记。显示巴利原文
388.So pacchā pabbajitvānāti so nāgarājā pacchā pacchimabhave kusalamūlena puññasambhārena codito uyyojito sāsane pabbajitvā gotamassa bhagavato dutiyo aggasāvako hessatīti byākaraṇamakāsi.
389 「已发动精进」:意思是在站立、坐下等一切威仪中都具有活力。「已坚定其心」:指已将心志投向涅槃。「在神通中已达究竟」:就是像《增支部》1.180, 190中所说的“诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘弟子中,具神通者之最上者,即此大目犍连”,在决意神通、变化神通、业报生神通等方面,已到达究竟、达到终点。「断尽一切漏」:所谓“漏”,是因为从一切处、通过流动、通过转起而得名,指那些欲有、见、无明等法;彻底遍知、从一切处了知后,将它们全部舍弃,从而成为无漏、无杂染。「他将般涅槃」:他将通过烦恼蕴的完全寂灭而般涅槃——这句话要这样来理解。显示巴利原文
389.Āraddhavīriyoti ṭhānanisajjādīsu iriyāpathesu vīriyavā. Pahitattoti nibbāne pesitacitto . Iddhiyā pāramiṃ gatoti ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ iddhimantānaṃ yadidaṃ mahāmoggallāno’’ti (a. ni. 1.180, 190) adhiṭṭhāniddhivikubbaniddhikammavipākajiddhiādīsu pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gato patto. Sabbāsaveti ā samantato savanato pavattanato ‘‘āsavā’’ti laddhanāme kāmabhavadiṭṭhiavijjādhamme sabbe pariññāya samantato aññāya jānitvā pajahitvā anāsavo nikkileso. Nibbāyissatīti kilesakhandhaparinibbānena nibbāyissatīti sambandho.
390 如此,尊者讲述了自己凭借福德获得授记的经历后,为再阐明过去的恶行,接着说了“依靠恶友……”这一段。其中,“恶友”是指那些恶劣、下劣的朋友,“依靠”是指以他们为依止、为倚仗,并与他们交结,这就是这句话的含义。显示巴利原文
390. Evaṃ thero attano puññavasena laddhabyākaraṇaṃ vatvā puna pāpacariyaṃ pakāsento pāpamittopanissāyātiādimāha. Tattha pāpamitte pāpake lāmake mitte upanissāya nissaye katvā tehi saṃsaggo hutvāti attho.
这里,事件的经过是这样的:有一次,外道们聚集在一起商议:“诸位,你们可知道沙门乔达摩获得广大利养与恭敬的原因是什么?”“我们不知道。”“你们真的不知道吗?”“是的,我们知道。”——他们说,这全是因为依止了一位名叫目犍连的比丘。那位尊者前往天界,询问天神们造了什么业,回来后告诉人们:“做了这样的业,就获得这样的善报。”他又前往地狱,询问出生在那里的众生造了什么业,回来后告诉人们:“做了这样的业,就遭受这样的痛苦。”人们听了他的说法,便纷纷献上丰厚的利养与恭敬。外道们心想:“如果我们能杀掉他,这些利养恭敬就会落到我们头上,这可是个好办法。”于是他们聚在一起,差遣各自的侍者募集了一千枚钱币,召来一伙以杀人为生的凶贼,对他们说:“沙门乔达摩有位弟子叫大目犍连尊者,住在黑岩。你们去那里把他杀掉。”说完便把那一千枚钱币交给他们。那伙凶贼见钱眼开,满口答应道:“我们一定把那位长老杀掉。”于是他们前往尊者的住处,将那里团团围住。尊者察觉自己被包围,便从钥匙孔中穿身而出。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyamanupubbī kathā – ekasmiṃ samaye titthiyā sannipatitvā mantesuṃ – ‘‘jānāthāvuso, kena kāraṇena samaṇassa gotamassa lābhasakkāro mahā hutvā nibbatto’’ti? ‘‘Na jānāma’’. ‘‘Tumhe pana na jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, jānāma’’ – moggallānaṃ nāma ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ nissāya uppanno . So hi devalokaṃ gantvā devatāhi katakammaṃ pucchitvā āgantvā manussānaṃ kathesi – ‘‘idaṃ nāma katvā evarūpaṃ sampattiṃ labhantī’’ti. Niraye nibbattānampi kammaṃ pucchitvā āgantvā manussānaṃ kathesi – ‘‘idaṃ nāma katvā evarūpaṃ dukkhaṃ anubhavantī’’ti. Manussā tassa kathaṃ sutvā mahantaṃ lābhasakkāraṃ abhiharanti. Sace taṃ māretuṃ sakkhissāma, so lābhasakkāro amhākaṃ nibbattissati, attheso upāyoti sabbe ekacchandā hutvā ‘‘yaṃkiñci katvā taṃ māressāmā’’ti attano upaṭṭhāke samādapetvā kahāpaṇasahassaṃ labhitvā purisaghātake core pakkosāpetvā ‘‘mahāmoggallānatthero nāma samaṇassa gotamassa sāvako kāḷasilāyaṃ vasati, tumhe tattha gantvā taṃ mārethā’’ti tesaṃ taṃ sahassaṃ adaṃsu. Corā dhanalābhena sampaṭicchitvā ‘‘theraṃ māressāmā’’ti gantvā tassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ parivāresuṃ. Thero tehi parikkhittabhāvaṃ ñatvā kuñcikacchiddena nikkhamitvā pakkāmi. Corā taṃ divasaṃ theraṃ adisvā punekadivasaṃ tassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ parikkhipiṃsu. Thero ñatvā kaṇṇikāmaṇḍalaṃ bhinditvā ākāsaṃ pakkhandi. Evaṃ te paṭhamamāsepi, majjhimamāsepi theraṃ gahetuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Pacchimamāse pana sampatte thero attanā katakammassa ākaḍḍhanabhāvaṃ ñatvā na apagacchi. Corā taṃ paharantā taṇḍulakamattāni aṭṭhīni karontā bhindiṃsu. Atha naṃ ‘‘mato’’ti saññāya ekasmiṃ gumbapiṭṭhe khipitvā pakkamiṃsu.
尊者心想:“我要见过导师、礼敬导师之后,再般涅槃。”于是他以禅那的力量裹覆身体,从空中飞到导师身边,礼敬导师后说道:“尊者,我要般涅槃了。”“你要般涅槃了吗,目犍连?”“是的,尊者。”“你准备在何处般涅槃?”“在黑岩一带,尊者。”“既然如此,目犍连,请你先为我说法,再般涅槃吧。因为像你这样的声闻弟子,我今后再也见不到了。”“是,尊者,我会照做。”于是他礼敬导师后,腾身跃入空中,正如舍利弗尊者在般涅槃那天所做的那样,展示了种种神通,宣说了法,再次礼敬导师,然后前往黑岩地区,般涅槃了。后来,“长老被凶贼杀害”的消息传遍了整个赡部洲。显示巴利原文
Thero , ‘‘satthāraṃ passitvā vanditvāva parinibbāyissāmī’’ti attabhāvaṃ jhānaveṭhanena veṭhetvā ākāsena satthu santikaṃ gantvā satthāraṃ vanditvā ‘‘bhante, parinibbāyissāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Parinibbāyissasi, moggallānā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kattha gantvā parinibbāyissasī’’ti? ‘‘Kāḷasilāpadesaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, moggallāna, mayhaṃ dhammaṃ kathetvā yāhi. Tādisassa hi me sāvakassa na dāni dassanaṃ atthī’’ti. So ‘‘evaṃ karissāmi, bhante’’ti satthāraṃ vanditvā ākāsaṃ uppatitvā sāriputtatthero viya parinibbānadivase nānappakārā iddhiyo katvā dhammaṃ kathetvā satthāraṃ vanditvā kāḷasilāpadesaṃ gantvā parinibbāyi. ‘‘Theraṃ kira corā māresu’’nti ayaṃ kathā sakalajambudīpe patthari.
阿阇世王派出密探搜捕盗贼。那些盗贼在酒铺中喝酒,醉意醺然,其中一人拍打另一人的背,将他打倒在地。被打倒的人斥责道:“喂,你这无教养之徒,为何拍我后背将我打倒?哼,你这恶贼,难道大目犍连长老是你先打的吗?”对方说:“怎么,你不知道是我先打的吗?”密探们听见他们这样“是我打的,是我打的”地争执,便将所有盗贼悉数抓获,禀报国王。国王传唤那些盗贼审问:“是你们杀害了长老吗?”“是的,大王。”“是谁指使你们的?”“是那些裸形沙门,大王。”国王于是下令将那五百裸形沙门抓来,连同那五百盗贼,一并埋在王宫庭院中齐肚脐的坑里,用稻草覆盖,然后点火焚烧。待到知道他们都被烧焦之后,又下令用铁犁在他们身上犁过,把他们全部犁成碎块。当时,比丘们在法堂中议论纷纷:“大目犍连长老竟落得一个与他不相称的死法。”世尊过来,问道:“诸比丘,你们现在聚在一起讨论什么话题?”听到比丘们回答“我们正在谈论此事”后,世尊开示道:“诸比丘,目犍连此生遭遇不相应的死亡,这是事实,但对于他过去所造的业来说……”显示巴利原文
Rājā ajātasattu core pariyesanatthāya carapurise payojesi. Tesu coresu surāpāne suraṃ pivantesu maddesu eko ekassa piṭṭhiṃ paharitvā pātesi. So taṃ santajjento ‘‘ambho dubbinīta tvaṃ, kasmā me piṭṭhiṃ paharitvā pātesi, kiṃ pana, are duṭṭhacora, tayā mahāmoggallānatthero paṭhamaṃ pahato’’ti āha. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ mayā paṭhamaṃ pahatabhāvaṃ na jānāsī’’ti? Evaṃ etesaṃ ‘‘mayā pahato, mayā pahato’’ti vadantānaṃ sutvā te carapurisā sabbe te core gahetvā rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā te core pakkosāpetvā pucchi – ‘‘tumhehi thero mārito’’ti? ‘‘Āma, devā’’ti. ‘‘Kehi tumhe uyyojitā’’ti? ‘‘Naggasamaṇehi, devā’’ti. Rājā pañcasate naggasamaṇe gāhāpetvā pañcasatehi corehi saddhiṃ rājaṅgaṇe nābhipamāṇesu āvāṭesu nikhaṇāpetvā palālehi paṭicchādetvā aggiṃ dāpesi. Atha nesaṃ jhāmabhāvaṃ jānitvā ayanaṅgalehi kasāpetvā sabbe khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ kārāpesi. Tadā bhikkhū dhammasabhāyaṃ kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ – ‘‘mahāmoggallānatthero attano ananurūpamaraṇaṃ patto’’ti. Satthā āgantvā ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘imāya nāma, bhante’’ti vutte ‘‘moggallānassa, bhikkhave, imasseva attabhāvassa ananurūpaṃ maraṇaṃ, pubbe pana tena katakammassa anurūpamevā’’ti vatvā ‘‘kiṃ panassa, bhante, pubbakamma’’nti puṭṭho taṃ vitthāretvā kathesi.
比丘们,过去波罗奈城有一良家子,他亲自舂米、煮饭等,奉养双亲。他的父母对他说:“孩子,你独自一人在家与山林间劳作,太辛苦了,我们为你迎娶一位年轻姑娘吧。”他回答说:“爸、妈,只要你们还健在,我就亲手侍奉你们。”虽然被他婉拒,父母仍再三恳求,最终还是为他娶了妻子。那年轻女子只用心侍奉了几天,之后便心生厌烦,连看都不想看见二老,抱怨说:“和你父母同住一个屋檐下,我实在受不了!”在丈夫听不进她抱怨时,趁丈夫外出,她把麻絮碎片和粥沫撒得满屋皆是。丈夫回来问:“这是怎么回事?”她便说:“还不是那两个老瞎子的杰作!他们到处走动,把整个家弄得肮脏不堪,跟他们简直没法一起住!”她就这样日复一日地挑拨离间,即使是这样一位曾圆满波罗蜜的众生,最终也被离间了与父母的感情。他想:“好吧,我倒要看看怎么处置他们。”他让父母用过饭后,说:“爸、妈,听说有个地方,你们的亲戚都盼着你们去,我们这就前往那里吧。”他让父母坐上牛车,亲自驾车出发。到达森林深处时,他说:显示巴利原文
Atīte, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ eko kulaputto sayameva koṭṭanapacanādīni karonto mātāpitaro paṭijaggi. Athassa mātāpitaro ‘‘tāta, tvaṃ ekakova gehe ca araññe ca kammaṃ karonto kilamasi, ekaṃ te kumārikaṃ ānessāmā’’ti vatvā ‘‘ammatātā, yāva tumhe jīvatha, tāva vo sahatthā upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti tena paṭikkhittāpi punappunaṃ yācitvā kumārikaṃ ānesuṃ. Sā katipāhameva te upaṭṭhahitvā pacchā tesaṃ dassanamapi anicchantī – ‘‘na sakkā tava mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāne vasitu’’nti ujjhāyitvā tasmiṃ attano kathaṃ aggaṇhante tassa bahigatakāle makacivākakhaṇḍāni ca yāgupheṇake ca gahetvā tattha tattha ākiritvā tenāgantvā ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti puṭṭhā ‘‘imesaṃ mahallakaandhānaṃ etaṃ kammaṃ, sabbaṃ gehaṃ kiliṭṭhā karontā vicaranti, na sakkā etehi saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāne vasitu’’nti evaṃ tāya punappunaṃ kathiyamānāya evarūpopi pūritapāramī satto mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ bhijji. So ‘‘hotu, jānissāmi nesaṃ kattabbakamma’’nti te bhojetvā ‘‘ammatātā, asukaṭṭhāne nāma tumhākaṃ ñātakā āgamanaṃ paccāsīsanti, tattha gamissāmā’’ti te yānakaṃ āropetvā ādāya gacchanto aṭavimajjhaṃ pattakāle ‘‘tāta, rasmiyo gaṇhatha, goṇā daṇḍasaññāya gamissanti, imasmiṃ ṭhāne corā vasanti, ahaṃ otaritvā carāmī’’ti pitu hatthe rasmiyo datvā otaritvā gacchanto saddaṃ parivattetvā corānaṃ uṭṭhitasaddamakāsi. Mātāpitaro saddaṃ sutvā ‘‘corā uṭṭhitā’’ti saññāya ‘‘tāta, corā uṭṭhitā, mahallakā mayaṃ, tvaṃ attānameva rakkhāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. So mātāpitaro viravantepi corasaddaṃ karonto koṭṭetvā māretvā aṭaviyaṃ khipitvā paccāgami.
世尊讲述了他这段前世所造之业后,说:“比丘们,目犍连造下如此之业后,在地狱中经受了数百千万年的苦报,而残余的业力,又使他在此后一百世的生命中,就这样被打得如齑粉般碎身而死。目犍连正是得到了与自己所造之业完全相应的死亡。那五百盗贼连同五百外道,因为加害我这清白无过的儿子,同样也得到了与他们的恶行相应的死。要知道,对无辜者作恶,必会由于十种原因而遭遇灾祸与毁灭。”世尊如此结示并宣说法义时,诵出了以下偈颂——显示巴利原文
Satthā idaṃ tassa pubbakammaṃ kathetvā ‘‘bhikkhave, moggallāno ettakaṃ kammaṃ katvā anekavassasatasahassāni niraye paccitvā tāva pakkāvasesena attabhāvasate evameva koṭṭetvā saṃcuṇṇo maraṇaṃ patto, evaṃ moggallānena attano kammānurūpameva maraṇaṃ laddhaṃ. Pañcahi corasatehi saddhiṃ pañcatitthiyasatānipi mama puttaṃ appaduṭṭhaṃ dussetvā anurūpameva maraṇaṃ labhiṃsu. Appaduṭṭhesu hi padussanto dasahi kāraṇehi anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇātiyevā’’ti anusandhiṃ ghaṭetvā dhammaṃ desento imā gāthā abhāsi –
若有人以棍棒伤害那些无辜、无害之人,
他将迅速遭遇十种不幸之一:
粗重的苦受、损失,或身体破损;
或者染上重病,或者心识迷乱;
或者遭遇国王的祸难,或者蒙受残酷的诬告;
或者亲族灭尽,或者财富坏散。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo daṇḍena adaṇḍesu, appaduṭṭhesu dussati; Dasannamaññataraṃ ṭhānaṃ, khippameva nigacchati. ‘‘Vedanaṃ pharusaṃ jāniṃ, sarīrassa va bhedanaṃ; Garukaṃ vāpi ābādhaṃ, cittakkhepaṃ va pāpuṇe. ‘‘Rājato vā upasaggaṃ, abbhakkhānaṃ va dāruṇaṃ; Parikkhayaṃ va ñātīnaṃ, bhogānaṃ va pabhaṅgunaṃ. ‘‘Athavassa agārāni, aggi ḍahati pāvako; Kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṃ sopapajjatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 137-140);
393 “Pavivekamanuyutto”:以种种方式致力于远离、独处,即已与远离相应,已正确运用远离。“Samādhibhāvanārato”:乐于并热忱于初禅等定的修习。“Sabbāsave”:一切烦恼;“pariññāya”:遍知后断除;“anāsavo”:无漏、无烦恼而住——此即其关联。显示巴利原文
393.Pavivekamanuyuttoti pakārena vivekaṃ ekībhāvaṃ anuyutto yojito yuttappayutto. Samādhibhāvanāratoti paṭhamajjhānādibhāvanāya rato allīno ca. Sabbāsave sakalakilese, pariññāya jānitvā pajahitvā, anāsavo nikkileso viharāmīti sambandho.
394 现在,为显示依凭自身福德资粮所行往昔善行的果报,他说出了“大地甚深”等语。显示巴利原文
394. Idāni attano puññasambhāravasena pubbacaritassa phalaṃ dassento dharaṇimpi sugambhīrantiādimāha.
这里依次说明如下:“被佛陀所催促”,是指被正自觉者催促、敦促。“在比丘僧团的注视下”,是指在大比丘僧团的面前。“他以脚趾摇动鹿母讲堂”,是指由大优婆夷毗舍佉在东园建造的、以千柱庄严的大殿堂,他用自己的脚趾将其摇动。有一次,世尊住在那座东园讲堂时,许多新比丘坐在殿堂上层,不顾导师,开始谈论畜生论。世尊听到后,为使他们生起悚惧,并成为领受自己说法的适合法器,便对大目犍连尊者说:“目犍连,你看到那些新比丘耽著于畜生论了吗?”长老听了这话,知晓导师的心意,便进入以水遍为所缘、作为神通基础的第四禅。出定后,他决意:“讲堂所在之处应化作水。”便用脚趾击打讲堂顶部的塔尖,讲堂随即倾斜,朝一侧立住。他又击打一次,讲堂又朝另一侧立住。那些比丘害怕、悚惧,担心讲堂倒塌,便从那里出来,站在世尊身边。导师观察他们的意乐后,为他们说法。听了法之后,他们之中有的证得入流果,有的一来果,有的不来果,有的阿拉汉果。此义应由《讲堂摇动经》阐明。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyamanupubbīkathā – buddhena coditoti sammāsambuddhena codito uyyojito. Bhikkhusaṅghassa pekkhatoti mahato bhikkhusaṅghassa passantassa. Migāramātupāsādaṃ, pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayīti pubbārāme visākhāya mahāupāsikāya kāritaṃ sahassatthambhapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ mahāpāsādaṃ attano pādaṅguṭṭhena kampesiṃ. Ekasmiñhi samaye pubbārāme yathāvuttapāsāde bhagavati viharante sambahulā navakatarā bhikkhū uparipāsāde nisinnā satthārampi acintetvā tiracchānakathaṃ kathetumāraddhā. Taṃ sutvā bhagavā te saṃvejetvā attano dhammadesanāya bhājanabhūte kātukāmo āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘passasi tvaṃ, moggallāna, nave bhikkhū tiracchānakathamanuyutte’’ti taṃ sutvā thero satthu ajjhāsayaṃ ñatvā abhiññāpādakaṃ āpokasiṇārammaṇaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya ‘‘pāsādassa patiṭṭhitokāsaṃ udakaṃ hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāya pāsādamatthake thupikaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhena pahari, pāsādo onamitvā ekena passena aṭṭhāsi. Punapi pahari, aparenapi passena aṭṭhāsi. Te bhikkhū bhītā saṃviggā pāsādassa patanabhayena tato nikkhamitvā bhagavato samīpe aṭṭhaṃsu. Satthā tesaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā dhammaṃ desesi. Taṃ sutvā tesu keci sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu, keci sakadāgāmiphale, keci anāgāmiphale, keci arahattaphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Svāyamattho pāsādakampanasuttena dīpetabbo.
“韦迦亚塔殿堂”:这韦迦亚塔殿堂位于三十三天,高一由旬,装饰着无数突拱与尖顶屋。在诸天与阿修罗的战斗中,战胜阿修罗后,帝释天王立于城中央,由胜利所生,因而得名“韦迦亚塔”(意为胜利)。此处即指此殿堂。这位长老也曾以脚趾摇动它。有一次,世尊住在东园时,帝释天王前来,请问关于渴爱灭尽的解脱问题。世尊为他解答。他听后满心欢喜,顶礼右绕,回到自己的天界。那时,大目犍连尊者心想:“这位帝释来到世尊处,问了如此甚深、关于涅槃的问题,世尊已作解答。他是明白了才回去的,还是未明白就回去了呢?我何不去天界弄清此事?”于是他即刻前往三十三天,向帝释询问。帝释因耽著天界的福报而分心散乱。长老为使他生起悚惧,便以脚趾摇动了韦迦亚塔殿堂。由此而说。显示巴利原文
Vejayantapāsādanti so vejayantapāsādo tāvatiṃsabhavane yojanasahassubbedho anekasahassaniyyūhakūṭāgārapaṭimaṇḍito devāsurasaṅgāme asure jinitvā sakke devānaminde nagaramajjhe ṭhite uṭṭhito vijayantena nibbattattā ‘‘vejayanto’’ti laddhanāmo pāsādo, taṃ sandhāyāha – ‘‘vejayantapāsāda’’nti, tampi ayaṃ thero pādaṅguṭṭhena kampeti. Ekasmiñhi samaye bhagavantaṃ pubbārāme viharantaṃ sakko devarājā upasaṅkamitvā taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ pucchi. Tassa bhagavā vissajjesi. So taṃ sutvā attamano pamudito abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā attano devalokameva gato. Athāyasmā mahāmoggallāno evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ sakko bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evarūpaṃ gambhīranibbānapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi, bhagavatā ca pañho vissajjito, kiṃ nu kho jānitvā gato, udāhu ajānitvā . Yaṃnūnāhaṃ devalokaṃ gantvā tamatthaṃ jāneyya’’nti? So tāvadeva tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gantvā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ tamatthaṃ pucchi. Sakko dibbasampattiyā pamatto hutvā vikkhepaṃ akāsi. Thero tassa saṃvegajananatthaṃ vejayantapāsādaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhena kampesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
他以脚趾撼动韦迦亚塔殿堂,
凭借神通力摄持,令诸天神悚惧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo vejayantapāsādaṃ, pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi; Iddhibalenupatthaddho, saṃvejesi ca devatā’’ti. (ma. ni. 1.513);
此段义理应依《小渴爱灭尽解脱经》来阐明。摇动殿堂的情形已如上说。“他询问帝释”一语,是针对前面长老询问渴爱灭尽解脱而说的。因此经中说:“贤友,你可知渴爱灭尽解脱吗?”帝释为他作了解答。这说的是:长老摇动殿堂后,帝释心中悚惧,舍弃放逸,如理作意,然后解答了问题。因为那次他完全依循导师的教导而宣说,所以说“被问及时,如实而答”。其中,“他询问帝释”是指大目犍连长老询问帝释天王:“对于导师所教导的渴爱灭尽解脱,你是否真正通达?”此处用现在时语,意在表达过去之义。“贤友,你可知”意为:贤友,你知道吗?知道什么?“渴爱灭尽解脱”是指导师为你所教导的渴爱灭尽解脱,以此方式询问“你知道吗?”或者,“渴爱灭尽解脱”也可理解为询问《渴爱灭尽解脱经》的教说。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panattho – cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttisuttena (ma. ni. 1.390 ādayo) dīpetabbo. Kampitākāro heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. ‘‘Sakkaṃ so paripucchatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.513) yathāvuttameva therassa taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttipucchaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘apāvuso, jānāsi, taṇhakkhayavimuttiyo’’ti? Tassa sakko viyākāsi. Idaṃ therena pāsādakampane kate saṃviggahadayena pamādaṃ pahāya yoniso manasi karitvā pañhassa byākatabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Satthārā desitaniyāmeneva hi so tadā kathesi. Tenāha – ‘‘pañhaṃ puṭṭho yathātatha’’nti (ma. ni. 1.513). Tattha sakkaṃ so paripucchatīti sakkaṃ devarājaṃ mahāmoggallānatthero satthārā desitāya taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiyā sammadeva gahitabhāvaṃ pucchi. Atītatthe hi idaṃ vattamānavacanaṃ. Apāvuso, jānāsīti āvuso, api jānāsi, kiṃ jānāsi? Taṇhakkhayavimuttiyoti (ma. ni. 1.513) taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiyo satthārā tuyhaṃ desitā, tathā ‘‘kiṃ jānāsī’’ti pucchati. Taṇhakkhayavimuttiyoti vā taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttisuttassa desanaṃ pucchati.
“梵天”指大梵天。“在善法堂的集会中”(Sudhammāyābhito sabhaṃ)是说:在名为善法堂的集会堂中。然而,这个善法堂是在梵天界,不在三十三天界。任何天界无不具备善法堂。“贤友,你往昔所怀的那个见,现在还有吗?”这句话的意思是:没有任何沙门或婆罗门有能力到达这个梵天界。在导师来此之前你所怀的见,难道至今仍未消失吗?“你看见了在梵天界中超越、光辉的……”这是说:你看见世尊与弟子们在梵天界中超越而住,大迦叶、大劫宾那等弟子围绕,世尊进入火界定而坐,放射光辉,你见到那样的景象吗?因为曾有一时,世尊在梵天界的善法堂集会时,了知梵天心中这样想:“是否有沙门或婆罗门具有这样的大神力,能够来到这里?”于是世尊便前往那里,坐在梵天头顶上方的虚空中,进入火界定,放出光明,同时忆念大目犍连等弟子前来。随着他的忆念,那些弟子也到达那里,顶礼导师,了知导师的意趣后,也进入火界定,各自面向一方而坐,放出光明。整个梵天界变得一片光明。导师了知梵天的心意已成熟,便开示了揭示四圣谛的法。显示巴利原文
Brahmānanti mahābrahmānaṃ. Sudhammāyābhito sabhanti (ma. ni. 1.513) sudhammāya sabhāya. Ayaṃ pana brahmaloke sudhammā sabhā, na tāvatiṃsabhavane. Sudhammāsabhāvirahito devaloko nāma natthi. ‘‘Ajjāpi te, āvuso, sā diṭṭhi, yā te diṭṭhi pure ahū’’ti imaṃ brahmalokaṃ upagantuṃ samattho natthi koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā. Satthu idhāgamanato pubbe yā tuyhaṃ diṭṭhi ahosi, kiṃ ajjāpi idānipi sā diṭṭhi na vigatāti? Passasi vītivattantaṃbrahmaloke pabhassaranti brahmaloke vītipatantaṃ mahākappinamahākassapādīhi sāvakehi parivāritassa tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nisinnassa sasāvakassa bhagavato okāsaṃ passasīti attho. Ekasmiñhi samaye bhagavā brahmaloke sudhammāya sabhāya sannipatitvā sannisinnassa ‘‘atthi nu kho koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā evaṃmahiddhiko, so idha āgantuṃ sakkuṇeyyā’’ti cintentassa brahmuno cittamaññāya tattha gantvā brahmuno matthake ākāse nisinno tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā obhāsaṃ muñcanto mahāmoggallānādīnaṃ āgamanaṃ cintesi. Saha cintanena tepi tattha gantvā satthāraṃ vanditvā satthu ajjhāsayaṃ ñatvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā paccekadisāsu nisīditvā obhāsaṃ vissajjesuṃ. Sakalabrahmaloko ekobhāso ahosi. Satthā brahmuno kallacittataṃ ñatvā catusaccapakāsanaṃ dhammaṃ desesi. Desanāpariyosāne anekāni brahmasahassāni maggaphalesu patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Taṃ sandhāya codento ajjāpi te, āvuso, sā diṭṭhīti gāthamāha. Ayaṃ panattho bakabrahmasuttena (saṃ. ni. 1.175) dīpetabbo. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ (saṃ. ni. 1.176) –
一时,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位梵天生起这样的恶见:“没有任何沙门或婆罗门能来到此处。”世尊以心了知那位梵天心中的寻思后,犹如大力士屈伸手臂那样迅速,便从祇园隐没,出现在那位梵天的世界。世尊就在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界定。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa brahmuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – ‘natthi samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā yo idha āgaccheyyā’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tassa brahmuno cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya , pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya; evameva jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosi. Atha kho bhagavā tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā.
当时,尊者大目犍连心生此念:“世尊今在何处住?”尊者大目犍连以清净、超越常人的天眼,观见世尊正在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界定。见后,犹如力士屈伸手臂,他便从祇园隐没,出现在那位梵天的世界。接着,尊者大目犍连面向东方,就在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界定,所坐之位略低于世尊。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi ‘kahaṃ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī’ti? Addasa kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisinnaṃ tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ. Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya; evameva jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno puratthimaṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ bhagavato.
那时,尊者大迦叶心中生起这样的念头:‘世尊现在住在哪里呢?’尊者大迦叶以清净、超越凡人的天眼,看见世尊正在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界定。见后,犹如大力士屈伸臂顷,尊者大迦叶便从祇园隐没,现于那梵天界。随后,尊者大迦叶面向南方,在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界定,其座稍低于世尊。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho āyasmato mahākassapassa etadahosi – ‘kahaṃ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī’ti? Addasa kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhagavantaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisinnaṃ tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ. Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso…pe… evameva jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ bhagavato.
那时,尊者大劫宾那心中生起这样的念头:‘世尊现在住在哪里呢?’尊者大劫宾那以清净、超越凡人的天眼,看见世尊正在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界定。见后,犹如大力士屈伸臂顷,尊者大劫宾那便从祇园隐没,现于那梵天界。随后,尊者大劫宾那面向西方,在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界定,其座稍低于世尊。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho āyasmato mahākappinassa etadahosi – ‘kahaṃ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī’ti? Addasa kho āyasmā mahākappino bhagavantaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisinnaṃ tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ. Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso…pe… evameva jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākappino pacchimaṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ bhagavato.
那时,尊者阿那律心中生起这样的念头:‘世尊现在住在哪里呢?’尊者阿那律以清净、超越凡人的天眼,看见世尊正在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界定。见后,犹如大力士屈伸臂顷,尊者阿那律便从祇园隐没,现于那梵天界。随后,尊者阿那律面向北方,在那位梵天上方的虚空中,结跏趺坐,入于火界定,其座稍低于世尊。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa etadahosi – ‘kahaṃ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī’ti? Addasa kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisinnaṃ tejodhātuṃ samāpannaṃ. Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso…pe… evameva jetavane antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho uttaraṃ disaṃ nissāya tassa brahmuno uparivehāsaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṃ bhagavato’’.
那时,尊者大目犍连以偈颂对那位梵天说:显示巴利原文
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ brahmānaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
‘‘Ajjāpi te āvuso sā diṭṭhi, yā te diṭṭhi pure ahu; Passasi vītivattantaṃ, brahmaloke pabhassara’’nti. ‘‘Na me mārisa sā diṭṭhi, yā me diṭṭhi pure ahu; Passāmi vītivattantaṃ, brahmaloke pabhassaraṃ; Svāhaṃ ajja kathaṃ vajjaṃ, ahaṃ niccomhi sassato’’ti.
那时,世尊令那位梵天生起悚惧后,犹如力士屈伸臂顷……便从梵天界消失,出现在祇园。于是,那位梵天对另一位梵众说道:‘来,贤者,前往尊者大目犍连处,到后对尊者大目犍连这样说:“贤者目犍连,世尊的其他声闻弟子中,是否还有像目犍连、迦叶、劫宾那、阿那律那样具足如此大神力、大威力的呢?”’那位梵众回答梵天:‘是的,贤者。’随即前往尊者大目犍连处,到了之后对尊者大目犍连这样说:‘贤者目犍连,世尊的其他声闻弟子中,是否还有像目犍连、迦叶、劫宾那、阿那律那样具足如此大神力、大威力的呢?’于是,尊者大目犍连以偈颂回答那位梵众:显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho bhagavā taṃ brahmānaṃ saṃvejetvā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso…pe… evameva tasmiṃ brahmaloke antarahito jetavane pāturahosi. Atha kho so brahmā aññataraṃ brahmapārisajjaṃ āmantesi – ‘ehi tvaṃ, mārisa, yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkama, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ evaṃ vadehi – ‘‘atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṃmahiddhikā evaṃmahānubhāvā seyyathāpi bhavaṃ moggallāno kassapo kappino anuruddho’’ti? ‘Evaṃ, mārisā’ti kho so brahmapārisajjo tassa brahmuno paṭissutvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ etadavoca – ‘atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṃmahiddhikā evaṃmahānubhāvā seyyathāpi bhavaṃ moggallāno kassapo kappino anuruddho’ti ? Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ brahmapārisajjaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
具足三明、获得神通,善知他心智者,
漏尽阿拉汉,佛陀之声闻弟子甚众。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tevijjā iddhipattā ca, cetopariyāyakovidā; Khīṇāsavā arahanto, bahū buddhassa sāvakā’’ti.
于是,那位梵众对尊者大目犍连所言欢喜称许之后,便前往梵天处。到了之后,他对那位梵天这样说:‘贤士,尊者大目犍连如此说道——’显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho so brahmapārisajjo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā yena so brahmā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ brahmānaṃ etadavoca – ‘āyasmā mārisa mahāmoggallāno evamāha –
‘那些具足三明、成就神通、善于了知他心者,
是诸漏已尽的阿拉汉,是佛陀众多的声闻弟子。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘‘Tevijjā iddhipattā ca, cetopariyāyakovidā; Khīṇāsavā arahanto, bahū buddhassa sāvakā’’’ti. –
那位梵众说了这番话。那位梵天满心欢喜,对梵众的言语表示认可。显示巴利原文
Idamavoca so brahmapārisajjo. Attamano ca so brahmā tassa brahmapārisajjassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti (saṃ. ni. 1.176).
正是针对此意义而说:“这个道理应借由《巴迦梵天经》来阐明。”显示巴利原文
Idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ panattho bakabrahmasuttena dīpetabbo’’ti.
「摩诃尼鲁山之巅」:这是以山顶代称整座须弥山王。「以解脱而见」:意指依止禅那解脱,以神通而见。「林」:指赡部洲,因其林木繁茂,故称为「林」,所以说“赡部洲洲之主”。“东胜神洲人”:指东胜神洲之地及其人民。“地居人”:指西牛贺洲和北俱卢洲之人,他们因不居屋舍而被称为“地居人”。与此相关,通过降伏难陀乌巴难达来阐明此义:据说有一次,给孤独居士听世尊说法后,邀请道:“尊者,明日请与五百位比丘一同来我家中接受饮食供养。”然后便离去了。次日清晨,世尊观察一万个世界时,一位名为难陀乌巴难达的龙王出现在他的智慧领域之中。世尊察知后思惟:“这位龙王出现在我的智域中,将要发生什么呢?”进一步观察时,见到他有皈依的因缘,但接着又想:“这位龙王持有邪见,对三宝没有净信,谁能度化此人,令其脱离邪见呢?”此时便见到了大目犍连长老。于是,天明之后,世尊整理好法服,对尊者阿难说:“阿难,通知五百比丘:‘如来将去天界巡行。’”那一天,难陀乌巴难达的娱乐场地也已布置妥当。他坐在天饰宝座上,天盖悬于上方,被三类伎乐与龙众所围绕,正观赏着盛在天器之中的饮显示巴利原文
Mahānerunokūṭanti (ma. ni. 1.513) kūṭasīsena sakalameva sinerupabbatarājaṃ vadasi. Vimokkhena apassayīti (ma. ni. 1.513) jhānavimokkhena nissayena abhiññāyena passayīti adhippāyo. Vananti (ma. ni. 1.513) jambudīpaṃ. So hi vanabāhullatāya ‘‘vana’’nti vutto. Tenāha ‘‘jambumaṇḍassa issaro’’ti. Pubbavidehānanti (ma. ni. 1.513) pubbavidehaṭṭhānañca pubbavidehanti attho. Ye ca bhūmisayā narāti (ma. ni. 1.513) bhūmisayā narā nāma aparagoyānauttarakurukā ca manussā. Te hi gehābhāvato ‘‘bhūmisayā’’ti vuttā. Tepi sabbe apassayīti sambandho. Ayaṃ panattho nandopanandadamanena dīpetabbo – ekasmiṃ kira samaye anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ sutvā ‘‘sve, bhante, pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ mayhaṃ gehe bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti nimantetvā pakkāmi. Taṃdivasañca bhagavato paccūsasamaye dasasahassilokadhātuṃ olokentassa nandopanando nāma nāgarājā ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchi. Bhagavā ‘‘ayaṃ nāgarājā mayhaṃ ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchati, kiṃ nu kho bhavissatī’’ti āvajjento saraṇagamanassa upanissayaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ micchādiṭṭhiko tīsu ratanesu appasanno, ko nu kho imaṃ micchādiṭṭhiko vimoceyyā’’ti āvajjento mahāmoggallānattheraṃ addasa. Tato pabhātāya rattiyā sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ ārocehi – ‘tathāgato devacārikaṃ gacchatī’’’ti. Taṃdivasañca nandopanandassa āpānabhūmiṃ sajjayiṃsu. So dibbaratanapallaṅke dibbena setacchattena dhāriyamāno tividhanāṭakehi ceva nāgaparisāya ca parivuto dibbabhājanesu upaṭṭhāpitaannapānaṃ olokayamāno nisinno hoti. Atha kho bhagavā yathā nāgarājā passati, tathā katvā tassa vimānamatthakeneva pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ tāvatiṃsadevalokābhimukho pāyāsi.
就在那时,难陀乌巴难达龙王心中生起这样的恶见:“这些秃头沙门,竟在我们上方的天宫——三十三天中进进出出。从今以后,我绝不允许这些在我头顶扬起脚尘的人通过。”于是他起身来到须弥山脚,舍弃原有的身形,以蛇身盘绕须弥山七重,向上立起头冠,又将头冠向下盖住,把三十三天完全裹覆,令其不可见。显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena nandopanandassa nāgarājassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti ‘‘ime hi nāma muṇḍasamaṇakā amhākaṃ uparibhavanena devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ bhavanaṃ pavisantipi nikkhamantipi, na dāni ito paṭṭhāya imesaṃ amhākaṃ matthake pādapaṃsuṃ okirantānaṃ gantuṃ dassāmī’’ti uṭṭhāya sinerupādaṃ gantvā taṃ attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā sineruṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari phaṇaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ avakujjena phaṇena pariggahetvā adassanaṃ gamesi.
那时,具寿赖吒和罗对世尊这样说:“尊者,以前我站在此处,能看见须弥山,看见须弥山四周,看见三十三天,看见韦迦亚塔,看见韦迦亚塔宫殿上的幢幡。尊者,是什么原因、什么因缘,我现在既看不见须弥山……也看不见韦迦亚塔宫殿上的幢幡了呢?”“赖吒和罗,这是因为名叫难陀乌巴难达的龙王对你们心生恼怒,用身体盘绕须弥山七重,上方以头盖住,制造黑暗后停驻在那里。”“我要降伏它,尊者。”世尊没有同意。那时,具寿跋提耶、具寿罗睺罗等所有比丘依次起身,世尊都没有允可。显示巴利原文
Atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pubbe, bhante, imasmiṃ padese ṭhito sineruṃ passāmi, sineruparibhaṇḍaṃ passāmi, tāvatiṃsaṃ passāmi, vejayantaṃ passāmi, vejayantassa pāsādassa uparidhajaṃ passāmi. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yaṃ etarahi neva sineruṃ passāmi…pe… na vejayantassa pāsādassa uparidhajaṃ passāmī’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ, raṭṭhapāla, nandopanando nāma nāgarājā tumhākaṃ kupito sineruṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari phaṇena paṭicchādetvā andhakāraṃ katvā ṭhito’’ti. ‘‘Damemi naṃ, bhante’’ti. Na bhagavā naṃ anujāni. Atha kho āyasmā bhaddiyo, āyasmā rāhuloti anukkamena sabbepi bhikkhū uṭṭhahiṃsu. Bhagavā anujāni.
最后,大目犍连尊者说:“尊者,我来降伏他。”世尊应允道:“降伏他吧,目犍连。”尊者便舍离自身,变作巨大的龙王形态,以蛇身围绕难陀乌巴难达十四圈,将自己的头冠置于他的头冠顶上,一并连同须弥山用力挤压。龙王放出烟,尊者便说:“不是只有你的身体有烟,我的也有。”随即放出烟。龙王的烟不能伤害尊者,尊者的烟却使龙王受苦。于是龙王放出火,尊者又说:“不是只有你的身体有火,我的也有。”便放出火。龙王的火焰不能伤害尊者,尊者的火焰却使龙王受苦。龙王心想:“他连同须弥山挤压我,又这样喷烟喷火。”便问:“你是谁?”“我是目犍连,难陀。”“尊者,请您以比丘的本相安住吧。”显示巴利原文
Avasāne mahāmoggallānatthero – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, damemi na’’nti āha. ‘‘Damehi, moggallānā’’ti bhagavā anujāni. Thero attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā mahantaṃ nāgarājavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā nandopanandaṃ cuddasakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā tassa phaṇamatthake attano phaṇaṃ ṭhapetvā sinerunā saddhiṃ abhinippīḷesi. Nāgarājā dhūmāyi. Theropi ‘‘na tuyhaṃyeva sarīre dhūmo atthi, mayhampi atthī’’ti dhūmāyi. Nāgarājassa dhūmo theraṃ na bādhati, therassa pana dhūmo nāgarājaṃ bādhati. Tato nāgarājā pajjali, theropi ‘‘na tuyhaṃyeva sarīre aggi atthi, mayhampi atthī’’ti pajjali. Nāgarājassa tejo theraṃ na bādhati, therassa pana tejo nāgarājānaṃ bādhati. Nāgarājā – ‘‘ayaṃ maṃ sinerunā abhinippīḷetvā dhūmāyati ceva pajjalati cā’’ti cintetvā ‘‘bho, tuvaṃ kosī’’ti paṭipucchi. ‘‘Ahaṃ kho, nanda, moggallāno’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, attano bhikkhubhāvena tiṭṭhāhī’’ti.
尊者舍离了那个身相,从他的右耳孔进入,从左耳孔出来;又从左耳孔进入,从右耳孔出来。同样,从右鼻孔进入,从左鼻孔出来;从左鼻孔进入,从右鼻孔出来。接着龙王张开嘴,尊者便从口中进入,在龙王腹内东西来回经行。世尊说:“目犍连,你当注意,龙王有大神通。”尊者回答:“尊者,我的四神足已修习、多修习,作为车乘、作为基础,实行、熟习、善加精勤。尊者,且让难陀乌巴难达停在那里,就算是像他这样的龙王来一百位、一千位,我也能降伏。”等等。显示巴利原文
Thero taṃ attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā tassa dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotena pavisitvā vāmakaṇṇasotena nikkhami, vāmakaṇṇasotena pavisitvā dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotena nikkhami. Tathā dakkhiṇanāsasotena pavisitvā vāmanāsasotena nikkhami, vāmanāsasotena pavisitvā dakkhiṇanāsasotena nikkhami. Tato nāgarājā mukhaṃ vivari, thero mukhena pavisitvā antokucchiyaṃ pācīnena ca pacchimena ca caṅkamati. Bhagavā – ‘‘moggallāna, manasi karohi, mahiddhiko nāgo’’ti āha. Thero ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bhante, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, tiṭṭhatu, bhante, nandopanando, ahaṃ nandopanandasadisānaṃ nāgarājānaṃ satampi sahassampi dameyya’’ntiādimāha.
龙王心想:“他进来时我都没看见,等出来时,我要把他夹在牙缝里吃掉。”于是说道:“尊者,请出来吧,别再在我腹内来回经行折磨我了。”尊者便出来站在外面。龙王一见是他,心想“就是这人”,便喷出鼻息。尊者随即入于第四禅那,那鼻息连他一根汗毛都吹不动。据说,其他比丘虽然从一开始就能施展一切神通,但到了这个关头,却无法如此迅速地入定,因此世尊不同意他们去降伏龙王。显示巴利原文
Nāgarājā cintesi – ‘‘pavisanto tāva me na diṭṭho, nikkhamanakāle dāni naṃ dāṭhantare pakkhipitvā khādissāmī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘nikkhamatha, bhante, mā maṃ antokucchiyaṃ aparāparaṃ caṅkamanto bādhayitthā’’ti āha. Thero nikkhamitvā bahi aṭṭhāsi. Nāgarājā ‘‘ayaṃ so’’ti disvā nāsavātaṃ vissajji, thero catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajji, lomakūpampissa vāto cāletuṃ nāsakkhi. Avasesā bhikkhū kira ādito paṭṭhāya sabbapāṭihāriyāni kātuṃ sakkuṇeyyuṃ, imaṃ pana ṭhānaṃ patvā evaṃ khippanisantino hutvā samāpajjituṃ na sakkhissantīti nesaṃ bhagavā nāgarājadamanaṃ nānujāni.
龙王心想:“我用鼻息连这沙门的汗毛都吹不动,这沙门有大神通。”尊者便舍离了当时的身相,变化成金翅鸟的形象,展现出金翅鸟的威猛之风,追击龙王。龙王也舍离了当时的身相,变成一个年轻人的模样,说道:“尊者,我皈依您。”并顶礼尊者双足。尊者说:“难陀,导师来了,我们一道去吧。”于是降伏了龙王,令其失去毒性,带他来到世尊面前。龙王礼敬世尊,说:“尊者,我皈依您。”世尊说:“龙王,愿你快乐。”随后,世尊在比丘僧团的围绕下,前往给孤独的住所。显示巴利原文
Nāgarājā ‘‘ahaṃ imassa samaṇassa nāsavātena lomakūpampi cāletuṃ nāsakkhi, mahiddhiko so samaṇo’’ti cintesi. Thero attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā supaṇṇarūpaṃ abhinimminitvā supaṇṇavātaṃ dassento nāgarājānaṃ anubandhi. Nāgarājā taṃ attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti vadanto therassa pāde vandi. Thero ‘‘satthā, nanda, āgato, ehi gamissāmā’’ti nāgarājānaṃ dametvā nibbisaṃ katvā gahetvā bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. Nāgarājā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti āha. Bhagavā ‘‘sukhī hohi, nāgarājā’’ti vatvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto anāthapiṇḍikassa nivesanaṃ agamāsi.
给孤独长者问道:“尊者,今日为何来得这般晚?”世尊回答:“目犍连与难陀乌巴难达之间发生了一场较量。”给孤独长者又问:“那么,尊者,谁获胜了?谁败落了?”世尊回答:“目犍连胜了,难陀败了。”给孤独长者说:“尊者,愿世尊垂允,我愿连续七日依序供养饮食,并连续七日向世尊表达崇敬。”随后,在那七日里,他盛大地供养了以佛陀为首的五百比丘,致以深切的敬意。因此,有言:“应以降伏难陀乌巴难达的因缘而作说明。”显示巴利原文
Anāthapiṇḍiko ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, atidivā āgatatthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Moggallānassa ca nandopanandassa ca saṅgāmo ahosī’’ti. ‘‘Kassa pana, bhante, jayo, kassa parājayo’’ti? ‘‘Moggallānassa jayo, nandassa parājayo’’ti. Anāthapiṇḍiko ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā sattāhaṃ ekapaṭipāṭiyā bhattaṃ sattāhaṃ therassa sakkāraṃ karissāmī’’ti vatvā sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhānaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ mahāsakkāraṃ akāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘nandopanandadamanena dīpetabbo’’ti.
曾有一次,世尊住在东园——也就是毗舍佉大优婆夷所建造、具足千间房舍的庄严殿堂中……(中略)……令天众深为震动。因此说:显示巴利原文
Ekasmiñhi samaye pubbārāme visākhāya mahāupāsikāya kāritasahassagabbhapaṭimaṇḍite pāsāde bhagavati viharante…pe… saṃvejesi ca devatāti. Tena vuttaṃ –
那大地,虽极其深广,厚实坚固、难以动摇,
他却能以左脚拇指撼动它,实因他已抵达神变之彼岸。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dharaṇimpi sugambhīraṃ, bahalaṃ duppadhaṃsiyaṃ; Vāmaṅguṭṭhena khobheyyaṃ, iddhiyā pāramiṃ gato’’ti.
此处,「已抵达神变之彼岸」的意思是:已达到并获得了诸如变现神变等神变中最为究竟、圆满的境界。显示巴利原文
Tattha iddhiyā pāramiṃ gatoti vikubbaniddhiādiiddhiyā pariyosānaṃ gato patto.
395 「我慢」指“我是具足智慧、戒行、定力的人”等诸如此类的我慢。我不见、也不宣称有此我慢,这便是它的意思。为阐明此义,而说「我没有慢」。从沙弥开始——也就是以沙弥为起点,我对整个比丘僧团都怀有尊重之心、恭敬之心,致以崇高的礼敬与赞叹,这就是此句的意涵。显示巴利原文
395.Asmimānanti ahamasmi paññāsīlasamādhisampannotiādi asmimānaṃ na passāmi na akkhāmīti attho. Tadeva dīpento māno mayhaṃ na vijjatīti āha. Sāmaṇere upādāyāti sāmaṇere ādiṃ katvā sakale bhikkhusaṅghe garucittaṃ gāravacittaṃ ādarabahumānaṃ ahaṃ karomīti attho.
396 “从此劫以来不可计量”:从我们出现之劫起,以中间劫等方式计算,劫数不可称量,是在一阿僧祇之上再加十万劫的顶点,这就是其意。“圆满彼业”:我圆满成就了通往上首弟子地位的福德资粮。“我已到达彼地”:我已到达声闻地,即证得名为漏尽的涅槃,已得成就。显示巴利原文
396.Aparimeyye ito kappeti ito amhākaṃ uppannakappato antarakappādīhi aparimeyye ekaasaṅkhyeyyassa upari satasahassakappamatthaketi attho. Yaṃ kammamabhinīharinti aggasāvakabhāvassa padaṃ puññasampattiṃ pūresiṃ. Tāhaṃ bhūmimanuppattoti ahaṃ taṃ sāvakabhūmiṃ anuppatto āsavakkhayasaṅkhātaṃ nibbānaṃ patto asmi amhīti attho.
397 义无碍解等四无碍解,入流道等八解脱,神变等六神通——这些皆是我所亲证、现前了知的。我已完成佛陀世尊的教诫——所谓教法,即通过圆满戒律的修行,使世尊的教法达到了究竟。显示巴利原文
397. Atthapaṭisambhidādayo catasso paṭisambhidā sotāpattimaggādayo aṭṭha vimokkhā iddhividhādayo cha abhiññāyo me mayā sacchikatā paccakkhaṃ katā. Buddhassa bhagavato ovādānusāsanīsaṅkhātaṃ sāsanaṃ mayā kataṃ sīlapaṭipattinipphādanavasena pariyosāpitanti attho.
“如斯”,即以此方式,依前文所述之次第。如是,他仅在一尊无等见佛面前,两次得到了授记。是如何呢?依前文所述之理,他身为长者时,在彼世尊面前得到授记;从彼处死后,出生于名为“海界”的龙宫。因寿命极长,得以在同一尊世尊面前献上供养,邀请并作大供养。那时,世尊也为他作了授记。“善”是添足语词。“尊者”是亲切语、恭敬尊称。“大目犍连长老宣说了这些本生偈”,即已宣说。“如是”是表示结束的语词。显示巴利原文
Itthanti iminā pakārena heṭṭhā vuttakkamena. Evaṃ so ekasseva anomadassībuddhassa santike dvikkhattuṃ byākaraṇaṃ labhi. Kathaṃ? Heṭṭhā vuttanayena seṭṭhi hutvā tassa bhagavato santike laddhabyākaraṇo tato cuto sāmuddike nāgabhavane nibbatto tasseva bhagavato santike dīghāyukabhāvena upahāraṃ katvā nimantetvā bhojetvā mahāpūjaṃ akāsi. Tadāpi bhagavā byākaraṇaṃ kathesi. Sudanti padapūraṇe nipāto. Āyasmāti piyavacanaṃ garugāravādhivacanaṃ. Mahāmoggallānatthero imā apadānagāthāyo abhāsittha kathesi. Itīti parisamāpanatthe nipāto.
3-3. 大迦叶长老的《本生注》解释显示巴利原文
3-3. Mahākassapattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“莲花上世尊”等偈颂,是尊者大迦叶长老的传记。他亦曾于过去诸佛时广作善行,于种种生命形态中累积成为解脱助缘的福德资粮。在莲花上世尊的时代,他生于汉舍卫城,是一位名叫韦德河、拥有八亿财宝的居士。他是佛弟子、法弟子、僧弟子,为近事男。某个布萨日,他清早享用完美食后,受持了布萨戒,手持香花等物品前往寺院,供养世尊,顶礼之后,坐在一旁。显示巴利原文
Padumuttarassabhagavatotyādikaṃ āyasmato mahākassapattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññasambhārāni upacinanto padumuttarabhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare vedeho nāma asītikoṭivibhavo kuṭumbiko ahosi. So buddhamāmako, dhammamāmako, saṅghamāmako, upāsako hutvā viharanto ekasmiṃ uposathadivase pātova subhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya gandhapupphādīni gahetvā vihāraṃ gantvā satthāraṃ pūjetvā vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
就在那时,世尊将名为大牛王的第三弟子置于最胜之座,宣布说:“诸比丘,于我比丘弟子中,头陀行第一者,即是此大牛王。”这位近事男听了,心生欢喜。法讲完毕,大众起身散去后,他顶礼世尊,邀请说:“尊者,请明日接受我的供养。”世尊说:“近事男,比丘僧团十分庞大。”“尊者,有多少呢?”“有六十八万比丘。”“尊者,即便不留一位沙弥在寺院里,也请您全部应供。”世尊默然应允。近事男知世尊已应允,便回家准备了一场大施。次日,他派人告知世尊时间已到。世尊持钵着衣,由比丘僧团围绕,来到近事男家,在铺设好的座位上坐下。接受净水后,便开始接受粥等饮食。近事男也坐在世尊近旁。显示巴利原文
Tasmiñca khaṇe satthā mahānisabhattheraṃ nāma tatiyasāvakaṃ ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhutavādānaṃ yadidaṃ nisabho’’ti etadagge ṭhapesi. Upāsako taṃ sutvā pasanno dhammakathāvasāne mahājane uṭṭhāya gate satthāraṃ vanditvā ‘‘sve, bhante, mayhaṃ bhikkhaṃ adhivāsethā’’ti nimantesi. ‘‘Mahā kho, upāsaka, bhikkhusaṅgho’’ti. ‘‘Kittako, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassa’’nti. ‘‘Bhante, ekaṃ sāmaṇerampi vihāre asesetvā mayhaṃ bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti. Satthā adhivāsesi. Upāsako satthu adhivāsanaṃ ñatvā gehaṃ gantvā mahādānaṃ sajjetvā punadivase satthu kālaṃ ārocāpesi. Satthā pattacīvaramādāya bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto upāsakassa gharaṃ gantvā paññattāsane nisinno dakkhiṇodakāvasāne yāguādīni sampaṭicchanto bhattavissaggaṃ akāsi. Upāsakopi satthu santike nisīdi.
正在那时,大领导公牛长老正好沿街乞食,走进了那条街道。近事男看到了,起身走过去,向长老顶礼,说:“尊者,请把钵给我。”长老把钵递给了他。“尊者,请您进屋里来,世尊也在屋里坐着呢。”“不行,近事男。”他便取了长老的钵,装满了乞食,再还给他。然后,他随着长老走了一段路,返回来坐到世尊身边,这样问道:“尊者,我对大领导公牛长老说:‘世尊也在屋里坐着。’他却不肯进来。难道他有什么胜过您的功德吗?”而佛陀从不会对赞叹他人的功德有所吝惜,因此世尊说道:“近事男,我们会为了等待食物而坐在家里,那位比丘却不是这样坐着等食。我们住在村落边缘的住处,他却只住在森林里。我们住在有遮蔽的地方,他却只住在露天。”世尊就这样“他有这种功德,又有那种功德”地讲述着,仿佛把大海填满一般,述说那位长老的功德。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ antare mahānisabhatthero piṇḍāya caranto tameva vīthiṃ paṭipajji. Upāsako disvā uṭṭhāya gantvā theraṃ vanditvā ‘‘pattaṃ, bhante, dethā’’ti āha. Thero pattaṃ adāsi. ‘‘Bhante, idheva pavisatha, satthāpi gehe nisinno’’ti. ‘‘Na vaṭṭissati, upāsakā’’ti. So therassa pattaṃ gahetvā piṇḍapātassa pūretvā adāsi. Tato theraṃ anugantvā nivatto satthu santike nisīditvā evamāha – ‘‘mahānisabhatthero, bhante, ‘satthāpi gehe nisinno’ti vuttepi pavisituṃ na icchi. Atthi nu kho etassa tumhākaṃ guṇehi atirekaguṇo’’ti? Buddhānañca vaṇṇamaccheraṃ nāma natthi, tasmā satthā evamāha – ‘‘upāsaka, mayaṃ bhikkhaṃ āgamayamānā gehe nisīdāma, so bhikkhu na evaṃ nisīditvā bhikkhaṃ udikkhati. Mayaṃ gāmantasenāsane vasāma, so araññeyeva vasati. Mayaṃ channe vasāma, so abbhokāseyeva vasatī’’ti bhagavā ‘‘ayañca ayañcetassa guṇo’’ti mahāsamuddaṃ pūrayamāno viya tassa guṇaṃ kathesi.
这位优婆塞如同在燃烧的灯火上再浇油一般,变得更加澄净明澈,他心想:“对我来说,别的成就又有何用呢?我何不于未来某位佛陀座下,发愿成为头陀行者中的第一人。”于是他再次邀请世尊,依同样的仪轨连续七日行大布施。到了第七天,他为以佛陀为首的广大比丘僧团供养了三衣后,便俯伏在世尊脚下,这样说道:“尊者,弟子在这七日行布施期间,始终现行慈的身业、慈的语业、慈的意业,我并非以此祈求任何天界的成就,或帝释、魔、梵天的成就。愿我以此所作业,能成为未来某位佛陀座下,证得大领袖公牛长老那样的地位后,又在受持十三头陀支的行者中,得为第一的资粮。”世尊便观察道:“此人所愿求的地位极其崇高,能否成就呢?”当见其能够成就时,便授记说:“你已许下了称心的誓愿。未来,于十万劫尽时,将有名为乔达摩的佛陀出现于世,那时你将成为他的第三位弟子,名为大迦叶长老。”这位优婆塞听闻此言,深心信解“诸佛所说绝无二语”,看待那成就,犹如明日即可获得。他尽其一生行布施、持净戒、守护根门,广作种种福业,命终之后投生天界。显示巴利原文
Upāsakopi pakatiyā jalamānadīpo telena āsitto viya suṭṭhutaraṃ pasanno hutvā cintesi – ‘‘kiṃ mayhaṃ aññāya sampattiyā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ anāgate ekassa buddhassa santike dhutavādānaṃ aggabhāvatthāya patthanaṃ karissāmī’’ti. So punapi satthāraṃ nimantetvā teneva niyāmena satta divase mahādānaṃ datvā sattame divase buddhappamukhassa mahābhikkhusaṅghassa ticīvarāni datvā satthu pādamūle nipajjitvā evamāha – ‘‘yaṃ me, bhante, satta divase dānaṃ dentassa mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ, imināhaṃ na aññaṃ devasampattiṃ vā sakkamārabrahmasampattiṃ vā patthemi, idaṃ pana me kammaṃ anāgate ekassa buddhassa santike mahānisabhattherena pattaṭṭhānantaraṃ pāpuṇanatthāya terasadhutaṅgadharānaṃ aggabhāvassa adhikāro hotū’’ti. Satthā ‘‘mahantaṃ ṭhānaṃ iminā patthitaṃ, samijjhissati nu kho, no’’ti olokento samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā āha – ‘‘manāpaṃ te ṭhānaṃ patthitaṃ, anāgate satasahassakappāvasāne gotamo nāma buddho uppajjissati, tassa tvaṃ tatiyasāvako mahākassapatthero nāma bhavissasī’’ti byākāsi. Taṃ sutvā upāsako ‘‘buddhānaṃ dve kathā nāma natthī’’ti punadivase pattabbaṃ viya taṃ sampattiṃ amaññittha. So yāvatāyukaṃ dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ samādāya rakkhitvā nānappakāraṃ puññakammaṃ katvā kālaṃkatvā sagge nibbatti.
从此以后,他在天界与人世间辗转受用福报。到了距此第九十一劫时,正自觉者毗婆尸佛依傍槃头摩帝城,安住于安稳的鹿野苑。他从天界命终,投生在一个没落的婆罗门家庭中。那时,世尊毗婆尸于成佛后的第七年开演正法,引起了极大的轰动。整个赡部洲的天神都传告道:‘导师将要说法了。’这位婆罗门听到了这个消息。他只有一件下身的布裙,婆罗门女也是如此,而两人共用的覆衣也仅有一件。他在全城被称作‘一衣婆罗门’。由于有种种事务,每逢婆罗门集会时,他便将婆罗门女留在家中,自己披上那件衣前往;到了婆罗门女集会时,他便自己留在家中,让婆罗门女披上那件衣前去。就在说法的那一天,他对婆罗门女说:‘贤妻,你是夜里去听法,还是白天去听?’‘夫君,我是妇道人家,生来怯弱,夜间无法前去听法,我白天去听。’于是,她将婆罗门留在家中,自己披上那件衣,与女居士们一同前往寺院,礼拜导师后,退坐一面听受了法义,又随同女居士们一同归来。之后,婆罗门又将她留在家中,自己披上那件衣去了寺院。显示巴利原文
Tato paṭṭhāya devamanussesu sampattiṃ anubhavanto ito ekanavutikappe vipassisammāsambuddhe bandhumatīnagaraṃ upanissāya kheme migadāye viharante devalokā cavitvā aññatarasmiṃ parijiṇṇabrāhmaṇakule nibbatti. Tasmiñca kāle vipassī bhagavā sattame saṃvacchare dhammaṃ kathesi, mahantaṃ kolāhalaṃ ahosi. Sakalajambudīpe devatā ‘‘satthā dhammaṃ kathessatī’’ti ārocesuṃ. Brāhmaṇo taṃ sāsanaṃ assosi. Tassa nivāsanasāṭako ekoyeva, tathā brāhmaṇiyā. Pārupanaṃ pana dvinnampi ekameva. So sakalanagare ‘‘ekasāṭakabrāhmaṇo’’ti paññāyi . So brāhmaṇo kenacideva kiccena brāhmaṇānaṃ sannipāte sati brāhmaṇiṃ gehe ṭhapetvā sayaṃ taṃ vatthaṃ pārupitvā gacchati, brāhmaṇīnaṃ sannipāte sati sayaṃ gehe acchati, brāhmaṇī taṃ vatthaṃ pārupitvā gacchati. Tasmiṃ pana divase so brāhmaṇiṃ āha – ‘‘bhoti, kiṃ tvaṃ rattiṃ dhammaṃ suṇissasi, udāhu divā’’ti? ‘‘Sāmi, ahaṃ mātugāmo bhīrukajātikā rattiṃ sotuṃ na sakkomi, divā sossāmī’’ti taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gehe ṭhapetvā taṃ vatthaṃ pārupitvā upāsikāhi saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gantvā satthāraṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisinnā dhammaṃ sutvā upāsikāhi saddhiṃ agamāsi. Atha brāhmaṇo taṃ gehe ṭhapetvā taṃ vatthaṃ pārupitvā vihāraṃ gato.
那时,导师坐在大众中央庄严的法座上,手执彩绘的扇子,如同倾泻天界之河,又好似搅动须弥、翻滚大海一般,开演法语。那位婆罗门坐于众人边缘听法,才到初夜分时,一股遍布全身的五色喜便油然而生。他将披着的衣折叠整齐,心想:‘我要把这衣布施给十力者。’就在此时,那能现起千种过患的悭吝在他心中萌发。他想:‘你与婆罗门女仅有这一件衣,再无别的覆衣,若无覆衣,根本无颜在外行走。’因此,无论如何也不愿布施。接着,初夜分过去了,到了中夜分,同样的喜又再度生起。他如此思惟后,仍是不愿布施。随后,中夜分过去了,到了后夜分,同样的喜又再次涌现。此时,他战胜了悭吝,将那件衣叠好,放置于导师脚下。接着,他左手叉腰,挥起右手,高声三唱:‘我胜了!我胜了!’显示巴利原文
Tasmiñca samaye satthā parisamajjhe alaṅkatadhammāsane nisinno cittabījaniṃ gahetvā ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya sineruṃ manthaṃ katvā sāgaraṃ nimmanthento viya ca dhammakathaṃ kathesi. Brāhmaṇassa parisapariyantena nisinnassa dhammaṃ suṇantassa paṭhamayāmeyeva sakalasarīraṃ pūrayamānā pañcavaṇṇā pīti uppajji. So pārutavatthaṃ saṅgharitvā ‘‘dasabalassa dassāmī’’ti cintesi. Athassa ādīnavasahassaṃ dassayamānaṃ maccheraṃ uppajji. So ‘‘brāhmaṇiyā tuyhañca ekameva vatthaṃ, aññaṃ kiñci pārupanaṃ nāma natthi, apārupitvā bahi vicarituṃ na sakkomī’’ti sabbathāpi adātukāmo ahosi. Athassa nikkhante paṭhame majjhimayāmeti tatheva pīti uppajji. So tatheva cintetvā tatheva adātukāmo ahosi. Athassa majjhime yāme nikkhante pacchimayāmepi tatheva pīti uppajji. Tadā so maccheraṃ jinitvā vatthaṃ saṅgharitvā satthu pādamūle ṭhapesi. Tato vāmahatthaṃ ābhujitvā dakkhiṇena hatthena apphoṭetvā ‘‘jitaṃ me, jitaṃ me’’ti tikkhattuṃ nadi.
那时,槃头摩蒂国王正坐在法座后面的帷幔里听法。对于国王来说,“我胜了”这样的喊声令人不悦。国王便吩咐一名侍从:“去,问问他到底在说什么。”那位婆罗门被侍从询问,答道:“其他人登上象车之类,拿起利剑、盾牌等去战胜敌军,那并不稀奇。而我,就像面对从后面冲来的弯角牛,用木槌砸破它的头、把它赶跑一样,战胜了悭吝之心,把覆身的衣施给了十力者。我战胜了悭吝,这才稀奇。”侍从回来,把事情禀告了国王。国王说:“我们真是不知道什么才与十力者相称,这位婆罗门却知道。”因而对他生起净信,便送了一对衣过去。婆罗门看见后心想:“先前我沉默坐着时,国王什么也没给;等我称扬导师的功德之后,他就给了。这是依凭导师的功德才产生的,只有导师才配得上。”于是把那一对衣也施给了十力者。国王问:“婆罗门是怎么做的?”听闻“那一对衣也被他施给如来”后,又另外送了两对衣过去,他同样把那两对衣也施给了导师。国王又说“再送四对”,如此一直送到三十二对衣。这时,婆罗门心想:“这样越增越多地收下,简直像是在索要一样。”于是为自显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ samaye bandhumā rājā dhammāsanassa pacchato antosāṇiyaṃ nisinno dhammaṃ suṇāti. Rañño ca nāma ‘‘jitaṃ me’’ti saddo amanāpo hoti. Rājā purisaṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe, etaṃ puccha – ‘kiṃ so vadatī’’’ti? Brāhmaṇo tenāgantvā pucchito ‘‘avasesā hatthiyānādīni āruyha asicammādīni gahetvā parasenaṃ jinanti, na taṃ acchariyaṃ. Ahaṃ pana pacchato āgacchantassa kūṭagoṇassa muggarena sīsaṃ bhinditvā taṃ palāpento viya maccheracittaṃ jinitvā pārutavatthaṃ dasabalassa adāsiṃ, taṃ me jitaṃ maccheraṃ acchariya’’nti āha. So āgantvā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘amhe, bhaṇe, dasabalassa anurūpaṃ na jānāma, brāhmaṇo jānātī’’ti tassa pasīditvā vatthayugaṃ pesesi. Taṃ disvā brāhmaṇo cintesi – ‘‘rājā mayhaṃ tuṇhī nisinnassa paṭhamaṃ kiñci adatvā satthu guṇe kathentassa adāsi, satthu guṇe paṭicca idaṃ uppannaṃ, satthuyeva anucchavika’’nti tampi vatthayugaṃ dasabalassa adāsi. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ brāhmaṇena kata’’nti pucchitvā ‘‘tampi tena vatthayugaṃ tathāgatasseva dinna’’nti sutvā aññānipi dve vatthayugāni pesesi, so tānipi satthu adāsi. Puna rājā ‘aññānipi cattārī’ti evaṃ vatvā yāva evaṃ dvattiṃsa vatthayugāni pesesi. Atha brāhmaṇo ‘‘idaṃ vaḍḍhetvā vaḍḍhetvā gahaṇaṃ viya hotī’’ti attano atthāya ekaṃ, brāhmaṇiyā ekanti dve vatthayugāni gahetvā, tiṃsa yugāni tathāgatasseva adāsi. Tato paṭṭhāya ca so satthu vissāsiko jāto.
后来有一天,国王在寒冷的时节看见他在导师跟前听法,便把自己身上价值十万的红毛毯布施给他,并说:“从今以后,你就披着这个听法。”他心想:“这毛毯对我有什么用?不过是放在这个臭皮囊上罢了。”于是他在香室里把毛毯张挂在如来床座的上方当作天盖,便离去了。又一天,国王一早就前往寺院,在香室里导师跟前坐下。那一刻,六色佛光映照在毛毯上,毛毯显得极为璀璨。国王抬头一看,认了出来,说道:“尊者,这是我们的毛毯,是我们布施给一衣婆罗门的。”“大王,你们供养了婆罗门,而婆罗门供养了我。”国王心想:“婆罗门懂得怎样做才恰当,我们却不懂。”生起净信之后,他便把所有对人类有益的物品,都以八乘八的倍数,作了名为‘一切八’的大布施,并把婆罗门安置在国师的位置上。那位婆罗门也知道‘所谓的八乘八就是六十四’,便准备了六十四份签食,终生行布施、守护戒行,命终后从那里往生于天界。显示巴利原文
Atha taṃ rājā ekadivasaṃ sītasamaye satthu santike dhammaṃ suṇantaṃ disvā satasahassagghanakaṃ attano pārutaṃ rattakambalaṃ datvā āha – ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya imaṃ pārupitvā dhammaṃ suṇāhī’’ti. So ‘‘kiṃ me iminā kambalena imasmiṃ pūtikāye upanītenā’’ti cintetvā antogandhakuṭiyaṃ tathāgatassa mañcassa upari vitānaṃ katvā agamāsi. Athekadivasaṃ rājā pātova vihāraṃ gantvā antogandhakuṭiyaṃ satthu santike nisīdi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe chabbaṇṇā buddharasmiyo kambale paṭihaññanti, kambalo ativiya virocittha. Rājā ullokento sañjānitvā āha – ‘‘amhākaṃ, bhante, esa kambalo, amhehi ekasāṭakabrāhmaṇassa dinno’’ti. ‘‘Tumhehi, mahārāja, brāhmaṇo pūjito, brāhmaṇena mayaṃ pūjitā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘brāhmaṇo yuttaṃ aññāsi, na maya’’nti pasīditvā yaṃ manussānaṃ upakārabhūtaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ aṭṭhaṭṭhakaṃ katvā sabbaṭṭhakaṃ nāma dānaṃ datvā purohitaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Sopi ‘‘aṭṭhaṭṭhakaṃ nāma catusaṭṭhi hotī’’ti catusaṭṭhisalākabhattāni upaṭṭhapetvā yāvajīvaṃ dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ rakkhitvā tato cuto sagge nibbatti.
又从此处命终之后,在此劫中,于世尊拘那含佛与世尊迦叶佛两者之间,他投生在波罗奈城的一个居士家庭。他长大后过着在家生活。有一天,他在林中经行散步。那时,有位独觉佛在河边缝制袈裟,因迎风处风势不足,便想把衣叠起安放。他看见后问道:“尊者,您为什么叠起来安放呢?”“逆风的风力不够。”“尊者,请用这个来做吧。”他便布施了一件上衣,并发愿说:“愿我在每一投生处,都没有任何衰损。”显示巴利原文
Puna tato cuto imasmiṃ kappe bhagavato koṇāgamanassa bhagavato kassapassa cāti dvinnaṃ antare bārāṇasiyaṃ kuṭumbiyakule nibbatto. So vaḍḍhimanvāya gharāvāsaṃ vasanto ekadivasaṃ araññe jaṅghavihāraṃ vicarati. Tasmiñca samaye paccekabuddho nadītīre cīvarakammaṃ karonto anuvāte appahonte saṅgharitvā ṭhapetumāraddho. So taṃ disvā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, saṅgharitvā ṭhapethā’’ti āha. ‘‘Anuvāto nappahotī’’ti. ‘‘Iminā, bhante, karothā’’ti uttarisāṭakaṃ datvā ‘‘nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne me kāci hāni mā hotū’’ti patthanaṃ akāsi.
那时,他的姊妹与妻子在家中争吵,一位独觉佛正进入他家乞食。他的姊妹向独觉佛供养了团食后,便就他的妻子发愿说:‘愿我能远离这样的愚人百由旬。’他的妻子站在庭院里听见,心想:‘她供养的食物,可不能让他吃到。’便上前拿过钵,将饭食倒掉,装满泥浆,再递给独觉佛。他的姊妹看见后说:‘愚人哪!你骂我也好、打我也好,但对于一位已在无数劫中圆满波罗蜜的独觉佛,竟将钵中饭食倒掉、换上泥浆,这是万万不应当的。’此时,他的妻子生起追悔,她说:‘请留步,尊者!’她倒掉泥浆,洗净钵,用香粉擦净,盛满上妙的饭食和四种甘味,再浇上色泽如莲花房的酥油,使钵闪耀着光芒,放到独觉佛手中,并发愿说:‘正如这团食光明闪耀,愿我的身体也如是光明闪耀。’独觉佛随喜后,便跃入空中。这对夫妻度过余生,命终后生于天界。又从天界命终,那优婆塞在正自觉者迦叶佛的时代,投生于波罗奈城一个拥有八十亿财富的家庭;那位女子也投生为同样的长者之女。当他长大成年后,所娶的正是那位长者之女。由于她过去不可意异熟的恶业之显示巴利原文
Gharepissa bhaginiyā saddhiṃ bhariyāya kalahaṃ karontiyā paccekabuddho piṇḍāya pāvisi. Athassa bhaginī paccekabuddhassa piṇḍapātaṃ datvā tassa bhariyaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘evarūpaṃ bālaṃ yojanasate parivajjeyya’’nti patthanaṃ ṭhapesi. Sā gehaṅgaṇe ṭhitā sutvā ‘‘imāya dinnabhattaṃ esa mā bhuñjatū’’ti pattaṃ gahetvā bhattaṃ chaḍḍetvā kalalassa pūretvā adāsi. Itarā disvā ‘‘bāle, maṃ tāva akkosa vā pahara vā, evarūpassa pana dve asaṅkhyeyyāni pūritapāramissa paccekabuddhassa pattato bhattaṃ chaḍḍetvā kalalaṃ dātuṃ na yutta’’nti āha. Athassa bhariyāya paṭisaṅkhānaṃ uppajji. Sā ‘‘tiṭṭhatha, bhante’’ti kalalaṃ chaḍḍetvā pattaṃ dhovitvā gandhacuṇṇena ubbaṭṭetvā paṇītabhattassa catumadhurassa ca pūretvā upari āsittena padumagabbhavaṇṇena sappinā vijjotamānaṃ pattaṃ paccekabuddhassa hatthe ṭhapetvā ‘‘yathā ayaṃ piṇḍapāto obhāsajāto, evaṃ obhāsajātaṃ me sarīraṃ hotū’’ti patthanaṃ akāsi. Paccekabuddho anumoditvā ākāsaṃ pakkhandi. Tepi dve jāyampatikā yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cutā sagge nibbattiṃsu. Puna tato cavitvā upāsako kassapasammāsambuddhakāle bārāṇasiyaṃ asītikoṭivibhavasampanne kule nibbatti, itarāpi tādisasseva seṭṭhino dhītā hutvā nibbatti, tassa vayappattassa tameva seṭṭhidhītaraṃ ānayiṃsu. Tassā pubbe aniṭṭhavipākassa pāpakammassa ānubhāvena patikulaṃ paviṭṭhamattāya ummārantarato paṭṭhāya sakalaṃ gehaṃ ugghāṭitavaccakūpo viya duggandhaṃ jātaṃ. Kumāro ‘‘kassāyaṃ gandho’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘seṭṭhikaññāyā’’ti sutvā ‘‘nīharatha na’’nti tassāyeva kulagharaṃ pesesi. Sā teneva nīhārena sattasu ṭhānesu paṭinivatti.
那时,迦叶十力者般涅槃。众人以价值十万的金砖,开始建造高达一由旬的塔。当塔正在建造时,那位长者女心想:‘我在七个地方被退回,活着还有什么意义?’便让人毁掉自己的首饰,制成一块金砖,长一肘、宽一拃、厚四指。她取来雌黄与雄黄团,拿着八把青莲花,前往建塔处。那时,一圈砖墙即将合拢,正好缺一块接合砖。长者女对工匠说:‘请将我这块砖安放在这里。’工匠说:‘善女子,你来得正好,就自己安放吧。’她便登上去,用油调和雌黄与雄黄团作胶黏物,把金砖安放好,再在上面供上八把青莲花,然后礼拜,并发愿说:‘愿我未来每一生中,身散旃檀香,口出青莲花香。’之后她礼拜塔,右绕后回家去了。显示巴利原文
Tena samayena kassapadasabalo parinibbāyi. Tassa satasahasagghanikāhi suvaṇṇiṭṭhakāhi yojanubbedhaṃ cetiyaṃ ārabhiṃsu. Tasmiṃ cetiye kariyamāne sā seṭṭhidhītā cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ sattasu ṭhānesu paṭinivattā, kiṃ me jīvitenā’’ti attano ābharaṇabhaṇḍaṃ bhañjāpetvā suvaṇṇiṭṭhakaṃ kāresi ratanāyataṃ vidatthivitthiṇṇaṃ caturaṅgulubbedhaṃ. Tato haritālamanosilāpiṇḍaṃ gahetvā aṭṭha uppalapupphahatthake ādāya cetiyakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ gatā. Tasmiñca khaṇe ekā iṭṭhakāpanti parikkhipitvā āgacchamānā ghaṭaniṭṭhakāya ūnā hoti. Seṭṭhidhītā vaḍḍhakiṃ āha ‘‘imaṃ me iṭṭhakaṃ ettha ṭhapethā’’ti. ‘‘Amma bhaddake, kāle āgatāsi, sayameva ṭhapehī’’ti. Sā āruyha telena haritālamanosilāpiṇḍaṃ yojetvā tena bandhanena iṭṭhakaṃ patiṭṭhapetvā upari aṭṭhahi uppalapupphahatthakehi pūjaṃ katvā vanditvā ‘‘nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne me kāyato candanagandho vāyatu, mukhato uppalagandho’’ti patthanaṃ katvā cetiyaṃ vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā gehaṃ agamāsi.
就在那一刻,当初第一个娶了她的那位长者的儿子,想起了她。城里正喧嚷着庆祝星宿节。他问侍从们:‘当初娶来的那位长者的女儿在哪里?’‘在娘家,主人。’‘去把她带来,我们要庆祝星宿节。’他们到了那里,向她礼拜后,站在一旁。她问:‘年轻人,你们来有什么事?’他们把那件事告诉了她。‘年轻人,我用首饰供养了塔,现在没有首饰了。’他们回去禀告了长者的儿子。他说:‘把她带来吧,她会得到首饰的。’他们便把她带来了。她刚一进屋,整个房子就弥漫着旃檀香和青莲花香。长者的儿子问她:‘贤妻,你的身体原先发出的是臭味,如今你的身体却散发旃檀香,口中散发青莲花香,这是怎么回事?’她便从头开始,讲了自己所做过的业。长者的儿子生起清净信心,说道:‘佛陀的教法确实能导向解脱!’便用毛织的幔布覆盖了那一由旬的金塔,并在各处用如车轮般大小的金莲花作庄严。那些金莲花有十二肘长的垂饰。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃyeva khaṇe sā yassa seṭṭhiputtassa paṭhamaṃ gehaṃ nītā, tassa taṃ ārabbha sati udapādi. Nagarepi nakkhattaṃ saṅghuṭṭhaṃ hoti. So upaṭṭhāke āha ‘‘idha ānītā seṭṭhidhītā kuhi’’nti? ‘‘Kulagehe, sāmī’’ti. ‘‘Ānetha naṃ, nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmī’’ti. Te gantvā taṃ vanditvā ṭhitā. ‘‘Kiṃ, tātā, āgatatthā’’ti tāya puṭṭhā tassā taṃ pavattiṃ ācikkhiṃsu. ‘‘Tātā, mayā ābharaṇabhaṇḍehi cetiyaṃ pūjitaṃ, ābharaṇaṃ me natthī’’ti. Te gantvā seṭṭhiputtassa ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Ānetha naṃ, piḷandhanaṃ labhissatī’’ti. Te taṃ ānayiṃsu. Tassā saha gehapavesanena sakalagehaṃ candanagandho ceva uppalagandho ca vāyi. Seṭṭhiputto taṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhadde, tava sarīrato paṭhamaṃ duggandho vāyi, idāni pana te sarīrato candanagandho, mukhato uppalagandho vāyati, kimeta’’nti? Sā ādito paṭṭhāya attanā katakammaṃ ārocesi. Seṭṭhiputto ‘‘niyyānikaṃ vata buddhasāsana’’nti pasīditvā yojanikaṃ suvaṇṇacetiyaṃ kambalakañcukena paṭicchādetvā tattha tattha rathacakkapamāṇehi suvaṇṇapadumehi alaṅkari. Tesaṃ dvādasahatthā olambakā honti.
他在那里住尽寿量,命终后生于天界;又从天界命终,投生在离波罗奈城约一由旬处的某大臣家中。他的妻子则从天界命终,投生为王室的大公主。等他们长大成人,青年所住的村庄正热闹地庆祝星宿节。他对母亲说:‘母亲,给我衣服,我要去参加星宿节。’母亲拿出洗好的衣服给他。他说:‘母亲,这太粗糙了。’母亲又拿出另一件,他也一样拒绝。于是母亲对他说:‘孩子,像我们出生的这种家庭,哪有福分得到比这更细软的衣服。’‘那样的话,母亲,我就去能获得它的地方。’‘孩子,我真愿你今天就能得到波罗奈城的王权。’他向母亲行礼:‘我走了,母亲。’‘去吧,孩子。’他便凭着福德的安排,离家出走,来到波罗奈城,在御花园中的一块吉祥石板上,用上衣连头盖住,躺了下来。那时,正值波罗奈国王驾崩后的第七天。显示巴利原文
So tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cuto sagge nibbattitvā, puna tato cavitvā bārāṇasito yojanamatte ṭhāne aññatarasmiṃ amaccakule nibbatti. Bhariyā panassa devalokato cavitvā rājakule jeṭṭharājadhītā hutvā nibbatti. Tesu vayappattesu kumārassa vasanagāme nakkhattaṃ saṅghuṭṭhaṃ. So mātaraṃ āha – ‘‘amma, sāṭakaṃ me dehi, nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmī’’ti. Sā dhotavatthaṃ nīharitvā adāsi. ‘‘Amma, thūlamida’’nti āha. Sā aññaṃ nīharitvā adāsi. So tampi paṭikkhipi. Atha naṃ mātā āha – ‘‘tāta, yādise gehe mayaṃ jātā, natthi no ito sukhumatarassa paṭilābhāya puñña’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi labhanaṭṭhānaṃ gacchāmi, ammā’’ti. ‘‘Putta, ahaṃ ajjeva tuyhaṃ bārāṇasinagararajjapaṭilābhaṃ icchāmī’’ti. So mātaraṃ vanditvā ‘‘gacchāmi, ammā’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha, tātā’’ti. So pana puññaniyāmena nikkhamitvā bārāṇasiṃ gantvā uyyāne maṅgalasilāpaṭṭe sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nipajji. So ca bārāṇasirañño kālaṅkatassa sattamo divaso hoti.
大臣们处理完国王的后事,坐在王宫庭院中商议:‘国王只有一位女儿,没有儿子。无君的国土必将衰亡,谁能堪任国王呢?’‘你来吧,你来吧。’国师说:‘不必再多方寻找了,我们放出福车吧。’他们套上四匹莲花色的骏马,把五种国王御用之物及白伞盖安置在车上,放出车乘,并命人在后面奏起乐器。车乘从东门出去,直往御花园的方向而去。有人说:‘它习惯性地朝御花园去了,我们让它掉头吧。’国师说:‘不要掉头。’福车到达后,向右绕了青年一圈,停在他身边,作出让他登车的姿势。国师掀起盖衣的一角,察看他的脚底,说道:‘且不说此洲,就算在两千小洲围绕的四大洲,此人都有资格统御。’接着下令:‘奏乐!’如此命令了三遍。显示巴利原文
Amaccā rañño sarīrakiccaṃ katvā rājaṅgaṇe nisīditvā mantayiṃsu – ‘‘rañño ekā dhītāva atthi, putto natthi, arājakaṃ rajjaṃ nassissati, ko rājā bhavituṃ arahatī’’ti? ‘‘Tvaṃ hohi, tvaṃ hohī’’ti. Purohito āha – ‘‘bahuṃ oloketuṃ na vaṭṭati, phussarathaṃ vissajjessāmā’’ti. Te kumudavaṇṇe cattāro sindhave yojetvā pañcavidharājakakudhabhaṇḍaṃ setacchattañca tasmiṃ ṭhapetvā rathaṃ vissajjetvā pacchato tūriyāni paggaṇhāpesuṃ. Ratho pācīnadvārena nikkhamitvā uyyānābhimukho agamāsi. ‘‘Paricayena uyyānābhimukho gacchati, nivattemā’’ti keci āhaṃsu. Purohito ‘‘mā nivattayitthā’’ti āha. Ratho gantvā kumāraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā āruhanasajjo hutvā aṭṭhāsi. Purohito pārupanakaṇṇaṃ apanetvā pādatalāni olokento ‘‘tiṭṭhatu ayaṃ dīpo, dvisahassaparittadīpavāresu catūsu mahādīpesu esa rajjaṃ kāretuṃ yutto’’ti vatvā ‘‘tūriyāni paggaṇhathā’’ti tikkhattuṃ tūriyāni paggaṇhāpeti.
那青年睁开眼睛,望着他们说:‘你们是因为什么业缘来到这里的?’‘大王,这王国归您了。’‘你们的国王在哪里?’‘已升天界,主人。’‘过了几天了?’‘今天第七天。’‘有儿子或女儿吗?’‘有女儿,陛下,没有儿子。’‘那么我来治国吧。’众人即刻建起灌顶堂,用一切庄严装饰公主,带到御花园,为青年灌顶。然后,给受灌顶的他递上价值十万的衣服。他问:‘诸位,这是什么?’‘穿着的衣服,陛下。’‘难道这不粗糙吗?’‘陛下,在人间受用的衣物中,没有比这更柔软的了。’‘你们的国王就穿这样的衣服?’‘是的,陛下。’‘我想你们的国王没什么福报。’于是他说:‘拿金水壶来,我会有衣服的。’令人取来金水壶后,他起身洗手、漱口,用手取水,向东方洒去。坚厚的大地裂开,八棵如意树升了起来。他又取水,依次向南、西、北方洒去。每一方各起八棵,总共三十二棵如意树。他穿上一件天衣,又披上一件,然后说:‘在难陀王的领土内,下令击鼓巡告:“纺纱女们不得纺纱”。’接着撑起伞盖,盛装严饰,乘上最好的象背进入城中,登上宫殿,安享极大的成就。显示巴利原文
Atha kumāro mukhaṃ vivaritvā olokento ‘‘kena kammena āgatatthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Deva, tumhākaṃ rajjaṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti. ‘‘Rājā vo kaha’’nti? ‘‘Devattaṃ gato, sāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kati divasā atikkantā’’ti ? ‘‘Ajja sattamo divaso’’ti. ‘‘Putto vā dhītā vā natthī’’ti ? ‘‘Dhītā atthi, deva, putto natthī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi karissāmi rajja’’nti. Te tāvadeva abhisekamaṇḍapaṃ kāretvā rājadhītaraṃ sabbālaṅkārehi alaṅkaritvā uyyānaṃ ānetvā kumārassa abhisekaṃ akaṃsu. Athassa katābhisekassa satasahassagghanakaṃ vatthaṃ upanayiṃsu. So ‘‘kimidaṃ, tātā’’ti āha. ‘‘Nivāsanavatthaṃ, devā’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, tātā, thūla’’nti? ‘‘Manussaparibhogavatthesu ito mudutaraṃ natthi, devā’’ti. ‘‘Tumhākaṃ rājā evarūpaṃ nivāsesī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, devā’’ti. ‘‘Na maññe puññavā tumhākaṃ rājā’’ti ‘‘suvaṇṇabhiṅgāraṃ āharatha, labhissāmi vattha’’nti suvaṇṇabhiṅgāraṃ āharāpetvā uṭṭhāya hatthe dhovitvā mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā hatthena udakaṃ gahetvā puratthimadisāyaṃ abbhukkiri. Ghanapathaviṃ bhinditvā aṭṭha kapparukkhā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Puna udakaṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇapacchimauttaradisāyanti evaṃ catūsu disāsu abbhukkiri. Sabbadisāsu aṭṭhaaṭṭhakaṃ katvā dvattiṃsa kapparukkhā uṭṭhahiṃsu. So ekaṃ dibbadussaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā ‘‘nandarañño vijite suttakantikā itthiyo ‘mā suttaṃ kantiṃsū’ti evaṃ bheriṃ carāpethā’’ti vatvā chattaṃ ussāpetvā alaṅkatapaṭiyatto hatthikkhandhavaragato nagaraṃ pavisitvā pāsādaṃ abhiruyha mahāsampattiṃ anubhavi.
日子一天天过去,王后见国王拥有如此大的福报,脸上现出悲悯的神情,感叹道:“啊,真是一位苦行僧啊!”被问:“夫人,这是为何?”她回答:“陛下,您的成就如此巨大,这是过去深信诸佛而行善所感的果报。现在您为何不为未来积累福德呢?”国王说:“能布施给谁呢?没有持戒的人。”王后说:“陛下,赡部洲并非没有阿拉汉。您准备布施,我来寻找阿拉汉。”次日,国王在东门设下布施。王后清晨受持布萨,登上宫殿上层,面向东方,以胸俯卧,说道:“如果这个方向有阿拉汉,请明天来接受我们的施食。”然而那个方向并没有阿拉汉,那些供养物便赠给了贫苦的乞丐。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ gacchante kāle devī rañño sampattiṃ disvā ‘‘aho vata tapassī’’ti kāruññākāraṃ dassesi. ‘‘Kimidaṃ, devī’’ti puṭṭhā ‘‘atimahatī, deva, te sampatti, atīte buddhānaṃ saddahitvā katakalyāṇassa phalaṃ, idāni anāgatassa paccayaṃ puññaṃ na karothā’’ti āha. Kassa dassāma, sīlavanto natthīti. ‘‘Asuñño, deva, jambudīpo arahantehi; tumhe, deva, dānaṃ sajjetha, ahaṃ arahante lacchāmī’’ti āha. Punadivase rājā pācīnadvāre dānaṃ sajjāpesi. Devī pātova uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya uparipāsāde puratthābhimukhā urena nipajjitvā ‘‘sace etissāya disāya arahanto atthi, sve āgantvā amhākaṃ bhikkhaṃ gaṇhantū’’ti āha. Tassaṃ disāyaṃ arahanto nāhesuṃ, taṃ sakkāraṃ kapaṇayācakānaṃ adaṃsu.
第二天,在南门设下布施,同样没有得到应供者;再一天在西门也是如此。到北门设供的那天,当王后同样发出邀请时,住在雪山的五百位莲花母之子独觉佛中,上首大莲花独觉佛对兄弟们说:“贤友们,难陀王邀请你们了,请接受吧。”他们接受邀请后,次日在无热恼池洗净面容,从空中飞来,降临在北门。人们看见后禀告国王:“陛下,五百位独觉佛来了。”国王与王后一同前往礼敬,恭请独觉佛们登上殿堂,在那里供养饮食。饭后,国王俯伏在上座长老的足下,王后俯伏在新学比丘的足下,说道:“尊者,愿你们不因资具而感疲累,也愿我们的功德不会退失,请答应终生住在这里吧。”得到他们的应允后,便在御花园里建造了五百座叶庵、五百条经行处,一切起居资具都准备齐全,请他们住下。显示巴利原文
Punadivase dakkhiṇadvāre sajjetvā tatheva dakkhiṇeyyaṃ nālattha, punadivasepi pacchimadvāre tatheva. Uttaradvāre sajjitadivasena pana deviyā tatheva nimantentiyā himavante vasantānaṃ padumavatiyā puttānaṃ pañcasatānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ jeṭṭhako mahāpadumapaccekabuddho bhātike āmantesi – ‘‘mārisā, nandarājā tumhe nimanteti, adhivāsetha tassā’’ti. Te adhivāsetvā punadivase anotattadahe mukhaṃ dhovitvā ākāsenāgantvā uttaradvāre otariṃsu. Manussā disvā gantvā ‘‘pañcasatā, deva, paccekabuddhā āgatā’’ti rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā saddhiṃ deviyā gantvā vanditvā paccekabuddhe pāsādaṃ āropetvā tatra nesaṃ dānaṃ datvā bhattakiccāvasāne rājā saṅghattherassa, devī saṅghanavakassa pādamūle nipatitvā ‘‘ayyā, bhante, paccayehi na kilamissanti, mayañca puññena na parihāyissāmī, amhākaṃ yāvajīvaṃ idha nivāsāya paṭiññaṃ dethā’’ti paṭiññaṃ kāretvā uyyāne pañca paṇṇasālāsatāni, pañca caṅkamanasatānīti sabbākārena nivāsanaṭṭhānāni sampādetvā tattha vasāpesuṃ.
又过了一些时候,边境发生叛乱,国王嘱咐王后:“我去平息边境的动乱,你千万不可疏忽对独觉佛们的照料。”随后便出发了。国王尚未返回时,独觉佛们的寿行已经穷尽。大莲花独觉佛整夜沉浸于禅那之乐,在黎明时分扶着栏杆板站立,即于无余涅槃界般涅槃。其余的独觉佛也都以同样的方式,全部般涅槃了。第二天,王后备好独觉佛们的座位,撒花熏香,坐着等候他们到来。久等不见,便派人去说:“去看看,尊者们是否身体不适。”仆人前去,打开大莲花叶庵的门,不见他在里面,便走到经行处,见他扶着栏杆板站在那里,于是向他礼拜说:“是时候了,尊者。”已经般涅槃的遗体怎会说话?他们心想:“或许是在睡觉。”便用手轻触他的脚背,因脚冷而僵硬,才知道已经般涅槃了。再到第二位那里,同样得知;又到第三位那里……就这样知道所有的独觉佛都般涅槃了,便返回王宫。王后问:“独觉佛在哪里?”他们回答:“已经般涅槃了,夫人。”王后悲泣着出来,与市民们一同前往那里,举行礼敬仪式,为独觉佛们处理遗体,令人收取舍利,起塔供养。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kāle gacchante rañño paccante kupite rājā ‘‘ahaṃ paccantaṃ vūpasametuṃ gacchāmi, tvaṃ paccekabuddhesu mā pamajjā’’ti deviṃ ovaditvā gato. Tasmiṃ anāgateyeva paccekabuddhānaṃ āyusaṅkhārā khīṇā. Mahāpadumapaccekabuddho tiyāmarattiṃ jhānakīḷaṃ kīḷitvā aruṇuggamanasamaye ālambanaphalakaṃ ālambitvā ṭhitakova anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi. Etenupāyena sesāpīti sabbeva parinibbutā. Punadivase devī paccekabuddhānaṃ nisīdanaṭṭhānāni sajjetvā pupphāni vikiritvā dhūpaṃ vāsetvā tesaṃ āgamanaṃ olokentī nisinnā āgamanaṃ adisvā purise pesesi – ‘‘gacchatha, tātā, jānātha kiṃ ayyānaṃ aphāsuka’’nti? Te gantvā mahāpadumassa paṇṇasālāya dvāraṃ vivaritvā tattha taṃ apassantā caṅkamanaṃ gantvā ālambanaphalakaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ disvā vanditvā ‘‘kālo, bhante’’ti āhaṃsu. Parinibbutasarīraṃ kiṃ kathessati, te ‘‘niddāyati maññe’’ti vatvā piṭṭhipāde hatthena parāmasitvā pādānaṃ sītalatāya ceva thaddhatāya ca parinibbutabhāvaṃ ñatvā dutiyassa santikaṃ gantvā tatheva ñatvā puna tatiyassāti evaṃ sabbepi parinibbutabhāvaṃ ñatvā rājakulaṃ āgamiṃsu. ‘‘Kahaṃ, tātā, paccekabuddhā’’ti puṭṭhā ‘‘parinibbutā, devī’’ti āhaṃsu. Devī kandantī rodantī nikkhamitvā nāgarehi saddhiṃ tattha gantvā sādhukīḷitaṃ kāretvā paccekabuddhānaṃ sarīrakiccaṃ kāretvā dhātuyo gāhāpetvā cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
国王平定边境后返回京城,问前来出迎的王后:“贤妻,你可没有疏忽独觉佛吧?尊者们身体无碍吧?”“他们已经般涅槃了,陛下。”听了这话,国王思忖:“连这样的大智慧者尚不免一死,我们又怎能逃脱?”他没有进城,径直前往御花园,召来长子,将王位交付给他,便出家为沙门修行。王后也心想:“国王出家了,我该怎么办?”同样在御花园出家。两人都修习禅那,命终之后转生梵天界。显示巴利原文
Rājā paccantaṃ vūpasametvā āgato paccuggamanaṃ āgataṃ deviṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ, bhadde, tvaṃ paccekabuddhesu na pamajjasi, nirogā ca ayyā’’ti? ‘‘Parinibbutā, devā’’ti. Taṃ sutvā rājā cintesi – ‘‘evarūpānampi paṇḍitānaṃ maraṇaṃ uppajjati, amhākaṃ kuto mokkhā’’ti? So nagaraṃ apavisitvā uyyānameva gantvā jeṭṭhaputtaṃ pakkosāpetvā tassa rajjaṃ niyyātetvā sayaṃ samaṇapabbajjaṃ pabbaji. Devīpi ‘‘raññe pabbajite ahaṃ kiṃ karissāmī’’ti tatheva uyyāne pabbaji. Dvepi jhānaṃ bhāvetvā tato cutā brahmaloke nibbattiṃsu.
就在他们住于该处之时,我们的导师出现于世间,转动无上法轮,次第来到王舍城。当导师住在那里时,这位毕钵离童子出生于摩揭陀国大渡头婆罗门村,是迦毗罗婆罗门之妻所生。而跋陀迦毗罗尼则出生于摩陀罗国沙嘎喇城,为懦尸亚族婆罗门之妻所生。他们渐渐长大,毕钵离童子年满二十、跋陀年满十六时,父母对儿子说:“儿啊,你已成年,应当延续家族血脉了。”便再三催促他成家。童子说:“请勿再说这样的话。只要你们在世,我便奉养你们;待你们辞世后,我就出家。”过了数日,父母又提及此事,他依旧拒绝。从此,母亲便不停地劝说。显示巴利原文
Tesu tattheva vasantesu amhākaṃ satthā loke uppajjitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbena rājagahaṃ pāpuṇi. Satthari tattha paṭivasante ayaṃ pippalimāṇavo magadharaṭṭhe mahātitthabrāhmaṇagāme kapilabrāhmaṇassa bhariyāya kucchimhi nibbatto. Ayaṃ bhaddakāpilānī maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagare kosiyagottabrāhmaṇassa bhariyāya kucchimhi nibbattā. Tesaṃ anukkamena vaḍḍhamānānaṃ pippalimāṇavassa vīsatime, bhaddāya soḷasame vaye sampatte mātāpitaro puttaṃ oloketvā ‘‘tāta, tvaṃ vayappatto, kulavaṃsaṃ patiṭṭhapetuṃ yutto’’ti ativiya nippīḷiyiṃsu. Māṇavo āha – ‘‘mayhaṃ sotapathe evarūpaṃ kathaṃ mā kathayittha, ahaṃ yāva tumhe dharatha, tāva paṭijaggissāmi, tumhākaṃ accayena nikkhamitvā pabbajissāmī’’ti. Te katipāhaṃ atikkamitvā puna kathayiṃsu. Sopi puna paṭikkhipi. Tato paṭṭhāya mātā nirantaraṃ kathetiyeva.
童子心想:“我要让母亲明白。”于是他以一千尼卡沙的赤金,命金匠打造一尊女子金像。经过擦洗、打磨等工序后,他给金像穿上红衣,饰以金色的鲜花与种种璎珞,然后说:“母亲,若能获得这样的所缘,我便住在家里;若不能,便不住。”这位婆罗门女聪慧,心中思惟:“我儿有福,曾行布施,也发过誓愿,往昔修福时并非孤身一人,定然有一位与他共修福业者,成就这般金像般的容貌。”她召请了八位婆罗门,用各种上好的物品款待他们,将金像安放在车上,吩咐道:“诸位贤士,请去吧!你们若见到哪户人家,种姓、族姓、财富都与我们相当,家中又有这样的女子,便以此金像作为信物交给她。”显示巴利原文
Māṇavo ‘‘mātaraṃ saññāpessāmī’’ti rattasuvaṇṇassa nikkhasahassaṃ datvā suvaṇṇakārehi itthirūpakaṃ kāretvā tassa majjanaghaṭṭanādikammapariyosāne taṃ rattavatthaṃ nivāsetvā suvaṇṇasampannehi pupphehi ceva nānālaṅkārehi ca alaṅkārāpetvā ‘‘amma, evarūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ labhanto gehe vasissāmi, alabhanto na vasissāmī’’ti. Paṇḍitā brāhmaṇī cintesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ putto puññavā dinnadāno katābhinīhāro pubbe puññāni karonto na ekakova akāsi, addhā etena saha katapuññā suvaṇṇarūpakapaṭibhāgā bhavissatī’’ti. Aṭṭha brāhmaṇe pakkosāpetvā sabbabhogehi santappetvā suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ rathe āropetvā ‘‘gacchatha, tātā, yattha amhehi jātigottabhogādisamānakule evarūpaṃ dārikaṃ passatha, tattha idameva suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ saccākāraṃ katvā dethā’’ti uyyojesi.
这些婆罗门心想:‘这是我们的份内之事。’便出发了。他们商议:‘我们该去哪里寻找?听说有个名为摩陀罗国的地方盛产美女,我们就去摩陀罗国吧。’于是他们到了摩陀罗国的沙嘎喇城,将那尊金像安放在沐浴处,然后退坐一旁。那时,跋陀的乳母为跋陀沐浴妆扮完毕,自己去水边沐浴,看见金像,心想:‘这是哪家不知礼仪的女子站在这里?’便用手拍了一下它的背,才知道是金像。她心想:‘这倒有几分像我家小姐。’但转念又说:‘不过,比起我家小姐的衣饰,这可差远了。’那些婆罗门便问:‘你家小姐果真如此貌美吗?’乳母答道:‘我家小姐比这金像还要美上百倍、千倍,而且若身处一盏灯、十二肘见方的暗室之中,她身体的光芒就能驱散黑暗。’他们说:‘那我们去拜见她的父母吧。’于是把金像装上车,跟随那位乳母,来到懦尸亚族家门前站定,然后通报他们到了。显示巴利原文
Te ‘‘amhākaṃ nāma etaṃ kamma’’nti nikkhamitvā ‘‘kattha labhissāma, maddaraṭṭhaṃ nāma itthāgāraṃ, maddaraṭṭhaṃ gamissāmā’’ti maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagaraṃ agamaṃsu. Attha taṃ suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ nhānatitthe ṭhapetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha bhaddāya dhātī bhaddaṃ nhāpetvā alaṅkaritvā sayaṃ nhāyituṃ udakatitthaṃ gantvā suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ disvā ‘‘kissāyaṃ avinītā idhāgantvā ṭhitā’’ti piṭṭhipasse paharitvā suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ ñatvā ‘‘ayyadhītā meti saññaṃ uppādesi, ayaṃ pana ayyadhītāya nivāsanapaṭiggahitāyapi asadisā’’ti āha. Atha naṃ te brāhmaṇā ‘‘evarūpā kira te sāmidhītā’’ti pucchiṃsu. Sā ‘‘imāya suvaṇṇapaṭimāya sataguṇena sahassaguṇena mayhaṃ ayyadhītā abhirūpatarā’’, tathā hi ‘‘appadīpepi dvādasahatthe gabbhe nisinnā sarīrobhāsena tamaṃ vidhamatī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tena hi tassā mātāpitūnaṃ santikaṃ gacchāmā’’ti suvaṇṇarūpakaṃ rathe āropetvā taṃ dhātiṃ anugantvā kosiyagottassa gharadvāre ṭhatvā āgamanaṃ ārocayiṃsu.
那家的婆罗门殷勤招待后,问道:‘你们从哪里来?’他们回答:‘我们从摩揭陀国大渡头村迦毗罗婆罗门家中来,就是为此事而来。’‘很好,诸位贤者,那位婆罗门与我家种姓、族姓、财富都相当,我们愿意把女儿嫁过去。’于是收下了礼物。他们送信给迦毗罗婆罗门说:‘我们已经找到一位名叫跋陀的女子,请知悉该办的事宜。’听闻这个消息,他们便去告诉毕钵离童子:‘已经找到那位女子了。’毕钵离童子心想:‘我本以为找不到,他们却送信说“找到了”。我本意并不想成亲,要写信去拒绝。’便私下写信:‘跋陀应去寻找一个与自己种姓、族姓、财富相当的丈夫,我将出家修行,切莫日后后悔。’跋陀也听闻‘有人要把我许配给某人’,便私下写信:‘贤子应找一位与自己种姓、族姓、财富相当的好女子,我将出家,切莫后悔。’两封信在途中相遇。有人问:‘这是谁的信?’答:‘是毕钵离童子寄给跋陀的。’‘这又是谁的呢?’‘跋陀寄给毕钵离童子的。’送信的人读了这两封信,说道:‘看看这些孩子的儿戏!’就把信撕碎,扔到树林里,然后另仿笔迹写了内容相似的信,分别送出。显示巴利原文
Brāhmaṇo paṭisanthāraṃ katvā ‘‘kuto āgatatthā’’ti pucchi. Te ‘‘magadharaṭṭhe mahātitthagāme kapilabrāhmaṇassa gharato iminā nāma kāraṇena āgatamhā’’ti āhaṃsu. ‘‘Sādhu, tātā, amhehi samajātigottavibhavo so brāhmaṇo, dassāma dārika’’nti paṇṇākāraṃ gaṇhi. Te kapilabrāhmaṇassa sāsanaṃ pahiṇiṃsu – ‘‘laddhā no bhaddā nāma dārikā, kattabbaṃ jānāthā’’ti. Taṃ sāsanaṃ sutvā pippalimāṇavassa ārocayiṃsu ‘‘laddhā dārikā’’ti. Pippalimāṇavo ‘‘ahaṃ ‘na labhissantī’ti cintesiṃ, ime ‘laddhā’ti pesenti, anatthiko hutvā paṇṇaṃ pesessāmī’’ti rahogato paṇṇaṃ likhi ‘‘bhaddā attano jātigottabhogānurūpaṃ patiṃ labhatu, ahaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbajissāmi, mā pacchā vippaṭisārinī ahosī’’ti. Bhaddāpi ‘‘asukassa kira maṃ dātukāmā’’ti sutvā rahogatā paṇṇaṃ likhi – ‘‘ayyaputto attano jātigottabhogānurūpaṃ dārikaṃ labhatu, ahaṃ pabbajissāmi, mā pacchā vippaṭisārī bhavāhī’’ti. Dvepi paṇṇāni antarāmagge samāgacchiṃsu. ‘‘Idaṃ kassa paṇṇa’’nti? ‘‘Pippalimāṇavena bhaddāya pahita’’nti. ‘‘Idaṃ kassā’’ti? ‘‘Bhaddāya pippalimāṇavassa pahita’’nti ca vutte te dvepi vācetvā ‘‘passatha dārakānaṃ kamma’’nti phāletvā araññe chaḍḍetvā aññaṃ taṃsamānaṃ paṇṇaṃ likhitvā ito etto ca pesesuṃ. Iti kumārassa kumārikāya ca sadisaṃ paṇṇaṃ lokassādarahitamevāti anicchamānānampi tesaṃ dvinnaṃ samāgamo ahosi.
就在当天,毕钵离童子让跋陀取来一串花环。跋陀把它放在床铺中间。两人用完晚餐,准备上床就寝。童子从右侧上床,跋陀从左侧上去,然后说:‘哪一侧的花先枯萎,便知那一侧的人生起了染着之心;这花环我们谁都不许触碰。’就这样,他们因畏惧彼此的身体接触,一整夜未曾合眼,白日里甚至连笑都不曾笑过。他们不为世间欲乐所染,只要父母在世,便不管理财产;直到父母过世后,才开始料理家业。童子拥有极大的财富:有一次他擦洗身体,搓下的死皮如同金粉,一次便能得到约十二摩揭陀升;拥有六十座以机械装置相连的大湖;可经营的土地广达十二由旬;还有十四座规模堪比阿努罗陀普勒的村庄,十四支象军,十四支马军,十四支车军。显示巴利原文
Taṃdivasameva pippalimāṇavopi bhaddaṃ ekaṃ pupphadāmaṃ gaṇhāpesi. Bhaddāpi tāni sayanamajjhe ṭhapesi. Ubhopi bhuttasāyamāsā sayanaṃ āruhituṃ ārabhiṃsu. Tesu māṇavo dakkhiṇapassena sayanaṃ āruhi, bhaddā vāmapassena abhiruhitvā āha – ‘‘yassa passe pupphāni milāyanti, tassa rāgacittaṃ uppannanti vijānissāma, imaṃ pupphadāmaṃ na allīyitabba’’nti. Te pana aññamaññaṃ sarīrasamphassabhayena sakalarattiṃ niddaṃ anokkamantāva vītināmesuṃ. Divā pana hasitamattampi nākaṃsu. Te lokāmisena asaṃsaṭṭhā yāva mātāpitaro dharanti, tāva kuṭumbaṃ avicāretvā tesu kālaṅkatesu vicārayiṃsu. Mahatī māṇavassa sampatti. Ekadivasaṃ sarīraṃ ubbaṭṭetvā chaḍḍetabbaṃ suvaṇṇacuṇṇaṃ eva magadhanāḷiyā dvādasanāḷimattaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭati. Yantabaddhāni saṭṭhi mahātaḷākāni, kammanto dvādasayojaniko, anurādhapurappamāṇā cuddasagāmā, cuddasa hatthānīkāni, cuddasa assānīkāni, cuddasa rathānīkāni.
一日,他骑着装饰华美的马,在众多随从的簇拥下前往农作之处。他站在田埂边,看见乌鸦等鸟儿从犁头翻开的地里叼出蚯蚓等小虫来吃,便问道:“这些在吃什么?”“在吃蚯蚓,主人。”“这些所造恶业属于谁?”“属于您,主人。”他于是思惟:“如果这些杀生之业归在我头上,那么八十七俱胝的财富、十二由旬的产业、水车灌溉的湖沼和十四个村落,于我又有何用?我应当将这些全部交给跋陀迦毗罗尼,然后离家出家。”显示巴利原文
So ekadivasaṃ alaṅkataassaṃ āruyha mahājanaparivuto kammantaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā khettakoṭiyaṃ ṭhito naṅgalehi chinnaṭṭhānato kākādayo sakuṇe gaṇḍuppādādike pāṇake uddharitvā khādante disvā ‘‘tātā, ime kiṃ khādantī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Gaṇḍuppāde, ayyā’’ti. ‘‘Etehi katapāpaṃ kassa hotī’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ, ayyā’’ti. So cintesi – ‘‘sace etehi katapāpaṃ mayhaṃ hoti, kiṃ me karissati sattaasītikoṭidhanaṃ, dvādasayojanakammanto kiṃ karissati, kiṃ yantabaddhāni taḷākāni, kiṃ cuddasa gāmāni, sabbametaṃ bhaddāya kāpilāniyā niyyātetvā nikkhamma pabbajissāmī’’ti.
就在那时,跋陀迦毗罗尼正在内院摊开三个芝麻罐,由保姆们围绕而坐。她看见乌鸦啄食芝麻里的小虫,便问道:“阿姨,它们在吃什么?”“在吃小虫,夫人。”“这不善业属于谁?”“属于您,夫人。”她便思惟:“我其实只需四肘布、一升饭食便足以度日;但如果这些杀生之业算在我头上,纵使轮回千次,我也抬不起头。只等夫君回来,我便将一切交付于他,然后离家出家。”显示巴利原文
Bhaddā kāpilānī tasmiṃ khaṇe antaravatthusmiṃ tayo tilakumbhe pattharitvā dhātīhi parivutā nisinnā kāke tilapāṇake khādamāne disvā ‘‘ammā, kiṃ ime khādantī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Pāṇake, ayye’’ti. ‘‘Akusalaṃ kassa hotī’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ, ayye’’ti. Sā cintesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ catuhatthaṃ vatthaṃ nāḷikodanamattañca laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, yadi panetaṃ etehi kataṃ akusalaṃ mayhaṃ hoti, bhavasahassenapi vaṭṭato sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ na sakkā, ayyaputte āgatamatteyeva sabbaṃ tassa niyyātetvā nikkhamma pabbajissāmī’’ti.
青年男子回来后沐浴完毕,登上殿堂,坐在极为殊胜的床座上,仆从们随即奉上堪比转轮圣王的饮食。两人用餐结束,待侍从退去,便单独坐在舒适之处。随后,青年男子对跋陀说:“跋陀,你来到我家时,带来了多少财富?”“五万五千车财物,夫君。”“那些全部,以及这家中八十七俱胝的珍宝、六十座水车灌溉的湖沼等一切产业,我都交给你。”“那您要去哪里,夫君?”“我要出家。”“夫君,我正是盼着您归来,才一直坐在这里等候;我也要出家。”就在那时,三有对于他们如同燃烧的草屋一般清晰地显现。他们决定“我们要出家”后,便派人从市场买来染成袈裟色的衣料与陶钵,互相剃除头发,而后说道:“我们以世间一切阿拉汉为所缘,如是出家。”出家之后,他们将钵收入袋中挂在肩上,走下殿堂。家中无论是奴仆还是雇工,竟无一人察觉。显示巴利原文
Māṇavo āgantvā nhatvā pāsādaṃ āruyha mahārahe pallaṅke nisīdi, athassa cakkavattino anucchavikabhojanaṃ upanayiṃsu. Dvepi bhuñjitvā parijane nikkhante rahogatā phāsukaṭṭhāne nisīdiṃsu. Tato māṇavo bhaddaṃ āha – ‘‘bhadde, imaṃ gharaṃ āgacchantī kittakaṃ dhanamāharasī’’ti? ‘‘Pañcapaṇṇāsa sakaṭasahassāni, ayyā’’ti. ‘‘Sabbaṃ taṃ, yā ca imasmiṃ ghare sattāsīti koṭiyo yantabaddhāni saṭṭhi taḷākānīti evamādibhedā sampatti atthi, taṃ sabbaṃ tuyheva niyyātemī’’ti. ‘‘Tumhe pana kuhiṃ gacchatha, ayyā’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Ayya, ahampi tumhākaṃ āgamanaṃ olokayamānā nisinnā, ahampi pabbajissāmī’’ti. Tesaṃ ādittapaṇṇakuṭi viya tayo bhavā upaṭṭhahanti. Te ‘‘pabbajissāmā’’ti vatvā antarāpaṇato kāsāyarasapītāni cīvarāni mattikāpatte ca āharāpetvā aññamaññaṃ kese ohāretvā ‘‘ye loke arahanto atthi, te uddissa amhākaṃ pabbajjā’’ti pabbajitvā thavikāsu patte pakkhipitvā aṃse laggetvā pāsādato otariṃsu. Gehe dāsesu ca kammakāresu ca na koci sañjāni.
后来,他们走出婆罗门村,经过奴隶村的门前时,奴隶村的居民依其威仪便认出了他们。他们号哭着扑倒在脚前说:“主人,你们为何让我们成为无依无靠之人?”两人答道:“我们心想‘三有犹如燃烧的草屋’,所以出家了。若要一一使你们全都得到自由,纵使百年也不够。你们自己洗净头发,去过自由人的生活吧。”说罢,就在他们的哭声中离去了。显示巴利原文
Atha ne brāhmaṇagāmato nikkhamitvā dāsagāmadvārena gacchante ākappakutavasena dāsagāmavāsino sañjāniṃsu. Te rodantā pādesu patitvā ‘‘kiṃ amhe anāthe karotha, ayyā’’ti āhaṃsu. ‘‘Mayaṃ, bhaṇe, ‘tayo bhavā ādittapaṇṇasālā viyā’ti pabbajimha, sace tumhesu ekekaṃ bhujissaṃ karoma, vassasatampi nappahoti. Tumheva tumhākaṃ sīsaṃ dhovitvā bhujissā hutvā jīvathā’’ti vatvā tesaṃ rodantānaṃyeva pakkamiṃsu.
大迦叶长老走在前面,转身回顾,心中思惟:“这位跋陀迦毗罗尼,是价值等同整个赡部洲的女子,却跟在我身后而来。这种情况确实有可能让某些人生起这样的念头:‘这两人即便出家也无法分开生活,所作非所应作。’若有人以恶心诽谤我们,便会堕入恶趣。我应当离开她独行。”思惟之后,他继续前行,看见一处岔路口,便在岔路口前停下。跋陀迦毗罗尼也走上前来,顶礼后立于一旁。长老便对她说:“跋陀,像你这样的女子跟在我身后,众人看见或许会想‘这两人即便出家也无法分开’,因而对我们生起瞋心,由此堕入恶趣。在这岔路口,你走这条路,我走另一条。”她应道:“是的,夫君。女流之辈会成为出家者的障碍,也难免让人以为‘即便出家也无法分开’,从而指责我们的过失。”说完,她右绕三匝,于四个方位以五体投地作礼,合起那闪耀如十指紧合的双手,说道:“长达十万劫所结下的友谊,今日断绝。您是禀性正直之人,您的路当为右道;我们女人属左类,于我们相应的是左道。”礼拜之后,便踏上路途。在他们各自分道的那一刻,这片大地仿佛说道:“我虽能承载铁围山、须弥山等,却承显示巴利原文
Thero purato gacchanto nivattitvā olokento cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ bhaddā kāpilānī sakalajambudīpagghanikā itthī mayhaṃ pacchato āgacchati, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ kocideva evaṃ cinteyya ‘ime pabbajitāpi vinā bhavituṃ na sakkonti, ananucchavikaṃ karontī’ti. Evaṃ koci pāpakena manasā padūsetvā apāyapūrako bhaveyya, imaṃ pahāya mayā gantuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā purato gacchanto dvedhāpathaṃ disvā tassa matthake aṭṭhāsi. Bhaddāpi āgantvā vanditvā aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ āha – ‘‘bhadde, tādisiṃ itthiṃ mama pacchato āgacchantiṃ disvā ‘ime pabbajitāpi vinā bhavituṃ na sakkontī’ti amhesu paduṭṭhacitto mahājano apāyapūrako bhaveyya. Imasmiṃ dvedhāpathe tvaṃ etaṃ gaṇha, ahaṃ ekena gamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Āma, ayya, mātugāmo ‘pabbajitānaṃ palibodho, pabbajitāpi vinā na bhavantī’ti amhākaṃ dosaṃ dasseyyu’’nti tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā catūsu ṭhānesu pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ paggayha ‘‘satasahassakappapamāṇe addhāne kato mittasanthavo ajja bhijjati, tumheva dakkhiṇā nāma, tumhākaṃ dakkhiṇamaggo vaṭṭati, mayaṃ mātugāmā nāma vāmajātikā, amhākaṃ vāmamaggo vaṭṭatī’’ti vanditvā maggaṃ paṭipajji. Tesaṃ dvedhābhūtakāle ayaṃ mahāpathavī ‘‘ahaṃ cakkavāḷasinerupabbatādayo dhāretuṃ sakkontīpi tumhākaṃ guṇe dhāretuṃ na sakkomī’’ti vadantī viya viravamānā akampittha. Ākāse asanisaddo viya pavatti, cakkavāḷapabbato unnādi.
正自觉者世尊坐在竹林大寺的香室中,听见大地震动的音声,便观察道:“大地因何震动?”他见到:“毕钵离青年与跋陀迦毗罗尼为我的缘故,舍弃了不可测量的殊胜成就而出家,在他们离别之处,凭着二人功德的威力,发生了这场大地震动。我应当摄受他们。”于是,世尊从香室出来,亲自取过钵与衣,未曾告知任何一位八十位大长老,便向前迎出三由旬的路程,来到王舍城与那烂陀之间的多子孟加拉榕树下,结跏趺坐。他并非如同某个穿粪扫衣的人那般安坐,而是显现佛陀的行仪,放出八十肘长的佛光而坐。那一刻,如棕榈华盖、车轮、尖顶屋般大小的佛光四处闪耀流布,仿佛千轮明月千轮太阳同时升起,令那片树林内外遍满光明。三十二大人相的祥光璀璨,犹如星斗点缀的虚空,又如盛开莲花与睡莲的水面,将树林内部映照得光辉灿烂。这棵孟加拉榕树的树干原本是白色,叶子是青色,熟叶是红色,但在那一天,整棵孟加拉榕尽转金色。显示巴利原文
Sammāsambuddhopi veḷuvanamahāvihāre kuṭiyaṃ nisinno pathavīkampanasaddaṃ sutvā ‘‘kissa nu kho pathavī kampatī’’ti āvajjento ‘‘pippalimāṇavo ca bhaddā ca kāpilānī maṃ uddissa appameyyaṃ sampattiṃ pahāya pabbajitā, tesaṃ viyogaṭṭhāne ubhinnaṃ guṇabalena ayaṃ pathavīkampo jāto, mayāpi etesaṃ saṅgahaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti gandhakuṭito nikkhamma sayameva pattacīvaramādāya asītimahātheresu kañci anāpucchā tigāvutamaggaṃ paccuggamanaṃ katvā rājagahassa ca nālandāya ca antare bahuputtanigrodhamūle pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisīdi. Nisinno pana aññatarapaṃsukūliko viya anisīditvā buddhavesaṃ gahetvā asītihatthā buddharaṃsiyo vissajjento nisīdi. Iti tasmiṃ khaṇe paṇṇacchattasakaṭacakkakūṭāgārādippamāṇā buddharaṃsiyo ito cito ca vippharantiyo vidhāvantiyo candasahassasūriyasahassauggamanakālaṃ viya kurumānā taṃ vanantaraṃ ekobhāsaṃ akaṃsu. Dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasiriyā samujjalatārāgaṇena viya gaganaṃ, supupphitakamalakuvalayena viya salilaṃ vanantaraṃ virocittha. Nigrodharukkhassa khandho pakatiyā seto hoti, pattāni nīlāni pakkāni rattāni. Tasmiṃ pana divase sabbo nigrodho suvaṇṇavaṇṇova ahosi.
大迦叶长老望见世尊,心想:“此人将是我的导师,我正是以他为所缘而出家的。”他从看见之处便躬身而行,在三个地方顶礼后,说道:“世尊是我的导师,我是弟子;世尊是我的导师,我是弟子。”世尊便对他说:“迦叶,你若对大地作如此深厚的礼敬,大地尚且不能承受;而你虽知如来功德如此广大而行礼敬,却连我的一毫毛也不能动摇。坐下,迦叶,我将把传承给予你。”于是世尊以三教诲授他具足戒。授戒之后,世尊便从多子孟加拉榕树下启程,让长老作为随行沙门跟随在后。导师具足三十二大人相之庄严,大迦叶长老则具足七大人相,他犹如被系在金色大船后一般,步步紧随导师而行。导师走了一小段路,便从路上岔到一棵树下,示现想坐下的姿态。长老知道导师想坐下,便把自己那件碎布僧伽帝叠成四层,铺陈开去。显示巴利原文
Mahākassapatthero taṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ amhākaṃ satthā bhavissati, imaṃ ahaṃ uddissa pabbajito’’ti diṭṭhaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya onato gantvā tīsu ṭhānesu vanditvā ‘‘satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmi, satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) āha. Atha naṃ bhagavā āha – ‘‘kassapa, sace tvaṃ imaṃ nipaccakāraṃ mahāpathaviyā kareyyāsi, sāpi dhāretuṃ na sakkuṇeyya. Tathāgatassa pana evaṃ guṇamahantataṃ jānatā tayā kato nipaccakāro mayhaṃ lomampi cāletuṃ na sakkoti. Nisīda, kassapa, dāyajjaṃ te dassāmī’’ti. Athassa bhagavā tīhi ovādehi upasampadaṃ adāsi. Datvā ca bahuputtanigrodhamūlato nikkhamitvā theraṃ pacchāsamaṇaṃ katvā maggaṃ paṭipajji. Satthu sarīraṃ dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavicittaṃ, mahākassapassa sattamahāpurisalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ, so kañcananāvāya pacchābaddho viya satthu padānupadikaṃ anugañchi. Satthā thokaṃ maggaṃ gantvā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisajjākāraṃ dassesi. Thero ‘‘satthā nisīditukāmo’’ti ñatvā attano paṭapilotikaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ catugguṇaṃ katvā paññapesi.
世尊在那里坐下,用手抚摩着那件衣,说道:“迦叶,你这件碎布僧伽帝真是柔软。”长老明白导师是在称赞他的僧伽帝柔软,想必是想披上它,便说:“世尊,请您披上这件僧伽帝。”“迦叶,那你披什么?”“若能得世尊的内衣穿着,我便披上它。”世尊说:“迦叶,你能持用这件我受用已久的粪扫衣吗?因为我接受这件粪扫衣的那天,大地乃至水界都为之震动。这件佛所曾受用的旧衣,并非只有微小功德的人所能持用,唯有能圆满修行、宿生即修粪扫衣者才可持用。”说完,便与长老交换了衣。显示巴利原文
Satthā tattha nisīditvā hatthena cīvaraṃ parimajjanto ‘‘mudukā kho tyāyaṃ, kassapa, paṭapilotikā saṅghāṭī’’ti āha (saṃ. ni. 2.154). So ‘‘satthā me saṅghāṭiyā mudubhāvaṃ kathesi, pārupitukāmo bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘pārupatu, bhante, bhagavā saṅghāṭi’’nti āha. ‘‘Kiṃ tvaṃ pārupissasi, kassapā’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ nivāsanaṃ labhanto pārupissāmi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, kassapa, imaṃ paribhogajiṇṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhāretuṃ sakkhissasi, mayā hi imassa paṃsukūlassa gahitadivase udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahāpathavī kampi, imaṃ buddhaparibhogajiṇṇacīvaraṃ nāma na sakkā parittaguṇena dhāretuṃ, paṭibalenevidaṃ paṭipattipūraṇasamatthena jātipaṃsukūlikena dhāretuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vatvā therena saddhiṃ cīvaraṃ parivattesi.
这样交换衣之后,世尊披上长老的衣,长老披上导师的衣。那一刻,无觉的大地仿佛在说:“世尊,您做了难行之事!过去从未有过您披着的衣与弟子相交换的事情,我无法承载您的功德!”发出巨响,直至水界为之震动。长老也心想:“我已得到诸佛曾受用的衣,现在我还有什么需要更超上的呢?”他没有生起骄慢,就在导师座前受持了十三头陀支,约有七日仍为凡夫,在第八日证得了与无碍解俱足的阿拉汉果。于是导师以“比丘们,迦叶如月一般进入诸家庭,身远离、心远离,始终保持如新学比丘的状态,在诸家中不骄慢”等语称赞他。此后,导师坐在圣众之中时,又宣说:“比丘们,在我的比丘弟子中,说头陀者,此大迦叶最为第一。”将他置于头陀说者的首位。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ cīvaraṃ parivattetvā therassa cīvaraṃ bhagavā pārupi, satthu cīvaraṃ thero. Tasmiṃ khaṇe acetanāpi ayaṃ mahāpathavī ‘‘dukkaraṃ, bhante, akattha, attano pārutacīvaraṃ sāvakena parivattitapubbaṃ nāma nāhosi, ahaṃ tumhākaṃ guṇaṃ dhāretuṃ na sakkomī’’ti vadantī viya udakapariyantaṃ katvā kampi. Theropi ‘‘laddhaṃ me buddhānaṃ paribhogacīvaraṃ, kiṃ me idāni uttari kattabba’’nti unnatiṃ akatvā satthu santikeyeva terasa dhutaguṇe samādāya sattadivasamattaṃ puthujjano ahosi. Aṭṭhame divase saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Atha naṃ satthā ‘‘kassapo, bhikkhave, candūpamo kulāni upasaṅkamati, apakasseva kāyaṃ apakassa cittaṃ niccanavako kulesu appagabbho’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.146) evamādinā pasaṃsitvā aparabhāge ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhutavādānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākassapo’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 191) dhutavādānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.
398 他说:“莲华上世尊……”等语。这里,「莲华上」的意思是:彼世尊从母胎降生之时,从迈出第一步起,每跨一步便有十万瓣莲花破地涌出,因此得名“莲华上”。「世尊」的意思是:在一切众生类中,每一类都修满了百善,而世尊的善德更超此百倍,故称世尊。「世间最上的如如不动者」中,「世间最上」指在众生世间中最为尊上;「如如不动者」指于可意与不可意境,皆证得不动不摇之相。「当世间怙主般涅槃时」:作为众生世间依怙的世尊,以无余蕴般涅槃而般涅槃,即隐没不见之义。「作礼敬与赞颂」:指在包含诸天的世间中,由于世尊被尊称为“导师”,他们便以“善哉”欢呼踊跃而行礼敬与赞颂。显示巴利原文
398. Evaṃ bhagavatā etadaggaṭṭhāne ṭhapito āyasmā mahākassapo mahāsāvakabhāvaṃ patto attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassavasenaṃ pubbacaritāpadānaṃ pakāsento padumuttarassa bhagavatotiādimāha. Tattha padumuttarassāti tassa kira bhagavato mātukucchito nikkhamanakālato paṭṭhāya pādānaṃ nikkhepanasamaye akkantakkantapāde satasahassapattā padumā pathaviṃ bhinditvā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Tasmāssa taṃ nāmaṃ ahosi. Sakalasattanikāyesu ekekena satasatapuññe kate tassa puññassa sataguṇapuññānaṃ katattā bhagavatoti attho. Lokajeṭṭhassa tādinoti sattalokassa padhānabhūtassa iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu akampiyabhāvaṃ pattattā tādino. Nibbute lokanāthamhīti sattalokassa paṭisaraṇabhūte bhagavati khandhaparinibbānena parinibbute, adassanaṃ gateti attho. Pūjaṃ kubbanti santhunoti sadevakassa lokassa sāsanato ‘‘satthā’’ti laddhanāmassa bhagavato sādhukīḷaṃ kīḷantā pūjaṃ karontīti sambandho.
399 「正在堆集火的人众」:指那些为火葬而堆积柴薪、聚集成堆的众人,他们从四周以种种方式欢喜、满足地进行供养。「在他们已生悚惧者中」:当那些人众心生悚惧、感到惊怖之时,我的喜悦与欢笑便生起、显现。显示巴利原文
399.Aggiṃcinantī janatāti janasamūhā āḷāhanatthāya aggiṃ cinantā rāsiṃ karontā āsamantato moditā santuṭṭhā pakārena moditā santuṭṭhā pūjaṃ karontīti sambandho. Tesusaṃvegajātesūti tesu janasamūhesu saṃvegappattesu utrāsaṃ labhantesu me mayhaṃ pīti hāso udapajjatha pātubhavīti attho.
400 “把亲戚朋友们聚集起来”:意思是把我的亲戚、朋友们召集到一处,汇聚成群。“大雄世尊已般涅槃,隐没不见了”——我说出了这句话。“来吧,我们一起作供养吧!”中的 handa 是一个表示催促、行动的虚词,全句意谓“以此因缘,我们所有人齐聚一堂,共同作供养”。seti 也是虚词。显示巴利原文
400.Ñātimitte samānetvāti mama bandhusahāye samānetvā rāsiṃ katvā. Mahāvīro bhagavā parinibbuto adassanaṃ agamāsīti idaṃ vacanaṃ abraviṃ kathesinti sambandho. Handa pūjaṃ karomaseti handāti vossaggatthe nipāto, tena kāraṇena mayaṃ sabbe samāgatā pūjaṃ karomāti attho. Seti nipāto.
401 听闻‘善哉’后,即我的这些亲戚朋友,在听到‘善哉’(殊妙、善好)这句话后,接受了我的话,便为我生起了更多、更增上的欢笑与喜悦。显示巴利原文
401.Sādhūti te paṭissutvāti te mama ñātimittā sādhu iti sundaraṃ bhaddakaṃ iti paṭisuṇitvā mama vacanaṃ sampaṭichitvā me mayhaṃ bhiyyo atirekaṃ hāsaṃ pītiṃ janiṃsu uppādesunti attho.
402 接着,为了显示自己所积集的福德聚,他开始说‘于佛陀世间依怙’等开篇的话。其关联是:我亲自造作并令他人造作了这样的福德聚、福德堆——那是一座高一百肘、巍峨耸立、宽一百五十肘、耸立空中的供养殿,且是以殊妙的方式善加建造。显示巴利原文
402. Tato attano katapuññasañcayaṃ dassento buddhasmiṃ lokanāthamhītiādimāha. Satahatthaṃ uggataṃ ubbiddhaṃ diyaḍḍhahatthasataṃ vitthataṃ, vimānaṃ nabhasi ākāse uggataṃ agghiyaṃ, sukataṃ sundarākārena kataṃ, katvā kāretvā ca puññasañcayaṃ puññarāsiṃ kāhāsiṃ akāsinti sambandho.
403 ‘在那里造作了供养物’,意思是:在那个供养塔庙的地方,用棕榈叶条等庄严装饰,建造了五彩斑斓、辉煌庄严的供养物。在亲自造作并令他人造作之后,令自己的心净信,然后去供养那最上塔庙——也就是安奉了佛陀舍利的最殊胜塔庙。显示巴利原文
403.Katvāna agghiyaṃ tatthāti tasmiṃ cetiyapūjanaṭṭhāne tālapantīhi tālapāḷīhi cittitaṃ sobhitaṃ agghiyaṃ katvāna kāretvā ca sakaṃ cittaṃ attano cittaṃ pasādetvā cetiyaṃ pūjayuttamanti uttamaṃ buddhadhātunidhāpitaṃ cetiyaṃ pūjayinti sambandho.
404 为彰显那塔庙的广大威力,他说‘如火堆’等语。其中,‘如火堆’意为:那塔庙如同在虚空中炽燃的火堆、火聚一般,以七宝闪耀;又如繁花盛开的沙罗树王;在虚空中,如同因陀罗柱、如同彩虹,向四方照耀、闪烁。显示巴利原文
404. Tassa cetiyassa mahimaṃ dassento aggikkhandhovātiādimāha. Tattha aggikkhandhovāti ākāse jalamāno aggikkhandhova aggirāsi iva taṃ cetiyaṃ sattahi ratanehi jalati phullito vikasitapuppho sālarukkharājā iva ākāse indalaṭṭhīva indadhanu iva ca catuddisā catūsu disāsu obhāsati vijjotatīti sambandho.
405 ‘在那里使心净信’:在那光芒闪耀的舍利室中,使自心清净、生起净信与喜悦;凭借这份心的净信,造作了广大、种种的善业与福德。之后,我忆念着‘在舍利室与教法中,我累积了如此之多的福德’,在命终之后,如从梦中醒来,便往生于三十三天界。显示巴利原文
405.Tatthacittaṃ pasādetvāti tasmiṃ jotamānadhātugabbhamhi cittaṃ manaṃ pasādetvā somanassaṃ katvā tena cittappasādena bahuṃ anekappakāraṃ kusalaṃ puññaṃ katvāna ‘‘dhātugabbhe ca sāsane ca ettakāni puññāni mayā katānī’’ti evaṃ puññakammaṃ saritvāna kālaṃkatvā tidasaṃ tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ suttappabuddho viya ahaṃ upapajjiṃ jātoti sambandho.
406 为显示自己于所生天界获得的殊胜成就,他说‘千乘’等语。其中,我居于由千匹信度骏马所牵引的天乘之上;我那宫殿楼阁,由七重阶基善加构建,高耸、挺拔、巍峨——这便是其义。显示巴利原文
406. Attano uppannadevaloke laddhasampattiṃ dassento sahassayuttantiādimāha. Tattha hayavāhiṃ sindhavasahassayojitaṃ dibbarathaṃ adhiṭṭhito. Sattahi bhūmīhi saṃ suṭṭhu uggataṃ ubbiddhaṃ uccaṃ mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ vimānaṃ ahosīti attho.
407 在那座天宫之中,有整整一千座纯金打造的尖顶殿堂。这些殿堂以自身的威神力,遍照十方,璀璨闪耀。显示巴利原文
407. Tasmiṃ vimāne sabbasovaṇṇamayā sakalasovaṇṇamayāni kūṭāgārasahassāni ahuṃ ahesunti attho. Sakatejena attano ānubhāvena sabbā dasa disā pabhāsayaṃ obhāsentāni jalanti vijjotantīti sambandho.
408 在我所显现的天宫中,还有其他一些凸出的门楼殿堂。它们由何物所成?由赤色宝石(红宝石)所成。那时,这些门楼殿堂也以光芒照耀四方。显示巴利原文
408. Tasmiṃ mayhaṃ pātubhūtavimāne aññepi niyyūhā pamukhasālāyo santi vijjanti. Kiṃ bhūtā? Lohitaṅgamayā rattamaṇimayā tadā tepi niyyūhā catasso disā ābhāya pabhāya jotantīti sambandho.
410 “我征服一切天神,于一切天界中征服诸神。”若问“这是谁的果报?”意思是:这正是我所作福业的果报。显示巴利原文
410.Sabbedeve sakalachadevaloke deve abhibhomi abhibhavāmi. Kassa phalanti ce? Mayā katassa puññakammassa idaṃ phalanti attho.
411 接着,为了显示人界成就,他说「于六万劫时」等。其意为:从这一劫往下,在第六万劫之初,我成为名为「乌毗达」的转轮王,统领四大洲,威镇四方,征服一切怨敌,统治大地。显示巴利原文
411. Tato manussasampattiṃ dassento saṭṭhikappasahassamhītiādimāha. Tattha ito kappato heṭṭhā saṭṭhisahassakappamatthake cāturanto catumahādīpavanto vijitāvī sabbaṃ paccatthikaṃ vijitavanto ahaṃ ubbiddho nāma cakkavattī rājā hutvā pathaviṃ āvasiṃ rajjaṃ kāresinti sambandho.
412-4 同样,在「贤劫」——因为此劫中有五位佛陀出现,故称贤劫——之中,我三十次,也就是三十生,成为四大洲之主、无上者,具足轮宝等七宝,是一个精勤于己业、喜好并践行十种王法的转轮王。接着显示他作为转轮王时所受用的成就,所以说「那里亦有我的宫殿」等。其中,在作为转轮王治世期间,我的宫殿如同因陀罗杖一般高耸,如同闪电般闪耀,悬于虚空,具足七层等高低错落的构造,高大庄严,长度(纵长)与高度均为二十四由旬,宽度则为十二由旬。由于它能吸引一切人的心,因此都城名为「喜乐城」。并说明:此城具备坚固的城墙与城门,其城墙有些高十二肘,有些高三十肘。显示巴利原文
412-4.Tatheva bhaddake kappeti pañcabuddhapaṭimaṇḍitattā bhaddake nāma kappe. Tiṃsakkhattuṃ tiṃsajātiyā catudīpamhi issaro padhāno cakkaratanādīhi sattahi ratanehi sampanno samaṅgībhūto sakakammābhiraddho attano kamme dasa rājadhamme abhiraddho allīno cakkavattī rājā amhī ahosinti sambandho. Attano cakkavattikāle anubhūtasampattiṃ dassento ‘‘tatthāpi bhavanaṃ mayha’’ntiādimāha. Tattha tasmiṃ cakkavattirajjamhi mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ mama pāsādaṃ indalaṭṭhīva uggataṃ ākāse ṭhitavijjotamānā vijjullatā iva uggataṃ sattabhūmikādibhedehi uccaṃ āyāmato dīghato ca uccato ca catuvīsatiyojanaṃ vitthārato dvādasayojanaṃ ahosīti sambandho. Sabbesaṃ janānaṃ manaṃ allīnabhāvena rammaṇaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosīti attho. Daḷhehi dvādasahatthehi vā tiṃsahatthehi vā uccehi pākāratoraṇehi sampannanti dasseti.
415-20 「Tadaḍḍhakaṃ」意为“从那半”,也就是二百五十由旬。「Pakkhittā paṇṇavīsatī」意为“置入二十五”,即二十个集市相连排列,形成没有间断的街道划分。「Brāhmaññakulasambhūto」意为“生于婆罗门族”,即出生于婆罗门家庭。其余部分如前所述,故容易了知。显示巴利原文
415-20.Tadaḍḍhakaṃ tato aḍḍhakaṃ aḍḍhatiyasatayojananti attho. Pakkhittā paṇṇavīsatīti vīsatiāpaṇapakkhittaṃ nirantaraṃ vīthiparicchedanti attho. Brāhmaññakulasambhūtoti brāhmaṇakule sujāto. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyamevāti.
阿那律长老本行注疏。显示巴利原文
3-4. Anuruddhattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“Sumedhaṃ bhagavantāhaṃ”等开篇之语,是具寿阿那律长老的本行。这位长老在过去诸佛处积累了广大善行,于种种生命流转中,积聚着趣向涅槃的助缘福业。在莲花上世尊的时代,他出生于一个家资丰饶的居士家庭。成年后,一日前往寺院,于世尊座下听法。他见到世尊将一位比丘安立在天眼第一的位置上,自己便发愿求取此一地位。于是,他为拥有十万比丘眷属的世尊举办了七日大布施,第七日向世尊及比丘僧团供养了最上等的衣服,并许下心愿。世尊观察到他没有任何障碍,必得成就,便授记道:‘未来在乔达摩正自觉者的教法中,你将成为天眼第一者。’此后他在那里继续修习福业。世尊般涅槃后,他在那座七由旬高的黄金塔处,以众多铜盆、灯树、灯盏等,心中作意‘愿此成为天眼智的助缘’,举行了盛大的燃灯供养。如此,他尽形寿修习福业后,便在天界与人界之间流转。到迦叶世尊的时代,他生于波罗奈城的一个居士家庭。长大成人时,正值世尊般涅槃,众人建好了一座一由旬高的黄金塔。他将众多铜盆盛满熟酥,每一盆中央各放一块糖团,以盆口承接盆口,环塔周匝安置。他自显示巴利原文
Sumedhaṃbhagavantāhantiādikaṃ āyasmato anuruddhattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle vibhavasampanne kuṭumbikakule nibbatti. Vayappatto ekadivasaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā satthu santike dhammaṃ suṇanto satthārā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā sayampi taṃ dānaṃ patthetvā satasahassabhikkhuparivārassa bhagavato sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā sattame divase bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca uttamāni vatthāni datvā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthāpissa anantarāyena samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘anāgate gotamassa sammāsambuddhassa sāsane dibbacakkhukānaṃ aggo bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Sopi tattha puññāni karonto satthari parinibbute sattayojanike kanakathūpe bahukaṃsapātiyo dīparukkhehi dīpakapallikāhi ca ‘‘dibbacakkhuñāṇassa upanissayo hotū’’ti uḷāraṃ dīpapūjaṃ akāsi. Evaṃ yāvajīvaṃ puññāni katvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto kassapassa bhagavato kāle bārāṇasiyaṃ kuṭumbikagehe nibbattitvā viññutaṃ patto satthari parinibbute niṭṭhite yojanike kanakathūpe bahukaṃsapātiyo sappimaṇḍassa pūretvā majjhe ca ekekaṃ guḷapiṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā mukhavaṭṭiyā mukhavaṭṭiṃ phusāpento cetiyaṃ parikkhipāpesi. Attanā gahitakaṃsapātiṃ sappimaṇḍassa pūretvā sahassavaṭṭiyo jālāpetvā sīse ṭhapetvā sabbarattiṃ cetiyaṃ anupariyāyi.
如此,他在那一生中亦尽形寿修习善业,随后投生天界。在天界享尽天寿后,从彼处去世。当时尚无佛陀出世,他又投生至波罗奈城的一户贫苦人家,名为‘安那婆罗’。他在一位名叫须摩那的长者家中做工谋生。一日,他见到一位名为‘优波离咤’的独觉佛,刚从灭尽定中出定,从香山经由空中降临波罗奈城门,披好袈裟后,在城中次第乞食。他见后内心生起清净信心,便取过独觉佛的钵,将自己留存的那份饭食放入钵中,准备施予独觉佛。他的妻子也将自己那份饭食一并放入。他拿着这些饭食交到独觉佛手中。独觉佛接受后,为他作了随喜祝福便离去了。那一天,安住在须摩那长者伞盖上的天神,高声随喜赞叹道:‘啊,这布施!无上的布施!已在优波离咤处被善巧地建立了!’须摩那长者听闻此言,心想:‘能令天神如此随喜,这才是最为殊胜的布施啊!’于是便向安那婆罗请求分享这份随喜的功德。安那婆罗便将功德回向予他。为此,须摩那长者满心欢喜,赐予他一千金币,并对他说:‘从今以后,你不显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tasmimpi attabhāve yāvajīvaṃ kusalaṃ katvā devaloke nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cuto anuppanne buddhe bārāṇasiyaṃyeva duggatakule nibbatti, ‘‘annabhāro’’tissa nāmaṃ ahosi. So sumanaseṭṭhissa nāma gehe kammaṃ karonto jīvati. Ekadivasaṃ so upariṭṭhaṃ nāma paccekabuddhaṃ nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhāya gandhamādanapabbatato ākāsenāgantvā bārāṇasīnagaradvāre otaritvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā nagare piṇḍāya carantaṃ disvā pasannamānaso pattaṃ gahetvā attano atthāya ṭhapitaṃ bhāgabhattaṃ patte pakkhipitvā paccekabuddhassa dātukāmo ārabhi. Bhariyāpissa attano bhāgabhattañca tattheva pakkhipi. So taṃ netvā paccekabuddhassa hatthe ṭhapesi. Paccekabuddho taṃ gahetvā anumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Taṃ divasaṃ sumanaseṭṭhissa chatte adhivatthā devatā – ‘‘aho dānaṃ, paramadānaṃ, upariṭṭhe suppatiṭṭhita’’nti mahāsaddena anumodi. Taṃ sutvā sumanaseṭṭhi – ‘‘evaṃ devatāya anumoditaṃ idameva uttamadāna’’nti cintetvā tattha pattiṃ yāci. Annabhāro pana tassa pattiṃ adāsi. Tena pasannacitto sumanaseṭṭhi tassa sahassaṃ datvā ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya tuyhaṃ sahatthena kammakaraṇakiccaṃ natthi, patirūpaṃ gehaṃ katvā niccaṃ vasāhī’’ti āha.
因为施予出灭尽定的独觉佛的饭食,当日便能感得广大的善报,所以须摩那长者前往国王处时,便将他带在身边。国王也以十分敬重的目光注视着他。须摩那长者便禀道:‘大王,此人确实值得您这般注目。’随即将安那婆罗所造的善业,以及自己赠其一千金币之事,悉数禀告了国王。国王听后极为满意,也赏赐他一千金币,并对他说:‘你在某处建造房屋安住吧。’就这样赐予了他一块建屋之地。当安那婆罗令人平整那块土地时,许多巨大的宝藏罐从地中涌出。他见此情景便前往报告国王。国王命人将所有财宝取出堆成堆,见后问道:‘此城中,谁家能有如此多的财富?’大臣们回答:‘无人能有,陛下。’国王便宣布:‘如此,今日这位安那婆罗即为我城中之大财主长者!’即于当天,便为他升起了象征长者身位的长者伞盖。显示巴利原文
Yasmā nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhitassa paccekabuddhassa dinnapiṇḍapāto taṃ divasameva uḷāravipāko hoti, tasmā sumanaseṭṭhi rañño santikaṃ gacchanto taṃ gahetvā agamāsi. Rājā pana taṃ ādaravasena olokesi. Seṭṭhi – ‘‘mahārāja, ayaṃ oloketabbayuttoyevā’’ti vatvā tadā tena katakammaṃ attanāpissa sahassadinnabhāvañca kathesi. Taṃ sutvā rājā tassa tussitvā sahassaṃ datvā ‘‘asukasmiṃ ṭhāne gehaṃ katvā vasāhī’’ti gehaṭṭhānamassa āṇāpesi. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ sodhāpentassa mahantā mahantā nidhikumbhiyo uṭṭhahiṃsu. So tā disvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā sabbaṃ dhanaṃ uddharāpetvā rāsikataṃ disvā – ‘‘ettakaṃ dhanaṃ imasmiṃ nagare kassa gehe atthī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Na kassaci, devā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi ayaṃ annabhāro imasmiṃ nagare mahādhanaseṭṭhi nāma hotū’’ti taṃ divasameva tassa seṭṭhichattaṃ ussāpesi.
他成为长者后,终生广行善业,命终投生天界。在天界与人界中长久轮转之后,于我们世尊即将降生之时,他在迦毗罗卫城白饭王的释迦族家中结生。他出生后,被取名为「阿那律」。他是摩诃男释迦的弟弟,也就是世尊叔父的儿子。他天生极为娇贵,是大福德者,乃至饭食只出现在金盘中。一天,他的母亲心想:‘我的儿子至今不知“没有”一词,应当让他明白。’于是命人将一个金盘空着,用另一个金盘盖住,给阿那律送去。途中,诸天就用天界糕点将空盘填满。这位大福德者,在对应三季的三座宫殿中,为盛装舞女所环绕,如同天神一般享受着极大的富贵。显示巴利原文
So seṭṭhi hutvā yāvajīvaṃ kalyāṇakammaṃ katvā devaloke nibbatto, dīgharattaṃ devamanussesu saṃsaritvā amhākaṃ bhagavato uppajjanakakāle kapilavatthunagare sukkodanasakkassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Tassa jātassa anuruddhoti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. So mahānāmasakkassa kaniṭṭhabhātā bhagavato cūḷapitu putto paramasukhumālo mahāpuñño ahosi. Suvaṇṇapātiyaṃyeva cassa bhattaṃ uppajji. Athassa mātā ekadivasaṃ ‘‘mama putto natthīti padaṃ na jānāti, taṃ jānāpessāmī’’ti cintetvā ekaṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ tucchakaṃyeva aññāya suvaṇṇapātiyā pidahitvā tassa pesesi, antarāmagge devatā taṃ, dibbapūvehi pūresuṃ. Evaṃ mahāpuñño tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikesu tīsu pāsādesu alaṅkatanāṭakitthīhi parivuto devo viya mahāsampattiṃ anubhavi.
我们的菩萨也在那时从兜率天没,投生入净饭大王王后的腹中。他渐次长大,至二十九岁,在家生活二十九年之后,发起伟大的出家。次第修持,最终于菩提树下通达一切知智。于菩提树下度过七周后,在仙人堕处鹿野苑转于法轮。为利益世间众生,他前往王舍城,住于竹林园中。那时,净饭大王心想:‘听说我的儿子已到王舍城。去吧,去把我的儿子请回来。’于是派遣十位大臣,每位大臣带领上千随从。这些人全都以「善来,比丘」的方式出家成为比丘。后来,在这些大臣之中,优陀夷长老祈请世尊游行教化,世尊便由两万漏尽比丘围绕,离开王舍城,来到迦毗罗卫城。在亲族聚会中,世尊示现种种神变,宣说具有神变教化的法义,让大众饮下不死甘露。次日,世尊持衣钵立于城门,心中思惟:‘诸佛还归故乡,以何为惯例?’了知‘次第乞食为惯例’后,便开始在城中次第乞食。净饭王听说‘你的儿子在乞食’,急忙赶来,于途中闻法,便将世尊请入自己显示巴利原文
Amhākampi bodhisatto tasmiṃ samaye tusitapurā cavitvā suddhodanamahārājassa aggamahesiyā kucchimhi nibbattitvā anukkamena vuddhippatto ekūnatiṃsa vassāni agāramajjhe vasitvā mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā anukkamena paṭividdhasabbaññutaññāṇo bodhimaṇḍe sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā isipatane migadāye dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā lokānuggahaṃ karonto rājagahaṃ gantvā veḷuvane vihāsi. Tadā suddhodanamahārājā – ‘‘putto kira me rājagahaṃ anuppatto; gacchatha, bhaṇe, mama puttaṃ ānethā’’ti sahassasahassaparivāre dasa amacce pesesi. Te sabbe ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajiṃsu. Tesu udāyittherena cārikāgamanaṃ āyācito bhagavā vīsatisahassakhīṇāsavaparivuto rājagahato nikkhamitvā kapilavatthupuraṃ gantvā ñātisamāgame anekāni pāṭihāriyāni dassetvā pāṭihāriyavicittaṃ dhammadesanaṃ kathetvā mahājanaṃ amatapānaṃ pāyetvā dutiyadivase pattacīvaramādāya nagaradvāre ṭhatvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kulanagaraṃ āgatānaṃ sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇa’’nti āvajjamāno ‘‘sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caraṇaṃ āciṇṇa’’nti ñatvā sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya carati. Rājā ‘‘putto te piṇḍāya caratī’’ti sutvā turitaturito āgantvā antaravīthiyaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā attano nivesanaṃ pavesetvā mahantaṃ sakkārasammānaṃ akāsi. Bhagavā tattha kattabbaṃ ñātisaṅgahaṃ katvā rāhulakumāraṃ pabbājetvā nacirasseva kapilavatthunagarato mallaraṭṭhe cārikaṃ caramāno anupiyambavanaṃ pāpuṇi.
那时,净饭大王召集所有释迦族人,对他们说:‘如果我的儿子继续在家生活,他必定会成为一位具足七宝的转轮王,为众多刹帝利青年所围绕;我的孙子罗睺罗王子,也会与这些刹帝利青年一同随侍在他身边。这个道理,你们也应当明了。如今,我的儿子已经成佛,他的随从也理应是刹帝利青年。你们每家,各出一个男孩出家吧。’听了这番话,当即有八万两千名刹帝利青年同时出家。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ samaye suddhodanamahārājā sākiyagaṇaṃ sannipātetvā āha – ‘‘sace mama putto agāraṃ ajjhāvasissa, rājā abhavissa cakkavattī sattaratanasampanno khattiyagaṇaparivāro, nattāpi me rāhulakumāro khattiyagaṇena saddhiṃ taṃ parivāretvā acarissa, tumhepi etamatthaṃ jānātha. Idāni pana mama putto buddho jāto, khattiyāvāssa parivārā hontu, tumhe ekekakulato ekekaṃ dārakaṃ dethā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte ekappahāreneva dveasītisahassakhattiyakumārā pabbajiṃsu.
那时,释迦族的家主摩诃男来到他弟弟阿那律释迦面前,对他说:“亲爱的阿那律,你看看,如今一个一个声名显赫的释迦族青年都追随世尊出家,由在家而出家了。可是我们家族,还没有一个人从在家走向出家。所以,要么你出家,要么我出家吧。”阿那律听了这话,对居家生活也生不起丝毫喜乐,于是决定自己出家,便与另外六人一起,从在家走向出家。他出家过程中的详细故事,记载在《破僧犍度》中。到了阿努比亚之后,在这些出家人当中,就在那个雨安居期间,跋地亚长老证得阿拉汉果;阿那律长老获得天眼;提婆达多成就八种定;阿难长老安住于入流果;跋古长老和奇弥拉长老则后来才证得阿拉汉果。所有这些长老,在他们各自成就的方面,往昔所发的誓愿和志向都会一一显现。而这位阿那律长老,他从法将(舍利弗尊者)处领受禅修业处之后,前往支提国的东竹林中修习沙门道法。他思惟了七项大人之思惟,但在思惟第八项时感到了疲劳。我们的本师知道:“阿那律在第八项大人之思惟上感到疲劳……”显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ samaye mahānāmo sakko kuṭumbasāmiko, so attano kaniṭṭhaṃ anuruddhaṃ sakkaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘etarahi, tāta anuruddha, abhiññātā abhiññātā sakyakumārā bhagavantaṃ pabbajitaṃ anupabbajanti, amhākañca kulā natthi koci agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, tena hi tvaṃ vā pabbajāhi, ahaṃ vā pabbajissāmī’’ti. Taṃ sutvā anuruddho gharāvāse ruciṃ akatvā attasattamo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. Tassa pabbajjānukkamo saṅghabhedakakkhandhake (cūḷava. 330 ādayo) āgatoyeva. Evaṃ anupiyaṃ gantvā pabbajitesu pana tesu tasmiṃyeva antovasse bhaddiyatthero arahattaṃ pāpuṇi, anuruddhatthero dibbacakkhuṃ nibbattesi, devadatto aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattesi, ānandatthero sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi, bhagutthero ca kimilatthero ca pacchā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tesaṃ sabbesampi therānaṃ attano attano āgataṭṭhānesu pubbapatthanābhinīhāro āvi bhavissati. Ayaṃ anuruddhatthero dhammasenāpatissa santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā cetiyaraṭṭhe pācīnavaṃsadāyaṃ gantvā samaṇadhammaṃ karonto satta mahāpurisavitakke vitakkesi, aṭṭhame kilamati. Satthā ‘‘anuruddho aṭṭhame mahāpurisavitakke kilamatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘tassa saṅkappaṃ pūressāmī’’ti tattha gantvā paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno aṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ pūretvā catupaccayasantosabhāvanārāmapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ mahāariyavaṃsapaṭipadaṃ kathetvā ākāse uppatitvā bhesakalāvanameva gato.
如来离去之时,这位长老便成为具足三明的大漏尽者。他心想:“大师知我心意而来,为我圆满解说了第八项大人之思惟并赐予了我。我的愿望,如今已达圆满。”于是,他针对诸佛的说法教化及自己所通达的法,诵出了这些优陀那偈颂:显示巴利原文
Thero tathāgate gatamatteyeva tevijjo mahākhīṇāsavo hutvā ‘‘satthā mayhaṃ manaṃ jānitvā āgantvā aṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ pūretvā adāsi, so ca me manoratho matthakaṃ patto’’ti buddhānaṃ dhammadesanaṃ attano ca paṭivedhadhammaṃ ārabbha imā udānagāthā abhāsi –
“他知我心中所念,世间无上的老师,便以意所成之身,以神通力来到我面前。”
当我生起这个念头时,便更进一步开示;佛陀乐于无戏论,为我宣说无戏论。
我领悟了那法之后,便欢喜安住于教法中;
证得三明,圆满佛陀的教法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mama saṅkappamaññāya, satthā loke anuttaro; Manomayena kāyena, iddhiyā upasaṅkami. ‘‘Yadā me ahu saṅkappo, tato uttari desayi; Nippapañcarato buddho, nippapañcamadesayi. ‘‘Tassāhaṃ dhammamaññāya, vihāsiṃ sāsane rato; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsana’’nti. (theragā. 901-903);
后来,世尊住在祇树给孤独园大寺时,将他列为第一,说道:「在具足天眼通的比丘中,阿那律为第一。」(《增支部》1.192)显示巴利原文
Atha naṃ aparabhāge satthā jetavane mahāvihāre viharanto ‘‘dibbacakkhukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuruddho aggo’’ti (a. ni. 1.192) aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.
421 如是,他从世尊处获得天眼通第一之位后,忆起自己过去所造之业,出于喜悦,开始宣说其过去生中所行的本行事迹:‘我见善慧世尊……’云云。其中,‘善慧’:因彼世尊具足殊胜的安立智、道果智、观智及四无碍解等名为‘慧’之功德,故为善慧。彼善慧者,因具足福德,故为世尊,乃世间最尊、最上、最精进者,最先出离轮回,为众人之上首与引导者,远离群聚,已离喧闹,住于独处——我即见过如此安住独处的世尊。这是文句的连结。显示巴利原文
421. Evaṃ so bhagavato santikā dibbacakkhukānaṃ aggaṭṭhānaṃ labhitvā attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassavasena pubbacaritāpadānaṃ pakāsento sumedhaṃ bhagavantāhantiādimāha. Tattha sundarā upaṭṭhāpanapaññā maggaphalapaññā vipassanāpaññā catupaṭisambhidādisaṅkhātā medhā yassa bhagavato so sumedho, taṃ sumedhaṃ bhāgyasampannattā bhagavantaṃ lokassa jeṭṭhaṃ seṭṭhaṃ padhānabhūtaṃ saṃsārato paṭhamaṃ niggataṃ narānaṃ āsabhaṃ purecārikaṃ vūpakaṭṭhaṃ vivekabhūtaṃ gaṇasaṅgaṇikārāmato apagataṃ viharantaṃ ahaṃ addasanti sambandho.
422 ‘正自觉者’:因自己觉悟了一切法,故称正自觉者。‘走近后’:到达近处,即前往之意。‘合掌后’:将十指合拢置于头顶,即此意。其余文句意义浅显。显示巴利原文
422. Sabbadhammānaṃ sayameva buddhattā sambuddhaṃ, upagantvāna samīpaṃ gantvāti attho. Añjaliṃ paggahetvānāti dasaṅgulipuṭaṃ muddhani katvāti attho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
430 ‘日夜皆见’:指当他出生于天界或人界之时,以此肉眼便能看见周围一由旬范围内的一切,这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
430.Divā rattiñca passāmīti tadā devaloke ca manussaloke ca uppannakāle maṃsacakkhunā samantato yojanaṃ passāmīti attho.
431 “以智见千世界”:意即以智慧之眼照见一千个轮围世界,此为彼义。“在导师的教法中”:即今乔达摩世尊之教法。“供灯布施、供养灯烛,得此果报”:以此供灯之果,证得天眼,获得并令天眼生起,此为彼义。显示巴利原文
431.Sahassalokaṃ ñāṇenāti paññācakkhunā sahassacakkavāḷaṃ passāmīti attho. Satthu sāsaneti idāni gotamassa bhagavato sāsane. Dīpadānassa dīpapūjāya idaṃ phalaṃ, iminā phalena dibbacakkhuṃ anuppatto paṭiladdho uppādesinti attho.
富楼那·满慈子长老本行注疏显示巴利原文
3-5. Puṇṇamantāṇiputtattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
「通晓圣典、持咒」等语,是具寿富楼那·满慈子长老的本行。这位长老在过去诸佛处曾累积善行,在轮回各处积累着能导向涅槃的福业,在莲花上佛出世之前,就出生于汉舍卫城的一个婆罗门富豪家庭,逐渐长大成人。后来,当莲花上佛出现于世,为那些可以度化的人说法时,他就像前面说过的方式一样,和大众一起前往寺院,坐在人群的边缘听法。他看见导师将一位比丘树立在说法第一的位置上,心里就想:“我未来也应该成为这样的人物。” 说法结束后,待大众起身,他上前邀请佛陀,并如前所述做了盛大的供养,然后对世尊说:“尊者,我以这个功德不希求其他任何成就,只愿就像这位比丘在第七天被您亲自置于说法第一的位置那样,我未来也能在某一位佛陀的教法中,成为说法第一的人。” 导师观察未来,看到他的这个愿望能够实现,便授记说:“在未来的十万劫之后,将会有一位名叫乔达摩的佛陀出世,你会在他的教法中出家,成为说法第一的人。”显示巴利原文
Ajjhāyakomantadharotiādikaṃ āyasmato puṇṇassa mantāṇiputtattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato uppattito puretarameva haṃsavatīnagare brāhmaṇamahāsālakule nibbattitvā anukkamena viññutaṃ patto. Aparabhāge padumuttare bhagavati uppajjitvā bodhaneyyānaṃ dhammaṃ desente heṭṭhā vuttanayena mahājanena saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gantvā parisapariyante nisīditvā dhammaṃ suṇanto satthāraṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ dhammakathikānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā ‘‘mayāpi anāgate evarūpena bhavituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti cintetvā desanāvasāne uṭṭhitāya parisāya satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā nimantetvā heṭṭhā vuttanayena mahāsakkāraṃ katvā bhagavantaṃ evamāha – ‘‘bhante, ahaṃ iminā adhikārena na aññaṃ sampattiṃ patthemi, yathā paneso bhikkhu sattamadivasamatthake tumhehi dhammakathikānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapito, evaṃ ahampi anāgate ekassa buddhassa sāsane dhammakathikānaṃ aggo bhaveyya’’nti patthanaṃ akāsi. Satthā anāgataṃ oloketvā tassa patthanāya samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘anāgate kappasatasahassamatthake gotamo nāma buddho uppajjissati, tassa sāsane pabbajitvā tvaṃ dhammakathikānaṃ aggo bhavissasī’’ti byākāsi.
他尽其一生广行善业,死后在十万劫的时间里,为了积累福德资粮,不断在天界和人界中轮回。到了我们世尊的时代,他在迦毗罗卫城附近一个叫多那婆罗门村的婆罗门富豪家中,作为憍陈如长老的外甥出生了。人们为他取名富楼那。当导师成就了正等觉,转起了无上法轮,并逐步住在王舍城附近时,他在憍陈如长老座下出家,受了具足戒,精进用功,完成了所有出家人应尽的义务。他心想“我要去见十力尊”,便与舅舅长老一同前来拜见导师,但在靠近迦毗罗卫的地方就停下来了,开始如理作意地修习,不久便令观成熟,证得了阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
So yāvatāyukaṃ kalyāṇakammaṃ katvā tato cuto kappasatasahassaṃ puññasambhāraṃ sambharanto devamanussesu saṃsaritvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle kapilavatthunagarassa avidūre doṇavatthunāmake brāhmaṇagāme brāhmaṇamahāsālakule aññāsikoṇḍaññattherassa bhāgineyyo hutvā nibbatti. Tassa puṇṇoti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. So satthari abhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke anukkamena rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharante aññāsikoṇḍaññassa santike pabbajitvā laddhūpasampado padhānamanuyuñjanto sabbaṃ pabbajitakiccaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā ‘‘dasabalassa santikaṃ gamissāmī’’ti mātulattherena saddhiṃ satthu santikaṃ āgantvā kapilavatthusāmantāyeva ohiyitvā yoniso manasikāre kammaṃ karonto nacirasseva vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi.
那时,在富楼那长老座下出家的善男子有五百位。长老以十种论事教导他们。他们也都依十种论事而得受教,安住于他的教导之中,证得阿拉汉果。他们自知出家之事已究竟,便来到亲教师面前,说道:“尊者,我等出家已至究竟,亦通达了十种论事,现在正是去见十力尊的时候了。”长老听了他们的话,心想:“导师知道我通达十种论事。我说法时,从未离开十种论事而说法。若我前去,所有这些比丘都会围绕着我一同前往。这样带着僧团去见十力尊,实不恰当,还是让他们先去见十力尊吧。”于是便对他们说:“贤友们,你们先去见十力尊,以我的名义顶礼如来的双足,我也会沿你们走过的路随后赶来。”那些长老比丘们,全都是十力尊的同乡,全都已是漏尽者,全都通达十种论事。他们谨遵亲教师的嘱咐,礼敬长老后,便次第游历,走完了六十由旬的路程,到达王舍城的竹林大寺,顶礼十力尊的双足后,退坐一面。要知道,诸佛世尊向来有与来客比丘亲切寒暄的习惯。世尊便以“比丘们,过得安稳吗?”等语,温和地问候他们,然后问道:“比丘们……”显示巴利原文
Tassa pana puṇṇattherassa santike pabbajitā kulaputtā pañcasatā ahesuṃ. Thero te dasakathāvatthūhi ovadi. Tepi sabbe dasakathāvatthūhi ovaditā tassa ovāde ṭhatvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇitvā attano pabbajitakiccaṃ matthakappattaṃ ñatvā upajjhāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante, mayaṃ pabbajitakiccassa matthakaṃ pattā, dasannañca kathāvatthūnaṃ lābhino, samayo dāni no dasabalaṃ passitu’’nti, thero tesaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā cintesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ dasakathāvatthulābhitaṃ satthā jānāti. Ahaṃ dhammaṃ desento dasakathāvatthūni amuñcitvāva desemi, mayi ca gacchante sabbepime bhikkhū maṃ parivāretvā gacchissanti, evaṃ me gaṇena saddhiṃ gantvā ayuttaṃ dasabalaṃ passituṃ, ime tāva dasabalaṃ passituṃ gacchantū’’ti. Atha te evamāha – ‘‘āvuso, tumhe purato gantvā dasabalaṃ passatha, mama vacanena tathāgatassa pāde vandatha, ahampi tumhākaṃ gatamaggena āgacchissāmī’’ti. Tepi therā sabbe dasabalassa jātibhūmiraṭṭhavāsino sabbe khīṇāsavā sabbe dasakathāvatthulābhino upajjhāyassa ovādaṃ acchinditvā theraṃ vanditvā anupubbena cārikaṃ carantā saṭṭhiyojanamaggaṃ atikkamma rājagahe veḷuvanamahāvihāraṃ gantvā dasabalassa pāde vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammoditunti bhagavā tehi saddhiṃ ‘‘kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīya’’ntiādinā nayena madhurapaṭisanthāraṃ katvā ‘‘kuto ca tumhe, bhikkhave, āgatatthā’’ti pucchitvā puna tehi ‘‘jātibhūmito’’ti vutte ‘‘ko nu kho, bhikkhave, jātibhūmiyaṃ jātibhūmakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ evaṃ sambhāvito ‘attanā ca appiccho appicchakathañca bhikkhūnaṃ kattā’’’ti (ma. ni. 1.252) dasakathāvatthulābhiṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchi. Tepi ‘‘puṇṇo nāma, bhante, āyasmā mantāṇiputto’’ti ārocayiṃsu.
听了他们这番话,舍利弗尊者生起了想见富楼那长老的强烈愿望。那时,世尊从王舍城来到了舍卫城。富楼那长老听说十力者已到达那里,心想“我要去拜见世尊”,便前往,就在香室中见到了如来。世尊为他宣说法要。长老听法后,礼敬十力者,为了独处而前往安达林,在某一棵树下安坐度日。舍利弗长老听说他来了,也低着头诚心寻觅,确定所在后,便走近那棵树下静坐的长老,与他互相问候寒暄,然后向长老请教关于“清净的道次第”(《中部·根本五十经》1.257)的问题。富楼那长老对于他一个接一个的提问,以七车譬喻来解答,令舍利弗极为心服。他们彼此随喜赞叹对方的善说。显示巴利原文
Tesaṃ kathaṃ sutvā āyasmā sāriputto theraṃ dassanakāmo ahosi. Atha satthā rājagahato sāvatthiṃ agamāsi. Puṇṇattheropi dasabalassa tattha āgatabhāvaṃ sutvā ‘‘satthāraṃ passissāmī’’ti gantvā antogandhakuṭiyaṃyeva tathāgataṃ sampāpuṇi. Satthā tassa dhammaṃ desesi. Thero dhammaṃ sutvā dasabalaṃ vanditvā paṭisallānatthāya andhavanaṃ gantvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Sāriputtattheropi tassāgamanaṃ sutvā sīsānulokiko gantvā okāsaṃ sallakkhetvā tasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā therena saddhiṃ sammoditvā taṃ visuddhikkamaṃ (ma. ni. 1.257) pucchi. Sopissa pucchitapucchitaṃ byākaronto rathavinītūpamāya ativiya cittaṃ ārādhesi. Te aññamaññassa subhāsitaṃ samanumodiṃsu.
434 后来,当世尊坐于比丘僧团之中时,将这位长老置于第一之位,说道:“比丘们,在我这些比丘弟子中,说法第一者,即是富楼那。”(《增支部》1.188,196)他回忆起自己过去生所造的善业,带着喜悦的心情,显扬过去生的本行,便说出“教师”等语。其中,“教师”是指教导、训练众多婆罗门的人。“持咒者”是指持守咒语的人,即以读诵、听闻、教授的方式,持守那称为第四吠陀的典籍。“于三吠陀”的意思,是对于那三部依智慧应持守而称为“吠陀”的经典——梨俱吠陀、夜柔吠陀、娑摩吠陀,已达究竟、到达最终圆满。“我被弟子们奉为前导”的意思是,我被那些常随左右的弟子们所围绕。而“我近赴人中最上者”,就是前往人中最上的世尊,亲近他的意思。其余的都容易理解。显示巴利原文
434. Atha naṃ satthā aparabhāge bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe nisinno theraṃ ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave , mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammakathikānaṃ yadidaṃ puṇṇo’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 196) etadagge ṭhapesi. So pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassavasena pubbacaritāpadānaṃ vibhāvento ajjhāyakotiādimāha. Tattha ajjhāyakoti anekabrāhmaṇānaṃ vācetā sikkhāpetā. Mantadharoti mantānaṃ dhāretāti attho, vedasaṅkhātassa catutthavedassa sajjhāyanasavanadānānaṃ vasena dhāretāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tiṇṇaṃ vedānanti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedasaṅkhātānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ ñāṇena dhāretabbatā ‘‘vedo’’ti laddhanāmesu tīsu vedaganthesu pāraṃ pariyosānaṃ gatoti attho . Purakkhatomhi sissehīti mama niccaparivārabhūtehi sissehi parivuto ahaṃ amhi. Upagacchiṃ naruttamanti narānaṃ uttamaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃ, samīpaṃ gatoti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
438 “通晓阿毗达摩理趣”是指,我在那位佛陀的教化时期,精通阿毗达摩的理路。“以论事清净”是指,在《论事》中以清净而善巧;或者指于少欲、知足等十种论事中善巧。依靠这种论事清净,我使一切有正行者和智者明白觉悟之后,便安住于无漏、无烦恼的境界。显示巴利原文
438.Abhidhammanayaññūhanti ahaṃ tadā tassa buddhassa kāle abhidhammanayakovidoti attho. Kathāvatthuvisuddhiyāti kathāvatthuppakaraṇe visuddhiyā cheko, appicchasantuṭṭhikathādīsu dasasu kathāvatthūsu vā cheko, tāya kathāvatthuvisuddhiyā sabbesaṃ yatijanānaṃ paṇḍitānaṃ viññāpetvāna bodhetvāna anāsavo nikkileso viharāmi vāsaṃ kappemi.
439 “从此五百劫来”的意思是,从这有五位佛陀庄严的贤劫过后,于五百劫中,曾出现极为著名、广为人知的转轮王。他们具足轮宝等七宝,为赡部洲等四大洲之主,最为殊胜,这样的转轮王四位四位地次第出现。其余的解释即如前述。显示巴利原文
439.Ito pañcasate kappeti ito pañcabuddhapaṭimaṇḍitato bhaddakappato pañcasate kappe suppakāsakā suṭṭhu pākaṭā cakkaratanādi sattahi ratanehi sampannā jambudīpādicatudīpamhi issarā padhānā caturo cattāro cakkavattirājāno ahesunti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
3-6. 优波离长老譬喻的注释显示巴利原文
3-6. Upālittheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“在汉舍卫城”等开头的,是尊者优波离长老的譬喻。他同样于过去诸佛所作了修行,在种种生命形态中积累顺缘涅槃的善业。当莲花上佛出现于世时,他生于汉舍卫城一个广有财富的婆罗门家庭。一日,他于导师身边听法,见导师将一位比丘置于持律者中的首位,于是便向导师造作殊胜善业,并祈愿将来证得那个地位。显示巴利原文
Nagarehaṃsavatiyātiādikaṃ āyasmato upālittherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare vibhavasampanne brāhmaṇakule nibbatto. Ekadivasaṃ satthu santike dhammakathaṃ suṇanto satthāraṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ vinayadharānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā satthu adhikārakammaṃ katvā taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ patthesi.
他终其一生行持善法,轮回于人天之间,直到现今佛陀出世的时代,出生于一个理发师家庭。众人为他取名优波离。及至成年,他成为阿那律等六位刹帝利的好友。当如来住在阿那律园时,那六位刹帝利为求离俗出家,他也随同他们一起离家出家。他出家的详细经过,记载于律藏《小品》等处。出家并受具足戒后,他从导师处领受禅修业处,请求说:“尊者,请允许我住于林中。”导师说:“住于林中的比丘唯增长禅定一业,你若住在我身边,则既能圆满修观的义务,也能圆满学教的义务。”他遵从导师的教导,精进修习观禅,不久便证得阿拉汉果。导师也亲自将整部律藏教授于他。后来,他裁断了“婆楼迦车事件”、“阿图迦事件”、“童子迦叶事件”这三件事,导师对他每一次的裁断都给予赞叹,并以这三次裁断为缘起,将长老安立于持律者最上首的位置。显示巴利原文
So yāvajīvaṃ kusalaṃ katvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde kappakagehe nibbatto. Upālītissa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. So vayappatto anuruddhādīnaṃ channaṃ khattiyānaṃ piyasahāyo hutvā tathāgate anupiyambavane viharante pabbajjāya nikkhamantehi chahi khattiyehi saddhiṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Tassa pabbajjāvidhānaṃ pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 330 ādayo) āgatameva. So pabbajitvā upasampanno hutvā satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā ‘‘mayhaṃ, bhante, araññavāsaṃ anujānāthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Bhikkhu araññe vasantassa ekameva dhuraṃ vaḍḍhissati, mayhaṃ pana santike vasantassa vipassanādhurañca ganthadhurañca paripūressatī’’ti. So satthu vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto nacirasseva arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Satthāpi naṃ sayameva sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ uggaṇhāpesi. So aparabhāge bhārukacchavatthuṃ ajjukavatthuṃ kumārakassapavatthunti imāni tīṇi vatthūni vinicchini. Satthā ekekasmiṃ vinicchaye sādhukāraṃ datvā tayo vinicchaye aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā theraṃ vinayadharānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.
441 就这样,他获得第一之位后,忆念起自己过去所造的业,心中充满喜悦,便开始宣说过去生的本行,说“在汉舍卫城”等语。其中,“汉舍卫城”的意思是:那座城的城墙呈天鹅盘翔环绕之形,故称汉舍卫城。又或者,因为不可计数的天鹅栖居、游弋于城中的水塘、莲池、湖泊和小水坑中,依止而住,所以称为汉舍卫城。而“汉舍卫城”即指那座城。“名为善生的婆罗门”:很好地出生,所以叫善生;根据“不可指责、不可呵斥”之说,意即其出身无可指摘。“有八十俱胝积聚”:是说他有八十俱胝的财富,这位善生婆罗门拥有极多的财物与粮食,资财难以计量。这就是它们之间的关联。显示巴利原文
441. Evaṃ so etadaggaṭṭhānaṃ patvā attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassappatto taṃ pubbacaritāpadānaṃ pakāsento nagare haṃsavatiyātiādimāha. Tattha haṃsavatiyāti haṃsāvaṭṭaākārena vati pākāraparikkhepo yasmiṃ nagare, taṃ nagaraṃ haṃsavatī. Atha vā anekasaṅkhā haṃsā taḷākapokkharaṇīsarapallalādīsu nivasantā ito cito ca vidhāvamānā vasanti etthāti haṃsavatī, tassā haṃsavatiyā. Sujāto nāma brāhmaṇoti suṭṭhu jātoti sujāto, ‘‘akkhitto anupakuṭṭho’’ti vacanato agarahito hutvā jātoti attho. Asītikoṭinicayoti asītikoṭidhanarāsiko pahūtadhanadhaññavā asaṅkhyeyyadhanadhaññavā brāhmaṇo sujāto nāma ahosinti sambandho.
442 再者,为显示他的伟大,便说“教授者”等词。其中,“教授者”是指教导他人三吠陀等的人。“持明者”:“明”意指智慧,即拥有阿闼婆吠陀、语法等知识智慧的人,这是它的意思。“于三吠陀达彼岸”:意思是,对于称为梨俱吠陀、夜柔吠陀、娑摩吠陀的这三部吠陀,已达彻底的终尽。“相”:指相学之中,也就是在阐明佛陀、独觉佛、转轮王、女人、男人等手足等处所显现之相的书册中,这是它的意思。“史传”:指那些以“据说如此,据说这般”讲述古代故事的典籍之中。“于己法”:指在自己的法——婆罗门法中达到了极致,达到了终点,达到了顶峰,也就是完全通达。显示巴利原文
442. Punapi tasseva mahantabhāvaṃ dassento ajjhāyakotiādimāha. Tattha ajjhāyakoti paresaṃ vedattayādiṃ vācetā. Mantadharoti mantā vuccati paññā, athabbanavedabyākaraṇādijānanapaññavāti attho. Tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragūti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedasaṅkhātānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pariyosānaṃ pattoti attho. Lakkhaṇeti lakkhaṇasatthe, buddhapaccekabuddhacakkavattiitthipurisānaṃ hatthapādādīsu dissamānalakkhaṇapakāsanakaganthe cāti attho. Itihāseti ‘‘itiha āsa itiha āsā’’ti porāṇakathāppakāsake ganthe. Sadhammeti sakadhamme brāhmaṇadhamme pāramiṃ gato pariyosānaṃ koṭiṃ gato pattoti attho.
443 「Paribbājā」:指那些尼干陀弟子,他们那时都持有种种不同的邪见,在大地上到处游走——这是句子的关联。显示巴利原文
443.Paribbājāti ye nigaṇṭhasāvakā, te sabbe nānādiṭṭhikā tadā mahiyā pathavītale carantīti sambandho.
445 只要圣者(佛陀)尚未出现于世,在那期间便没有“佛陀”这一名称,这是它的含义。显示巴利原文
445. Yāva yattakaṃ kālaṃ jino nuppajjati, tāva tattakaṃ kālaṃ buddhoti vacanaṃ natthīti attho.
446 「Accayena ahorattanti」(以日夜的过去):白天与黑夜合称为日夜,此处指经过了许多年。其余内容便容易理解了。显示巴利原文
446.Accayena ahorattanti aho ca ratti ca ahorattaṃ, bahūnaṃ saṃvaccharānaṃ atikkamenāti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
454 “Mantāṇiputtoti”:他是理发师之女曼陀尼的儿子,因月满与日满而得名“满”,这是其词义。他将成为那位导师的弟子——这是关联句。显示巴利原文
454.Mantāṇiputtoti mantāṇīnāmāya kappakadhītuyā putto, māsapuṇṇatāya divasapuṇṇatāya puṇṇoti laddhanāmoti attho. Tassa satthussa sāvako hessati bhavissatīti sambandho.
455 “Evaṃ kittayi so buddhoti”:那位莲花上世尊正是以这种方式,用美妙的辞句称赞了施予喜悦的苏难达,即为他作了授记。他令一切大众欢喜,令他们心生喜悦,同时彰显了自己的威神力——这是关联句。显示巴利原文
455.Evaṃ kittayi so buddhoti so padumuttaro bhagavā evaṃ iminā pakārena sunandaṃ sundarākārena somanassadāyakaṃ kittayi byākaraṇamadāsīti attho. Sabbaṃ janaṃ sakalajanasamūhaṃ sādhukaṃ hāsayanto somanassaṃ karonto sakaṃ balaṃ attano balaṃ dassayanto pākaṭaṃ karontoti sambandho.
456 接着,为以别喻显示自己的威力,他说出“合掌者”等语。那时,在佛陀出现之前的时代,合掌的苦行者苏难达受到一切人的礼敬,这是关联句。“Buddhe kāraṃ karitvānāti”:即便他如此受众人崇敬,也未起“我被崇敬”的傲慢,反而在佛陀的教法中更勤加修行,净化了自己未来的趣向与生命,使之清净。显示巴利原文
456. Tato anantaraṃ attano ānubhāvaṃ aññāpadesena dassento katañjalītiādimāha. Tadā tasmiṃ buddhuppādato purimakāle sunandaṃ tāpasaṃ katañjalipuṭā sabbe janā namassantīti sambandho. Buddhe kāraṃ karitvānāti evaṃ so sabbajanapūjitopi samāno ‘‘pūjitomhī’’ti mānaṃ akatvā buddhasāsane adhikaṃ kiccaṃ katvā attano gatiṃ jātiṃ sodhesi parisuddhamakāsīti attho.
457 “Sutvāna munino vacanti”:听了牟尼——那位正自觉者——的话。为便于偈颂组合,将长音ā缩短而说成“vaca”。意思是:听闻牟尼的这句话——“在未来世,将有一位名为乔达摩的导师出现于世”,(心想:)“我要以能见到乔达摩世尊的方式,去修特别的善行、积累福德资粮”,这便是我的意图、思惟与决意。此为关联上下文之句。显示巴利原文
457.Sutvāna munino vacanti tassa sammāsambuddhassa vācaṃ, gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ ā-kārassa rassaṃ katvā ‘‘vaca’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anāgatamhi addhāne gotamo nāma nāmena satthā loke bhavissatī’’ti imaṃ munino vacanaṃ sutvā yathā yena pakārena gotamaṃ bhagavantaṃ passāmi, tathā tena pakārena kāraṃ adhikakiccaṃ puññasambhāraṃ kassāmi karissāmīti me mayhaṃ saṅkappo cetanāmanasikāro ahu ahosīti sambandho.
458 “我这样想后”(Evāhaṃ cintayitvānāti):意思是,“我要造作(善行)”,这样思惟之后。“我思惟了应做的事”(Kiriyaṃ cintayiṃ mamāti):意思是,“我应当做哪一种福德业呢?”这样思惟着应做、当成之事。“我实行何等业呢?”(Kyāhaṃ kammaṃ ācarāmīti):意思是,我实行、圆满哪一种福德善业呢?“于无上福田”(Puññakkhette anuttareti):即在那无有更高、更超越,能容纳、承受一切福德的三宝田中。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
458.Evāhaṃ cintayitvānāti ‘‘ahaṃ kāraṃ karissāmī’’ti evaṃ cintetvā. Kiriyaṃ cintayiṃ mamāti ‘‘mayā kīdisaṃ puññaṃ kattabbaṃ nu kho’’ti kiriyaṃ kattabbakiccaṃ cintayinti attho. Kyāhaṃ kammaṃ ācarāmīti ahaṃ kīdisaṃ puññakammaṃ ācarāmi pūremi nu khoti attho. Puññakkhette anuttareti uttaravirahite sakalapuññassa bhājanabhūte ratanattayeti attho.
459 “而这位诵经比丘”(Ayañca pāṭhiko bhikkhūti):这位比丘因以抑扬顿挫的音调讽诵经典、读诵文句,得名“诵者”(Pāṭhika)。在佛陀教法中,于一切诵者、读者之间,他在律藏上被奉为最上首、第一。那位比丘所证得的地位,我渴望、希求,这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
459.Ayañca pāṭhiko bhikkhūti ayaṃ bhikkhu sarabhaññavasena ganthapāṭhapaṭhanato vācanato ‘‘pāṭhiko’’ti laddhanāmo bhikkhu. Buddhasāsane sabbesaṃ pāṭhīnaṃ pāṭhakavācakānaṃ antare vinaye ca agganikkhitto aggo iti ṭhapito. Taṃ ṭhānaṃ tena bhikkhunā pattaṭṭhānantaraṃ ahaṃ patthaye patthemīti attho.
460 接着,为了显示自己累积福德的方法,他说道:“我这无量的财富”等。「我这无量的」(Me amitaṃ):我那无可计量的财富之蕴,无量无边。「不可动摇」(akkhobhaṃ):犹如大海,与大海一般,不可扰动,无法倾动。意即:以那样的财富、那样的资财为佛陀建造僧园。其余文义明了。显示巴利原文
460. Tato paraṃ attano puññakaraṇūpāyaṃ dassento idaṃ me amitaṃ bhogantiādimāha. Me mayhaṃ amitaṃ pamāṇavirahitaṃ bhogarāsiṃ akkhobhaṃ khobhetuṃ asakkuṇeyyaṃ sāgarūpamaṃ sāgarasadisaṃ tena bhogena tādisena dhanena buddhassa ārāmaṃ māpayeti sambandho. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
474 意谓:正自觉者坐于比丘僧团之中,纳受了那座善加建造、令善巧营造的僧园后,宣说了这段开示此僧园功德利益的言词。显示巴利原文
474. Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā sambuddho tena suṭṭhu māpitaṃ kāritaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ paṭiggahetvā tassārāmassānisaṃsadīpakaṃ idaṃ vacanaṃ abravi kathesīti sambandho.
475 是如何宣说的呢?「那位即是」(Yo so):那位施与僧园的苦行者,将依山窟、精舍、会堂、法堂、楼阁、围墙等得以善加建造、妥善备办的僧园,以与喜悦相应之心奉献于佛陀——即以如是的方式施与。「我将称扬彼」(Tamahaṃ kittayissāmīti):我将令那位苦行者彰显、显了。“你们听我所说”(Suṇātha mama bhāsatoti):意为请各位聆听我所说的话语,倾耳专注,心不散乱地注意。显示巴利原文
475. Kathaṃ? Yo soti yo saṅghārāmadāyako tāpaso sumāpitaṃ kuṭileṇamaṇḍapapāsādahammiyapākārādinā suṭṭhu sajjitaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ buddhassa pādāsi pa-kārena somanassasampayuttacittena adāsi. Tamahaṃ kittayissāmīti taṃ tāpasaṃ ahaṃ pākaṭaṃ karissāmi, uttāniṃ karissāmīti attho. Suṇātha mama bhāsatoti bhāsantassa mayhaṃ vacanaṃ suṇātha, ohitasotā avikkhittacittā manasi karothāti attho.
476 为了显示布施僧园的果报,世尊说了“象兵、马兵、车兵、步兵”等语。此义甚易理解。显示巴利原文
476. Tena dinnārāmassa phalaṃ dassento hatthī assā rathā pattītiādimāha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva.
477 “这便是僧园的果报”(Saṅghārāmassidaṃ phalanti):此偈的意思是,来世应当享受的成就,即令人悦意的果报,这就是布施僧园所带来的果报与异熟。显示巴利原文
477.Saṅghārāmassidaṃ phalanti idaṃ āyatiṃ anubhavitabbasampattisaṅkhātaṃ iṭṭhaphalaṃ saṅghārāmadānassa phalaṃ vipākanti attho.
478 “八万六千”(Chaḷāsītisahassānīti):意为六千加八万,即八万六千位盛装打扮、善加装饰、已备妥当的女子。“身着各色彩衣璎珞”(vicittavatthābharaṇāti):指她们具备种种色彩缤纷、样式多样的衣物与璎珞。“佩戴宝珠耳环”(Āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalāti):意为佩戴着垂坠的珍珠项链,耳上饰有宝石。显示巴利原文
478.Chaḷāsītisahassānīti chasahassāni asītisahassāni samalaṅkatā suṭṭhu alaṅkatā sajjitā nāriyo itthiyo vicittavatthābharaṇāti vicittehi anekarūpehi vatthehi ābharaṇehi ca samannāgatā. Āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalāti olambitamuttāhāramaṇikañcitakaṇṇāti attho.
479 为了称赞那些女子极其殊胜的容貌姿色,世尊说“眉若弯弓”等语。其中,“眉若弯弓”是指那些女子,她们眼睛大而清澈,如同摩尼宝珠,眼轮如蜜蜂般圆润,因此称为眉若弯弓、目若蜂轮。“含笑”是指她们天生爱笑,姿态优雅妩媚。“妙相”是指她们身体各部分美好,值得称许。“细腰”是指她们腹部纤细。其余内容浅显易懂。显示巴利原文
479. Tāsaṃ itthīnaṃ rūpasobhātisayaṃ vaṇṇento āḷārapamhātiādimāha. Tattha āḷārāni mahantāni akkhīni maṇiguḷasadisāni yāsaṃ itthīnaṃ tā āḷārapamhā bhamarānamiva mandalocanāti attho. Hasulā hāsapakati, līlāvilāsāti attho. Susaññāti sundarasaññitabbasarīrāvayavā. Tanumajjhimāti khuddakaudarapadesā. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
484 “于其法中为嗣子”:他是那位乔达摩世尊的法中嗣子,即得到法的一份,分享法的人。“亲子”:即从胸臆所生之子。意思是,他听闻了具足松音、重音等十种音素之智,于喉、腭、唇等五处和合而宣说的法后,依预流道等次第灭尽一切烦恼,住于阿拉汉果,如此便如同从佛陀胸臆诞生的儿子。“法之所化”:意思是由法所化生、由法所显现,未来将会出现。“名为优波离”:虽然他母亲为他取名满慈子,但他与阿那律等人一同出家,亲近刹帝利,与他们融洽相处,身业与意业皆具足,因而将以“优波离”之名成为大师的声闻弟子,这就是这句话的意思。显示巴利原文
484.Tassadhammesu dāyādoti tassa gotamassa bhagavato dhammesu dāyādo dhammakoṭṭhāsabhāgī. Orasoti urasi jāto, sithiladhanitādidasavidhabyañjanabuddhisampannaṃ kaṇṭhatāluoṭṭhādipañcaṭṭhāne ghaṭṭetvā desitadhammaṃ sutvā sotāpattimaggādimaggapaṭipāṭiyā sabbakilese khepetvā arahatte ṭhitabhāvena urasi jātaputtoti attho. Dhammanimmitoti dhammena samena adaṇḍena asatthena nimmito pākaṭo bhavissasīti attho. Upāli nāma nāmenāti kiñcāpi so mātu nāmena mantāṇiputtanāmo, anuruddhādīhi pana saha gantvā pabbajitattā khattiyānaṃ upasamīpe allīno yutto kāyacittehi samaṅgībhūtoti upālīti nāmena satthu sāvako hessati bhavissatīti attho.
485 “于律中达于彼岸”:于律藏中达到顶端、达到究竟之后。“又于处非处善巧”:意思是对于合理与不合理十分精通娴熟。“住持胜者之教”:对于胜者所宣说的教诫,即胜者的三藏,通过研学、听闻、思惟、受持等方式,加以任持与留心。“将住于无漏”:意味着成为离烦恼者,具足行住坐卧四威仪,安住于不再退转的最后身。显示巴利原文
485.Vinaye pāramiṃ patvāti vinayapiṭake koṭiṃ pariyosānaṃ patvā pāpuṇitvā. Ṭhānāṭṭhāne ca kovidoti kāraṇākāraṇe ca dakkho chekoti attho. Jinasāsanaṃ dhārentoti jinena vuttānusāsaniṃ jinassa piṭakattayaṃ vācanasavanacintanadhāraṇādivasena dhārento, sallakkhentoti attho. Viharissatināsavoti nikkileso catūhi iriyāpathehi aparipatantaṃ attabhāvaṃ harissati pavattessatīti attho.
487 「以不可计数的取著为始」:即从数十万等开始。「我期盼你的教法」:意思是“愿我在乔达摩世尊的教法中成为持律者之首”,我期盼、渴望你的教法。「那义利为我所得」:那被称为最上第一等地位的利益,我已证得。「一切结之灭尽」:意为一切诸结的灭尽已为我所证得,即证得涅槃。显示巴利原文
487.Aparimeyyupādāyāti anekasatasahasse ādiṃ katvā. Patthemi tava sāsananti ‘‘gotamassa bhagavato sāsane vinayadharānaṃ aggo bhaveyya’’nti tuyhaṃ sāsanaṃ patthemi icchāmīti attho. So me atthoti so etadaggaṭṭhānantarasaṅkhāto attho me mayā anuppattoti attho. Sabbasaṃyojanakkhayoti sabbesaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ khayo mayā anuppattoti sambandho, nibbānaṃ adhigatanti attho.
488 其关联为:如同一个人被国王的刑罚恐吓、逼迫,被刺穿固定在矛桩上,在矛桩上感受不到清凉、甘甜之乐,也不去享受,只希望从中解脱一样。显示巴利原文
488. Rājadaṇḍena tajjito pīḷito sūlāvuto sūle āvuto āvuṇito poso puriso sūle sātaṃ madhurasukhaṃ avindanto nānubhavanto parimuttiṃva parimocanameva icchati yathāti sambandho.
489-90 大雄,英雄中的最上者!我被有之杖与生之杖所恐吓、逼迫,被业矛贯穿,即被善与不善的业矛所贯穿。我被渴爱之受与渴爱之炽热所折磨、征服,深感痛苦。于有、于轮回中,我得不到、寻不着甜美的快乐。我被贪火、嗔火、痴火,也就是地狱火、劫末火、苦火这三火所烧燃,因此我寻求解脱,亦即寻求解脱的方法。其关联为:正如有人逃脱了国王的惩罚后,寻求彻底解脱,同样地,我遭受有之杖的打击,也寻求解脱。显示巴利原文
489-90.Mahāvīra vīrānamantare vīruttama ahaṃ bhavadaṇḍena jātidaṇḍena, tajjito pīḷito kammasūlāvuto kusalākusalakammasūlasmiṃ āvuto santo saṃvijjamāno, pipāsāvedanāya pipāsāturabhāvena aṭṭito abhibhūto dukkhāpito bhave sātaṃ saṃsāre madhuraṃ sukhaṃ na vindāmi na labhāmi. Rāgaggidosaggimohaggisaṅkhātehi, narakaggikappuṭṭhānaggidukkhaggisaṅkhātehi vā tīhi aggīhi ḍayhanto parimuttiṃ parimuccanupāyaṃ gavesāmi pariyesāmi tathevāti sambandho. Yathā rājadaṇḍaṃ ito gato patto parimuttiṃ gavesati, tathā ahaṃ bhavadaṇḍappatto parimuttiṃ gavesāmīti sambandho.
491-2 接着,他以比喻与所喻的方式显示从轮回中解脱,因此说道:“如被毒啮者”等。其中,“被毒啮者”指被蛇毒完全咬伤,即被蛇咬的人;或者指吞下剧毒,即食毒者。若有人是被毒啮者,受到那种毒的折磨,为对治并灭除那毒,便会寻求能作为对治的药。在寻求时,他会见到那能灭除毒的药。饮用自己见到的药后,他便从毒中解脱,得受安乐。这便是此处的连接意义。显示巴利原文
491-2. Puna saṃsārato mocanaṃ upamopameyyavasena dassento yathāvisādotiādimāha. Tattha visena sappavisena ā samantato daṃsīyittha daṭṭho hotīti visādo, sappadaṭṭhoti attho. Atha vā visaṃ halāhalavisaṃ adati gilatīti visādo, visakhādakoti attho. Yo puriso visādo, tena tādisena visena paripīḷito, tassa visassa vighātāya vināsāya upāyanaṃ upāyabhūtaṃ agadaṃ osadhaṃ gaveseyya pariyeseyya, taṃ gavesamāno visaghātakaṃ visanāsakaṃ agadaṃ osadhaṃ passeyya dakkheyya. So taṃ attano diṭṭhaṃ osadhaṃ pivitvā visamhā visato parimuttiyā parimocanakāraṇā sukhī assa bhaveyya yathāti sambandho.
493 “同样地,我”意思是:正如那个男子——无论是被毒蛇咬伤,还是食毒者——以某种方式饮用药后获得安乐,同样地,我被无明、愚痴深深地逼迫。“我寻求正法之药”意思是:我寻求那名为正法的药。显示巴利原文
493.Tathevāhanti yathā yena pakārena so naro visahato, savisena sappena daṭṭho visakhādako vā osadhaṃ pivitvā sukhī bhaveyya, tatheva tena pakārena ahaṃ avijjāya mohena saṃ suṭṭhu pīḷito. Saddhammāgadamesahanti ahaṃ saddhammasaṅkhātaṃ osadhaṃ esaṃ pariyesantoti attho.
494-5 “寻求法药”:为了灭除轮回的苦毒而寻求法药。“我看见释迦教法”:看见了生于释迦族的乔达摩的教法。“一切药中最上者”:在一切药中,那名为释迦教法的法药最为上妙、最为殊胜。“能拔除一切箭”:指能去除并平息贪箭等一切箭的法药,也就是那名为法的药。饮用了它之后,我灭除了一切毒,也就是全部轮回的苦毒——这是连接。“不老不死”:灭除那种苦毒之后,我证得了不老、不死、清凉的境界——也就是因远离贪等热恼而成为清凉的涅槃——这是连接。显示巴利原文
494-5.Dhammāgadaṃ gavesantoti saṃsāradukkhavisassa vināsāya dhammosadhaṃ gavesanto. Addakkhiṃ sakyasāsananti sakyavaṃsapabhavassa gotamassa sāsanaṃ saddakkhinti attho. Aggaṃ sabbosadhānaṃ tanti sabbesaṃ osadhānaṃ antare taṃ sakyasāsanasaṅkhātaṃ dhammosadhaṃ aggaṃ uttamanti attho. Sabbasallavinodananti rāgasallādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ sallānaṃ vinodanaṃ vūpasamakaraṃ dhammosadhaṃ dhammasaṅkhātaṃ osadhaṃ pivitvā sabbaṃ visaṃ sakalasaṃsāradukkhavisaṃ samūhaniṃ nāsesinti sambandho. Ajarāmaranti taṃ dukkhavisaṃ samūhanitvā ajaraṃ jarāvirahitaṃ amaraṃ maraṇavirahitaṃ sītibhāvaṃ rāgapariḷāhādivirahitattā sītalabhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ ahaṃ phassayiṃ paccakkhamakāsinti sambandho.
496 为了显示烦恼黑暗(kilesatamassa)的譬喻,就说「譬如被非人折磨的人(yathā bhūtaṭṭito)」等等。其中,「如是」(yathā)是指:以那种方式(yena pakārena),一个被非人折磨的人(bhūtaṭṭito),也就是被非人、夜叉(bhūtena yakkhena)所折磨、逼迫的男子(poso puriso),他被非人附体、夜叉附体(bhūtaggāhena yakkhaggāhena)所折磨而痛苦。为了从非人、夜叉的附体中解脱出来(bhūtasmā yakkhaggāhato parimuttiyā),也就是为了获得解脱(mocanatthāya),他会去寻找驱鬼的医师(bhūtavejjaṃ)。显示巴利原文
496. Puna kilesatamassa upamaṃ dassento yathā bhūtaṭṭitotiādimāha. Tattha yathā yena pakārena bhūtaṭṭito bhūtena yakkhena aṭṭito pīḷito poso puriso bhūtaggāhena yakkhaggāhena pīḷito dukkhito bhūtasmā yakkhaggāhato parimuttiyā mocanatthāya bhūtavejjaṃ gaveseyya.
497 当他在寻找时,就会看见一位精通驱鬼术(bhūtavijjāya)、非常善巧熟练(suṭṭhu kovidaṃ chekaṃ)的驱鬼医师(bhūtavejjaṃ)。那位驱鬼医师就会灭除(vihane vināseyya)那个被夜叉附体者(yakkhaggahitassa purisassa)的附体(āvesabhūtaṃ),并且连根拔除(samūlaṃ mūlena saha),让它未来不会再产生(āyatiṃ anāsevakaṃ katvā),彻底摧毁(vināsaye viddhaṃseyya)——这是连接(sambandho)。显示巴利原文
497. Taṃ gavesamāno ca bhūtavijjāya suṭṭhu kovidaṃ chekaṃ bhūtavejjaṃ passeyya, so bhūtavejjo tassa yakkhaggahitassa purisassa āvesabhūtaṃ vihane vināseyya, samūlañca mūlena saha āyatiṃ anāsevakaṃ katvā vināsaye viddhaṃseyyāti sambandho.
498 大雄!最胜的英雄!我为彼暗——即烦恼之暗——所执持而受逼迫。我正是以那样方式,为从黑暗、即从烦恼黑暗解脱,而寻求智光与慧光——这是文脉的连接。显示巴利原文
498.Mahāvīra vīruttama tamaggāhena kilesandhakāraggāhena pīḷito ahaṃ tatheva tena pakāreneva tamato kilesandhakārato parimuttiyā mocanatthāya ñāṇālokaṃ paññāālokaṃ gavesāmīti sambandho.
499 随即,紧接着,便见到了那位能净化烦恼暗、灭除烦恼黑的释迦牟尼——这是句义。那位释迦牟尼为我驱除了黑暗,即烦恼的暗翳,犹如驱鬼医师驱除附体非人一般,将其远远除去——这是连接。显示巴利原文
499. Atha tadanantaraṃ kilesatamasodhanaṃ kilesandhakāranāsakaṃ sakyamuniṃ addasanti attho. So sakyamuni me mayhaṃ tamaṃ andhakāraṃ kilesatimiraṃ bhūtavejjova bhūtakaṃ yakkhaggahitaṃ iva vinodesi dūrī akāsīti sambandho.
500 我如此解脱后,便善巧截断了轮回之流——轮回的暴流,遮止了渴爱之流——大渴爱暴流,令其完全无余、不再生起——这是句义。“我拔除了一切有”:即拔除了欲有等一切九种有,灭尽了它们——这是句义。如同驱鬼医师从根拔除,从根上将其灭尽——这是连接。显示巴利原文
500. So ahaṃ evaṃ vimutto saṃsārasotaṃ saṃsārapavāhaṃ saṃ suṭṭhu chindiṃ chedesiṃ, taṇhāsotaṃ taṇhāmahoghaṃ nivārayiṃ niravasesaṃ appavattiṃ akāsinti attho. Bhavaṃ ugghāṭayiṃ sabbanti kāmabhavādikaṃ sabbaṃ navabhavaṃ ugghāṭayiṃ vināsesinti attho. Mūlato vināsento bhūtavejjo iva mūlato ugghāṭayinti sambandho.
501 然后,为显示寻求涅槃的譬喻,而说“犹如”等。其中,“金翅鸟”这一名称的由来:因为它吞食沉重的大龙,所以叫金翅鸟;或者,因为它执取沉重的大龙,所以叫金翅鸟王。为了捕捉自己的食物——其行处的、名为“pannaga”的龙(因其以种种方式游行,不落入他人之手),它俯冲而下,用双翼扇起的风,从四面八方将方圆百由旬的大湖大海搅得汹涌翻腾——这是连接。显示巴利原文
501. Tato nibbānapariyesanāya upamaṃ dassento yathātiādimāha. Tattha garuṃ bhāriyaṃ nāgaṃ gilatīti garuḷo. Garuṃ vā nāgaṃ lāti ādadātīti garuḷo, garuḷarājā. Attano bhakkhaṃ sakagocaraṃ pannagaṃ pakārena parahatthaṃ na gacchatīti pannagoti laddhanāmaṃ nāgaṃ gahaṇatthāya opatati avapatati, samantā samantato yojanasataṃ satayojanappamāṇaṃ mahāsaraṃ mahāsamuddaṃ attano pakkhavātehi vikkhobheti āloḷeti yathāti sambandho.
502 金翅鸟性喜飞翔于虚空。它捉住那条龙,使其头朝下倒悬,以种种方式折磨、恼害。随后紧紧抓住,随心所欲飞往想去之处——这是句义连结。显示巴利原文
502.So supaṇṇo vihaṅgamo vehāsagamanasīlo pannagaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā adhosīsaṃ olambetvā viheṭhayaṃ tattha tattha vividhena heṭhanena heṭhento ādāya daḷhaṃ gahetvā yena kāmaṃ yattha gantukāmo, tattha pakkamati gacchatīti sambandho.
503 大雄尊者!犹如强壮有力的金翅鸟捉住龙之后离去,同样地,我寻求那不依因缘、非造作的无为涅槃,在圆满修行中,以断尽舍断的方式,彻底涤除、清净了一千五百种烦恼过失。这就是句义连结。显示巴利原文
503. Bhante mahāvīra, yathā garuḷo balī balavā pannagaṃ gahetvā pakkamati, tathā eva ahaṃ asaṅkhataṃ paccayehi akataṃ nibbānaṃ gavesanto paṭipattipūraṇavasena pariyesanto dose sakaladiyaḍḍhakilesasahasse vikkhālayiṃ visesena samucchedappahānena sodhesiṃ ahanti sambandho.
504 犹如金翅鸟捉住龙,啖食之后安住,同样地,我已见到并正观照着最胜之法——最上法,证得了那寂静处——涅槃处,此乃无上,更无有上,连同道果,取而受用之后安住。这就是句义连结。显示巴利原文
504. Yathā garuḷo pannagaṃ gahetvā bhuñjitvā viharati, tathā ahaṃ dhammavaraṃ uttamadhammaṃ diṭṭho passanto etaṃ santipadaṃ nibbānapadaṃ anuttaraṃ uttaravirahitaṃ maggaphalehi ādāya gahetvā vaḷañjetvā viharāmīti sambandho.
505 现在,为了显示涅槃的难得,于是说出‘有一种蔓藤名叫如意蔓’等语。在这里,因为一切天神的愿望都寄托在此蔓上,所以名为如意蔓。它生于杂色林苑——即在长满种种奇妙蔓藤的稠密林苑中所生。此蔓要经千年,或逾千年,方结一果,方得一果。显示巴利原文
505. Idāni nibbānassa dullabhabhāvaṃ dassento āsāvatī nāma latātiādimāha. Tattha sabbesaṃ devānaṃ āsā icchā etissaṃ latāyaṃ atthīti āsāvatī nāma latā, cittalatāvane anekavicittāhi latāhi gahanībhūte vane uyyāne jātā nibbattāti attho. Tassā latāya vassasahassena vassasahassaccayena ekaṃ phalaṃ nibbattate ekaṃ phalaṃ gaṇhāti.
506 ‘彼天神’指三十三天的天神,他们见到那如意蔓要经过如此漫长的时间才结果,却依然奉事、亲近它。这名为如意的蔓中尊,是诸蔓中最殊胜的蔓,就这样为诸天所爱。这就是句义的连接。显示巴利原文
506.Taṃ devāti taṃ āsāvatiṃ lataṃ tāva dūraphalaṃ tattakaṃ cirakālaṃ atikkamitvā phalaṃ gaṇhantaṃ saṃvijjamānaṃ devā tāvatiṃsadevatā payirupāsanti bhajanti, sā āsāvatī nāma latuttamā latānaṃ antare uttamalatā evaṃ devānaṃ piyā ahosīti sambandho.
507 ‘以十万为始’即以十万年为计量之始。‘尊者,吾奉事彼牟尼’:‘牟尼’意为智,指具足智慧者、一切知者。尊者,我侍奉、亲近彼世尊。‘早晚礼敬’即在傍晚与早晨,一日两次礼敬、恭敬作礼,正如三十三天的天神早晚奉事如意蔓一般。这就是句义的连接。显示巴利原文
507.Satasahassupādāyāti satasahassasaṃvaccharaṃ ādiṃ katvā. Tāhaṃ paricare munīti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, bhante, muni ñāṇavanta sabbaññu, ahaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ paricare payirupāsāmi. Sāyaṃpātaṃ namassāmīti sāyanhasamayañca pubbaṇhasamayañcāti dvikkhattuṃ namassāmi paṇāmaṃ karomi. Yathā devā tāvatiṃsā devā viya āsāvatīlataṃ sāyaṃpātañca payirupāsantīti sambandho.
508 ‘侍奉非空虚’:由于见佛而证得涅槃,因此这侍奉佛陀的行为、履行义务的修行,并非空虚、并非徒劳;那礼敬、作礼的举动,也是不白费、不徒劳的。何以故?即便从远方、从漫长的轮回旅途中而来,对于这正在当下的佛陀出世之时刻,我未曾错失、未曾越过,它亦未曾越过我而消逝。这就是义理。显示巴利原文
508.Avañjhā pāricariyāti yasmā buddhadassanahetu nibbānappatti ahosi, tasmā buddhapāricariyā vattapaṭipattikiriyā avañjhā atucchā namassanā paṇāmakiriyā ca amoghā atucchā. Tathā hi dūrāgataṃ dūrato saṃsāraddhānato āgatampi, santaṃ saṃvijjamānaṃ khaṇoyaṃ ayaṃ buddhuppādakkhaṇo na virādhayi nātikkami, maṃ atikkamitvā na gatoti attho.
509 由于见佛而证涅槃的我,在观察、审察未来将生起诸有中的结生时,看不见了——这是句义的连接。‘无执著’:即远离蕴的执著、烦恼的执著,解脱,离一切烦恼;已得寂止,因无烦恼炽热而心意寂静,我如此游行——这是句义的连接。显示巴利原文
509. Buddhadassanahetu nibbānappatto ahaṃ āyatiṃ uppajjanakabhave mama paṭisandhiṃ vicinanto upaparikkhanto na passāmīti sambandho. Nirūpadhi khandhūpadhikilesūpadhīhi virahito vippamutto sabbakilesehi vinābhūto upasanto kilesapariḷāhābhāvena santamānaso carāmi ahanti sambandho.
510 为显示自己见佛的譬喻,又说‘犹如莲花’等语。‘由日光’:即藉由日光接触,犹如莲花绽放、盛开;大雄、最胜雄者,我亦如是,由佛光——即由佛陀、世尊所说法之光的威力而绽放。这是义理。显示巴利原文
510. Puna attano buddhadassanāya upamaṃ dassento yathāpi padumaṃ nāmātiādimāha. Sūriyaraṃsena sūriyaraṃsisamphassena yathā padumaṃ nāma api pupphati vikasati mahāvīra vīruttama ahaṃ tathā eva buddharaṃsena buddhena bhagavatā desitadhammaraṃsippabhāvena pupphitoti attho.
511-12 再者,为了阐明见佛即见涅槃,而说“如白鹭”等语。其中,在白鹭的母胎中、白鹭的族类中,一切时、一切处都没有雄性。若问:“既然没有雄性,白鹭如何受孕怀胎?”答:当乌云轰隆作响、发出声音时,那些雌白鹭听闻雷声,便于一切时、一切处受孕持卵,这是它的含义。只要云不轰隆、云不发声,它们便长久地、长时地持胎、持卵。当云以种种方式轰隆之后降雨,倾泻流下雨水之时,它们当下就从持胎的重负中解脱,产下卵——这是它的含义。显示巴利原文
511-12. Puna buddhadassanena nibbānadassanaṃ dīpento yathā balākātiādimāha. Tattha balākayonimhi balākajātiyaṃ sadā sabbasmiṃ kāle pumā puriso yathā na vijjati. Pume avijjamāne kathaṃ balākānaṃ gabbhaggahaṇaṃ hotīti ce? Meghesu gajjamānesu saddaṃ karontesu meghagajjanaṃ sutvā tā balākiniyo sadā sabbakāle gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti aṇḍaṃ dhārentīti attho. Yāva yattakaṃ kālaṃ megho na gajjati megho saddaṃ na karoti, tāva tattakaṃ kālaṃ ciraṃ cirakālena gabbhaṃ aṇḍaṃ dhārenti. Yadā yasmiṃ kāle megho pavassati pakārena gajjitvā vassati vuṭṭhidhāraṃ paggharati, tadā tasmiṃ kāle bhārato gabbhadhāraṇato parimuccanti aṇḍaṃ pātentīti attho.
513 此后,为了显示所喻的成就,而说“莲花上佛”等语。当莲花上佛以法云——即名为通俗说与究竟说的云——轰隆说法、开示之时,我顺着那法云的声音、随其音声,于那时纳受了法胎,也就是作为出离依止的布施、持戒等福德资粮之胎。我正是这样纳受的。这是前后关联。显示巴利原文
513. Tato paraṃ upameyyasampadaṃ dassento padumuttarabuddhassātiādimāha. Padumuttarassa buddhassa dhammameghena vohāraparamatthadesanāsaṅkhātameghena gajjato gajjantassa desentassa dhammameghassa saddena ghosānusārena ahaṃ tadā dhammagabbhaṃ vivaṭṭūpanissayaṃ dānasīlādipuññasambhāragabbhaṃ agaṇhiṃ gahesiṃ tathāti sambandho.
514 以百千劫为起始,我持守、圆满福德胎——即布施、持戒等福德资粮所成的福德之胎。只要法云,也就是法的开示,尚未轰隆、未被佛陀宣说,我便不能从轮回胎的重负中解脱,不能脱离,不能分离。这是前后关联。显示巴利原文
514.Satasahassupādāya kappasatasahassaṃ ādiṃ katvā puññagabbhaṃ dānasīlādipuññasambhāraṃ ahaṃ dharemi pūremi. Yāva dhammamegho dhammadesanā na gajjati buddhena na desīyati, tāva ahaṃ bhārato saṃsāragabbhabhārato nappamuccāmi na mocemi na visuṃ bhavāmīti sambandho.
515 尊者!释迦牟尼,释迦族所生,当您于您父亲净饭大王的可爱悦意的迦毗罗卫城——那座名为迦毗罗卫的城市,以法云轰鸣、宣说法音之时,就在那时,我从轮回胎藏的重负中解脱,成为解脱者。——这是连接关系。显示巴利原文
515. Bhante, sakyamuni sakyavaṃsappabhava yadā yasmiṃ kāle suddhodanamahārājassa tava pitu ramme ramaṇīye kapilavatthave kapilavatthunāmake nagare tuvaṃ dhammameghena gajjati ghoseti, tadā tasmiṃ kāle ahaṃ bhārato saṃsāragabbhabhārato parimucciṃ mutto ahosinti sambandho.
516 此后,为显示自己所证得的道果,他说“空”等语。其中,由于我、我所等的不存在,我证得并修习了空解脱——即圣道;由于贪、嗔、痴等一切烦恼相的不存在,证得并修习了无相解脱;由于渴爱愿求的不存在,证得并修习了无愿解脱。这是连接关系。此外,四种沙门果我也全部现证。“我这样解开了法结”:我这样解开了、摧破了一切法的缠结与密林。这是其义。显示巴利原文
516. Tato paraṃ attanā adhigate maggaphale dassento suññatantiādimāha. Tattha attaattaniyādīnaṃ abhāvato suññataṃ vimokkhañca rāgadosamohasabbakilesanimittānaṃ abhāvato, animittaṃ vimokkhañca taṇhāpaṇidhissa abhāvato, appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhañca ariyamaggaṃ adhigañchiṃ bhāvesinti sambandho. Caturo ca phale sabbeti cattāri sāmaññaphalāni sabbāni sacchi akāsinti attho. Dhammevaṃ vijaṭayiṃ ahanti ahaṃ evaṃ sabbadhamme jaṭaṃ gahanaṃ vijaṭayiṃ viddhaṃsesinti attho.
517 此后,为显示自己所证得的殊胜,他说“从不可量劫以来”等语。其中,不可计量者,即不可计量,指无法以年数计算、无法以年数衡量。从不可量劫以来,以此为始,我这样发愿:“在未来乔达摩世尊的教法中,愿我能成为持律者中的第一。”这里用了现在时动词表示过去义,意思是“曾经发愿”。那个利益——即名为“愿”的利益,我已证得、成就了。无上的寂静之处——涅槃,我已证得、达到。这是连接关系。显示巴利原文
517. Tato paraṃ attanā adhigatavisesameva dassento aparimeyyupādāyātiādimāha. Tattha na parimeyyoti aparimeyyo, saṃvaccharagaṇanavasena pametuṃ saṅkhātuṃ asakkuṇeyyoti attho. Taṃ aparimeyyaṃ kappaṃ upādāya ādiṃ katvā tava sāsanaṃ tuyhaṃ sāsanaṃ ‘‘anāgate gotamassa bhagavato sāsane vinayadharānaṃ aggo bhaveyya’’nti evaṃ patthemi. Atītatthe vattamānavacanaṃ, patthesinti attho. So me atthoti so patthanāsaṅkhāto attho me mayā anuppatto nipphāditoti attho. Anuttaraṃ santipadaṃ nibbānaṃ anuppattaṃ adhigatanti sambandho.
518 我因已证得故,于律与律藏中到达究竟,达于圆满。正如在莲花上世尊的教法中,持律第一的帕提卡仙人比丘那样声名显著,我亦如是。于持律方面,无人能与我等同——即是说,在持律上,没有任何他人能与我比肩。我受持、圆满教法,即名为教诫与训示的教法。这是其义。显示巴利原文
518. So ahaṃ adhigatattā vinaye vinayapiṭake pāramiṃ patto pariyosānappatto. Yathāpi pāṭhiko isīti yathā padumuttarassa bhagavato sāsane vinayadharānaṃ aggo isi bhikkhu pāṭhiko pākaṭo ahosi, tathevāhanti attho. Na me samasamo atthīti vinayadhāritāya me mayā samasamo samāno añño na atthīti attho. Sāsanaṃ ovādānusāsanīsaṅkhātaṃ sāsanaṃ dhāremi pūremīti attho.
519 又为显示自身殊胜,而说“于律及犍度中”等颂。其中,“律”指两部《分别》;“犍度”指《大品》与《小品》;“三节”指有关三桑喀地谢沙、三波逸提等的内容;“第五”指《附随》。在这整个律藏之中,我无疑惑、无犹豫。对于律藏所含摄的字母(如 a 等字母)与文句(如 ka 等音节),我亦无疑惑。这是衔接之义。显示巴利原文
519. Punapi attano visesaṃ dassento vinaye khandhake cāpītiādimāha. Tattha vinayeti ubhatovibhaṅge. Khandhaketi mahāvaggacūḷavagge. Tikacchede cāti tikasaṅghādisesatikapācittiyādike ca. Pañcameti parivāre ca. Ettha etasmiṃ sakale vinayapiṭake mayhaṃ vimati dveḷhakaṃ natthi na saṃvijjati. Akkhareti vinayapiṭakapariyāpanne a-kārādike akkhare. Byañjaneti ka-kārādike byañjane vā me vimati saṃsayo natthīti sambandho.
520 “惩治与对治”:“惩治”指对恶比丘的惩治;“对治”指对有罪比丘施予别住等的对治。于如法与非法、于合理与不合理之处,我皆善巧、娴熟。在“接纳”方面,即依呵责等羯磨的止息而重新接纳、令入僧中,我亦善巧。于“出罪”方面,即令从罪中出离、使作无犯,我亦善巧。这是衔接之义。于一切处达于究竟:即在一切律仪羯磨中臻于极致,亦即娴熟、善巧之意。这是其义。显示巴利原文
520.Niggahepaṭikamme cāti pāpabhikkhūnaṃ niggahe ca sāpattikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ parivāsadānādike paṭikamme ca ṭhānāṭṭhāne ca kāraṇe ca akāraṇe ca kovido chekoti attho. Osāraṇe ca tajjanīyādikammassa paṭippassaddhivasena osāraṇe pavesane ca. Vuṭṭhāpane ca āpattito vuṭṭhāpane nirāpattikaraṇe ca chekoti sambandho. Sabbattha pāramiṃ gatoti sabbasmiṃ vinayakamme pariyosānaṃ patto, dakkho chekoti attho.
521 “于律与犍度中”:即我于律和犍度中,安立经文词句后,从律与犍度两方面展开、解析、引出理趣;就作用而言,即我能行接纳。这是其义。显示巴利原文
521.Vinaye khandhake cāpīti vuttappakāre vinaye ca khandhake ca, padaṃ suttapadaṃ nikkhipitvā paṭṭhapetvā. Ubhato viniveṭhetvāti vinayato khandhakato cāti ubhayato nibbattetvā vijaṭetvā nayaṃ āharitvā. Rasatoti kiccato. Osareyyaṃ osāraṇaṃ karomīti attho.
522 “善于词源”:指对于“树、布、瓶、花环、心”等世间言说,我皆善巧通达。“于义与非义中善巧”:即对于能带来增长的利益(义)和导致衰损的非义,我皆善巧明了。“我无不了知”:即于律藏,乃至全部三藏之中,我无有任何不了知、不熟知、不清楚之处。“于佛陀教法中最为第一”:即于佛陀教法中,我于持律者中独为第一、最上、最胜。这是其义。显示巴利原文
522.Niruttiyā ca kusaloti ‘‘rukkho paṭo kumbho mālā citta’’ntiādīsu vohāresu cheko. Atthānatthe ca kovidoti atthe vaḍḍhiyaṃ anatthe hāniyañca kovido dakkhoti attho. Anaññātaṃ mayā natthīti vinayapiṭake sakale vā piṭakattaye mayā anaññātaṃ aviditaṃ apākaṭaṃ kiñci natthīti attho. Ekaggo satthu sāsaneti buddhasāsane ahameva eko vinayadharānaṃ aggo seṭṭho uttamoti attho.
523 “如今我于色法善巧”:即于现今时刻,在释迦子世尊的教法与圣典中,我透过精通色法、观察色法及善巧律藏判决,消除一切疑惑、灭尽所有疑问。“我断除一切疑惑”:即我断除、止息、彻底消除关于过去、现在、未来三时所生起的一切十六种疑惑,诸如“我过去长时是否存在”等。这是其义。显示巴利原文
523.Rūpadakkhe ahaṃ ajjāti ajja etarahi kāle sakyaputtassa bhagavato sāsane pāvacane ahaṃ rūpadakkhe rūpadassane vinayavinicchayadassane sabbaṃ kaṅkhaṃ sakalaṃ saṃsayaṃ vinodemi vināsemīti sambandho. Chindāmi sabbasaṃsayanti ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahamatītamaddhāna’’ntiādikaṃ (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20; mahāni. 174) kālattayaṃ ārabbha uppannaṃ sabbaṃ soḷasavidhaṃ kaṅkhaṃ chindāmi vūpasamemi sabbaso viddhaṃsemīti attho.
524 “句与随句”中,“句”指前句,“随句”指后句;“字母”指每一个单独的字母;“音节”指轻音、重音等十种音节的发音方式。“序分”指“如是我闻一时”等开篇的序文部分。“结分”指末尾的结语部分。“于一切处善巧”:即在这六种方面悉皆精通,这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
524.Padaṃ anupadañcāpīti padaṃ pubbapadañca anupadaṃ parapadañca akkharaṃ ekekamakkharañca byañjanaṃ sithiladhanitādidasavidhaṃ byañjanavidhānañca. Nidāneti tena samayenātiādike nidāne ca. Pariyosāneti nigamane. Sabbattha kovidoti sabbesu chasu ṭhānesu chekoti attho.
525 从此之后,为彰显世尊的功德,便说了“犹如强力国王……”等偈颂。其中,“犹如强力(国王)”:指具有体力与军力,或拥有强大军队的国王,他在压制、彻底击垮并驱散敌国军队之后,令对方遭受热恼、折磨与痛苦。“战胜会遇”:即与敌军会遇交战时,战胜并完全制伏而获得胜利。“即于彼处建城”:指在那被征服的地方,建造一座有宫殿、高楼等庄严的居所。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
525. Tato paraṃ bhagavatoyeva guṇe pakāsento yathāpi rājā balavātiādimāha. Tattha yathā balavā thāmabalasampanno senābalasampanno vā rājā, paraṃ paresaṃ paṭirājūnaṃ senaṃ niggaṇhitvā nissesato gahetvā palāpetvā vā, tape tapeyya santapeyya dukkhāpeyya. Vijinitvāna saṅgāmanti saṅgāmaṃ parasenāya samāgamaṃ yuddhaṃ vijinitvā visesena jinitvā jayaṃ patvā. Nagaraṃ tattha māpayeti tattha tasmiṃ vijitaṭṭhāne nagaraṃ pāsādahammiyādivibhūsitaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ māpaye kārāpeyyāti attho.
526 “城墙与壕沟”:在那已建造的城市中,还要建造以白灰粉饰的砖砌城墙——(以下)是连接起来的说明。而对于壕沟,则可建造泥壕、水壕或干壕。“柱与门楼”:为了庄严城市,要竖起高大的幢柱,并建造宏伟的门楼,乃至四层等各种结构的门楼。“以及种种高台”:即四层等各类极其高耸的平台,应大量建造——这是(与上文)衔接起来的意思。显示巴利原文
526.Pākāraṃ parikhañcāpīti tattha māpitanagare pākāraṃ sudhādhavalaiṭṭhakāmayapākārañca kārayeti sambandho. Parikhañcāpi kaddamaparikhaṃ, udakaparikhaṃ, sukkhaparikhañca api kāraye. Esikaṃ dvārakoṭṭhakanti nagarasobhanatthaṃ ussāpitaesikāthambhañca mahantaṃ koṭṭhakañca catubhūmakādidvārakoṭṭhakañca kāraye. Aṭṭālake ca vividheti catubhūmakādibhede atiuccaaṭṭālake ca vividhe nānappakārake bahū kāraye kārāpeyyāti sambandho.
527 「十字路口及街巷」:不仅是建造城墙等,还应建造十字路口——即四条道路的交汇处,以及街巷——即内部的道路。这是上下文的连接。「妥善划分的市场」:意思是建造划分分明、各有分区、拥有千百间店铺的市场。「于彼处应建公堂」:在那已建好的城中,应建造公堂,亦即用来审理诉讼的殿堂。为了审理利益与非利益、增长与非增长的判决,应当建造判决堂。这是上下文的连接。显示巴利原文
527.Siṅghāṭakaṃ caccarañcāti na kevalaṃ pākārādayo kāraye, siṅghāṭakaṃ catumaggasandhiñca caccaraṃ antarāvīthiñca kārayeti sambandho. Suvibhattantarāpaṇanti suṭṭhu vibhattaṃ vibhāgato koṭṭhāsavantaṃ antarāpaṇaṃ anekāpaṇasahassaṃ kārāpeyyāti attho. Kārayeyya sabhaṃ tatthāti tasmiṃ māpitanagare sabhaṃ dhammādhikaraṇasālaṃ kāraye. Atthānatthavinicchayaṃ vaḍḍhiñca avaḍḍhiñca vinicchayakaraṇatthaṃ vinicchayasālaṃ kārayeti sambandho.
528 「为摧破敌人」:指为了击退敌方国王。「为了了知缺失与无缺失」:即了知过失与非过失。「为守护兵力」:指为了守护由象兵、马兵、车兵、步兵组成的军队整体。那位城主——也就是国王,将将军,即军队的统帅、大臣,安置在相应的职位上。这就是此处所说的意思。显示巴利原文
528.Nigghātatthaṃ amittānanti paṭirājūnaṃ paṭibāhanatthaṃ. Chiddāchiddañca jānitunti dosañca adosañca jānituṃ. Balakāyassa rakkhāyāti hatthiassarathapattisaṅkhātassa balakāyassa senāsamūhassa ārakkhaṇatthāya so nagarasāmiko rājā, senāpaccaṃ senāpatiṃ senānāyakaṃ mahāmattaṃ ṭhapeti ṭhānantare patiṭṭhapetīti attho.
529 「为守护财物」:指为了守护黄金、白银、珍珠、摩尼等王室财物,全面加以保护,心想“愿我的财物不致毁坏”,而将那位擅长储藏、精通守护、具足巧智的人,安置为宝库中的财物守护者。国王如此安立此人。这是上下文的连接。显示巴利原文
529.Ārakkhatthāyabhaṇḍassāti jātarūparajatamuttāmaṇiādirājabhaṇḍassa ārakkhaṇatthāya samantato gopanatthāya me mayhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ mā vinassīti nidhānakusalaṃ rakkhaṇe kusalaṃ chekaṃ naraṃ purisaṃ bhaṇḍarakkhaṃ bhaṇḍarakkhantaṃ so rājā bhaṇḍāgāre ṭhapetīti sambandho.
530 「国王的亲信」:指那位对国王忠心、亲近且偏袒的智者。「他希望国王增长」:指他希望这位国王增长、繁荣。对于这样的智者,国王便将诉讼裁决之权交予他,以尽朋友之谊——这是连接。显示巴利原文
530.Mamatto hoti yo raññoti yo paṇḍito rañño mamatto māmako pakkhapāto hoti. Vuddhiṃ yassa ca icchatīti assa rañño vuddhiñca virūḷhiṃ yo icchati kāmeti, tassa itthambhūtassa paṇḍitassa rājā adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchayādhipaccaṃ deti mittassa mittabhāvassa paṭipajjitunti sambandho.
531 「于灾异中」:指对于流星陨落、方位燃烧等灾异的了知。「于征相中」:指对于如老鼠咬断等事,能识别“此相吉祥,此相不吉祥”的征相学问。「于相貌中」:指对于男女手足等相貌识别的学问。于这些学问中通晓、善巧的教师——教导众多弟子声明,持诵称为三吠陀的咒语——国王将这样的智者安立为国师,即置于国师之位——这是连接。显示巴利原文
531.Uppātesūti ukkāpātadisāḍāhādiuppātesu ca. Nimittesūti mūsikacchinnādīsu ‘‘idaṃ nimittaṃ subhaṃ, idaṃ nimittaṃ asubha’’nti evaṃ nimittajānanasatthesu ca. Lakkhaṇesu cāti itthipurisānaṃ hatthapādalakkhaṇajānanasatthesu ca kovidaṃ chekaṃ ajjhāyakaṃ anekesaṃ sissānaṃ byākaraṇavācakaṃ mantadharaṃ vedattayasaṅkhātamantadhārakaṃ paṇḍitaṃ so rājā porohicce purohitaṭṭhānantare ṭhapetīti sambandho.
532 「具足这些支」:指具足上述所说的种种支分、组成部分,如此具足的国王便被称为「刹帝利」——这是如此宣说的。那些将军等大臣恒常、一切时中守护这位国王。如何守护?如同鸳鸯鸟守护遭受痛苦、遭遇不幸的同类,即像鸳鸯鸟一般守护。显示巴利原文
532.Etehaṅgehi sampannoti etehi vuttappakārehi aṅgehi avayavehi sampanno samaṅgībhūto so rājā ‘‘khattiyo’’ti pavuccati kathīyatīti sambandho. Sadā rakkhanti rājānanti ete senāpaccādayo amaccā sadā sabbakālaṃ taṃ rājānaṃ rakkhanti gopenti. Kimiva? Cakkavākova dukkhitaṃ dukkhappattaṃ sakañātiṃ rakkhanto cakkavāko pakkhī ivāti attho.
533 “同样地,大雄啊”:最上雄者啊,正如那位国王具足将军等支分,关闭城门而安住,同样地,你已杀敌、摧破敌对者,犹如刹帝利,对于包括天人在内的世间——与诸天共存的世间,你是法王,以法、以平等而治,因圆满了十波罗蜜法而成王,故称“法王”,这是如是宣说的——此是连接。显示巴利原文
533.Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīrāti vīruttama, yathā so rājā senāpaccādiaṅgasampanno nagaradvāraṃ thaketvā paṭivasati, tatheva tuvaṃ hatāmitto nihatapaccatthiko khattiyo iva sadevakassa lokassa saha devehi pavattamānassa lokassa dhammarājā dhammena samena rājā dasapāramitādhammaparipūraṇena rājabhūtattā ‘‘dhammarājā’’ti pavuccati kathīyatīti sambandho.
534 “驱除诸外道”:由于法王的身份,将所有对立的外道驱除净尽,令无残余,连同其军队也驱除了自在天魔。“摧毁彼黑暗”:即摧毁名为“暗”的痴暗,使之破灭。“建立法城”:即建立、化作、安立由三十七菩提分法所成的法城,或是由蕴、处、界、缘起、力、觉支、甚深理趣、周遍定法所构成的城。这是所言之意。显示巴利原文
534.Titthiye nīharitvānāti dhammarājabhāvena paṭipakkhabhūte sakalatitthiye nīharitvā nissesena haritvā nibbisevanaṃ katvā sasenakaṃ dhārañcāpi senāya saha vasavattimārampi nīharitvā . Tamandhakāraṃvidhamitvāti tamasaṅkhātaṃ mohandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā viddhaṃsetvā. Dhammanagaraṃ sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammasaṅkhātaṃ, khandhāyatanadhātupaṭiccasamuppādabalabojjhaṅgagambhīranayasamantapaṭṭhānadhammasaṅkhātaṃ vā nagaraṃ amāpayi nimmini patiṭṭhāpesīti attho.
535 “戒为彼处城墙”:在那已建立的法城中,四遍清净戒即是城墙。“你的智为城门楼”:你的智慧——即一切知智、意乐随眠智、未来分智、过去分智等——即是城门楼。“信是你的旗柱,大雄啊”:尊者,你精进不懈,自从燃灯佛足下以来,对一切知智之因深怀净信,此信犹如竖立并以种种装饰庄严的柱子。“门卫即防护”:你的六根防护,即是守护、保护、防卫的门卫,也就是守门者。显示巴利原文
535.Sīlaṃ pākārakaṃ tatthāti tasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpite dhammanagare catupārisuddhisīlaṃ pākāraṃ. Ñāṇaṃ te dvārakoṭṭhakanti te tuyhaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaāsayānusayañāṇaanāgataṃsañāṇaatītaṃsañāṇādikameva ñāṇaṃ dvārakoṭṭhakanti attho. Saddhā te esikā vīrāti, bhante, asithilaparakkama te tuyhaṃ dīpaṅkarapādamūlato pabhuti sabbaññutaññāṇakāraṇā saddahanasaddhā ussāpitaalaṅkāraalaṅkatathambhoti attho. Dvārapālo ca saṃvaroti te tuyhaṃ chadvārikasaṃvaro rakkhāvaraṇagutti dvārapālo dvārarakkhakoti attho.
536 “念处为城楼”:你的四念处即是城楼——具圆顶的城楼。“智慧是你的广场,牟尼啊”:尊者,具足智慧的牟尼,你的神变等各种智慧便是广场,也就是道路交汇的都城大街。“神足为四衢道”:你的欲、勤、心、观四神足,即是四衢道,即四条道路汇聚的十字路口。“法衢善建立”:由三十七菩提分法构成的这条街道,已善建立、备妥;这就是法城。显示巴利原文
536.Satipaṭṭhānamaṭṭālanti te tuyhaṃ catusatipaṭṭhānaaṭṭālamuṇḍacchadanaṃ. Paññā te caccaraṃ muneti, bhante, mune ñāṇavanta te tuyhaṃ pāṭihāriyādianekavidhā paññā caccaraṃ maggasamodhānaṃ nagaravīthīti attho. Iddhipādañca siṅghāṭanti tuyhaṃ chandavīriyacittavīmaṃsasaṅkhātā cattāro iddhipādā siṅghāṭaṃ catumaggasanti. Dhammavīthi sumāpitanti sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammasaṅkhātāya vīthiyā suṭṭhu māpitaṃ sajjitaṃ, taṃ dhammanagaranti attho.
537 “经与阿毗达摩”:在你的这座法城中,经、阿毗达摩与律,以及完整的修多罗、祇夜等九分教佛语,就是法堂——裁决法义的集会厅。显示巴利原文
537.Suttantaṃ abhidhammañcāti tava tuyhaṃ ettha dhammanagare suttantaṃ abhidhammaṃ vinayañca kevalaṃ sakalaṃ suttageyyādikaṃ navaṅgaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammasabhā dhammādhikaraṇasālāti attho.
538 “空与无相”:由无我随观所证得的空住,及由无常随观所证得的无相住。“无愿住”:由苦随观所证得的无愿住。“不动住”:不动摇、不变异的四种沙门果所成的不动住。“及灭”:即一切苦的完全灭尽——涅槃。“这是你的法屋”:这九种出世间法,便是你的法屋,即你的住所。显示巴利原文
538.Suññataṃ animittañcāti anattānupassanāvasena paṭiladdhaṃ suññatavihārañca, aniccānupassanāvasena paṭiladdhaṃ animittavihārañca. Vihārañcappaṇihitanti dukkhānupassanāvasena paṭiladdhaṃ appaṇihitavihārañca. Āneñjañcāti acalaṃ aphanditaṃ catusāmaññaphalasaṅkhātaṃ āneñjavihārañca. Nirodho cāti sabbadukkhanirodhaṃ nibbānañca. Esā dhammakuṭī tavāti esā sabbanavalokuttaradhammasaṅkhātā tava tuyhaṃ dhammakuṭi vasanagehanti attho.
539 「于智慧最上,被安置」:以智慧力故,在诸具智者中是为最上。因此,世尊便把他安立于此位。这位长老在应办的事务上,以辩才与智慧而善巧,又在能否恰当应对的辩才方面,无不娴熟通达;他以舍利弗之名著称。他就是你的法将军——他受持你所宣说的三藏法蕴,如主将而行,履行将军之职。显示巴利原文
539.Paññāyaaggo nikkhittoti paññāvasena paññavantānaṃ aggo. Iti bhagavatā nikkhitto ṭhapito thero paṭibhāne ca paññāya kattabbe kicce, yuttamuttapaṭibhāne vā kovido cheko nāmena sāriputtoti pākaṭo tava tuyhaṃ dhammasenāpati tayā desitassa piṭakattayadhammasamūhassa dhāraṇato pati padhāno hutvā senākiccaṃ karotīti attho.
540 「于死与再生善巧」:尊者牟尼啊,他对死亡与再生极为善巧、通达。「于神变到达彼岸」:他对“一身成多身,多身成一身”等所说的种种神变,到达了彼岸、证得了究竟。他名为拘利陀,即目犍连长老,是你的国师。显示巴利原文
540.Cutūpapātakusaloti bhante muni, cutūpapāte cutiyā upapattiyā ca kusalo cheko. Iddhiyā pāramiṃ gatoti ‘‘ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.238; paṭi. ma. 1.102) vuttāya iddhippabhedāya pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ gato patto nāmena kolito nāma moggallānatthero porohicco tava tuyhaṃ purohitoti sambandho.
541 「持古老传承者」:尊者牟尼啊,他具有智慧,秉持古老传承,或通晓代代相传的传承。他具大威光,威光显赫,不可侵犯,不可触恼。「于头陀说功德最上」:他宣说、教导三衣支等十三头陀支,由此以宣说头陀的功德,于头陀支功德中最为第一、最为殊胜,此即大迦叶长老。他是你的裁断者,于仲裁中为首导。显示巴利原文
541.Porāṇakavaṃsadharoti bhante mune, ñāṇavantaṃ porāṇassa vaṃsassa dhārako, paramparajānanako vā uggatejo pākaṭatejo, durāsado āsādetuṃ ghaṭṭetuṃ dukkho asakkuṇeyyoti attho. Dhutavādiguṇenaggoti tecīvarikaṅgādīni terasa dhutaṅgāni vadati ovadatīti dhutavādīguṇena dhutaṅgaguṇena aggo seṭṭho mahākassapatthero tava tuyhaṃ akkhadasso vohārakaraṇe padhānoti attho.
542 「多闻而持法者」:牟尼尊者啊!因他从世尊与比丘僧团处听闻、受持了八万四千法蕴,故称多闻;又因他受持六十万数目的契经教法,以及念处等究竟法,故称持法者。这位便是阿难。「教法中一切读诵者」:在佛陀的教法中,于一切讽诵比丘中,他最为第一、最为殊胜,因此得名一切读诵者,即阿难长老。「法护者是您的」:他是您的法护,即三藏法库的守护者、保护者,如同掌管法库的人。显示巴利原文
542.Bahussuto dhammadharoti bhante mune, bahūnaṃ caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānaṃ sutattā bhagavatā bhikkhusaṅghato ca uggahitattā bahussuto anekesaṃ chasatasahassasaṅkhyānaṃ āgamadhammānaṃ satipaṭṭhānādīnañca paramatthadhammānaṃ dhāraṇato dhammadharo ānando. Sabbapāṭhī ca sāsaneti buddhasāsane sabbesaṃ pāṭhīnaṃ paṭhantānaṃ sajjhāyantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggo seṭṭhoti sabbapāṭhī nāmena ānando nāma thero. Dhammārakkho tavāti tava tuyhaṃ dhammassa piṭakattayadhammabhaṇḍassa ārakkho rakkhako pālako, dhammabhaṇḍāgārikoti attho.
543 「超越这一切」:世尊——具足吉祥的正自觉者,超越、撇开这些有大神力的舍利弗等长老,唯独以我为准则、作意于我。「将决断付与我」:世尊以种种方式,将通晓律的智者所开示、阐明的律之决断、罪过审查,付与了我,令我承担此任。显示巴利原文
543.Etesabbe atikkammāti bhagavā bhagyavā sammāsambuddho ete sāriputtādayo mahānubhāvepi there atikkamma vajjetvā mamaṃyeva pamesi pamāṇaṃ akāsi, manasi akāsīti attho. Vinicchayaṃ me pādāsīti vinayaññūhi paṇḍitehi desitaṃ pakāsitaṃ vinaye vinicchayaṃ dosavicāraṇaṃ me mayhaṃ bhagavā pādāsi pakārena adāsi, mayhameva bhāraṃ akāsīti sambandho.
544 「律中的任何问题」:指任何比丘,身为佛弟子的比丘,凡是向我提出依律而问的问题,对彼所问,我心中无有思虑、疑惑、犹豫。「即彼义」:我便解说其所问之义理。显示巴利原文
544.Yo koci vinaye pañhanti yo koci bhikkhu buddhasāvako vinayanissitaṃ pañhaṃ maṃ pucchati, tattha tasmiṃ pucchitapañhe me mayhaṃ cintanā vimati kaṅkhā natthi. Tañhevatthaṃ taṃ eva pucchitaṃ atthaṃ ahaṃ kathemīti sambandho.
545 「在佛刹范围内」:指在佛陀教令所及的一切处,除那位大牟尼、正自觉者以外,无论在律藏中,还是作律之决断时,都没有与我等同者;我最为第一,比我更殊胜者,从何而有?显示巴利原文
545.Yāvatā buddhakhettamhīti yāvatā yattake ṭhāne buddhassa āṇākhette taṃ mahāmuniṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ ṭhapetvā vinaye vinayapiṭake vinayavinicchayakaraṇe vā mādiso mayā sadiso natthi, ahameva aggo, bhiyyo mamādhiko kuto bhavissatīti sambandho.
546 「坐于比丘僧伽中」:坐于比丘僧团中间的乔达摩世尊,如是作狮子吼。如何作?在律中,于《经分别》二分、《大品》《小品》诸犍度,以及《附随》中,说:“没有与优波离相等、相似者。”他正是这样作狮子吼。显示巴利原文
546.Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā bhikkhusaṅghamajjhe nisinno gotamo bhagavā evaṃ gajjati sīhanādaṃ karoti. Kathaṃ? Vinaye ubhatovibhaṅge, khandhakesu mahāvaggacūḷavaggesu, ca-saddena parivāre, upālissa upālinā samo sadiso natthīti evaṃ gajjati.
547 「凡」:指所有佛陀所说、佛陀所开示的九分教——契经、祇夜等导师的教法、大师的开示,这一切都含摄于律中,纳入律内,以律为根本。这是具如是见者之所见。显示巴利原文
547.Yāvatāti yattakaṃ buddhabhaṇitaṃ buddhena desitaṃ navaṅgaṃ suttageyyādisatthusāsanaṃ satthunā pakāsitaṃ sabbaṃ vinayogadhaṃ taṃ vinaye antopaviṭṭhaṃ vinayamūlakaṃ iccevaṃ passino passantassa.
548 「忆念我业」:乔达摩——这位释迦族的雄牛、释迦族中最殊胜者——以宿命智忆念我过去所发的愿行业,亲自证知后,来到比丘僧团中说道:「诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘中,持律第一者,即是这位优波离。」如此将我置于最上的地位。这就是关联。显示巴利原文
548.Mama kammaṃ saritvānāti gotamo sakyapuṅgavo sakyavaṃsappadhāno, mama kammaṃ mayhaṃ pubbapatthanākammaṃ atītaṃsañāṇena saritvāna paccakkhato ñatvā bhikkhusaṅghamajjhe gato ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī’’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228) maṃ etadagge ṭhāne ṭhapesīti sambandho.
549 「从十万劫始」:以十万劫为始,我一直渴望、期盼的这个地位,如今我已获得、证得、成就;于律,我已到彼岸,达于极致。显示巴利原文
549.Satasahassupādāyāti satasahassakappe ādiṃ katvā yaṃ imaṃ ṭhānaṃ apatthayiṃ patthesiṃ, so me attho mayā anuppatto adhigato paṭiladdho vinaye pāramiṃ gato koṭiṃ pattoti attho.
550 「释迦族」:过去,我曾是释迦族、释迦王族的欢喜之源与喜悦制造者,那时是一名理发师。彻底舍弃那一生、那一家族、那种出生之后,我成为大仙正自觉者的儿子,得名「释迦子」,因我能执持教法故。显示巴利原文
550.Sakyānaṃ sakyavaṃsarājūnaṃ nandijanano somanassakārako ahaṃ pure pubbe kappako āsiṃ ahosiṃ, taṃ jātiṃ taṃ kulaṃ taṃ yoniṃ vijahitvā visesena jahitvā chaḍḍetvā mahesino sammāsambuddhassa putto jāto sakyaputtoti saṅkhyaṃ gato sāsanadhāraṇatoti attho.
551 此后,为显示自己投生为奴隶家庭的事迹,便说‘从此第二劫’等语。此处关联为:从今此贤劫向下,于第二劫时,有一位名为‘安阇沙’的刹帝利国王,他威光无量,威力不可称计,名声广大,随从眷属不计其数,是大富者,拥有无数百千俱胝财富,为大地之主、土地的掌管与守护者。显示巴利原文
551. Tato paraṃ attano dāsakule nibbattanāpadānaṃ dassento ito dutiyake kappetiādimāha. Tattha ito bhaddakappato heṭṭhā dutiye kappe nāmena añjaso nāma khattiyo eko rājā anantatejo saṅkhyātikkantatejo amitayaso pamāṇātikkantaparivāro mahaddhano anekakoṭisatasahassadhanavā bhūmipālo pathavīpālako rakkhako ahosīti sambandho.
552 ‘他的国王’是指:我是那样一位国王的儿子——名为‘檀香’的刹帝利青年,也就是刹帝利王子。此即关联。那时的我,因出身之傲慢、名声之傲慢、财富之傲慢,被这三种傲慢所填满,变得极为僵硬、自我膨胀。这就是其义。显示巴利原文
552.Tassa raññoti tassa tādisassa rājino putto ahaṃ candano nāma khattiyo khattiyakumāro ahosinti sambandho. So ahaṃ jātimadena ca yasamadena ca bhogamadena ca upatthaddho thambhito unnatoti attho.
553 ‘十万头象’是说:十万头大象,皆是良种象,出生于良种象族,于三处发情——即从眼、耳及颊囊这三处流出、滴落发情液。它们以全身的庄严饰品为装饰,佩带着一切象饰,在一切时中恒常围绕于我。这就是关联。显示巴利原文
553.Nāgasatasahassānīti satasahassahatthino mātaṅgā mātaṅgakule jātā tidhā pabhinnā akkhikaṇṇakosasaṅkhātehi tīhi ṭhānehi pabhinnā madagaḷitā sabbālaṅkārabhūsitā sabbehi hatthālaṅkārehi alaṅkatā sadā sabbakālaṃ maṃ parivārentīti sambandho.
554 “为军众围绕”是指:在那时,我被自己的军力——也就是自己的军队所围绕、簇拥。我想去园林,渴望前往,于是骑上那头名叫“吉祥”的象,出城而去。这便是关联。显示巴利原文
554.Sabalehi paretohanti tadā tasmiṃ kāle ahaṃ sabalehi attano senābalehi pareto parivārito uyyānaṃ gantukāmako icchanto sirikaṃ nāma nāgaṃ hatthiṃ āruyha abhiruhitvā nagarato nikkhaminti sambandho.
555 “具足行”是指:他具足以戒防护为首的十五种行法,守护根门——封闭眼等六门,善加防护,善护身心。这样一位名为“天作”的正自觉者、独觉佛,来到我的近前,当面显现。这便是义理。显示巴利原文
555.Caraṇena ca sampannoti sīlasaṃvarādipannarasacaraṇadhammena samannāgato guttadvāro pihitacakkhādichadvāro susaṃvuto suṭṭhu rakkhitakāyacitto devalo nāma sambuddho paccekasambuddho, mama mayhaṃ purato sammukhe āgacchi pāpuṇīti attho.
556 “驱使吉祥象”是指:看见那位前来的独觉佛后,我驱使那头名叫“吉祥”的象迎面冲过去,冒犯、冲撞、恼害那位佛陀。这便是义理。“由此生起愤怒”是指:正因为被我这般极度逼压、强行驱使,那头象王便对我生起愤怒,它的脚便再也抬不起来,纹丝不动。这便是义理。显示巴利原文
556.Pesetvāsirikaṃ nāganti taṃ āgataṃ paccekabuddhaṃ disvā ahaṃ sirikaṃ nāma nāgaṃ abhimukhaṃ pesetvā buddhaṃ āsādayiṃ ghaṭṭesiṃ padussesinti attho. Tato sañjātakopo soti tato tasmā mayā atīva pīḷetvā pesitattā so hatthināgo mayi sañjātakopo padaṃ attano pādaṃ nuddharate na uddharati, niccalova hotīti attho.
557 「见到恶心的象」是指:看到这头恶心、充满愤怒的象之后,我对佛与独觉佛心生嗔怒,生起了嗔恨。「恼害了正自觉者」是指:我恼害、折磨了天作独觉佛之后,便前往了园林。这便是其间的关联。显示巴利原文
557.Nāgaṃ duṭṭhamanaṃ disvāti duṭṭhamanaṃ kuddhacittaṃ nādaṃ disvā ahaṃ buddhe paccekabuddhe kopaṃ akāsiṃ dosaṃ uppādesinti attho. Vihesayitvā sambuddhanti devalaṃ paccekasambuddhaṃ vihesayitvā viheṭhetvā ahaṃ uyyānaṃ agamāsinti sambandho.
558 「于彼处不得乐」是指在那种冒犯的行为中,我得不到安乐。意思是说,连那种由冒犯而生的短暂愉悦之乐也得不到。「犹如头在燃烧」是指我的头颅、我的脑袋如同燃烧一般,仿佛被火所焚。「被烧恼所灼」是指:由于对独觉佛生起了嗔怒,我后来被追悔的烧恼所灼,心中炽热。显示巴利原文
558.Sātaṃ tattha na vindāmīti tasmiṃ āsādane sātaṃ na vindāmi. Āsādananimittaṃ madhuraṃ sukhaṃ na labhāmīti attho. Siro pajjalito yathāti siro mama sīsaṃ pajjalito yathā pajjalamānaṃ viya hotīti attho. Pariḷāhena ḍayhāmīti paccekabuddhe kopassa katattā pacchānutāpapariḷāhena ḍayhāmi uṇhacitto homīti attho.
559 「包含海际」的意思是:凭借那恶业的力量,这包含海际、以大海为边界的整个大地,在我看来,犹如着了火、炽燃一般显现。「去到父亲面前」的意思是:当这样的怖畏生起时,我前往自己父王面前,对他说了这番话;这便是其含义。显示巴利原文
559.Sasāgarantāti teneva pāpakammabalena sasāgarantā sāgarapariyosānā sakalamahāpathavī me mayhaṃ ādittā viya jalitā viya hoti khāyatīti attho. Pitu santikupāgammāti evaṃ bhaye uppanne ahaṃ attano pitu rañño santikaṃ upāgamma upagantvā idaṃ vacanaṃ abraviṃ kathesinti attho.
560 「犹如凶猛的毒蛇」的意思是:如同完全暴怒、已被激怒的毒蛇;如同炽燃的火堆;如同一头疯狂、三处发情狂躁、有牙、有长牙的殊胜大象;如此而来的那位被我冒犯、冲撞的独觉佛,乃是自生者、自觉成佛者——这便是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
560.Āsīvisaṃvakupitanti āsīvisaṃ sabbaṃ kupitaṃ kuddhaṃ iva jalamānaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ iva mattaṃ tidhā pabhinnaṃ dantiṃ dantavantaṃ kuñjaraṃ uttamaṃ hatthiṃ iva ca āgataṃ yaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ sayambhuṃ sayameva buddhabhūtaṃ ahaṃ āsādayiṃ ghaṭṭesinti sambandho.
561 「佛陀被我冒犯」的意思是:那位独觉佛被我冒犯、冲撞了。他被称为「凶猛」,是因为他人根本无力触犯他。他具足「卓绝的苦行」,苦行昭著;是「胜利者」,战胜了五种魔罗。正是这样一位具足如此功德的独觉佛,被我冲撞了——这是其含义。「在我们都毁灭之前」的意思是:由于对那位独觉佛行不敬,我们所有人都将毁灭,以种种方式消亡,如同化作灰烬一般——这是其含义。「我们将请求那位牟尼的原谅」的意思是:趁尚未毁灭,我们将恳求那位独觉佛、那位牟尼的原谅——这便是上下文之间的关联。显示巴利原文
561.Āsādito mayā buddhoti so paccekabuddho mayā āsādito ghaṭṭito ghoro aññehi ghaṭṭetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā ghoro, uggatapo pākaṭatapo jino pañca māre jitavā evaṃguṇasampanno paccekabuddho mayā ghaṭṭitoti attho. Purā sabbe vinassāmāti tasmiṃ paccekabuddhe kataanādarena sabbe mayaṃ vinassāma vividhenākārena nassāma, bhasmā viya bhavāmāti attho. Khamāpessāma taṃ muninti taṃ paccekabuddhaṃ muniṃ yāva na vinassāma, tāva khamāpessāmāti sambandho.
562 「若不让他平息」的意思是:那位自我调御、心得调伏、入于等持、心念专注的独觉佛,我们若不去平息他,不求取他的宽恕。「在七日之内」的意思是:在第七日之前,不超出七天,我这整个国土将全面溃灭、消亡。显示巴利原文
562.No ce taṃ nijjhāpessāmāti attadantaṃ damitacittaṃ samāhitaṃ ekaggacittaṃ taṃ paccekabuddhaṃ no ce nijjhāpessāma khamāpessāma. Orena sattadivasā sattadivasato orabhāge sattadivase anatikkamitvā sampuṇṇaṃ raṭṭhaṃ me sabbaṃ vidhamissati vinassissati.
563 “须弥佉罗、拘私耶等”的意思是:须弥佉罗等四位国王因触犯、冲撞、不尊重仙人,自己连同国家与地方民众都陷入悲惨、走向毁灭——这就是其含义。显示巴利原文
563.Sumekhalo kosiyo cāti ete sumekhalādayo cattāro rājāno isayo āsādayitvā ghaṭṭetvā anādaraṃ katvā saraṭṭhakā saha raṭṭhajanapadavāsīhi duggatā vināsaṃ gatāti attho.
564 “当诸仙人愤怒时”的意思是:当那些以“身自制”等而自制、寂静、住于梵行的最上行者、最胜行者——这些仙人——于某时愤怒、心生忧恼,那时,他们便能毁灭包含大海、山脉在内的诸天世界——这是文句的关联。显示巴利原文
564.Yadākuppanti isayoti yadā yasmiṃ kāle saññatā kāyasaññamādīhi saññatā santā brahmacārino uttamacārino seṭṭhacārino isayo kuppanti domanassā bhavanti, tadā sasāgaraṃ sapabbataṃ sadevakaṃ lokaṃ vināsentīti sambandho.
565 “在三千由旬的区域中”的意思是:人们知道了那些仙人的威神力之后,为了请求他们宽恕、表明及发露自己的过失,便在方圆三千由旬的区域内召集众人——这是文句的关联。“走近自生者”的意思是:他们走近自生者,即那位独觉佛,去到他的面前——这就是其含义。显示巴利原文
565.Tiyojanasahassamhīti tesaṃ isīnaṃ ānubhāvaṃ ñatvā te khamāpetuṃ accayaṃ aparādhaṃ desanatthāya pakāsanatthāya tiyojanasahassappamāṇe padese purise sannipātayinti sambandho. Sayambhuṃ upasaṅkaminti sayambhuṃ paccekabuddhaṃ upasaṅkamiṃ samīpaṃ agamāsinti attho.
566 “湿衣者”的意思是:所有与我聚集一处的人们,都身着湿衣——他们披着的上衣都已被水浸透;头发湿透,垂落下来;双手合掌,双掌合拢置于头顶。他们在那位佛陀、独觉佛的双足前扑倒、伏下身,说出这样的话:“大雄,请原谅。”——这便是这番话的含义。显示巴利原文
566.Allavatthāti mayā saddhiṃ rāsibhūtā sabbe janā allavatthā udakena tintavatthauttarāsaṅgā allasirā tintakesā pañjalīkatā muddhani kataañjalipuṭā buddhassa paccekamunino pāde pādasamīpe nipatitvā nipajjitvā idaṃ vacanamabravunti ‘‘khamassu tvaṃ, mahāvīrā’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ abravuṃ kathesunti attho.
567 “大雄、最胜勇士啊,尊敬的独觉佛,我因无知而对您所犯的过错,请您宽恕并消除它,不要放在心上”——这就是这句话的意思。“众人”是指众生群体,他们特别恳求彼世尊。“请消除我们的热恼”:这热恼是由嗔恚和愚痴所造成的内心焦热痛苦,请您为我们消除它,让它减轻;不要毁灭我们整个国境和地方上的全体民众,不要让他们灭亡——这就是这句话的意思。显示巴利原文
567.Mahāvīra vīruttama bhante paccekabuddha, mayā tumhesu aññāṇena kataṃ aparādhaṃ khamassu tvaṃ vinodehi, mā manasi karohīti attho . Jano janasamūho taṃ bhagavantaṃ abhi visesena yācati. Pariḷāhaṃ dosamohehi katacittadukkhapariḷāhaṃ amhākaṃ vinodehi tanuṃ karohi, no amhākaṃ raṭṭhaṃ sakalaraṭṭhajanapadavāsino mā vināsaya mā vināsehīti attho.
568 “一切天、人等”的意思是:即使所有的人类、天神、檀那婆(与波诃罗陀等阿修罗一起)以及罗刹,在一切时中,都以铁制的大槌来砸碎、劈裂我的头颅。显示巴利原文
568.Sadevamānusā sabbeti sabbe mānusā sadevā sadānavā pahārādādīhi asurehi saha sarakkhasā ayomayena kūṭena mahāmuggarena sadā sabbakālaṃ me siraṃ mayhaṃ matthakaṃ bhindeyyuṃ padāleyyuṃ.
569 此后,为了彰显诸佛的宽恕与无瞋,便说了“火不处水中”等语。此处意为:犹如火不能住于水中、不能安立;犹如种子不能在石山(即岩石所成之山)上生长;犹如小虫不能在解毒药中存活;同样地,瞋恚——也就是心的躁动与不悦——在通达真理的独觉佛中不会生起,也不会出现。这便是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
569. Tato paraṃ buddhānaṃ khamitabhāvañca kopābhāvañca pakāsento dake aggi na saṇṭhātītiādimāha. Tattha yathā udake aggi na saṇṭhāti na patiṭṭhāti, yathā bījaṃ sele silāmaye pabbate na viruhati, yathā agade osadhe kimi pāṇako na saṇṭhāti. Tathā kopo cittappakopo dummanatā buddhe paṭividdhasacce paccekabuddhe na jāyati na uppajjatīti attho.
570 再者,为了彰显诸佛的威神力,又说了“又如大地”等语。其中,“又如大地”意为:大地坚固,不动不摇,佛陀亦如是——不为所动。“如海”意为:大海不可测量,无法取其度量,佛陀亦如是——不可测量。“如虚空”意为:虚空无碍、无终、无边,佛陀亦如是——不可扰动,不可动摇或搅乱。显示巴利原文
570. Punapi buddhānaṃ ānubhāvaṃ pakāsento yathā ca bhūmītiādimāha. Tattha yathā ca bhūmi pathavī acalā niccalā, tathā buddho acaloti attho. Yathā sāgaro mahāsamuddo appameyyo pametuṃ pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyo, tathā buddho appameyyoti attho. Yathā ākāso aphuṭṭhākāso anantako pariyosānarahito, evaṃ tathā buddho akkhobhiyo khobhetuṃ āloḷetuṃ asakkuṇeyyoti attho.
571 此后,为了显示独觉佛的宽恕之言,说了“诸大雄常恒忍辱”等语。其中,“诸大雄”指具足最上精进的诸佛;“具苦行者”指因摧破诸恶而获得“苦行”之名的精进成就者;“具忍耐者”指具足忍辱者;“已宽恕者”指宽恕他人过犯者。他们恒时存在——这是词语间的关联。“于忍辱者与宽恕者”意为:在这些具有忍辱、已行宽恕、能宽恕他人过犯的忍辱者与宽恕者——诸佛之中,不存在因贪爱等而起的邪行。这便是句义。显示巴利原文
571. Tato paraṃ paccekabuddhassa khamanavacanaṃ dassento sadākhantā mahāvīrātiādimāha. Tattha mahāvīrā uttamavīriyavantā buddhā tapassino pāpānaṃ tapanato ‘‘tapo’’ti laddhanāmena vīriyena samannāgatā khantā ca khantiyā ca sampannā khamitā ca paresaṃ aparādhaṃ khamitā sahitā sadā sabbakālaṃ bhavantīti sambandho. Khantānaṃ khamitānañcāti tesaṃ buddhānaṃ khantānaṃ khantiyā yuttānaṃ khamitānaṃ parāparādhakhamitānaṃ sahitānañca gamanaṃ chandādīhi agatigamanaṃ na vijjatīti attho.
572 说完这番话后,这位正自觉的独觉佛,为了消除众生生起的热恼,便在聚集的大众——包括国王在内的众人面前,于那时升入虚空。显示巴利原文
572. Iti idaṃ vacanaṃ vatvā sambuddho paccekasambuddho pariḷāhaṃ sattānaṃ uppannadāhaṃ vinodayaṃ vinodayanto mahājanassa purato sannipatitassa sarājakassa mahato janakāyassa sammukhato tadā tasmiṃ kāle nabhaṃ ākāsaṃ abbhuggami uggañchīti attho.
573 「因那个业,具慧者啊」:「具慧者」是指具有坚固智慧的人。我由于那个业,即对独觉佛所做的不敬之业,在这最后一生中,投生到了卑劣、低贱的状态,也就是沦为为国王们执理发的贱役种姓。「善巧地超越那出身」:意即很好地超越了那依附他人而活的出身。「进入了无畏城」:即进入了无有怖畏的涅槃之城、大涅槃城。显示巴利原文
573.Tena kammenahaṃ dhīrāti dhīra dhitisampanna ahaṃ tena kammena paccekabuddhe katena anādarakammena imasmiṃ pacchimattabhave hīnattaṃ lāmakabhāvaṃ rājūnaṃ kappakakammakaraṇajātiṃ ajjhupāgato sampattoti attho. Samatikkamma taṃ jātinti taṃ parāyattajātiṃ saṃ suṭṭhu atikkamma atikkamitvā. Pāvisiṃ abhayaṃ puranti bhayarahitaṃ nibbānapuraṃ nibbānamahānagaraṃ pāvisiṃ paviṭṭho āsinti attho.
574 「那时也,大雄啊,对我」:大雄即最胜英雄。那时,就在我冒犯独觉佛的时候,那位自生独觉佛便消除了因冒犯而生起的热恼与身心的不安。后来,我因追悔而燃烧、因悔恨而煎熬,遭受着苦恼,而他见到「过失已被善加安立为过失」之后,便宽恕了那过错,接受了我的悔过。以上是词句之间的关联。显示巴利原文
574.Tadāpi maṃ mahāvīrāti vīruttama tadāpi tasmiṃ paccekabuddhassa āsādanasamaye api sayambhū paccekabuddho pariḷāhaṃ āsādanahetu uppannaṃ kāyacittadarathaṃ vinodesi dūrīakāsi. Ḍayhamānaṃ tato eva pacchānutāpena kukkuccena ḍayhamānaṃ santapantaṃ maṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ dosaṃ dosato dassane suṭṭhu saṇṭhitaṃ disvā khamāpayi taṃ aparādhaṃ adhivāsesīti sambandho.
575 “如今,大雄啊,对我”:“大雄”即最上之雄。如今,在与您相遇之时,世尊令我这被三火——或指贪火、嗔火、痴火,或指地狱火、饿鬼火、轮回火——所烧灼而备受痛苦的人,获得了清凉。所谓清凉,即由灭除忧恼而得的寂静身心状态,亦即是涅槃。而那所说的三火,世尊已然将其熄灭、止息了。这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
575.Ajjāpi maṃ mahāvīrāti vīruttama, ajjāpi tuyhaṃ samāgamakāle api, tihaggībhi rāgaggidosaggimohaggisaṅkhātehi vā nirayaggipetaggisaṃsāraggisaṅkhātehi vā tīhi aggīhi ḍayhamānaṃ dukkhamanubhavantaṃ maṃ bhagavā sītibhāvaṃ domanassavināsena santakāyacittasaṅkhātaṃ sītibhāvaṃ nibbānameva vā apāpayi sampāpesi. Tayo aggī vuttappakāre te tayo aggī nibbāpesi vūpasamesīti sambandho.
576 他如此向世尊展示了自己的卑劣行迹后,为劝导其余之人,使其亦能听闻教法,便说出以下偈颂:“凡有注意倾听者……”。此处,“凡你们当中,有注意倾听者”,意思是:你们当中,若有人留意倾听、能将耳根专注于此,那么,你们就应当听闻正在作教诫的我的话语,并用心思惟。“我将为你们讲说义理”:即我将按我所证见的方式——我所见之涅槃的足迹——以那样的方式,为你们开示名为涅槃的究竟义。这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
576. Evaṃ attano hīnāpadānaṃ bhagavato dassetvā idāni aññepi tassa savane niyojetvā ovadanto ‘‘yesaṃ sotāvadhānatthī’’tiādimāha. Tattha yesaṃ tumhākaṃ sotāvadhānaṃ sotassa avadhānaṃ ṭhapanaṃ atthi vijjati, te tumhe bhāsato sāsantassa mama vacanaṃ suṇātha manasi karotha. Atthaṃ tumhaṃ pavakkhāmīti yathā yena pakārena mama mayā diṭṭhaṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ, tathā tena pakārena nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ paramatthaṃ tumhākaṃ pavakkhāmīti sambandho.
577 为了说明那件事,他说道:“轻视那位独觉佛……”。其中,“sayambhuṃ”即自生者,以圣种性而生、心寂静、入定的独觉佛;“vimānetvā”即轻视、不敬。由于彼时所造作的那一不善业,如今,在此生之中,我投生在了这低贱、需依附他人的理发师族姓里。显示巴利原文
577. Taṃ dassento sayambhuṃ taṃ vimānetvātiādimāha. Tattha sayambhuṃ sayameva bhūtaṃ ariyāya jātiyā jātaṃ santacittaṃ samāhitaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ vimānetvā anādaraṃ katvā tena kammena katenākusalena ajja imasmiṃ vattamānakāle ahaṃ nīcayoniyaṃ parāyattajātiyaṃ kappakajātiyaṃ jāto nibbatto amhi bhavāmi.
578 「莫让你们错失良机」:意思是你们不要错失佛陀出世的良机,别让它溜走。确实,那些错过了时机、错过了佛陀出世之机的众生会感到忧伤,他们如此忧伤:‘我们是福薄之人,是愚痴之人。’你们应当在自身的利益上、在增长上努力,应当精进。你们——你们已经获得、证得、成就了这个时机,也就是佛陀出世之机。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
578.Mā vo khaṇaṃ virādhethāti buddhuppādakkhaṇaṃ vo tumhe mā virādhetha gaḷitaṃ mā karotha, hi saccaṃ khaṇātītā buddhuppādakkhaṇaṃ atītā atikkantā sattā socare socanti, ‘‘mayaṃ alakkhikā dummedhā bhavāmā’’ti evaṃ socantīti attho. Sadatthe attano atthe vuḍḍhiyaṃ vāyameyyātha vīriyaṃ karotha. Vo tumhehi khaṇo buddhuppādakkhaṇo samayo paṭipādito nipphādito pattoti attho.
579 此后,为了通过譬喻和所喻之义来显示轮回众生的过患,而说‘对某些人是呕吐……’等。其中,对某些人——即对某些补特伽罗,呕吐是指向上涌出;对某些人,泻下是指向下流泄;对某些人,则是halāhala毒,即令人昏迷的毒;对某些人,则是药物,即保护的方法。世尊就这样依次宣说。这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
579. Tato paraṃ saṃsāragatānaṃ ādīnavaṃ upamāupameyyavasena dassento ekaccānañca vamanantiādimāha. Ekaccānaṃ kesañci puggalānaṃ vamanaṃ uddhaṃ uggiraṇaṃ ekaccānaṃ virecanaṃ adhopaggharaṇaṃ eke ekaccānaṃ halāhalaṃ visaṃ mucchākaraṇavisaṃ, ekaccānaṃ puggalānaṃ osadhaṃ rakkhanupāyaṃ bhagavā evaṃ paṭipāṭiyā akkhāsīti sambandho.
580 「行者的呕吐」:世尊为那些行道者——即入流等有学圣者们,宣说了呕吐,意指舍弃轮回、解脱轮回。「住果者的泻下」:为那些住于果位的圣者们,宣说了泻下,意指从轮回中流出。「得果者的药物」:为那些已得果位的圣者们,宣说了涅槃之药。「寻求者的」:为那些寻求人天成就与涅槃成就的寻求者们,世尊宣说了作为福田的僧伽。这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
580.Vamanaṃ paṭipannānanti paṭipannānaṃ maggasamaṅgīnaṃ vamanaṃ saṃsārachaḍḍanaṃ saṃsāramocanaṃ bhagavā akkhāsīti sambandho. Phalaṭṭhānaṃ phale ṭhitānaṃ virecanaṃ saṃsārapaggharaṇaṃ akkhāsi. Phalalābhīnaṃ phalaṃ labhitvā ṭhitānaṃ nibbānaosadhaṃ akkhāsi. Gavesīnaṃ manussadevanibbānasampattiṃ gavesīnaṃ pariyesantānaṃ puññakhettabhūtaṃ saṅghaṃ akkhāsīti sambandho.
581 「违逆教法者」:世尊为那些与教法对立的人,宣说了如剧毒般的罪恶与不善。如同毒蛇:对于无信且造恶的人,由于他们在轮回中带来痛苦,因此就如同毒蛇一般。毒蛇由于具有仅被看见就能将人化为灰烬的见毒,它会使被咬的人烧灼、受苦。那剧毒,也就这样让那无信造恶的人燃烧,在四恶趣中被灼烧、干枯。这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
581.Sāsanena viruddhānanti sāsanassa paṭipakkhānaṃ halāhalaṃ kutūhalaṃ pāpaṃ akusalaṃ akkhāsīti sambandho. Yathā āsīvisoti assaddhānaṃ katapāpānaṃ puggalānaṃ saṃsāre dukkhāvahanato āsīvisasadisaṃ yathā āsīviso diṭṭhamattena bhasmakaraṇato diṭṭhaviso sappo attanā daṭṭhaṃ naraṃ jhāpeti ḍayhati dukkhāpeti. Taṃ naraṃ taṃ assaddhaṃ katapāpaṃ naraṃ halāhalavisaṃ evaṃ jhāpeti catūsu apāyesu ḍayhati sosesīti sambandho.
582 那种剧毒只要饮下一次,便会令生命终结、毁灭。而那个违越教法、于教法中犯下过失的人,在百千万亿劫、无数劫中,也会被灼烧、焚尽。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
582.Sakiṃpītaṃ halāhalanti visaṃ halāhalaṃ pītaṃ sakiṃ ekavāraṃ jīvitaṃ uparundhati nāseti. Sāsanena sāsanamhi virajjhitvā aparādhaṃ katvā puggalo kappakoṭimhi koṭisaṅkhye kappepi ḍayhati nijjhāyatīti attho.
583 如此显示了不信者的果报之后,现在为了彰显诸佛的威力,说出以“忍耐”等开头的偈颂。于此,“那位宣说呕吐物等的佛陀”:那位佛陀以忍耐——即是安忍,以无害——即是不伤害众生,以具足慈心——即是拥有慈心的素质,度化了包括诸天在内的世间,令其超越、涅槃。因此,正因为如此,诸佛是你们所不应违逆、无法与之敌对的,你们应当依佛陀的教法而行。这就是此句的意涵。显示巴利原文
583. Evaṃ assaddhānaṃ puggalānaṃ phalavipākaṃ dassetvā idāni buddhānaṃ ānubhāvaṃ dassento khantiyātiādimāha. Tattha yo buddho vamanādīni akkhāsi, so buddho khantiyā khamanena ca avihiṃsāya sattānaṃ avihiṃsanena ca mettacittavatāya ca mettacittavantabhāvena ca sadevakaṃ saha devehi vattamānaṃ lokaṃ tāreti atikkamāpeti nibbāpeti, tasmā kāraṇā buddhā vo tumhehi avirādhiyā virujjhituṃ na sakkuṇeyyā, buddhasāsane paṭipajjeyyāthāti attho.
584 于得与不得,他们不执著、不依附、不贪染。于恭敬、尊重与轻慢、不敬之中,诸佛如大地般不动。因此之故,那些佛陀是你们不应违逆、不应敌对的,你们不可能对他们生起违逆。此即此句之义。显示巴利原文
584. Lābhe ca alābhe ca na sajjanti na bhajanti na lagganti. Sammānane ādarakaraṇe ca vimānane anādarakaraṇe ca acalā pathavīsadisā buddhā bhavanti, tasmā kāraṇā te buddhā tumhehi na virodhiyā na virodhetabbā virujjhituṃ asakkuṇeyyāti attho.
585 为显示诸佛的中舍性,说出以“提婆达多”等开头的偈颂。在此,“于杀者与被杀者等一切众生中,牟尼佛陀是等同者、心平等者。”此即此句之义。显示巴利原文
585. Buddhānaṃ majjhattataṃ dassento devadattetiādimāha. Tattha vadhakāvadhakesu sabbesu sattesu samako samamānaso muni buddhamunīti attho.
586 “他们没有嗔恚”:这些佛陀没有嗔恚——即粗暴、恶意之心,不存在,不可得。“他们没有贪染”:这些佛陀也没有贪——即染著、黏著,不存在,不可得。因此之故,结合“于杀者与亲子等”之句,意指佛陀于一切众生是等同者、心平等者。显示巴利原文
586.Etesaṃ paṭigho natthīti etesaṃ buddhānaṃ paṭigho caṇḍikkaṃ dosacittataṃ natthi na saṃvijjati. Rāgomesaṃ na vijjatīti imesaṃ buddhānaṃ rāgopi rajjanaṃ allīyanaṃ na vijjati, na upalabbhati, tasmā kāraṇā, vadhakassa ca orasassa cāti sabbesaṃ samako samacitto buddho hotīti sambandho.
587 再为显示诸佛之威神,而说“于路见袈裟”等偈。其中,“沾有粪秽、混杂粪便的袈裟”:即是以染料所染之衣,是“仙人之帜”、圣者之旗帜、圣者之资具。“于路途中,即被弃于道路”:见已,应“合掌”——即合拢十指,成合掌状,置于头顶——即以头戴,礼敬彼仙人之帜、阿拉汉果之帜,能昭示佛陀、独觉佛、声闻之衣。应恭敬、尊重、供养,此即其义。显示巴利原文
587. Punapi buddhānaṃyeva ānubhāvaṃ dassento panthe disvāna kāsāvantiādimāha. Tattha mīḷhamakkhitaṃ gūthasammissaṃ kāsāvaṃ kasāvena rajitaṃ cīvaraṃ isiddhajaṃ ariyānaṃ dhajaṃ parikkhāraṃ, panthe magge chaḍḍitaṃ disvāna passitvā añjaliṃ katvā dasaṅgulisamodhānaṃ añjalipuṭaṃ sirasi katvā sirasā sirena vanditabbaṃ isiddhajaṃ arahattaddhajaṃ buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakadīpakaṃ cīvaraṃ namassitabbaṃ mānetabbaṃ pūjetabbanti attho.
588 “过去的诸佛”:指已逝、已寂灭者。“现在的诸佛”:指现已出世者。“未来的诸佛”:指未生、未有、未产生、未出现之诸佛。“以此帜而清净”:即以此仙人之帜衣,这些诸佛得以清净,成为极清净,闪耀光辉。以此因故,这些诸佛“应被恭敬”,即应当礼敬、应当尊重。此即其义。另有一读为‘此应恭敬’,其意为:此仙人之帜应受恭敬。显示巴利原文
588.Abbhatītāti abhi atthaṅgatā nibbutā. Ye ca buddhā vattamānā idāni jātā ca ye buddhā anāgatā ajātā abhūtā anibbattā apātubhūtā ca ye buddhā. Dhajenānena sujjhantīti anena isiddhajena cīvarena ete buddhā sujjhanti visuddhā bhavanti sobhanti. Tasmā tena kāraṇena ete buddhā namassiyā namassitabbā vanditabbāti attho. ‘‘Etaṃ namassiya’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa etaṃ isiddhajaṃ namassitabbanti attho.
589 此后,为显己德,而说“与师尊相似”等偈。其中,“与师尊相似”:即与佛陀相似。“善律”:指美善之律,以善妙之方式调伏三门。我“以心”——即以心意,持守它,并通过闻持等方式加以省察。此即其义。我恭敬“律”——律藏,于一切时中,皆于律生起尊重而住。此即其义。显示巴利原文
589. Tato paraṃ attano guṇaṃ dassento satthukappantiādimāha. Tattha satthukappaṃ buddhasadisaṃ suvinayaṃ sundaravinayaṃ sundarākārena dvārattayadamanaṃ hadayena cittena ahaṃ dhāremi savanadhāraṇādinā paccavekkhāmīti attho. Vinayaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ namassamāno vandamāno vinaye ādaraṃ kurumāno viharissāmi sabbadā sabbasmiṃ kāle vāsaṃ kappemīti attho.
590 “律是我的依止”:律藏是我的依止处——通过闻持、作意、学习、遍问与修习,成为我的依止处,成为我的家,这是此句的含义。“律是住处与经行处”:律是我依闻持等义务的履行,所站立之处与经行之处。“我以律为住处”:在律藏中,在律的教法里,我以闻持、修习的方式而住、而安歇,我如此而住。“律是我的行境”:律藏是我的行境、我的资粮,这是指以恒常持守与作意的方式,这便是此句的意思。显示巴利原文
590.Vinayo āsayo mayhanti vinayapiṭakaṃ mayhaṃ okāsabhūtaṃ savanadhāraṇamanasikaraṇauggahaparipucchāpavattanavasena okāsabhūtaṃ gehabhūtanti attho. Vinayo ṭhānacaṅkamanti vinayo mayhaṃ savanādikiccakaraṇena ṭhitaṭṭhānañca caṅkamanaṭṭhānañca. Kappemi vinaye vāsanti vinayapiṭake vinayatantiyā savanadhāraṇapavattanavasena vāsaṃ sayanaṃ kappemi karomi. Vinayo mama gocaroti vinayapiṭakaṃ mayhaṃ gocaro āhāro bhojanaṃ niccaṃ dhāraṇamanasikaraṇavasenāti attho.
591 “于律中到达彼岸”:指在整部律藏中,到达了圆满与究竟。“亦于止息中善巧”:对于波罗夷等七种犯聚的止息、平息及出罪,具足善巧与娴熟;或指于诉讼的止息——显示巴利原文
591.Vinaye pāramippattoti sakale vinayapiṭake pāramiṃ pariyosānaṃ patto. Samathe cāpi kovidoti pārājikādisattāpattikkhandhānaṃ samathe vūpasame ca vuṭṭhāne ca kovido cheko, adhikaraṇasamathe vā –
“诤论、非难,以及犯戒事之诉讼;”
应作诤(kiccādhikaraṇa),以上便是四种诤事(caturādhikaraṇā)。”——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vivādaṃ anuvādañca, āpattādhikaraṇaṃ tathā; Kiccādhikaraṇañceva, caturādhikaraṇā matā’’ti. –
于上述所说种种诤事中——显示巴利原文
Vuttādhikaraṇesu ca –
“现前毗奈耶(Sammukhā)、忆念毗奈耶(sativinayo)、不痴毗奈耶(amūḷha)、自认(paṭiññākaraṇaṃ);
多数决(Yebhuyya)、此罪更重(tassapāpiyya),以及如草覆地(tiṇavatthārako)。”——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sammukhā sativinayo, amūḷhapaṭiññākaraṇaṃ; Yebhuyya tassapāpiyya, tiṇavatthārako tathā’’ti. –
因此,对于上述七种灭诤法,他极其善巧、娴熟——这便是这句话的含义。“优波离,礼敬彼大雄”——大雄尊者!您在四不可数劫与百劫之间,为证得一切知智而勇猛精进,是诸天与人的导师、教诫者,优波离比丘向您的双足恭敬顶礼。这便是“礼敬”的意思。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttesu ca sattasu adhikaraṇasamathesu atikovido chekoti attho. Upāli taṃ mahāvīrāti bhante mahāvīra, catūsu asaṅkhyeyyesu kappasatasahassesu sabbaññutaññāṇādhigamāya vīriyavanta satthuno devamanussānaṃ anusāsakassa taṃ tava pāde pādayuge upāli bhikkhu vandati paṇāmaṃ karotīti attho.
592 我出家之后,礼敬正自觉者,向他恭恭敬敬地顶礼;又了知彼世尊所宣说的九种出世间法具有善法性——也就是美妙法性,于是也礼敬法。我将从一村到一村,再从一城到一城,如此游方而行。这便是前后文的关联。显示巴利原文
592. So ahaṃ pabbajitvā sambuddhaṃ namassamāno paṇāmaṃ kurumāno dhammassa ca tena bhagavatā desitassa navalokuttaradhammassa sudhammataṃ sundaradhammabhāvaṃ jānitvā dhammañca namassamāno gāmato gāmaṃ purato punaṃ nagarato nagaraṃ vicarissāmīti sambandho.
593 「诸烦恼已被我烧尽」:我以所证得的阿拉汉道智,将我相续心中所有的一千五百种烦恼,悉皆烧尽、干涸、彻底干涸、摧毁。「一切有已被根除」:欲有等一切九种有,已被我彻底根除、完全拔除、灭尽、摧毁。「一切漏已灭尽」:欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏,这四种漏已全然灭尽,方方面面地彻底灭尽。此时,在此证得阿拉汉果的时刻,被称为「后有」的结生——也就是存在、出生,已不复存在——这就是含义。显示巴利原文
593.Kilesājhāpitā mayhanti mayā paṭividdhaarahattamaggañāṇena mayhaṃ cittasantānagatā sabbe diyaḍḍhasahassasaṅkhā kilesā jhāpitā sositā visositā viddhaṃsitā. Bhavā sabbe samūhatāti kāmabhavādayo sabbe nava bhavā mayā samūhatā saṃ suṭṭhu ūhatā khepitā viddhaṃsitā. Sabbāsavā parikkhīṇāti kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavoti sabbe cattāro āsavā parikkhīṇā parisamantato khayaṃ pāpitā. Idāni imasmiṃ arahattappattakāle punabbhavo punuppattisaṅkhāto bhavo bhavanaṃ jāti natthīti attho.
594 接着,他依于喜悦之力发出感叹,说出「欢迎」等语。其中,「欢迎」的意思是:在无上佛陀——最胜佛陀的身边、近处,或者同一座城中,我的到来是善来的、美妙的,确实如此。这是词句的关联。「三明」:宿住明、天眼明、漏尽明,已经证得、获得,已经现前证悟——这就是含义。「已作佛陀之教法」:由佛陀、世尊所宣说、教导的教法,我已经完成;即圆满履行义务行持后,一心作意于业处,通过证得阿拉汉道智而成就——这就是含义。显示巴利原文
594. Uttari somanassavasena udānaṃ udānento svāgatantiādimāha. Tattha buddhaseṭṭhassa uttamabuddhassa santike samīpe ekanagare vā mama āgamanaṃ svāgataṃ suṭṭhu āgamanaṃ sundarāgamanaṃ vata ekantena āsi ahosīti sambandho. Tisso vijjāti pubbenivāsadibbacakkhuāsavakkhayavijjā anuppattā sampattā, paccakkhaṃ katāti attho. Kataṃ buddhassa sāsananti buddhena bhagavatā desitaṃ anusiṭṭhi sāsanaṃ kataṃ nipphāditaṃ vattapaṭipattiṃ pūretvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karitvā arahattamaggañāṇādhigamena sampāditanti attho.
595 「四无碍解」:义无碍解等四种智慧,已证悟、现证。「及八解脱」:四种道智与四种果智,这八种乃是从轮回中解脱的方法,已经现证。这是词句的关联。「六通已证悟」——显示巴利原文
595.Paṭisambhidā catassoti atthapaṭisambhidādayo catasso paññāyo sacchikatā paccakkhaṃ katā. Vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhimeti cattāri maggañāṇāni cattāri phalañāṇānīti ime aṭṭha vimokkhā saṃsārato muccanūpāyā sacchikatāti sambandho. Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatāti –
神变、天耳、他心智、
宿命智、天眼与漏尽——他如此说道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Iddhividhaṃ dibbasotaṃ, cetopariyañāṇakaṃ; Pubbenivāsañāṇañca, dibbacakkhāsavakkhaya’’nti. –
这六种神通已亲证、已现证。由于这些智的现证,佛陀的教法便得以完成——这是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
Imā cha abhiññā sacchikatā paccakkhaṃ katā. Imesaṃ ñāṇānaṃ sacchikaraṇena buddhassa sāsanaṃ katanti attho.
“Itthan ti”(如此)是指前文所述的方式。“Su dan ti”(善哉)仅是补足语句的虚词。具寿优波离尊者,这位具足坚固戒等功德的声闻弟子,诵出了这些阐明前生行迹的偈颂,这便是“说示”的意思。显示巴利原文
Itthanti iminā heṭṭhā vuttappakārena. Sudanti padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Āyasmā upāli theroti thirasīlādiguṇayutto sāvako imā pubbacaritāpadānadīpikā gāthāyo abhāsittha kathayitthāti attho.
3-7. 憍陈如尊者行迹的注释显示巴利原文
3-7. Aññāsikoṇḍaññattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
以“莲花上正自觉者”偈为首,是具寿憍陈如尊者的行迹。据说,这位尊者过去在诸佛处行了敬奉,在彼彼生处累积导向解脱的福业。在莲花上佛世尊之时,他生于汉舍卫城里的豪门居士家。长大后,某一天在导师跟前听法,见到导师将一位比丘立为教法中第一位通达法、为知法者中首位的地位。他见到后,也渴求那样的位置,于是为有十万比丘随众的世尊举办七日大施,并发愿。导师看出他将来不会遇到障碍,便为他授记未来的成就。他终其一生行福业;在佛般涅槃后,兴建塔庙时,他在塔庙内部让人造了一座宝屋;并且环绕塔庙,造了价值千金的珍物。显示巴利原文
Padumuttarasambuddhantiādikaṃ āyasmato aññāsikoṇḍaññattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayaṃ kira purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare gahapatimahāsālakule nibbattitvā viññutaṃ patvā ekadivasaṃ satthu santike dhammaṃ suṇanto satthāraṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ attano sāsane paṭhamaṃ paṭividdhadhammarattaññūnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā sayampi taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ patthento satasahassabhikkhuparivārassa bhagavato sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthāpissa anantarāyataṃ disvā bhāviniṃ sampattiṃ byākāsi. So yāvajīvaṃ puññāni karonto satthari parinibbute cetiye patiṭṭhāpiyamāne antocetiye ratanagharaṃ kārāpesi, cetiyaṃ parivāretvā sahassaratanagghikāni ca kāresi.
他就这样行诸福业,从那里命终后,流转于天与人之间。在毗婆尸世尊的时代,他转生为名叫“大黑”的居士。他在大约八卡利沙宽的田地中,剥开谷苞,用取出的稻米煮成纯牛乳粥,并在粥里加入蜂蜜、生酥、糖等,供养了以佛陀为首的僧团。那些剥开谷苞取米的地方,又重新长满。在苗生之时,他供养了称为“苗首初”的最先收获;收割时供养收割的最先收获;编辫时供养编辫的最先收获;捆束时供养捆束的最先收获;他还供养了打谷场的最先收获、盛器的最先收获、量谷的最先收获、入库的最先收获——就这样,同一种庄稼,他在九次时机供养了最先收获的部分。而且那庄稼比平常长得更加丰饶。显示巴利原文
So evaṃ puññāni katvā tato cavitvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto vipassissa bhagavato kāle mahākālo nāma kuṭumbiko hutvā aṭṭhakarīsamatte khette sāligabbhaṃ phāletvā gahitasālitaṇḍulehi asambhinnakhīrapāyāsaṃ sampādetvā tattha madhusappisakkarādayo pakkhipitvā buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa adāsi. Sāligabbhaṃ phāletvā gahitagahitaṭṭhānaṃ puna pūrati. Puthukakāle puthukaggaṃ nāma adāsi. Lāyane lāyanaggaṃ, veṇikaraṇe veṇaggaṃ, kalāpādikaraṇe kalāpaggaṃ, khalaggaṃ, bhaṇḍaggaṃ, minaggaṃ koṭṭhagganti evaṃ ekasasse nava vāre aggadānaṃ adāsi, tampi sassaṃ atirekataraṃ sampannaṃ ahosi.
他尽此一生修积福业,命终之后投生天界,在天、人二道中继续流转。早在我们的世尊降生之前,便先在迦毗罗卫城附近一处名为土束的婆罗门村,投生于大豪门婆罗门家。因族姓而得名为“憍陈如”。及至成年,他学通三吠陀,且于相术论典通达无碍。那时,我们的菩萨从兜率天命终,降生于迦毗罗卫城净饭大王的王宫中。菩萨命名之日,国王邀请了一百零八位婆罗门,其中八位被请上高台鉴察大人相。彼时憍陈如最为年轻,见到大人相的殊胜圆满后,便断定:“此人必定成佛!”从此便一直留心等待菩萨出家。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yāvajīvaṃ puññāni katvā tato cuto devaloke nibbattitvā devesu ca manussesu ca saṃsaranto amhākaṃ bhagavato uppattito puretarameva kapilavatthunagarassa avidūre doṇavatthunāmake brāhmaṇagāme brāhmaṇamahāsālakule nibbatti. Tassa koṇḍaññoti gottato āgataṃ nāmaṃ ahosi. So vayappatto tayo vede uggahetvā lakkhaṇamantesu ca pāraṃ agamāsi. Tena samayena amhākaṃ bodhisatto tusitapurato cavitvā kapilavatthupure suddhodanamahārājassa gehe nibbatti. Tassa nāmaggahaṇadivase aṭṭhuttarasatesu brāhmaṇesu upanītesu ye aṭṭha brāhmaṇā lakkhaṇapariggahaṇatthaṃ mahātalaṃ upanītā. So tesu sabbanavako hutvā mahāpurisassa lakkhaṇanipphattiṃ disvā ‘‘ekaṃsena ayaṃ buddho bhavissatī’’ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā mahāsattassa abhinikkhamanaṃ udikkhanto vicarati.
菩萨则在众多亲族的围绕中逐渐长大,随着年岁增长,智慧亦趋成熟。于二十九岁那年,菩萨行大出家,在阿耨达河畔剃除须发,渐次前往乌汝韦喇,殷勤修习苦行。那时,年轻的憍陈如听说菩萨出家,便与相婆罗门之子跋波等五位青年一同出家,渐次来到菩萨身边。他侍奉菩萨六年,后因菩萨受用粗劣食物而生厌离心,便离开菩萨,前往仙人堕处。其后,菩萨由于受用粗食而恢复体力,于吠舍佉月月圆之日,在菩提树下坐于未伏座上,降伏三魔,成为正自觉者。菩萨在菩提场度七周七日,知五比丘智慧已熟,便于阿沙陀月月圆日,前往仙人堕处,为他们宣说《转法轮经》。说法结束时,憍陈如尊者与十八亿梵天众一同证得预流果。之后,在半月后的第五天,佛陀宣说《无我相经》,憍陈如尊者便亲自证得了阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Bodhisattopi kho mahatā parivārena vaḍḍhamāno anukkamena vuddhippatto ñāṇaparipākaṃ gantvā ekūnatiṃsatime vasse mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamanto anomānadītīre pabbajitvā anukkamena uruvelaṃ gantvā padhānaṃ padahi. Tadā koṇḍañño māṇavo mahāsattassa pabbajitabhāvaṃ sutvā lakkhaṇapariggāhakabrāhmaṇānaṃ puttehi vappamāṇavādīhi saddhiṃ attapañcamo pabbajitvā anukkamena bodhisattassa santikaṃ upasaṅkamitvā chabbassāni taṃ upaṭṭhahanto tassa oḷārikāhāraparibhogena nibbinno apakkamitvā isipatanaṃ agamāsi. Atha kho bodhisatto oḷārikāhāraparibhogena laddhakāyabalo vesākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ bodhirukkhamūle aparājitapallaṅke nisinno tiṇṇaṃ mārānaṃ matthakaṃ madditvā abhisambuddho hutvā sattasattāhaṃ bodhimaṇḍeyeva vītināmetvā pañcavaggiyānaṃ ñāṇaparipākaṃ ñatvā āsāḷhīpuṇṇamāyaṃ isipatanaṃ gantvā tesaṃ dhammacakkapavattanasuttantaṃ (mahāva. 13 ādayo; saṃ. ni. 5.1081) kathesi. Desanāpariyosāne koṇḍaññatthero aṭṭhārasahi brahmakoṭīhi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Atha pañcamiyaṃ pakkhassa anattalakkhaṇasuttantadesanāya (mahāva. 20 ādayo; saṃ. ni. 3.59) arahattaṃ sacchākāsi.
596 596. 他证得阿拉汉果后,便如此思惟:“我是往昔造何等业,方得证此出世间乐?”他以现量照见自己过去所造之业,内心充满喜悦,便以自说偈颂的方式,显示往昔所修的行迹,诵出了以“莲花上正自觉者”起首的偈颂。其义如前释。所谓“世间最上的导师”:是指在一切众生世间中,最为尊上、最为殊胜之人。能引导应受教化的众生,渡过轮回大海,抵达彼岸的不灭大涅槃,故称为“导师”——就是这位导师。“已证得佛地者”:“佛地”指佛的境界,即一切知智;已经到达、已经通达此境界,故名“已证得佛地者”,意即已证得一切知智、已成就佛果。“我最先见”:在卫塞月月圆之夜的后夜分,我最先见到了已成正觉的莲花上正自觉者。显示巴利原文
596. Evaṃ so arahattaṃ patvā ‘‘kiṃ kammaṃ katvā ahaṃ lokuttarasukhaṃ adhigatomhī’’ti upadhārento attano pubbakammaṃ paccakkhato ñatvā somanassavasena pubbacaritāpadānaṃ udānavasena dassento padumuttarasambuddhantiādimāha. Tassattho heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. Lokajeṭṭhaṃ vināyakanti sakalassa sattalokassa jeṭṭhaṃ padhānanti attho. Visesena veneyyasatte saṃsārasāgarassa paratīraṃ amatamahānibbānaṃ neti sampāpetīti vināyako, taṃ vināyakaṃ. Buddhabhūmimanuppattanti buddhassa bhūmi patiṭṭhānaṭṭhānanti buddhabhūmi, sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, taṃ anuppatto paṭividdhoti buddhabhūmimanuppatto, taṃ buddhabhūmimanuppattaṃ, sabbaññutappattaṃ buddhabhūtanti attho. Paṭhamaṃ addasaṃ ahanti paṭhamaṃ vesākhapuṇṇamiyā rattiyā paccūsasamaye buddhabhūtaṃ padumuttarasambuddhaṃ ahaṃ addakkhinti attho.
597 “在菩提树根处”:意指那些聚集在菩提树附近的夜叉们,十指相合、合掌于顶,向已成正自觉者、已证佛果的那位佛陀礼敬膜拜。当如此理解其衔接关系。显示巴利原文
597.Yāvatā bodhiyā mūleti yattakā bodhirukkhasamīpe yakkhā samāgatā rāsibhūtā sambuddhaṃ buddhabhūtaṃ taṃ buddhaṃ pañjalīkatā dasaṅgulisamodhānaṃ añjalipuṭaṃ sirasi ṭhapetvā vandanti namassantīti sambandho.
598 “一切天人心喜”:指所有来到成正觉处的天人们,内心满溢欢喜,于空中行走。当如此联系上下文来理解。“驱散黑暗者”:意为这位佛陀已彻底除遣最深重的黑暗——即无明,证得了如是功德。显示巴利原文
598.Sabbe devā tuṭṭhamanāti buddhabhūtaṭṭhānaṃ āgatā te sabbe devā tuṭṭhacittā ākāse sañcarantīti sambandho. Andhakāratamonudoti ativiya andhakāraṃ mohaṃ nudo khepano ayaṃ buddho anuppattoti attho.
599 “他们充满欢喜”:指那些具足喜悦与欣悦的天人们,发出巨大的音声、广大的喧响,他们心中作意:“我们将在正自觉者的教法中,焚尽一切烦恼与染污之法。”当如此理解其中的关联。显示巴利原文
599.Tesaṃ hāsaparetānanti hāsehi pītisomanassehi samannāgatānaṃ tesaṃ devānaṃ mahānādo mahāghoso avattatha pavattati, sammāsambuddhasāsane kilese saṃkilese dhamme jhāpayissāmāti sambandho.
600 “了知天人之语”:我以赞叹的言辞,识知诸天所发之声,内心欢喜,以喜悦俱行之心,向已成佛陀的圣者,我供养了最初饮食。应这样理解其中的关联。显示巴利原文
600.Devānaṃ giramaññāyāti vācāya thutivacanena saha udīritaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ jānitvā haṭṭho haṭṭhena cittena somanassasahagatena cittena ādibhikkhaṃ paṭhamaṃ āhāraṃ buddhabhūtassa ahaṃ adāsinti sambandho.
602 “七日大出离”:我作出伟大的出离后,精进七日,证得了以一切知智为依处、名为阿拉汉道智的菩提,我已证得、已获得——这是这句话的含义。“这是我第一餐”:这一餐饭,是为了维持身体,由这位天子最初供养给我这修习梵行、行持最上者的。这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
602.Sattāhaṃabhinikkhammāti mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā sattāhaṃ padhānaṃ katvā sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ arahattamaggañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ bodhiṃ ajjhagamaṃ adhigañchiṃ ahanti attho. Idaṃ me paṭhamaṃ bhattanti idaṃ bhattaṃ sarīrayāpanaṃ brahmacārissa uttamacārissa me mayhaṃ iminā devaputtena paṭhamaṃ dinnaṃ ahosīti attho.
603 “从兜率天来到这里”:这位天子从兜率天宫来到此人间界,为我带来并供养了食物。我将称扬他、宣说他的事迹,令其昭彰。请你们聆听我所说的话语。应这样理解其中的关联。此后,我们只解释难解的词语。显示巴利原文
603.Tusitā hi idhāgantvāti tusitabhavanato idha manussaloke āgantvā yo devaputto me mama bhikkhaṃ upānayi adāsi, taṃ devaputtaṃ kittayissāmi kathessāmi pākaṭaṃ karissāmi. Bhāsato bhāsantassa mama vacanaṃ suṇāthāti sambandho. Ito paraṃ anuttānapadameva vaṇṇayissāma.
607 “三十三天”:指三十三天宫(忉利天)。“从家”:意指他从自己出生的婆罗门家出离,出家之后,便与那位六年中勤修苦行的菩萨共同居住。其间的关联应如此理解。显示巴利原文
607.Tidasāti tāvatiṃsabhavanā. Agārāti attano uppannabrāhmaṇagehato nikkhamitvā pabbajitvā cha saṃvaccharāni dukkarakārikaṃ karontena bodhisattena saha vasissatīti sambandho.
608 “从彼时第七年”:意为从那时算起,即从出家之时开始,于第七年。“佛陀将宣说谛理”:在修习六年苦行后,于第七年成佛,在波罗奈仙人堕处的鹿野苑,通过开演《转法轮经》,宣说苦、集、灭、道四圣谛。此即此句的意义。“名为憍陈如者”:依名字来称呼,即名为憍陈如的那一位。“将最先证悟”:在五群比丘之中,他将首先、最先亲自证得入流道智,也就是现量体证。此即此句的意义。显示巴利原文
608.Tato sattamake vasseti tato pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya sattame saṃvacchare. Buddho saccaṃ kathessatīti chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ katvā sattamasaṃvacchare buddho hutvā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye dhammacakkapavattanasuttantadesanāya dukkhasamudayanirodhamaggasaccasaṅkhātaṃ catusaccaṃ kathessatīti attho. Koṇḍañño nāma nāmenāti nāmena gottanāmavasena koṇḍañño nāma. Paṭhamaṃ sacchikāhitīti pañcavaggiyānamantare paṭhamaṃ ādito eva sotāpattimaggañāṇaṃ sacchikāhiti paccakkhaṃ karissatīti attho.
609 “随出家”:意指随已出家的菩萨一同出离,即跟随他出家。此即此句的意义。如此随他出家之后,我善修、善作、坚固地成就了精进努力。此即此句的意义。“为焚烧烦恼”:意为为了令烦恼干涸、彻底摧毁烦恼,我出家进入了无家法——即远离务农、经商等在家不善事的教法,并加修习实践。此即此句的意义。显示巴利原文
609.Nikkhantenānupabbajinti nikkhantena bodhisattena saha nikkhamitvā anupabbajinti attho. Tathā anupabbajitvā mayā padhānaṃ vīriyaṃ sukataṃ suṭṭhu kataṃ daḷhaṃ katvā katanti attho. Kilese jhāpanatthāyāti kilese sosanatthāya viddhaṃsanatthāya anagāriyaṃ agārassa ahitaṃ kasivaṇijjādikammavirahitaṃ sāsanaṃ pabbajiṃ paṭipajjinti attho.
610 “已往全知者”:他完全了知一切——无论是过去、未来、现在,还是被称为诸行、变化、相、涅槃、施设的一切所知,故为全知者。这位佛陀来到诸天所居的世间,前往鹿野苑的精舍,到达后,以我所亲证的入流道智,敲响了不死之鼓——即宣说伟大不死涅槃之鼓。这便是此句的涵义。显示巴利原文
610.Abhigantvānasabbaññūti sabbaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ vā saṅkhāravikāralakkhaṇanibbānapaññattisaṅkhātaṃ ñeyyaṃ vā jānanto devehi saha vattamāne satta loke buddho migāraññaṃ migadāya vihāraṃ abhigantvā upasaṅkamitvā me mayā sacchikatena iminā sotāpattimaggañāṇena amatabheriṃ amatamahānibbānabheriṃ ahari pahari dassesīti attho.
611 “他如今”:我最初是须陀洹,如今以阿罗汉道智,证得了不死、寂静、寂灭自性、所应到达、所应证得的境界——无上、无更在其上的涅槃,这便是证得。“彻底遍知诸漏”:即以断除的遍知,彻底遍知欲漏等一切诸漏,并予以舍断,我无漏、无烦恼而安住。至于“四无碍解”等偈颂,其义如前所说。显示巴利原文
611.So dānīti so ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ sotāpanno idāni arahattamaggañāṇena amataṃ santaṃ vūpasantasabhāvaṃ padaṃ pajjitabbaṃ pāpuṇitabbaṃ, anuttaraṃ uttaravirahitaṃ nibbānaṃ patto adhigatoti attho. Sabbāsave pariññāyāti kāmāsavādayo sabbe āsave pariññāya pahānapariññāya pajahitvā anāsavo nikkileso viharāmi iriyāpathavihārena vāsaṃ kappemi. Paṭisambhidā catassotyādayo gāthāyo vuttatthāyeva.
后来,世尊在祇园精舍,于比丘僧众中,坐在为他施设的最胜佛座上,为了彰显他最先通达法的事实,说:“诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘中,年资第一者,就是这位憍陈如。”(A.N.1.188)并将他置于最上的位置。尊者想要回避两位上首弟子对自己所行的最高恭敬,也不喜欢村边住所的喧杂环境,乐于独处而住;并且认为,对前来亲近的在家人和出家人行款待也不过是戏论,于是礼辞世尊,进入雪山,由六牙象王奉侍,在六牙湖岸边住了十二年。一天,帝释天王前往拜访这样安住的尊者,礼敬后站在一旁,这样说:“尊者,请为我说法。”长老便以佛的庄严方式,为他说了蕴含四谛、贯穿三相、关联空性、多门善巧、融入不死之深的法。帝释听闻后,表达自己的净信说:显示巴利原文
Atha naṃ satthā aparabhāge jetavanamahāvihāre bhikkhusaṅghamajjhe paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno paṭhamaṃ paṭividdhadhammabhāvaṃ dīpento ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ rattaññūnaṃ yadidaṃ aññāsikoṇḍañño’’ti (a. ni. 1.188) etadagge ṭhapesi. So dvīhi aggasāvakehi attani kariyamānaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ, gāmantasenāsane ākiṇṇavihārañca pariharitukāmo, vivekābhiratiyā viharitukāmo ca attano santikaṃ upagatānaṃ gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ paṭisanthārakaraṇampi papañcaṃ maññamāno satthāraṃ āpucchitvā himavantaṃ pavisitvā chaddantehi nāgehi upaṭṭhiyamāno chaddantadahatīre dvādasa vassāni vasi. Evaṃ tattha vasantaṃ theraṃ ekadivasaṃ sakko devarājā upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā ṭhito evamāha ‘‘sādhu me, bhante, ayyo dhammaṃ desetū’’ti. Thero tassa catusaccagabbhaṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ suññatāpaṭisaṃyuttaṃ nānānayavicittaṃ amatogadhaṃ buddhalīlāya dhammaṃ desesi. Taṃ sutvā sakko attano pasādaṃ pavedento –
听闻此具大味之法,我益加净信;
所宣说的法,离欲无染,全然无执取。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi, sutvā dhammaṃ mahārasaṃ; Virāgo desito dhammo, anupādāya sabbaso’’ti. (theragā. 673) –
他以此作赞叹。长老在六牙湖岸边住了十二年。临近般涅槃时,他往诣世尊,请求许可入般涅槃;得到许可后,便回到彼处般涅槃。显示巴利原文
Thutiṃ akāsi. Thero chaddantadahatīre dvādasa vassāni vasitvā upakaṭṭhe parinibbāne satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā parinibbānaṃ anujānāpetvā tattheva gantvā parinibbāyīti.
3-8. 宾头卢颇罗堕长老譬喻注疏显示巴利原文
3-8. Piṇḍolabhāradvājattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
以“莲花上佛……”等偈颂开头的,是尊者宾头卢颇罗堕的譬喻。他同样在过去诸佛处累积了善行,于轮回各趣中积蓄作为涅槃助缘的福德。在莲花上世尊的时代,他投生为狮子,住于山脚下的洞穴中。世尊为了利益他,趁狮子外出觅食时,走进它栖息的洞穴,入灭尽定而坐。狮子觅食回来,立在洞口,见到世尊,生起大欢喜,便以水中与陆上的花来供养,令心清净净信;为了保护世尊,它还驱走其他猛兽,一日三次作狮子吼,依佛随念而住。如此,它连续七天同样供养。世尊思惟:“七日过后,我出灭尽定时,应为它带来饶益——这狮子有如此众多的助缘。”于是就在狮子的注视下,腾空而去,回到了寺院。显示巴利原文
Padumuttaronāma jinotiādikaṃ āyasmato piṇḍolabhāradvājassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle sīhayoniyaṃ nibbattitvā pabbatapāde guhāyaṃ vihāsi. Bhagavā tassa anuggahaṃ kātuṃ gocarāya pakkantakāle tassa sayanaguhaṃ pavisitvā nirodhaṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi. Sīho gocaraṃ gahetvā nivatto guhadvāre ṭhatvā bhagavantaṃ disvā haṭṭhatuṭṭho jalajathalajapupphehi pūjaṃ katvā cittaṃ pasādento bhagavato ārakkhaṇatthāya aññe vāḷamige apanetuṃ tīsu velāsu sīhanādaṃ nadanto buddhagatāya satiyā aṭṭhāsi. Yathā paṭhamadivase, evaṃ sattāhaṃ pūjesi. Bhagavā ‘‘sattāhaccayena nirodhā vuṭṭhahitvā vaṭṭissati imassa ettako upanissayo’’ti tassa passantasseva ākāsaṃ pakkhanditvā vihārameva gato.
狮子因为无法承受与佛陀分离的痛苦,死后投生到汉舍卫城一极其富有的家庭。长大后,他与城中之人一同前往寺院,听闻世尊说法,生起净信,便以佛陀为上首的比丘僧团,行七日大施。他尽一生修集福德,不断在天界与人界中流转,到了我们世尊的时代,在乔赏弥投生为优填王国师的儿子,取名“婆罗堕阇”。成年后,他精通三部吠陀,教导五百个青年婆罗门咒术,但因食量极大、行为不合群,被同伴们所抛弃。他到王舍城后,亲眼见到世尊与比丘僧团所得到的利养与恭敬,便在这教法中出家,然而在饮食方面尚不知节制。世尊以善巧方便使他安住于“知量”,令他修习观照,不久即成就六种神通。证得六通之后,他在世尊面前及比丘僧团中宣告:“声闻弟子所应证得的,我已全部证得。”“若有人对道或果有疑惑,尽可来问。”如此发出狮子吼。因此,世尊将他置于第一之位,说:“诸比丘,于我的声闻比丘中,作狮子吼第一者,就是这位宾头卢颇罗堕。”(《增支部》1.188, 195)显示巴利原文
Sīho buddhaviyogadukkhaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto kālaṃ katvā haṃsavatīnagare mahābhogakule nibbattitvā vayappatto nagaravāsīhi saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gantvā satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā pasanno sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ pavattetvā yāvajīvaṃ puññāni katvā aparāparaṃ devamanussesu saṃsaranto amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle kosambiyaṃ rañño udenassa purohitassa putto hutvā nibbatti. Bhāradvājotissa nāmaṃ ahosi. So vayappato tayo vede uggahetvā pañca māṇavakasatāni mante vācento mahagghasabhāvena ananurūpācārattā tehi pariccatto rājagahaṃ gantvā bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca lābhasakkāraṃ disvā sāsane pabbajitvā bhojane amattaññū hutvā viharati. Satthārā upāyena mattaññutāya patiṭṭhāpento vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nacirasseva chaḷabhiñño ahosi. Chaḷabhiñño pana hutvā bhagavato sammukhā ‘‘yaṃ sāvakehi pattabbaṃ, taṃ mayā anuppatta’’nti, bhikkhusaṅghe ca ‘‘yassa magge vā phale vā kaṅkhā atthi, so maṃ pucchatū’’ti sīhanādaṃ nadi. Tena taṃ bhagavā – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sīhanādikānaṃ yadidaṃ piṇḍolabhāradvājo’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 195) etadagge ṭhapesi.
613 他如此证得最上首位后,回忆起往昔所积的福德资粮,出于喜悦而阐明自己福业的行迹,故说“莲花上佛……”等偈颂。其义如前所述。巴利语“purato himavantassa”意为:在雪山(喜马拉雅山)的东方。“Cittakūṭevasī tadā”意为:当我为兽王狮子,住在雪山附近时,那时有一位导师名为“莲花上佛”,因各种药草与珍宝使彩峰山色彩绚烂,而住于彩峰山之巅——应如此连接理解。显示巴利原文
613. Evaṃ etadaggaṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā pubbe katapuññasambhāraṃ saritvā somanassavasena attano puññakammāpadānaṃ vibhāvento padumuttarotiādimāha. Tassattho heṭṭhā vuttova. Purato himavantassāti himālayapabbatato pubbadisābhāgeti attho. Cittakūṭevasī tadāti yadā ahaṃ sīho migarājā hutvā himavantapabbatasamīpe vasāmi, tadā padumuttaro nāma satthā anekehi ca osadhehi, anekehi ca ratanehi cittavicittatāya cittakūṭe cittapabbatasikhare vasīti sambandho.
614 巴利文“Abhītarūpo tatthāsiṃ”的意思是:具有无畏之相、毫无恐惧的兽王,我那时就在那里。“Catukkamo”的意思是:能向四方纵步而行。“Yassa saddaṃ suṇitvānā”的意思是:听闻那位兽王的狮子吼后,众多的人、众多的有情都心惊胆战,陷入深深的恐惧与战栗。显示巴利原文
614.Abhītarūpo tatthāsinti abhītasabhāvo nibbhayasabhāvo migarājā tattha āsiṃ ahosinti attho. Catukkamoti catūhi disāhi kamo gantuṃ samattho. Yassa saddaṃ suṇitvānāti yassa migarañño sīhanādaṃ sutvā bahujjanā bahusattā vikkhambhanti visesena khambhanti bhāyanti.
615 巴利文“Suphullaṃ padumaṃ gayhā”的意思是:凭着对世尊的清净信心,我衔着一朵盛开的莲花。“Narāsabhaṃ”的意思是:人中最上者,即最殊胜、最崇高的正自觉者,我前往亲近,来到他的近前。“Vuṭṭhitassa samādhimhā”的意思是:当佛陀从灭尽定出定时,我将那朵花献上,以作供养。显示巴利原文
615.Suphullaṃ padumaṃ gayhāti bhagavati pasādena supupphitapadumapupphaṃ ḍaṃsitvā. Narāsabhaṃ narānaṃ āsabhaṃ uttamaṃ seṭṭhaṃ sambuddhaṃ upagacchiṃ, samīpaṃ agaminti attho. Vuṭṭhitassa samādhimhāti nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhitassa buddhassa taṃ pupphaṃ abhiropayiṃ pūjesinti attho.
616 巴利文“Catuddisaṃ namassitvā”的意思是:向四方礼敬之后,我令自心清净,带着恭敬安住其中,然后发出狮子吼——无畏之吼。显示巴利原文
616.Catuddisaṃ namassitvāti catūsu disāsu namassitvā sakaṃ cittaṃ attano cittaṃ pasādetvā ādarena patiṭṭhapetvā sīhanādaṃ abhītanādaṃ anadiṃ ghosesinti attho.
617 然后,为了阐明佛陀所给予的授记,他宣说了「莲花上佛」等偈颂。这一段的意思很容易理解。显示巴利原文
617. Tato buddhena dinnabyākaraṇaṃ pakāsento padumuttarotiādimāha. Taṃ uttānatthameva.
618 “Vadataṃ seṭṭho”的意思是:在那些自称“我们是佛陀,我们是佛陀”的外道中,最胜、最上的佛陀已经到来——应如此连接。对于已到来的世尊,我们将听闻他的法,“sossāma”即是“我们将听闻”。显示巴利原文
618.Vadataṃ seṭṭhoti ‘‘mayaṃ buddhā, mayaṃ buddhā’’ti vadantānaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ seṭṭho uttamo buddho āgatoti sambandho. Tassa āgatassa bhagavato taṃ dhammaṃ sossāma suṇissāmāti attho.
619 “Tesaṃ hāsaparetānaṃ”意为:那些被欢喜与笑意所充满、所征服、所具的天与人。“Lokanāyako”意为世间的导者,能令到达天界与解脱的导师,他称扬我的音声、我的狮子吼,予以宣说、阐明、讲述;那是一位具有远见、能见未来时的大牟尼,在众牟尼中最伟大的牟尼。剩下的偈颂都很容易理解。显示巴利原文
619.Tesaṃhāsaparetānanti hāsehi somanassehi paretānaṃ abhibhūtānaṃ samannāgatānaṃ tesaṃ devamanussānaṃ. Lokanāyakoti lokassa nāyako saggamokkhasampāpako mama saddaṃ mayhaṃ sīhanādaṃ pakittesi pakāsesi kathesi, dīghadassī anāgatakāladassī mahāmuni munīnamantare mahanto muni. Sesagāthā suviññeyyameva.
622 “Nāmena padumo nāma cakkavattī”的意思是:他将成为名为莲花的转轮王,于六十四生中享有自在,执掌王权,统理王国。显示巴利原文
622. Nāmena padumo nāma cakkavattī hutvā catusaṭṭhiyā jātiyā issariyaṃ issarabhāvaṃ rajjaṃ kārayissatīti attho.
623 “Kappasatasahassamhī”是处格形式,于此表达属格之义,意为“在十万劫的终结之时”。显示巴利原文
623.Kappasatasahassamhīti sāmyatthe bhummavacanaṃ, kappasatasahassānaṃ pariyosāneti attho.
624 “Pakāsite pāvacane”的意思是:当那位乔达摩世尊将三藏圣教开示、宣说出来的时候。“Brahmabandhu bhavissati”的意思是:那时,在乔达摩世尊的时代,这只兽王狮子将投生于婆罗门家庭。“Brahmaññā abhinikkhammā”的意思是:从婆罗门家出离之后,他将在世尊的教法中出家——应当如此连结起来理解。显示巴利原文
624.Pakāsite pāvacaneti tena gotamena bhagavatā piṭakattaye pakāsite desiteti attho. Brahmabandhu bhavissatīti tadā gotamassa bhagavato kāle ayaṃ sīho migarājā brāhmaṇakule nibbattissatīti attho. Brahmaññā abhinikkhammāti brāhmaṇakulato nikkhamitvā tassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajissatīti sambandho.
625 「Padhānapahitatto」意为:为精勤而推动的心,即被策励以修习的心。「无依(nirupadhi)」:因那些名为“依”的烦恼已尽断,故称无依。「寂静(upasanto)」:因烦恼尘垢已尽断,故称寂静。于一切诸漏、所有诸漏,以遍知、舍断,而成为无漏、离烦恼,彼将以蕴般涅槃而寂灭、究竟清凉——这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
625.Padhānapahitattoti vīriyakaraṇatthaṃ pesitacitto. Upadhisaṅkhātānaṃ kilesānaṃ abhāvena nirupadhi. Kilesadarathānaṃ abhāvena upasanto. Sabbāsave sakalāsave pariññāya pahāya anāsavo nikkileso nibbāyissati khandhaparinibbānena nibbuto bhavissatīti attho.
626 「Vijane pantaseyyamhi」意指:远离人群喧杂、处于遥远林野的坐卧处。「Vāḷamigasamākule」意指:黑狮子等凶暴兽群出没、杂聚之处。其余意义如前所述。显示巴利原文
626.Vijane pantaseyyamhīti janasambādharahite dūrāraññasenāsaneti attho. Vāḷamigasamākuleti kāḷasīhādīhi caṇḍamigasaṅgehi ākule saṃkiṇṇeti attho. Sesaṃ vuttatthamevāti.
3-9. 质多林长老的譬喻注疏显示巴利原文
3-9. Khadiravaniyattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
以“名恒伽跋耆罗提”等语为开端的,是尊者质多林长老的譬喻。这位长老也曾于过去诸佛处积累增上业,并于生生世世中积集能助成解脱的福德。在莲花上世尊的时代,他出生于汉舍卫城一个摆渡船夫家庭,在恒河的帕耶格渡口以撑船为业。一日,他见世尊与声闻僧团来到恒河岸边,心中生起净信,便系好船筏,以盛大供养与恭敬将世尊渡至对岸。接着,他见一位比丘被导师安立为“最上林中住比丘”之位,便祈愿自己未来也能获得那样的地位,于是向世尊及比丘僧团大行布施,并发了愿。世尊便授记:此愿必不空过。显示巴利原文
Gaṅgābhāgīrathī nāmātiādikaṃ āyasmato khadiravaniyattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare titthanāvikakule nibbattitvā mahāgaṅgāya payāgatitthe titthanāvāya kammaṃ karonto ekadivasaṃ sasāvakasaṅghaṃ bhagavantaṃ gaṅgātīraṃ upagataṃ disvā pasannamānaso nāvāsaṅghāṭaṃ yojetvā mahantena pūjāsakkārena paratīraṃ pāpetvā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ satthārā āraññakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapiyamānaṃ disvā taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ patthetvā bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca mahādānaṃ pavattetvā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Bhagavā tassa patthanāya avañjhabhāvaṃ byākāsi.
从那时起,他便不断地积累福德,在天人与人世间流转轮回,遍享两界中种种的福报。直至这位佛陀出现于世,他投生于摩揭陀国的那罗村,托生于一位名叫鲁帕舍利的婆罗门女腹中。待他长大成年,父母想用家庭将他系缚住,便把这事告诉了他。他听闻舍利弗长老出家的消息后,心中顿生警惧:‘我的兄长伍巴提沙尊者,连这无常巨富都能舍弃出家,难道我还要去咽下他吐出的口水吗?’于是,犹如不落罗网的鹿一般,他避过亲属,为善法的力量所催动,来到比丘们面前,告知自己是法将的弟弟,并表达了出家的愿望。比丘们接受他出家,待他年满二十时,为他授了具足戒,并教导他修行的业处。他领受业处后,便进入质多林,安住于无间的精进与攻坚,凭其已臻成熟的智慧,不久便证得了六通阿拉汉。证得阿拉汉后,为了礼拜世尊与法将,他收拾好坐卧具,带着衣钵出发,一路来到舍卫城,走进祇园精舍,在礼拜世尊与法将后,便在那里住了数日。那时,世尊坐于圣众中央,将他安立为林中住比丘中最上首者,并宣告道:‘比丘们,在我的诸位声闻弟子中…’显示巴利原文
So tato paṭṭhāya puññāni upacinanto devamanussesu saṃsaranto ubhayasampattiyo anubhavitvā imasmiṃ buddhuppāde magadharaṭṭhe nālakagāme rūpasāriyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā kucchimhi nibbatti. Taṃ vayappattaṃ mātāpitaro gharabandhanena bandhitukāmā hutvā tassa ārocesuṃ. So sāriputtattherassa pabbajitabhāvaṃ sutvā ‘‘mayhaṃ jeṭṭhabhātā ayyo upatisso imaṃ vibhavaṃ chaḍḍetvā pabbajito, tena vantaṃ kheḷapiṇḍaṃ kathāhaṃ anubhavissāmī’’ti jātasaṃvego pāsaṃ anupagacchamānamigo viya ñātake vañcetvā hetusampattiyā codiyamāno bhikkhūnaṃ santikaṃ gantvā dhammasenāpatino kaniṭṭhabhāvaṃ nivedetvā attano pabbajjāya chandaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū taṃ pabbājetvā paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ upasampādetvā kammaṭṭhāne niyojesuṃ. So kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā khadiravanaṃ pavisitvā vissamanto ghaṭento vāyamanto ñāṇassa paripākaṃ gatattā nacirasseva chaḷabhiñño arahā ahosi. So arahā hutvā satthāraṃ dhammasenāpatiñca vandituṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya nikkhamitvā anupubbena sāvatthiṃ patvā jetavanaṃ pavisitvā satthāraṃ dhammasenāpatiñca vanditvā katipāhaṃ jetavane vihāsi. Atha naṃ satthā ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno āraññakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āraññakānaṃ yadidaṃ revato’’ti (a. ni. 1.198, 203).
628 他这样获得最上的地位后,忆起自己往昔的业,满怀欢喜踊跃,宣说自己过去生的本生故事,说出了‘恒伽跋耆罗提’等偈颂。其中,‘恒伽’:因河水在流淌时,如同歌唱般发出声响,所以名为恒伽。或者另一种解释,‘go’是指大地,因在地面上奔流运行,所以名为恒伽。它从阿耨达池流出,右绕三圈后流经处,名为‘旋流恒伽’;从山顶流经处,名为‘厚流恒伽’;横穿山体流经处,名为‘暗流恒伽’;随后,冲破厚山,在虚空中流过五由旬处,名为‘虚空恒伽’;冲开其坠落之处,形成一个方圆五由旬的池塘堤岸,在那里又如五指由掌分出,分为五条支流,各名为:恒伽、阎牟那、萨罗补、摩希、阿致罗筏底。‘跋耆罗提’:由于以这五个名字将整个赡部洲洲划分为五部分、五块区域,而在这五部分、五块区域之中,它来回流转,所以名为跋耆罗提。这条恒伽河也就是跋耆罗提河,因此合称为‘恒伽跋耆罗提’。本来它的读音应是‘跋耆罗提恒伽’,但为随顺偈颂韵律的便利而沿用旧读,应如此理解。‘从雪山流出’……显示巴利原文
628. Evaṃ etadaggaṭṭhānaṃ patvā attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā pītisomanassavasena pubbacaritāpadānaṃ pakāsento gaṅgā bhāgīrathītiādimāha. Tattha gaṅgāti gāyamānā ghosaṃ kurumānā gacchatīti gaṅgā. Atha vā go vuccati pathavī, tasmiṃ gatā pavattāti gaṅgā. Anotattadahaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā gataṭṭhāne āvaṭṭagaṅgāti ca pabbatamatthakena gataṭṭhāne bahalagaṅgāti ca tiracchānapabbataṃ vijjhitvā gataṭṭhāne umaṅgagaṅgāti ca tato bahalapabbataṃ paharitvā pañcayojanaṃ ākāsena gataṭṭhāne ākāsagaṅgāti ca tassā patitaṭṭhānaṃ bhinditvā jātaṃ pañca yojanaṃ pokkharaṇīkūlaṃ bhinditvā tattha pana pañcaṅguli viya pañca dhārā hutvā gaṅgā yamunā sarabhū mahī aciravatīti pañca nāmā hutvā jambudīpaṃ pañca bhāgaṃ pañca koṭṭhāsaṃ katvā pañca bhāge pañca koṭṭhāse itā gatā pavattāti bhāgīrathī. Gaṅgā ca sā bhāgīrathī ceti gaṅgābhāgīrathī. ‘‘Bhāgīrathī gaṅgā’’ti vattabbe gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ pubbacariyavasena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Himavantā pabhāvitāti satte hiṃsati sītena hanati matheti āloḷetīti himo, himo assa atthīti himavā, tato himavantato paṭṭhāya pabhāvitā pavattā sandamānāti himavantapabhāvitā. Kutitthe nāviko āsinti tassā gaṅgāya caṇḍasotasamāpanne visamatitthe kevaṭṭakule uppanno nāviko āsiṃ ahosinti attho. Orime ca tariṃ ahanti sampattasampattamanusse pārimā tīrā orimaṃ tīraṃ ahaṃ tariṃ tāresinti attho.
629 ‘莲花上导师’:意指在一切两足众生中最为尊贵,能引导诸有情趣向涅槃,且善能除遣不善的导师——莲花上正自觉者,正是他令我的福德成就得以圆满。与十万——也就是十万诸漏尽者一起,为了渡过恒河水而抵达一处渡口——应当如此连接上下文。显示巴利原文
629.Padumuttaro nāyakoti dvipadānaṃ uttamo satte nibbānaṃ nāyako pāpanako padumuttarabuddho mama puññasampattiṃ nipphādento. Vasīsatasahassehi khīṇāsavasatasahassehi gaṅgāsotaṃ tarituṃ titthaṃ pattoti sambandho.
630 630.“汇集众多舟船后”:见到了那位已至的正自觉者,便令木匠善加建造、完成众多舟船,将其汇集起来,两两相并,于船上搭起帐篷顶盖,以此迎奉、供养人牛王、莲花上正自觉者——这就是其中的含义。显示巴利原文
630.Bahū nāvā samānetvāti sampattaṃ taṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ disvā vaḍḍhakīhi suṭṭhu saṅkhataṃ kataṃ nipphāditaṃ bahū nāvāyo samānetvā dve dve nāvāyo ekato katvā tassā nāvāya upari maṇḍapachadanaṃ katvā narāsabhaṃ padumuttarasambuddhaṃ paṭimāniṃ pūjesinti attho.
631 631.“而来正自觉者”:正自觉者如是前来,登上了那条以此为缘而连缀起来的最胜之船——这是上下文的联结。“导师立于水中央”:已登船的导师,站立于恒河水中央,宣说了这些洋溢喜悦的偈颂——这是上下文的联结。显示巴利原文
631.Āgantvānaca sambuddhoti evaṃ saṅghaṭitāya nāvāya tattha āgantvāna tañca nāvakaṃ nāvamuttamaṃ āruhīti sambandho. Vārimajjhe ṭhito satthāti nāvamārūḷho satthā gaṅgājalamajjhe ṭhito samāno imā somanassapaṭisaṃyuttagāthā abhāsatha kathesīti sambandho.
632 632.“那位令正自觉者渡过者”:指那位船夫将正自觉者渡过了恒河的滚滚水流。“以及漏尽僧伽”:他不仅渡了正自觉者,还渡了诸漏已尽、无有烦恼的僧团——这就是其中的含义。“以那种净信心”:以那种在渡船之际生起的、与喜俱行的净信心,他未来将在天界的六欲天中享受福乐,并体验种种成就——这就是其中的含义。显示巴利原文
632.Yo so tāresi sambuddhanti yo so nāviko gaṅgāsotāya sambuddhaṃ atāresi. Saṅghañcāpi anāsavanti na kevalameva sambuddhaṃ tāresi, anāsavaṃ nikkilesaṃ saṅghañcāpi tāresīti attho. Tena cittapasādenāti tena nāvāpājanakāle uppannena somanassasahagatacittapasādena devaloke chasu kāmasaggesu ramissati dibbasampattiṃ anubhavissatīti attho.
633 「你将生起宫殿(Nibbattissatite byamhaṃ)」:当你出生于天界时,你那善作、精工成就的宫殿——天宫,将以一艘船的形状、船的样貌生起、显现出来——这是此偈的含义。「空中花盖(Ākāse pupphachadanaṃ)」:由于往昔建造船上帐篷顶盖的善业果报,在未来所有所到之处,空中都会为你张开花朵所成的伞盖——应如此连缀上下文。显示巴利原文
633.Nibbattissatite byamhanti devaloke uppannassa te tuyhaṃ byamhaṃ vimānaṃ sukataṃ suṭṭhu nibbattaṃ nāvasaṇṭhitaṃ nāvāsaṇṭhānaṃ nibbattissati pātubhavissatīti attho. Ākāse pupphachadananti nāvāya uparimaṇḍapakatakammassa nissandena sabbadā gatagataṭṭhāne ākāse pupphachadanaṃ dhārayissatīti sambandho.
634 「五十八劫后(Aṭṭhapaññāsakappamhī)」:从你造作那福德之时算起,历经五十八劫之后,将有一位名为‘塔拉卡’的转轮王,身为刹帝利,征服四方,成为四大洲之主,是一位胜利者——应这样连接上下文。剩下的偈颂意思浅显明了。显示巴利原文
634.Aṭṭhapaññāsakappamhīti ito puññakaraṇakālato paṭṭhāya aṭṭhapaṇṇāsakappaṃ atikkamitvā nāmena tārako nāma cakkavattī khattiyo cāturanto catūsu dīpesu issaro vijitāvī jitavanto bhavissatīti sambandho. Sesagāthā uttānatthāva.
637 「名为离婆多(Revato nāma nāmena)」:因他在离婆多星宿下出生,故得“离婆多”之名;他将成为梵天亲族,即婆罗门之子,投生于婆罗门家中——这是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
637.Revato nāma nāmenāti revatīnakkhattena jātattā ‘‘revato’’ti laddhanāmo brahmabandhu brāhmaṇaputtabhūto bhavissati brāhmaṇakule uppajjissatīti attho.
639 “将般涅槃,漏尽”:指无有烦恼,依诸蕴的般涅槃而究竟寂灭。显示巴利原文
639.Nibbāyissatināsavoti nikkileso khandhaparinibbānena nibbāyissati.
640 “我的精进是负重轭的精进”:意思是,被莲华上佛世尊如是授记之后,我次第修习,达到了波罗蜜的究竟。我的精进——绝不松懈的精进,即是那能负重轭、能持轭、能承轭的精进,它是安稳、无怖畏涅槃的运载者与承载者。这就是这句话的含义。“我持最后身”:意思是,现在我在正自觉者的教法中,持着这最后之身。这是前后的关联。显示巴利原文
640.Vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayhanti evaṃ padumuttarena bhagavatā byākato ahaṃ kamena pāramitākoṭiṃ patvā me mayhaṃ vīriyaṃ asithilavīriyaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ dhuravāhaṃ dhurādhāraṃ yogehi khemassa nibbhayassa nibbānassa adhivāhanaṃ āvahanaṃ ahosīti attho. Dhāremi antimaṃ dehanti idānāhaṃ sammāsambuddhasāsane pariyosānasarīraṃ dhāremīti sambandho.
后来,他前往自己出生的村落,将他三个姊妹遮拉、优波遮罗、尸苏波遮罗的儿子——也就是三位同名外甥遮拉、优波遮罗、尸苏波遮罗——带来,令他们出家,并教导他们修习业处。他们便专心投入业处而安住。显示巴利原文
So aparabhāge attano jātagāmaṃ gantvā ‘‘cālā, upacālā, sīsūpacālā’’ti tissannaṃ bhaginīnaṃ putte ‘‘cālā, upacālā, sīsūpacālā’’ti tayo bhāgineyye ānetvā pabbājetvā kammaṭṭhāne niyojesi. Te kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuttā vihariṃsu.
那时,长老身患某病。舍利弗长老听说后,心想:“我去探望离婆多,并询问他的证悟。”于是便前往。离婆多长老远远看见法将军到来,为令沙弥们生起正念而教诫,便诵出以“遮拉”开头的偈颂。偈中的“遮拉、优波遮罗、尸苏波遮罗”是那三人的称呼;因为这三个孩子是以阴性词形得名,所以出家后也仍旧这样称呼。也有说法称他们的名字是“遮利、优波遮利、尸苏波遮利”。为了说明以“遮拉”等来呼唤的原因,偈中先问:“你们是否正念而住?”接着说出理由:“射毛者已来到你们这里。”其中,“正念”即具足正念,“的确”表示决定,“已来”就是已经来到,“对你们”是就你们而言。“如同射毛者”指像能射穿毛发的人一样。此处的要义是:你们的舅父长老,其智慧锋利、迅捷、善能决断,犹如射毛者,像导师一样来临;因此,你们应当生起沙门想,安住于正念正知,对已证得的住处保持不放逸。显示巴利原文
Tasmiñca samaye therassa kocideva ābādho uppanno, taṃ sutvā sāriputtatthero – ‘‘revatassa gilānapucchanaṃ adhigamapucchanañca karissāmī’’ti upagañchi. Revatatthero dhammasenāpatiṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvā tesaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ satuppādavasena ovadiyamāno cāletigāthaṃ abhāsittha. Tattha cāle upacāle sīsūpacāleti tesaṃ ālapanaṃ. Cālā, upacālā, sīsūpacālāti hi itthiliṅgavasena laddhanāmā tayo dārakā pabbajitāpi tathā vohariyyanti. ‘‘Cālī, upacālī, sīsūpacālīti tesaṃ nāmānī’’ti ca vadanti. Yadatthaṃ ‘‘cāle’’tiādinā āmantanaṃ kataṃ, taṃ dassento ‘‘patissatā nu kho viharathā’’ti vatvā tattha kāraṇaṃ āha – ‘‘āgato vo vālaṃ viya vedhī’’ti. Patissatāti patissatikā . Khoti avadhāraṇe. Āgatoti āgañchi. Voti tumhākaṃ. Vālaṃ viya vedhīti vālavedhi viya. Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – tikkhajavananibbedhikapaññatāya vālavedhirūpo satthukappo tumhākaṃ mātulatthero āgato, tasmā samaṇasaññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā satisampajaññayuttā eva hutvā viharatha, yathādhigate vihāre appamattā bhavathāti.
沙弥们听罢,便对法将军履行了迎接等义务。在两位舅父长老互相问候时,他们在不远处入定而坐。法将军与离婆多长老寒暄已毕,即从座起,来到沙弥们跟前。沙弥们因早已限定时间,见长老走近,便起身顶礼,立于一旁。长老问:“你们依何住处而住?”他们回答:“依此住处,依彼住处。”即使对这些孩子,长老也如此教导。他赞叹长老说:“我的兄弟是真实语者,确实在实践随顺于法的修行。”说完便离去了。其余的义理都是明了的。显示巴利原文
Taṃ sutvā te sāmaṇerā dhammasenāpatissa paccuggamanādivattaṃ katvā ubhinnaṃ mātulattherānaṃ paṭisanthāravelāyaṃ nātidūre samādhiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdiṃsu. Dhammasenāpati revatattherena saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā uṭṭhāyāsanā te sāmaṇere upasaṅkami. Te tathā kālaparicchedassa katattā there upasaṅkamante uṭṭhahitvā vanditvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Thero – ‘‘katarakataravihārena viharathā’’ti pucchitvā tehi ‘‘imāya imāyā’’ti vutte dārakepi evaṃ vinento – ‘‘mayhaṃ bhātiko saccavādī vata dhammassa anudhammacāri’’nti theraṃ pasaṃsanto pakkāmi. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.
阿难长老譬喻注释显示巴利原文
3-10. Ānandattheraapadānavaṇṇanā
“从园门出”等,是尊者阿难长老的譬喻。他亦曾在过去诸佛座下培植善行功德,于轮回中到处积累作为解脱助缘的福德。在莲花上佛的时代,他生于汉舍卫城,成为世尊同父异母的兄弟,名为善意。他的父亲是难陀王。待他的儿子善意王子成年后,父王将距汉舍卫城一百由旬的富饶之城赐给了他。他时常前来拜见世尊和父王。那时,国王亲自恭敬地侍奉世尊和为数众多的比丘僧团,不让他人代劳。显示巴利原文
Ārāmadvārā nikkhammātiādikaṃ āyasmato ānandattherassa apadānaṃ. Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayāni puññāni upacinanto padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare satthu vemātikabhātā hutvā nibbatti. Sumanotissa nāmaṃ ahosi. Pitā panassa nandarājā nāma. So attano puttassa sumanakumārassa vayappattassa haṃsavatīnagarato vīsayojanasate ṭhāne bhoganagaraṃ adāsi. So kadāci kadāci āgantvā satthārañca pitarañca passati. Tadā rājā satthārañca satasahassaparimāṇaṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca sayameva sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahi, aññesaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ na deti.
那时,边境发生了叛乱。王子未向国王禀报,便自行平息了叛乱。国王听闻后满心欢喜,说道:“我先给你一个恩典,你选取吧。”王子说:“我想在三个月中奉侍世尊与比丘僧团,令此生命不虚度。”国王说:“此事不行,说点别的吧。”王子说:“陛下,刹帝利不发二语,就请给我这个恩典吧,别的我不需要。只要世尊应允,便等于给了我。”他想:“我去了解一下世尊的意思。”便前往寺院。恰好那时世尊进了香室。他走到比丘们面前说:“尊者,我是来拜见世尊的,请让我见见世尊。”比丘们告诉他:“有一位叫善意的长老是世尊的侍者,你到他那里去吧。”他来到长老那里说:“尊者,请引见世尊。”于是,那位长老当着他的面没入地下,来到世尊面前禀报说:“世尊,王子来看望您了。”世尊说:“那么,比丘,你到外面去铺设座位吧。”长老又拿起佛座没入香室之中,然后出现在他面前的庭院里,在香室庭院铺好了座位。王子见了,心中生起这样的念头:“这位比丘实非凡夫啊。”显示巴利原文
Tena samayena paccanto kupito ahosi. Kumāro tassa kupitabhāvaṃ rañño anārocetvā sayameva taṃ vūpasamesi. Taṃ sutvā rājā tuṭṭhamānaso ‘‘varaṃ te tāva dammi, gaṇhāhī’’ti āha. Kumāro ‘‘satthāraṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca temāsaṃ upaṭṭhahanto jīvitaṃ avañjhaṃ kātuṃ icchāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Etaṃ na sakkā, aññaṃ vadehī’’ti. ‘‘Deva, khattiyānaṃ dve kathā nāma natthi, etaṃ me dehi, na mayhaṃ aññenattho, sace satthā anujānāti, dinnamevā’’ti. So ‘‘satthu cittaṃ jānissāmī’’ti vihāraṃ gato. Tena ca samayena bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ paviṭṭho hoti. So bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ dassanāya āgato, dassetha ma’’nti. Bhikkhū ‘‘sumano nāma thero satthu upaṭṭhāko, tassa santikaṃ gacchāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. So therassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘satthāraṃ, bhante, dassethā’’ti āha. Atha thero tassa passantasseva pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘rājaputto, bhante, tumhākaṃ dassanāya āgato’’ti āha. ‘‘Tena hi bhikkhu bahi āsanaṃ paññapehī’’ti. Thero punapi buddhāsanaṃ gahetvā antogandhakuṭiyaṃ nimujjitvā tassa passantassa bahipariveṇe pātubhavitvā gandhakuṭipariveṇe āsanaṃ paññāpesi. Kumāro taṃ disvā ‘‘mahanto vatāyaṃ bhikkhū’’ti cittaṃ uppādesi.
世尊也从香室出来,在铺设好的座位上坐下。王子礼敬世尊,互相问候后问道:“尊者,这位长老在您的教法中,想必是位亲信吧?”世尊说:“是的,王子,是亲信。”王子又问:“尊者,他做了什么而成为亲信呢?”世尊答:“修习布施等福德。”王子说:“世尊,我也想在未来于佛陀教法中,成为像这位长老一样的亲信。”于是,他就在驻营地,向以佛陀为首的僧团连续供食七天。到了第七天,他说:“尊者,我已从父王那里获得了可以奉侍您们三个月的恩准,请您们接受我三个月的雨安居吧。”在得知世尊接受后,他便陪伴世尊及其随众启程。他在每一由旬的地方都建造了适合世尊和比丘僧团居住的精舍,让他们在那些地方安住。最后,在他住处附近,有一座他用十万金购买、又花了十万金修建的、名叫“美丽园”的园林,他把世尊等人迎进了园中的精舍。显示巴利原文
Bhagavāpi gandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā paññattāsane nisīdi. Rājaputto satthāraṃ vanditvā paṭisanthāraṃ katvā ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, thero tumhākaṃ sāsane vallabho maññe’’ti? ‘‘Āma, kumāra, vallabho’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ katvā, bhante, esa vallabho’’ti? ‘‘Dānādīni puññāni katvā’’ti. ‘‘Bhagavā, ahampi ayaṃ thero viya anāgate buddhasāsane vallabho hotukāmo’’ti so buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa sattāhaṃ khandhāvāre bhattaṃ datvā sattame divase, ‘‘bhante, mayā pitu santikā tumhākaṃ temāsaṃ paṭijagganavaro laddho, temāsaṃ me vassāvāsaṃ adhivāsethā’’ti vatvā satthu adhivāsanaṃ viditvā saparivāraṃ bhagavantaṃ gahetvā yojane yojane satthu bhikkhusaṅghassa ca vasanānucchavike vihāre kāretvā tattha tattha vasāpento attano vasanaṭṭhānasamīpe satasahassena kīte sobhananāmake uyyāne satasahassena kāritaṃ vihāraṃ pavesāpetvā –
「以十万金购买,以十万金建造;
行过注水礼之后,他在雨安居开始那天,向世尊供养了一次大施,并嘱咐妻儿和大臣说:“你们应当像这样来布施。”他自己则住在善意长老住处附近,就这样在自己的住处奉侍世尊三个月。到了临近自恣的时候,他又进城举行了七天的大施。到了第七天,他将三衣放在世尊和比丘僧众脚下,礼敬之后发愿说:“尊者,我从驻营以来所修的这些福德,不是为了追求帝释天成就等,而只是希望我未来能像善意长老一样,成为某位佛陀的亲信侍者。”世尊观察到他将来没有障碍后,便为他作了授记,然后离去了。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Satasahassena me kītaṃ, satasahassena kāritaṃ;
在彼佛出世的时代,他于整整十万年中广修福德,其后又在各趣转生中积累广大善业,流转于天人与人间之间。到了迦叶佛时,他出生于良家。成年后,见到一位长老入城乞食,便缝制一件上衣作为承钵之具,以之供养。他由此转生天上,从天界命终后,转生为波罗奈王。他遇见了八位独觉佛,便设宴款待,并在自己的吉祥园林中建造八座草庐,为每位独觉佛准备全由宝石制成的座具与足架,如此侍奉了一万年。这些都是他较为显著的过去事迹。显示巴利原文
Sobhanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ, paṭiggaṇha mahāmunī’’ti. –
他洒了水。在雨安居开始之日,他为世尊举办了大布施,并嘱咐妻儿与大臣:“你们当以此方式继续行布施”,让他们各司布施等事务,自己则住在具寿善星尊者住处附近,就这样在自己的住处侍奉了世尊三个月。临近自恣时,他进入村庄,举办了七日的大布施,在第七天,他将三衣奉于世尊及比丘僧团足下,顶礼后发愿:“尊者,我自入雨安居以来所修福德,不为帝释天妙成就等,唯愿如具寿善星尊者一般,于未来成为一位佛陀的侍者、亲信。”世尊观察到他未来无有障碍,便为他授记,随后离去。显示巴利原文
Udakaṃ pātesi. So vassūpanāyikadivase satthu mahādānaṃ pavattetvā ‘‘iminā nīhārena dānaṃ dadeyyāthā’’ti puttadāre amacce ca dāne kiccakaraṇe ca niyojetvā sayaṃ sumanattherassa vasanaṭṭhānasamīpeyeva vasanto evaṃ attano vasanaṭṭhāne satthāraṃ temāsaṃ upaṭṭhahi. Upakaṭṭhāya pana pavāraṇāya gāmaṃ pavisitvā sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā sattame divase satthu bhikkhusaṅghassa ca pādamūle ticīvare ṭhapetvā vanditvā ‘‘bhante, yadetaṃ mayā khandhāvārato paṭṭhāya puññaṃ kataṃ, na taṃ sakkasampattiādīnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, atha kho ahampi sumanatthero viya anāgate ekassa buddhassa upaṭṭhāko vallabho bhaveyya’’nti patthanaṃ akāsi. Satthā tassa anantarāyataṃ disvā byākaritvā pakkāmi.
然而,世尊成正觉后最初二十年,并无固定的侍者。有时是那伽娑摩罗持衣钵随行,有时是那耆多,有时是优波摩那,有时是善星,有时是沙弥淳陀,有时是娑伽陀,有时是弥醯,他们大多不能令世尊满意。一日,世尊坐于香室庭院的殊胜佛座上,由比丘僧团围绕,对比丘们说:“诸比丘,我如今已年迈。有些比丘,我对他们说‘往此路行’,他们却走另一条路;有些人甚至将我的衣钵弃置地上。你们可推选一位比丘作我常随的侍者。”比丘们闻言,心中生起一种对于法的惊惧之感。此时,尊者舍利弗从座而起,顶礼世尊言:“尊者,请让我来侍奉您吧。”世尊予以拒绝。同样,从大目犍连开始,除了尊者阿难之外,所有大弟子都起身说“我来侍奉,我来侍奉”,世尊悉皆拒绝。显示巴利原文
So tasmiṃ buddhuppāde vassasatasahassaṃ puññāni katvā tato parampi tattha tattha bhave uḷārāni puññakammāni upacinitvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto kassapabhagavato kāle kulagehe nibbatto viññutaṃ patvā ekassa therassa piṇḍāya carato pattaggahaṇatthaṃ uttarasāṭakaṃ katvā pūjaṃ akāsi. Puna sagge nibbattitvā tato cuto bārāṇasirājā hutvā aṭṭha paccekabuddhe disvā te bhojetvā attano maṅgaluyyāne aṭṭha paṇṇasālāyo kāretvā tesaṃ nisīdanatthāya aṭṭha sabbaratanamayapīṭhe ceva maṇiādhārake ca paṭiyādetvā dasavassasahassāni upaṭṭhānaṃ akāsi, etāni pākaṭāni.
在长达十万劫的时间里,他在处处生命形态中积累福德,与我们的菩萨一同投生于兜率天城。从那里命终后,他生于甘露饭王家,因其出生令所有亲族欢喜,便获得了“阿难”这个名字。随年龄增长,佛陀出家、证得正自觉、转动殊胜法轮之后,世尊最先回到迦毗罗卫城。世尊离城时,阿难与跋地亚等人为成为世尊的随从而出家,一同跟随出城,在世尊座下出家。他在具寿满慈子处听受法义后,确立了入流果。显示巴利原文
Kappasatasahassaṃ pana tattha tattha bhave puññāni upacinanto amhākaṃ bodhisattena saddhiṃ tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cuto amitodanasakkassa gehe nibbattitvā sabbe ñātake ānandite karonto jātoti ānandotveva nāmaṃ labhi. So anukkamena vayappatto katābhinikkhamane sammāsambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke paṭhamaṃ kapilavatthuṃ gantvā tato nikkhamante bhagavati tassa parivāratthaṃ pabbajituṃ nikkhamantehi bhaddiyādīhi saddhiṃ nikkhamitvā bhagavato santike pabbajitvā āyasmato puṇṇassa mantāṇiputtassa santike dhammakathaṃ sutvā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi.
那时,世尊初成正自觉后的二十年中,并没有固定的侍者。有时是龙萨马拉持钵与衣随行,有时是那耆多,有时是优波摩,有时是善星,有时是沙弥准陀,有时是娑竭陀,有时是弥醯。他们大多不能令导师的心意满足。一天,世尊在香室精舍,于铺设好的殊胜佛座上就座,比丘僧团围绕,对比丘们说:“诸比丘,我现在已经年老了。有些比丘,我对他说‘走这条路’,他却走了另一条路;有人将我的钵与衣放在地上就走了。你们应当找一个比丘,做我的固定侍者。”听到这话,比丘们心中生起了对法的悚惧感。这时,具寿舍利弗起座,礼敬世尊后说:“尊者,请让我来侍奉您吧。”世尊拒绝了他。就这样,以大目犍连为首,除了具寿阿难一人之外,八十大声闻弟子们纷纷起座说:“我来侍奉,我来侍奉。”世尊也都一一拒绝了。显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena bhagavato paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassāni anibaddhā upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ. Ekadā nāgasamālo pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vicarati, ekadā nāgito, ekadā upavāno, ekadā sunakkhatto, ekadā cundo samaṇuddeso, ekadā sāgato, ekadā meghiyo, te yebhuyyena satthu cittaṃ nārādhayiṃsu. Athekadivasaṃ bhagavā gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññattavarabuddhāsane bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto nisinno bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhikkhave, idāni mahallako ekacce bhikkhū ‘iminā maggena gacchāmī’ti vutte aññena maggena gacchanti, ekacce mayhaṃ pattacīvaraṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipanti, mayhaṃ nibaddhupaṭṭhākaṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ vijānathā’’ti. Taṃ sutvā bhikkhūnaṃ dhammasaṃvego udapādi. Athāyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāya bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhe upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti āha. Taṃ bhagavā paṭikkhipi. Etenupāyena mahāmoggallānaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbe mahāsāvakā ‘‘ahaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmi , ahaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti uṭṭhahiṃsu ṭhapetvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Tepi bhagavā paṭikkhipi.
阿难却只是静默而坐。于是比丘们对他说:“贤友,你也来争取导师侍者的职位吧。”阿难说:“靠争取而来的侍者之位,又算什么呢?如果世尊愿意,他自己会说的。”于是世尊说:“诸比丘,阿难无须由他人敦促,他自己知道后便会来侍奉我。”之后,比丘们又说:“起来吧,贤友阿难,向导师请求侍者之位吧。”长老便起身说道:“尊者,如果世尊不把他自己所得的殊胜衣服给我,不把殊胜的团食给我,不让我住在单独的香室,不带我接受邀请,那么我便不侍奉世尊。”他提出这四项拒绝,是为了避免有人非议:“得了这么多好处,侍奉导师又算什么负担呢?”然后他又说:“尊者,如果世尊愿意接受由我接下的邀请;如果我能够即刻将远方来的人带来面见世尊;如果当我生起疑惑时,能够立即前往世尊处请问;如果世尊能为我再解说一遍他背向我时所说的法,那么我便侍奉世尊。”他提出这四项请求,是为了避免有人非议:“连这样的恩惠都得不到,算什么侍者呢?”同时也为了圆满他作为法藏守护者的身份。他如此取得了这八种特权,成为了常随侍者。正是为了成就此侍者之位的意义,他显示巴利原文
Ānando pana tuṇhīyeva nisīdi. Atha naṃ bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso, tvampi satthu upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācāhī’’ti. ‘‘Yācitvā laddhupaṭṭhānaṃ nāma kīdisaṃ hoti? Sace ruccati, satthā sayameva vakkhatī’’ti. Atha bhagavā – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ānando aññehi ussāhetabbo, sayameva jānitvā maṃ upaṭṭhahissatī’’ti āha. Tato bhikkhū ‘‘uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānanda, satthāraṃ upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘sace me, bhante, bhagavā attanā laddhaṃ paṇītaṃ cīvaraṃ na dassati, paṇītaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ na dassati, ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasituṃ na dassati, nimantanaṃ gahetvā na gamissati, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Ettake guṇe labhato satthu upaṭṭhānaṃ ko bhāro’’ti upavādamocanatthaṃ ime cattāro paṭikkhepā, ‘‘sace, bhante, bhagavā mayā gahitaṃ nimantanaṃ gamissati, sacāhaṃ desantarato āgatāgate tāvadeva dassetuṃ labhāmi, yadā me kaṅkhā uppajjati, tāvadeva bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchituṃ labhāmi, sace bhagavā parammukhā desitaṃ dhammaṃ puna mayhaṃ byākarissasi, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmi’’. ‘‘Ettakampi satthu santike anuggahaṃ na labhatī’’ti upavādamocanatthañceva dhammabhaṇḍāgārikabhāvaparipūraṇatthañca imā catasso yācanāti ime aṭṭha vare gahetvā nibaddhupaṭṭhāko ahosi. Tasseva ṭhānantarassa atthāya kappasatasahassaṃ pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalaṃ pāpuṇi.
自从获得侍者之位那天起,他便以两种水、三种齿木,以及手足护理、背部按摩、清扫香室及周围环境等种种事务来侍奉十力者。他终日不离导师左右,清楚知道“这个时候,该为导师取此物,该做此事”。入夜后,他手持大火炬,绕香室与周围巡行九圈,以便在导师召唤时能即刻回应,也为了驱除自己的昏沉与睡眠。那时,导师正在祇园精舍,坐于圣众之中,以种种方式称赞他,将他置于多闻者、具念者、正行者、坚忍者以及侍者比丘中的最上位置。显示巴利原文
So upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasabalaṃ duvidhena udakena tividhena dantakaṭṭhena hatthapādaparikammena piṭṭhiparikammena gandhakuṭipariveṇasammajjanenāti evamādīhi kiccehi upaṭṭhahanto – ‘‘imāya nāma velāya satthu idaṃ nāma laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, idaṃ nāma kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti divasabhāgaṃ santikāvacaro hutvā rattibhāge mahantaṃ daṇḍadīpikaṃ gahetvā gandhakuṭipariveṇaṃ navavāre anupariyāyati satthari pakkosante paṭivacanadānāya, thinamiddhavinodanatthaṃ. Atha naṃ satthā jetavane ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno anekapariyāyena pasaṃsitvā bahussutānaṃ satimantānaṃ gatimantānaṃ dhitimantānaṃ upaṭṭhākānañca bhikkhūnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.
就这样,被导师在五个方面置于最上位,这位具足四种稀有未曾有法、守护导师法藏的大长老,于世尊般涅槃后仍是有学。如前所述,他被比丘们激励,又为天神所警策,便生起精进心,心想:“明天就要举行法结集了。我这样尚有应作之务的有学,去与无学长老们一同参与集会、诵出法义,实在不合时宜。”于是他开始修习观,整夜中,多半时间在经行道上修观,却未能达到精进的平衡。于是,他从经行道返回精舍,坐于床上,正要躺下,身体将斜未斜之际——头还未触及枕头,脚刚离开地面,就在这一刹那,心不执取任何事物,从诸漏中解脱,成为具足六通的阿拉汉。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ satthārā pañcasu ṭhānesu etadagge ṭhapito catūhi acchariyabbhūtadhammehi samannāgato satthu dhammakosārakkho ayaṃ mahāthero sekhova samāno satthari parinibbute heṭṭhā vuttanayena bhikkhūhi samuttejito devatāya ca saṃvejito ‘‘sveyeva ca dāni dhammasaṅgīti kātabbā, na kho pana metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāyaṃ sekho sakaraṇīyo asekhehi therehi saddhiṃ dhammaṃ gāyituṃ sannipātaṃ gantu’’nti sañjātussāho vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā bahudeva rattiṃ vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto caṅkame vīriyasamataṃ alabhitvā tato vihāraṃ pavisitvā sayane nisīditvā sayitukāmo kāyaṃ āvaṭṭesi. Apattañca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ, pādā ca bhūmito muttamattā, ekasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci, chaḷabhiñño ahosi.
644 如是,这位具足六通等功德,在侍者等功德方面达到最上地位的长老,忆念起自己过去的善行,出于喜悦,开示了宿世所行本行,说出“从园门出……”等语。其中,「从园门出」:意为为了向一切众生说法,从精舍大门出来,在门外附近搭建的殿堂中央,铺设殊胜佛座,坐于其上的,便是名为莲华上佛的大牟尼、正自觉者。「降下不死之雨」:是指以宣说妙法的大甘露水流,降下法雨。「熄灭了大众」:意谓熄灭、平息了大众心相续中的烦恼之火,使大众饮下涅槃甘露,到达寂静清凉。显示巴利原文
644. Evaṃ chaḷabhiññādiguṇapaṭimaṇḍito upaṭṭhākādiguṇehi etadaggaṭṭhānaṃ patto attano pubbakammaṃ saritvā somanassavasena pubbacaritāpadānaṃ dassento ārāmadvārā nikkhammātiādimāha. Tattha ārāmadvārāti sabbasattānaṃ dhammadesanatthāya vihāradvārato nikkhamitvā bahidvārasamīpe katamaṇḍapamajjhe supaññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno padumuttaro nāma mahāmuni sammāsambuddho. Vassanto amataṃ vuṭṭhinti dhammadesanāmahāamatadhārāhi dhammavassaṃ vassanto. Nibbāpesi mahājananti mahājanassa cittasantānagatakilesaggiṃ nibbāpesi vūpasamesi, mahājanaṃ nibbānāmatapānena santiṃ sītibhāvaṃ pāpesīti attho.
645 “这十万贤者”:这是显示眷属成就的话。他们具足六神通,即神变通等种种智,有大神力,能于一刹那间游赴百千世界,犹如身影永不离身,围绕着那位正自觉者、莲华上佛世尊,听闻正法。显示巴利原文
645.Satasahassaṃ te dhīrāti parivārasampattiṃ dassento āha. Chahi abhiññāhi iddhividhādiñāṇakoṭṭhāsehi samannāgatā anekasatasahassacakkavāḷesu khaṇena gantuṃ samatthāhi iddhīhi samannāgatattā mahiddhikāte dhīrā satasahassakhīṇāsavā chāyāva anapāyinīti katthaci anapagatā chāyā iva taṃ sambuddhaṃ padumuttaraṃ bhagavantaṃ parivārenti parivāretvā dhammaṃ suṇantīti attho.
646 “坐在象肩”:那时,世尊说法之际,我正坐在象背上。“胜妙白伞”:那令人向往的最胜白伞正撑在我头顶,而我坐在象背上——这是显示关联。“见善妙相”:见到相好端严的正自觉者正在宣说妙法,我心中生起了喜悦、满足与欢喜。显示巴利原文
646.Hatthikkhandhagato āsinti tadā bhagavato dhammadesanāsamaye ahaṃ hatthipiṭṭhe nisinno āsiṃ ahosinti attho. Setacchattaṃvaruttamanti patthetabbaṃ uttamaṃ setacchattaṃ mama matthake dhārayanto hatthipiṭṭhe nisinnoti sambandho. Sucārurūpaṃ disvānāti sundaraṃ cāruṃ manohararūpavantaṃ dhammaṃ desiyamānaṃ sambuddhaṃ disvā me mayhaṃ vitti santuṭṭhi somanassaṃ udapajjatha uppajjatīti attho.
647 “从象肩下来”:见到世尊端坐,我从象背下来,走到人中最胜者跟前。“我的宝伞”:我那以宝物严饰的伞,撑在最胜佛陀的头顶——这是显示关联。显示巴利原文
647.Oruyha hatthikkhandhamhāti taṃ bhagavantaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā hatthipiṭṭhito oruyha orohitvā narāsabhaṃ naravasabhaṃ upagacchiṃ samīpaṃ gatoti attho. Ratanamayachattaṃ meti ratanabhūsitaṃ me mayhaṃ chattaṃ buddhaseṭṭhassa matthake dhārayinti sambandho.
648 「了知我心意」:意为世尊莲花上——诸仙中最殊胜者——了知我由净信所生的心意后,便停下正在宣说的法谈,为授记我而说出这些偈颂。显示巴利原文
648.Mama saṅkappamaññāyāti mayhaṃ pasādena uppannaṃ saṅkappaṃ ñatvā isīnaṃ antare mahantabhūto so padumuttaro bhagavā. Taṃ kathaṃ ṭhapayitvānāti taṃ attanā desiyamānaṃ dhammakathaṃ ṭhapetvā mama byākaraṇatthāya imā gāthā abhāsatha kathesīti attho.
649 如何说呢?即说「那位……」。关联起来:那位王子曾以金饰庄严的伞盖撑于我头顶,我将称扬他,令他显扬。「你们且听我言说」:意为你们应当专注聆听我所说的话,并用心思惟。显示巴利原文
649. Kathanti ce? Yo sotiādimāha. Soṇṇālaṅkārabhūsitaṃ chattaṃ yo so rājakumāro me matthake dhāresīti sambandho. Tamahaṃ kittayissāmīti taṃ rājakumāraṃ ahaṃ kittayissāmi pākaṭaṃ karissāmi. Suṇotha mama bhāsatoti bhāsantassa mama vacanaṃ suṇotha ohitasotā manasi karothāti attho.
650 「此人由此去后」:意为这位王子从此人间界命终之后,将往生兜率天,安住彼处。在那里,他将为天女们前呼后拥,享受兜率天的殊胜安乐。显示巴利原文
650.Ito gantvā ayaṃ posoti ayaṃ rājakumāro ito manussalokato cuto tusitaṃ gantvā āvasissati tattha viharissati. Tattha accharāhi purakkhato parivārito tusitabhavanasampattiṃ anubhossatīti sambandho.
651 「三十四次」:指从兜率天死后,生于三十三天,三十四次成为天王、统治天界,这是此句的关联。「八百」:指从三十三天死后,生于人间,成为军队首领,统领四支军队,于八百世中为一方之主,其后将安住于拥有众多殊胜宝物的大地,统御广土,这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
651.Catuttiṃsakkhattunti tusitabhavanato cavitvā tāvatiṃsabhavane uppanno catuttiṃsavāre devindo devarajjaṃ karissatīti sambandho. Balādhipo aṭṭhasatanti tāvatiṃsabhavanato cuto manussaloke uppanno balādhipo caturaṅginiyā senāya adhipo padhāno aṭṭhasatajātīsu padesarājā hutvā vasudhaṃ anekaratanavaraṃ pathaviṃ āvasissati puthabyaṃ viharissatīti attho.
652 「五十八次」:指于五十八世中将成为转轮王,这就是它的意思。他将统治整个赡部洲大地,行持广大无量的地方王权。显示巴利原文
652.Aṭṭhapaññāsakkhattunti aṭṭhapaññāsajātīsu cakkavattī rājā bhavissatīti attho. Mahiyā sakalajambudīpapathaviyā vipulaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ padesarajjaṃ kārayissati.
654 「释迦族之旗帜」:指他将成为释迦王族中犹如族旗一般的佛陀的亲属,这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
654.Sakyānaṃkulaketussāti sakyarājūnaṃ kulassa dhajabhūtassa buddhassa ñātako bhavissatīti attho.
655 “精勤者”:具有精进力。“慎密者”:具足称为审慎的智慧。“于多闻方面”:在多闻方面,于持诵三藏的博学者中,成为精通善巧者。“谦恭者”:不轻视他人、不顽固,远离身体轻浮等僵固之态,他将能诵持一切,成为受持全部三藏之人。这就是前后文的关联。显示巴利原文
655.Ātāpīti vīriyavā. Nipakoti nepakkasaṅkhātāya paññāya samannāgato. Bāhusaccesu bahussutabhāvesu piṭakattayadhāraṇesu kovido cheko. Nivātavutti anavaññattiko athaddho kāyapāgabbiyādithaddhabhāvavirahito sabbapāṭhī sakalapiṭakattayadhārī bhavissatīti sambandho.
656 “已致力于精进者”:阿难尊者,其心已被策励于精进之行。“寂静、无依著者”:远离贪依著、嗔依著、痴依著,由于入流道所应断的烦恼已断,故为寂静,身与心皆寂静。显示巴利原文
656.Padhānapahitatto soti so ānandatthero vīriyakaraṇāya pesitacitto. Upasanto nirūpadhīti rāgūpadhidosūpadhimohūpadhīhi virahito, sotāpattimaggena pahātabbakilesānaṃ pahīnattā upasanto santakāyacitto.
657 “森林住者”:生于森林、大林者。“六十岁者”:六十岁时,具年岁之力。“三处破者”:从眼、耳孔、颞颥三处流泄液汁者。“象族者”:生于象族者。“辕牙者”:其牙如车辕者。“适合王乘者”:适合成为王乘者。正如存在着这些被称为魁杰之象的龙象、象王,同样地,也有数以十万计的、被称为漏尽者的智者、具大神通的阿拉汉龙象。所有这些阿拉汉龙象,都属于佛陀这位龙王。“于誓愿中,他们则非然”:意谓在誓愿方面,则非如此——难道所有的象王都是因为恐惧而无法安住于自在的境界中吗?这就是它所说的意思。剩余部分,由于已依前述方式解释,其义自明。显示巴利原文
657.Santi āraññakāti araññe bhavā mahāvane jātā. Saṭṭhihāyanāti saṭṭhivassakāle hāyanabalā . Tidhā pabhinnāti akkhikaṇṇakosasaṅkhātehi tīhi ṭhānehi bhinnamadā. Mātaṅgāti mātaṅgahatthikule jātā. Īsādantāti rathīsāsadisadantā. Urūḷhavā rājavāhanā. Kuñjarasaṅkhātā nāgā hatthirājāno santi saṃvijjanti yathā, tathā satasahassasaṅkhyā khīṇāsavasaṅkhātā paṇḍitā mahiddhikā arahantanāgā santi, sabbe te arahantanāgā buddhanāgarājassa. Na honti paṇidhimhi teti te paṇidhimhi tādisā na honti, kiṃ sabbe te bhayabhītā sakabhāvena saṇṭhātuṃ asamatthāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā uttānatthamevāti.
在《小部》中显示巴利原文
Khuddakanikāye
《譬喻经注》(Apadāna-aṭṭhakathā)显示巴利原文
Apadāna-aṭṭhakathā
《长老譬喻》(Therāpadānaṃ)显示巴利原文
Therāpadānaṃ